RIO TINTO PLC
For the period ended Dec 31, 2023. Filed Feb 23, 2024.
View on SEC.govAbout this filing
The yearly report of a company based outside the US. It covers much of what a 10-K does, and may follow accounting rules other than US ones.
FY2023 · Filed Feb 23, 2024
Use the contents to explore the available documents and sections.
Contents
Cover page
Show cover page
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, DC 20549
FORM 20-F
(Mark One)
| ☐ | REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR 12(g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 |
|---|
or
| ☒ | ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934For the fiscal year ended: December 31, 2023 |
|---|
or
| ☐ | TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 |
|---|
or
| ☐ | SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934Date of event requiring this shell company report For the transition period from: to |
|---|
| Commission file number: 001-10533 | Commission file number: 001-34121 |
|---|---|
| Rio Tinto plc | Rio Tinto LimitedABN 96 004 458 404 |
| (Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter) | (Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter) |
| England and Wales(Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization) | Victoria, Australia(Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization) |
| 6 St. James's SquareLondon, SW1Y 4AD, United Kingdom(Address of Principal Executive Offices) | Level 43, 120 Collins StreetMelbourne, Victoria 3000, Australia(Address of Principal Executive Offices) |
Julie Parent, T:514-848-8519, E: julie.parent@riotinto.com
(Name, Telephone, E-mail and/or Facsimile number and Address of Company Contact Person)
Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
| Title of Each Class | Trading Symbol | Name of Each ExchangeOn Which Registered |
|---|---|---|
| American Depositary Shares*Ordinary Shares of 10p each**7.125% Notes due 20285.000% Notes due 20335.200% Notes due 20404.750% Notes due 20424.125% Notes due 20422.750% Notes due 20515.125% Notes due 2053 | RIO | New York Stock ExchangeNew York Stock ExchangeNew York Stock ExchangeNew York Stock ExchangeNew York Stock ExchangeNew York Stock ExchangeNew York Stock ExchangeNew York Stock ExchangeNew York Stock Exchange |
| * | Evidenced by American Depositary Receipts. Each American Depositary Share Represents one Rio Tinto plc Ordinary Shares of 10p each. |
|---|---|
| ** | Not for trading, but only in connection with the listing of American Depositary Shares, pursuant to the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission |
Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
| Title of Class | Title of Class Shares |
|---|---|
| None | None |
Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act:
| Title of Class | Title of Class of Shares |
|---|---|
| None | None |
Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period
covered by the annual report:
| Title of each class | Rio Tinto plc - Number | Rio Tinto Limited - Number | Title of each class |
|---|---|---|---|
| Ordinary Shares of 10p each | 1,255,892,098 | 371,216,214 | Shares |
| DLC Dividend Share of 10p | 1 | 1 | DLC Dividend Share |
| Special Voting Share of 10p | 1 | 1 | Special Voting Share |
Indicate by check mark if the registrants are well-known seasoned issuers, as defined in rule 405 of the Securities Act.
If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrants are not required to file reports pursuant to
Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
Yes☐ No ☒
Note – Checking the box above will not relieve any registrant required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 from their obligations under those Sections.
Indicate by check mark whether the registrants (1) have filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrants were required to file such
reports), and (2) have been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days:
Indicate by check mark whether the registrants have submitted electronically every
Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during
the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrants were required to submit such files).
Indicate by check mark whether the registrants are large accelerated filers, accelerated filers, non-accelerated filers, or emerging growth companies. See definition
of “large accelerated filer”, “accelerated filer” and “emerging growth company” and in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.:
| Large Accelerated Filer ☒ | Accelerated Filer ☐ | Non-Accelerated Filer ☐ |
|---|---|---|
| Emerging growth company ☐ | ||
If an emerging growth company that prepares its financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, indicate by check mark
if the registrants have elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised
financial accounting standards* provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.☐
*The term “new or revised financial accounting standard” refers to any update issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board to its Accounting Standards Codification after April 5, 2012.
Indicate by check mark whether the registrants have filed a report on and attestation to their management’s assessment of the
effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C.
7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued their audit report.☒
If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the
registrants included in the filing reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial statements.
Yes☐ No☒
Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation received by any of the registrants' executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to §240.10D-1(b).
Yes☐ No ☒
Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrants have used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:
US GAAP☐ International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board☒
Other ☐
If “Other” has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the
registrants have elected to follow:
Item 17☐ Item 18 ☐
If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrants are shell companies (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange
Act).
Yes☐ No☒
(APPLICABLE ONLY TO ISSUERS INVOLVED IN BANKRUPTCY PROCEEDINGS DURING THE PAST FIVE YEARS)
Indicate by check mark whether the registrants have filed all documents and reports required to be filed by Sections 12, 13 or
15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 subsequent to the distribution of securities under a plan confirmed by a court.
Yes☐ No☐
| Auditor Name | Auditor Location | Auditor Firm ID |
|---|---|---|
| KPMG LLP | London, United Kingdom | 1118 |
| KPMG | Perth, Australia | 1020 |
| Item · Form 20-F Caption · Location in this document · Page | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 1 | Identity of directors, senior management and advisers | Not applicable | – | |||
| 2 | Offer statistics and expected timetable | Not applicable | – | |||
| 3 | Key information | |||||
| 3.A - [Reserved] | Not applicable | – | ||||
| 3.B – Capitalisation and indebtedness | Not applicable | – | ||||
| 3.C – Reasons for the offer and use of proceeds | Not applicable | – | ||||
| 3.D – Risk factors · Risk factors | ||||||
| 4 | Information on the company | |||||
| 4.A – History and development of the company · Contents · Cover | ||||||
| At a glance | 2-3 | |||||
| Chair’s statement | 4-5 | |||||
| Chief Executive’s Q&A | 6-7 | |||||
| Our purpose in action | 10-11 | |||||
| Our stakeholders | 12-13 | |||||
| Strategic context | 14-15 | |||||
| Progressing our strategy | 17 | |||||
| Progressing our four objectives | 18-19 | |||||
| Key performance indicators | 20-22 | |||||
| Chief Financial Officer’s statement | 23 | |||||
| Financial review | 24-29 | |||||
| Portfolio management | 30-31 | |||||
| Iron Ore | 32-33 | |||||
| Aluminium | 34-35 | |||||
| Copper | 36-37 | |||||
| Minerals | 38-39 | |||||
| Our approach to ESG | 40-77 | |||||
| Governance – Additional statutory disclosure – Operating and financial review | 146-147 | |||||
| Financial statements– Note 1 – Our financial performance by segment– Note 5 – Acquisitions and disposals | 173-175181-182 | |||||
| Rio Tinto Financial Information by Business Unit | 286-288 | |||||
| Shareholder Information– Organisational structure– Nomenclature and financial data– History– Dual-listed companies structure | 347347347347 | |||||
| Additional information – US disclosure – Document on display – Registered offices | 357382 | |||||
Form 20-F cross-reference guide
| Item · Form 20-F Caption · Location in this document · Page | ||||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 4.B – Business overview | At a glance | 2-3 | ||
| Chair’s statement | 4-5 | |||
| Chief Executive’s Q&A | 6-7 | |||
| Creating value by living our purpose | 8-9 | |||
| Our purpose in action | 10-11 | |||
| Our stakeholders | 12-13 | |||
| Strategic context | 14-15 | |||
| Our strategy | 16 | |||
| Progressing our strategy | 17 | |||
| Progressing our four objectives | 18-19 | |||
| Key performance indicators | 20-22 | |||
| Chief Financial Officer’s statement | 23 | |||
| Financial review | 24-29 | |||
| Iron Ore | 32-33 | |||
| Aluminium | 34-35 | |||
| Copper | 36-37 | |||
| Minerals | 38-39 | |||
| Our approach to ESG | 40-77 | |||
| Governance – Additional statutory disclosure– Government regulations– Environmental regulations | 150150 | |||
| Financial statements Note 6 – Revenue by destination and product | 182-183 | |||
| Metals and minerals production | 297-298 | |||
| Mineral Resources and Mineral Reserves | 299-322 | |||
| Qualified Persons | 323 | |||
| Mines and production facilities | 324-342 | |||
| Additional information – US disclosure – Disclosure pursuant to Section 13(r) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 | 354 | |||
| 4.C Organisational structure | Financial statements– Note 30 – Principal subsidiaries– Note 31 – Principal joint operations– Note 32 – Principal joint ventures and associates | 226-228228-229229-231 | ||
| Shareholder Information– Organisational structure– Dual-listed companies structure | 347347 | |||
| 4.D – Property, plants and equipment | Key performance indicators | 20-22 | ||
| Portfolio management | 30-31 | |||
| Iron Ore | 32-33 | |||
| Aluminium | 34-35 | |||
| Copper | 36-37 | |||
| Minerals | 38-39 | |||
| Our approach to ESG | 40-77 | |||
| Governance – Additional statutory disclosure– Environmental regulations– Energy efficiency action | 150150 | |||
| Financial statements Note 13 – Property, plant and equipment | 191-195 | |||
| Metals and minerals production | 297-298 | |||
| Mineral Resources and Mineral Reserves | 299-322 | |||
| Qualified persons | 323 | |||
| Mines and production facilities | 324-342 | |||
| Additional information – US disclosure – Summary disclosure of operations pursuant to Item 1303 of SK-1300 under Securities Act of 1933 | 363 | |||
| Additional information – US disclosure – Individual property disclosure pursuant to Item 1304 of SK-1300 under Securities Act of 1933 | 363-380 | |||
| Additional information – US disclosure – Internal controls disclosure pursuant to Item 1305 of SK-1300 under Securities Act of 1933 | 380 | |||
| See Exhibit 96.4 | – | |||
| Item · Form 20-F Caption · Location in this document · Page | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 4A | Unresolved staff comments | None | – | ||
| 5 | Operating and financial review and prospects | ||||
| 5.A – Operating results | Chair’s statement | 4-5 | |||
| Financial review | 24-29 | ||||
| Iron Ore | 32-33 | ||||
| Aluminium | 34-35 | ||||
| Copper | 36-37 | ||||
| Minerals | 38-39 | ||||
| Our approach to ESG | 40-77 | ||||
| Governance – Additional statutory disclosure– Operating and financial review– Government regulations– Environmental regulations | 146-147150150 | ||||
| Financial statements –h. Impact of Climate Change on the Group–Note 24 – Financial instruments and risk management | 162-165209-214 | ||||
| Rio Tinto Financial Information by Business Unit | 286-288 | ||||
| Alternative Performance Measures | 289-294 | ||||
| 5.B – Liquidity and capital resources | Portfolio management | 30-31 | |||
| Copper – Oyu Tolgoi underground project | 37 | ||||
| Financial statements– Note 14 – Close-down and restoration provisions– Our capital and liquidity– Note 19 - Net debt– Note 20 – Borrowings– Note 21 – Leases– Note 22 – Cash and cash equivalents– Note 23 – Other financial assets and liabilities– Note 24 – Financial instruments and risk management– Note 28 – Post-retirement benefits– Note 36 – Other provisions– Note 37 – Contingencies and commitments | 196-200204205206-207207-208208209209-214218-224234234-236 | ||||
| 5.C – Research and development, patents and licenses, etc. | Our strategy | 16 | |||
| Progressing our strategy | 17 | ||||
| Progressing our four objectives | 18-19 | ||||
| Our approach to ESG - Environmental performance | 44-65 | ||||
| Governance – Additional statutory disclosure – Exploration, research and development | 150 | ||||
| Financial statements – Note 7 – Net operating costs (excluding items disclosed separately)– Note 13 - Property, plant and equipment -Impact of climate change on our business - Useful economic lives of our power generating assets | 184191-195195 | ||||
| 5.D – Trend information | At a glance | 2-3 | |||
| Chair’s statement | 4-5 | ||||
| Chief Executive's Q&A | 6-7 | ||||
| Creating value by living our purpose | 8-9 | ||||
| Our purpose in action | 10-11 | ||||
| Our stakeholders | 12-13 | ||||
| Strategic context | 14-15 | ||||
| Our strategy | 16 | ||||
| Progressing our strategy | 17 | ||||
| Progressing our four objectives | 18-19 | ||||
| Key performance indicators | 20-22 | ||||
| Chief Financial Officer’s statement | 23 | ||||
| Financial review | 24-29 | ||||
| Iron Ore | 32-33 | ||||
| Aluminium | 34-35 | ||||
| Copper | 36-37 | ||||
| Minerals | 38-39 | ||||
| 5.E – Critical accounting estimates | Not Applicable | – | |||
| 6 | Directors, senior management and employees | ||||
| Item · Form 20-F Caption · Location in this document · Page | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 6.A – Directors and senior management | Governance– Board of Directors– Executive Committee | 92-9394-95 | ||||
| Additional statutory disclosure – Directors and executives | 147 | |||||
| 6.B – Compensation | Governance– Remuneration at a glance - Policy changes– Remuneration Policy– Implementation report– Implementation report tables | 115-117119-126127-140141-145 | ||||
| Financial statements– Note 26 – Employment costs and provisions– Note 27 – Share-based payments– Note 28 – Post-retirement benefits | 215216-218218-224 | |||||
| 6.C – Board practices | Governance | 90-156 | ||||
| Governance– Board of Directors– Executive Committee– Audit & Risk Committee report– Remuneration Policy – Executives’ service contracts and termination– Compliance with governance codes and standards | 92-9394-95107-110124-125152-156 | |||||
| Shareholder information – Directors – Appointment and removal of Directors | 352 | |||||
| 6.D – Employees | Our stakeholders – Workforce | 12 | ||||
| Our approach to ESG – Talent, diversity and inclusion | 73 | |||||
| Financial statements– Note 25 – Average number of employees– Note 26 – Employment costs and provisions | 215215 | |||||
| Rio Tinto financial Information by Business Unit | 286-288 | |||||
| 6.E – Share ownership | Governance– Implementation report – Executive Directors’ shareholding – Non-Executive Directors’ share ownership – Other share plans | 136140140 | ||||
| Financial statements - Note 27 – Share-based payments | 216-218 | |||||
| 6.F – Disclosure of a registrant’s action to recover erroneously awarded compensation | Governance– Remuneration policy – Executive remuneration structure - Policy tableSee Exhibit 96.5 | 120-122 | ||||
| 7 | Major shareholders and related party transactions | |||||
| 7.A – Major shareholders | Shareholder information - Shareownership– Substantial shareholders in Rio Tinto plc– Substantial shareholders in Rio Tinto Limited– Analysis of ordinary shareholders– Twenty largest registered shareholders | 349349350350 | ||||
| 7.B – Related party transactions | Financial review | 24-29 | ||||
| Financial statements Note 33 – Related-party transactions | 231 | |||||
| 7.C – Interests of experts and counsel | Not applicable | – | ||||
| Item · Form 20-F Caption · Location in this document · Page | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 8 · Financial Information | ||||||
| 8.A – Consolidated statements and other financial information | Financial review – Our shareholder returns policy | 29 | ||||
| Additional statutory disclosure - Operating and Financial Review | 146-147 | |||||
| Financial statements Note 37 – Contingencies and commitments | 234-236 | |||||
| See Item 18 | – | |||||
| 8.B – Significant changes | Financial statements Note 39 – Events after the balance sheet date | 237 | ||||
| 9 | The offer and listing | |||||
| 9.A – Offer and listing details | Additional statutory disclosure – Operating and financial review | 146-147 | ||||
| Shareholder information – Organisational structure– Markets | 347348 | |||||
| 9.B – Plan of distribution | Not applicable | – | ||||
| 9.C – Markets | Shareholder information – Markets | 348 | ||||
| See Exhibit 2.1 | – | |||||
| 9.D – Selling shareholders | Not applicable | – | ||||
| 9.E – Dilution | Not applicable | – | ||||
| 9.F – Expenses of the issue | Not applicable | – | ||||
| 10 | Additional information | |||||
| 10.A – Share capital | Not applicable | – | ||||
| 10.B – Memorandum and articles of association | Financial review – Our shareholder returns policy | 28 | ||||
| Governance – Compliance with governance codes and standards | 152-156 | |||||
| Shareholder information– Dual-listed companies structures– Material contracts– Exchange controls and foreign investment– Directors | 347-348351-352352352-353 | |||||
| See Exhibit 2.1 | – | |||||
| 10.C – Material contracts · Financial statements – Our capital and liquidity | ||||||
| Shareholder information – Material contracts | 351-352 | |||||
| 10.D – Exchange controls | Shareholder information – Exchange controls and foreign investment | 352 | ||||
| 10.E – Taxation | Additional information – US disclosure – Taxation | 354-356 | ||||
| 10.F – Dividends and paying agents | Not applicable | – | ||||
| 10.G – Statement by experts | Not applicable | – | ||||
| 10.H – Documents on display | Additional information – US disclosure – Document on display | 357 | ||||
| 10.I – Subsidiary information | Not applicable | – | ||||
| 10.J – Annual report to security holders | Additional information – US disclosure – Document on display | 357 | ||||
| 11 | Quantitative and qualitative disclosure about market risk | Risk factors | 81-88 | |||
| Financial statements Note 24 – Financial instruments and risk management | 209-214 | |||||
| Cautionary statement about forward-looking statements | 383 | |||||
| 12 | Description of securities other than equity securities | |||||
| 12.A – Debt securities | Not applicable | – | ||||
| 12.B – Warrants and rights | Not applicable | – | ||||
| 12.C – Other securities | Not applicable | – | ||||
| 12.D – American depositary shares | Additional information – US disclosure – American Depositary Shares - American depositary receipts (ADRs) | 356-357 | ||||
| 13 | Defaults, dividend arrearages and delinquencies | Not applicable | – | |||
| Item | Form 20-F Caption | Location in this document | Page |
|---|---|---|---|
| 14 · Material modifications to the rights of security holders and use of proceeds · Not applicable | |||
| 15 | Controls and Procedures | Governance – Additional statutory disclosure– Disclosure controls and procedures– Management’s report on internal control over financial reporting | 151151 |
| See Item 18 for the Report of the Independent RegisteredPublic Accounting Firm | – | ||
| 16 | [Reserved] | Not applicable | – |
| 16A | Audit committee financial expert | Governance– Audit & Risk Committee report – US listing requirements– Compliance with governance codes and standards | 107152-156 |
| 16B | Code of ethics | Our approach to ESG – Governance performance | 76-77 |
| 16C | Principal accountant fees and services | Governance – Audit & Risk Committee report– External auditors | 109-110 |
| Financial statements – Note 38 – Auditors’ remuneration | 237 | ||
| 16D | Exemptions from the listing standards for audit committees | Not applicable | – |
| 16E | Purchase of equity securities by the issuer and affiliated purchasers | Governance – Additional statutory disclosure– Purchases | 149 |
| Financial statements – Note 34 – Share capital | 232 | ||
| 16F | Change in registrant’s certifying accountant | Not applicable | – |
| 16G | Corporate Governance | Governance – Compliance with governance codes and standards | 152-156 |
| 16H | Mine safety disclosure | See Exhibit 16.1 | – |
| 16I | Disclosure regarding foreign jurisdictions that prevent inspections | Not applicable | – |
| 16J | Insider trading policies | Not applicable | – |
| 16K | Cybersecurity | Our approach to risk management | 79-80 |
| Risk factors– Preventing material business disruption and data breaches due to cyber events | |||
| Additional information – US disclosure – Cybersecurity | 358-362 | ||
| 17 | Financial statements | Not applicable | – |
| 18 | Financial statements | About Rio Tinto | 158 |
| About the presentation of our financial statements | 158-167 | ||
| Group Income Statement | 168 | ||
| Group Statement of Comprehensive Income | 169 | ||
| Group Cash Flow Statement | 170 | ||
| Group Balance Sheet | 171 | ||
| Group Statement of Changes in Equity | 172 | ||
| Financial statements – Notes 1 to 40 | 173-237 | ||
| Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firms | 267-269 | ||
| 19 | Exhibits | See Exhibit List at the end of this document | |
Other information contained within Rio Tinto’s Annual Report on Form 20-F 2023 (Form 20-F) is not included in this Form 20-F unless specifically
identified above and is furnished to the SEC for information only.
Contents
| Strategic report | |
|---|---|
| 2023 year in review | 1 |
| At a glance | 2 |
| Chair's statement | 4 |
| From the Chief Executive | 6 |
| Creating value by living our purpose | 8 |
| Finding better waysTM in 2023 | 10 |
| Our stakeholders | 12 |
| Strategic context | 14 |
| Our strategy | 16 |
| Progressing our strategy | 17 |
| Progressing our four objectives | 18 |
| Key performance indicators | 20 |
| Chief Financial Officer's statement | 23 |
| Financial review | 24 |
| Portfolio management | 30 |
| Iron Ore | 32 |
| Aluminium | 34 |
| Copper | 36 |
| Minerals | 38 |
| Our approach to ESG | 40 |
| Environmental performance | 44 |
| Social performance | 66 |
| Governance performance | 76 |
| Our approach to risk | 78 |
| Our approach to risk management | 79 |
| Risk factors | 81 |
| Five-year review | 89 |
| Directors’ report | |
| Governance | 90 |
| Chair's introduction | 91 |
| Board of Directors | 92 |
| Executive Committee | 94 |
| Our stakeholders - Section 172(1) statement | 96 |
| How the Board monitors culture | 101 |
| Board activities in 2023 | 102 |
| Governance framework | 103 |
| Evaluating our performance | 104 |
| Nominations Committee report | 105 |
| Audit & Risk Committee report | 107 |
| Sustainability Committee report | 111 |
| Remuneration report | |
|---|---|
| Annual statement by the People & Remuneration Committee Chair | 113 |
| Remuneration Policy | 119 |
| Implementation report | 127 |
| Additional statutory disclosure | 146 |
| Compliance with governance codes and standards | 152 |
| Financial statements | |
| About Rio Tinto | 158 |
| About the presentation of our financial results | 158 |
| Group primary statements | 168 |
| Notes to the 2023 financial statements | 173 |
| Other information | |
| Report of independent registered public accounting firms | 267 |
| Financial information by business unit | 286 |
| Alternative Performance Measures | 289 |
| Production, Reserves, Resources and Operations | |
| Metals and minerals production | 297 |
| Mineral Resources and Mineral Reserves | 299 |
| Qualified Persons | 323 |
| Mines and production facilities | 324 |
| Additional information | |
| Independent limited assurance report | 344 |
| Shareholder information | 347 |
| US disclosure | 354 |
| Contact details | 382 |
| Cautionary statement about forward-looking statements | 383 |
References to information on websites in the Form 20-F
are included as an aid to their location and such
information is not incorporated in, and does not form part
of, this Form 20-F. We have included any website as an
inactive textual reference only.
References to KPMG's limited assurance report related to
sustainability are not incorporated in, and do not form
part of, this Form 20-F.
Our operations are located on land and waters that have belonged to Indigenous
Peoples for thousands of years. We respect their ongoing deep connection to, and
their vast knowledge of, the land, water and environment. We pay respects to Elders,
both past and present, and acknowledge the important role Indigenous Peoples
play within our business and the communities where we live and work.
Cover | The BlueSmelting™ project in Sorel-Tracy, Canada. BlueSmelting™ involves a completely new ilmenite reduction
technology that could generate 95% less greenhouse gas emissions than the current reduction process, enabling the
production of titanium dioxide, steel and metal powders with a significantly lower-carbon footprint.
| 2023 year in review We are finding better waysTM to provide the materials the world needs. In 2023, our teams around the world sought opportunities to reduce our carbon footprint, to partner to develop technologies to decarbonise steel and aluminium production, to find more efficient ways to supply copper and critical minerals essential for the energy transition, and to create new products from waste. We explore, we mine, we process, and our ambition continues to be a business with a commodity mix aligned with evolving customer demand in a decarbonising world. But we cannot do it on our own. So we strive to create partnerships that solve problems and create solutions with lower societal and environmental impact. The approach applies as much to large-scale, transformational innovation as it does to incremental everyday progress, such as our safety and operational performance. · All-injury frequency rate · Consolidated sales revenue | |
|---|---|
| 0.37 | $54.0bn |
| (2022: 0.40) | (2022: $55.6bn) |
| Women in our workforce | Profit after tax attributable to owners of Rio Tinto |
| 24.3% | $10.1bn |
| (2022: 22.9%) | (net earnings) (2022: $12.4bn)1 |
| Scope 1 and 2 greenhouse gas emissions | Net cash generated from operating activities |
| 32.6Mt | $15.2bn |
| (equity CO2e)(2022: 32.7Mt)2 | (2022: $16.1bn) |
| Increase in spend with Indigenous businesses in Australia | Underlying EBITDA3 |
| 28% | $23.9bn |
| (2023 A$725 million increased from A$565 million in 2022) | (2022: $26.3bn) |
| Completion rate of “Building Everyday Respect” employee learning module | Total dividend per share |
| 83.5% | 435 cents |
| (2022 comparative dataset is not available due to new program) | (2022: 492 cents) |
| For more informationabout our environmental, social and governance (ESG) performance see page 43. | For more informationabout our financial review see page 24. |
| 1.Comparative information has been restated to reflect the adoption of narrow scope amendments to IAS12 “Income Taxes”. Refer to page 166 for details.2.In 2023, we improved our carbon emissions reporting and now use the market-based method as our primary measure for assessing performance against our targets. We have restated prior year numbers and our 2018 baseline accordingly. We exclude reductions achieved by divesting assets and increases associated with acquisitions from our target and so also adjust our 2018 baseline to take this into account. For comparison purposes, we have disclosed our 2022 emissions on the same basis. Our adjusted 2022 figures are 32.7Mt CO2e and our actual 2022 emissions (unadjusted for acquisitions) are 32.3Mt CO2e.3.Underlying EBITDA is a non-IFRS measure. A definition of underlying EBITDA and a reconciliation to its closest IFRS measure is presented in note 1 (pages 174-175). | |
|---|---|
Our 2023 reporting suiteOur Annual Report is part of our broader 2023 reporting suite. You can find this report and others, including our 2023 Climate Change Report, Sustainability Fact Book, 2023 Addendum - Scope 1, 2 and 3 Emissions Calculation Methodology and Industry Association Disclosure, on our website. Some of our reports are published on our website later in the year, including our 2023 Taxes Paid Report, Country-by-Country Report, Modern Slavery Statement, and our Voluntary Principles on Security and Human Rights report.
To view and download these documents see riotinto.com/reports.
| 2023 Annual Report | 2023 Climate Change Report | 2023 Sustainability Fact Book | 2023 Addendum - Scope 1, 2 and 3 Emissions Calculation Methodology | 2023 Industry Association Disclosure |
|---|
Our businessWe operate in 351 countries where our 57,000 employees2 are working to find better ways to provide the materials the world needs. Our portfolio includes iron ore, copper, aluminium and a range of other minerals and materials needed for people, communities and nations to grow and prosper, and for the world to cut carbon emissions to net zero. We continuously search for new projects that can support the energy transition, currently exploring for eight commodities in 18 countries.We have more than 150 years of mining and processing experience guiding our work. Today, our business relies on technology such as automation and artificial intelligence to help us run safer, more efficient operations and leave a lighter footprint.
| Iron Ore | Aluminium | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Segmentalrevenue $32.2bn(2022: $30.9bn) | UnderlyingEBITDAn$20.0bn(2022: $18.6bn) | Production (100% basis) 331.5MtPilbara iron ore(2022: 324.1Mt) | Segmentalrevenue $12.3bn(2022: $14.1bn) | UnderlyingEBITDA$2.3bn(2022: $3.7bn) | Production (our share)54.6Mtbauxite(2022: 54.6Mt)3,272ktaluminium(2022: 3,009kt) | |
| Employees216,000(2022: 15,000) | Employees215,000(2022: 15,000) | |||||
| Our productsOur portfolio includes iron ore, aluminium, bauxite, alumina, copper, diamonds, titanium dioxide, lithium, salt and borates. | ||||||
For more informationsee pages 32-39.
Operations and projects 3
Iron Ore
Aluminium
Copper
Minerals
Mines
Smelters, refineries, processing plants and
power and shipping facilities remote from mine
Non-managed operations
1.Includes our mines and production facilities, main exploration activities and countries where we have a significant presence through activities including research and development, commercial, sales, and corporate functions.2.This represents the average number of employees for the year, including the Group's share of non-managed operations and joint ventures. Refer to page 215 for more information.3.The map indicates the location of our global operations and projects, however it does not identify all individual facilities included in an operation. It does not include our offices, research and development centres and some processing and shipping facilities. Operations and projects are indicated according to their product group. The Iron Ore Company of Canada is an iron ore operation but is reported under Minerals due to the management structure. The dots on the map are indicative and in some locations we have more assets than visually represented due to the size of the map.4.2022 underlying EBITDA for Copper has been adjusted to reflect a change in management responsibility for the Simandou iron ore project from Copper to the Chief Technical Officer. As a result, we have moved Simandou outside of reportable segments and accordingly adjusted prior period comparatives.
At a glance
OutlookWe have a strong portfolio of assets across six continents. Our focus is on growing our business while decarbonising, providing products to our customers that support the transition to a low-carbon economy, and delivering attractive returns to our shareholders.Many of our products are essential for the energy transition: we expect this new source of demand, combined with traditional sources, to drive significant volume growth in our products over the coming decades. In developed markets, customer demand for low-carbon and recycled materials is growing with supply security top of mind. In developing economies, reliable access to raw materials for domestic processing is critical. We have the people, orebodies, technology, processing capabilities, access to capital and relationships to meet these diversifying needs.
| Copper | Minerals | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Segmental revenue $6.7bn(2022: $6.7bn) | Underlying EBITDA$1.9bn(2022: $2.6bn)4 | Production (consolidated basis) 620ktmined copper(2022: 607kt) | Segmental revenue$5.9bn(2022: $6.8bn) | Underlying EBITDA$1.4bn(2022: $2.4bn) | Production (our share) 1,111kttitanium dioxide slag(2022: 1,200kt)9.7Mtiron ore pellets and concentrate(2022: 10.3Mt) | |
| Employees28,000(2022: 8,000) | Employees210,000(2022: 9,500) | |||||
Very sadly, I must begin by acknowledging the tragic deaths of our four
Diavik colleagues and two airline crew members in a plane crash near Fort
Smith, in the Northwest Territories, Canada, on 23 January 2024. They will
all be dearly missed, and our thoughts are very much with their loved ones,
everyone in Fort Smith, and our team at Diavik.
Our focus in 2023, and as we move into 2024,
has been on embedding an empowering
culture and on delivering consistent
operational performance to progress our four
key strategic objectives.
We recognise that creating and maintaining a
culture where everyone can be at their best
requires constant effort but, two years since we
started learning from the findings of the
Everyday Respect Report, there is positive
momentum. Our executive team is driving this
change, with the full support of the Board,
reinforcing the importance of mindsets
and behaviours that ensure everyone,
everywhere in our operations feels safe, valued
and empowered.
The Group has also made progress on our
four key objectives of becoming best operator,
excelling in development, having impeccable
credentials and strengthening Rio Tinto’s
social licence. There have been real
improvements in our Pilbara iron ore
operations; we are ramping up underground
copper production at Oyu Tolgoi; we are
significantly closer tounlocking the Simandou
project; and we have made strategic and
exciting investments in our aluminium
business, such as the Matalco recycling joint
venture.
Our strong results in 2023 demonstrate our
continued progress towards our four
objectives, with a continued focus on financial
discipline. This discipline has enabled us to
invest in the future health of our business
while at the same time delivering attractive
returns to investors, with the Board
recommending a final dividend of 258 US
cents, taking total dividends declared to$7.1
billion.
Growing and deepening connections
We are committed to deepening connections
with our stakeholders to earn trust, resolve
conflicts, and strengthen our social licence.
This is constant work in progress, but there
were many bright spots in the way our
relationships with governments, communities
and Indigenous Peoples evolved in 2023.
Our partnership with the Mongolian
Government highlights the mutual benefits
when we get this right. We are now deepening
our connection to Mongolia, most recently
forming a partnership with UNESCO to
support its sustainable development. In
Canada, we are growing our aluminium
business, including expanding the use of
AP60 low-carbon smelting technology, with
the continued support of the national and local
governments.
More broadly, we are embedding and
replicating the learnings from a shift to co-
management and co-development at our
operations, such as working closely with the
Nyiyaparli and Ngarlawangga people as we
progress the Rhodes Ridge project in the
Pilbara. As we get closer to unlocking
Simandou in Guinea, we are doing so in close
partnership with communities, in a way that
will support further economic development
beyond the mine.
This commitment to ESG and a stronger
social licence does not end with the life of a
mine. At Le Thoronet in south-east France, a
rehabilitated former bauxite mine we have
handed back to the French authorities, I saw
evidence of how we are thinking about thefull
lifecycle of our assets, beyond our time as their
custodians.
An important part of our engagement is with
non-governmental organisations (NGOs).
Taking part in our civil society roundtables in
the US, UK and Australia provided opportunities
to listen to the concerns of leading civil society
voices, what we can learn to do better, and
understand how we can better work with these
groups. They encouraged us to forge ahead on
establishing nature and biodiversity targets and
helped me understand further how we can better
engage with our communities.
Since becoming Chair almost two years ago, I
have been fortunate to spend a lot of time with
our talented people across the organisation.
In our 150 th anniversary year, we reflected
together on how we can reinvigorate the core
parts of our DNA and be successful in the 150
years to come. With every person I meet and
every site I visit, I grow in confidence that we
are heading in the right direction. This was
clearly illustrated when the Board saw our four
objectives in action at Oyu Tolgoi. We were
deeply impressed by the productivity, the use
of cutting-edge technology and the connection
to the community; a blueprint for what we can
achieve everywhere.
Meetings with stakeholders have also
reinforced the important societal role we have
to play. As a Board, we spent time in China
with our customers, partners, and government
to better understand how combining our
knowledge and technology can create win-win
opportunities and help address the climate
challenge. Similarly, in conversations with
officials in Washington D.C., Canberra,
Ottawa, London, Brussels, Ulaanbaatar and
more, we have discussed the critical role of
mining for energy security, in addition to
providing the basis for resurgent
manufacturing.
What is very clear to me, is Rio Tinto’s
strategic importance in helping societies
resolve their most urgent challenges. Rio
Tinto can be fundamental to the energy
transition. Our industry has been and will
continue to be relied upon to provide the vast
quantities of metals and minerals needed to
build the infrastructure for the generation,
transmission, and storage of renewable
power. The need to repower our own assets
with renewable power can also support
investment in renewables – our Gladstone
aluminium operations being a recent example
of this.
Chair’s statement
Innovation and growth
Innovation and technology are key to driving
our progress, while helping us to simplify and
automate for safer and more efficient
operations. There is real momentum in our
project pipeline and our Chief Scientist’s office
is steering us towards more breakthroughs in
sustainable mining and processing, including
BlueSmelting TM, ELYSISTM and BioIron TM.
We are also working towards our ambitious
targets of a 50% reduction in Scope 1 and 2
emissions by 2030 and achieving net zero
by 2050. This is a physically challenging
task that will require great imagination,
collaboration, and technological advances that
do not yet exist. However, we have
now progressed to a disciplined and
detailed roll-out program, providing greater
definition to what an economical pathway
to decarbonisation looks like. At the
same time, we are exploring more ways
to help our customers accelerate
their own decarbonisation to tackle
our Scope 3 emissions.
We are also seeking to further embed these
targets by introducing a decarbonisation
scorecard into our long-term incentive plan as
part of our 2024 Remuneration Policy
proposals. More detail on these proposals is
set out on page 135.
Our partnerships are key to how we are
developing the technologies to grow and
reduce emissions. Highlights include working
with China Baowu to explore projects to
decarbonise the steel value chain, a multi-
year supply agreement between Iron Ore
Company of Canada and H2 Green Steel in
Sweden, and teaming up with Sumitomo at
our Aluminium Pacific Operations to build a
first-of-a-kind hydrogen plant in Gladstone to
trial lower-carbon alumina refining, with
support from the Australian Government.
Board changes
In the summer of 2022, we evaluated the mix
of skills and experience on the Board and
concluded that we needed to refresh our
composition, with a particular focus on
deepening our mining, operations and
projects experience, as well as our renewable
energy and sustainability capabilities. We also
needed to prepare for future transitions in our
Audit and Risk Committee. I am pleased that
we have made significant progress in this,
with the announcement of six new Non-
Executive Directors.
Dean Dalla Valle, who joined the Board in
June, has vast operational and technical
expertise, and wide experience developing
complex mining projects. Susan Lloyd-
Hurwitz, who also joined in June, is a highly
respected leader and brings deep CEO
experience across large projects, cultural
change, diversity and inclusion, and
sustainability. Joc O’Rourke joined the
Board in October and brings 25 years of
mining industry experience and a passion
for improving operational performance.
In December, we announced the
appointments of Martina Merz, who joined the
Board on 1 February 2024, and Sharon
Thorne, who will join the Board in July 2024.
Both are exceptional leaders, Martina with
deep CEO experience in handling cyclical
businesses, research and development
and decarbonisation initiatives, and Sharon
with deep industry knowledge gained over
30 years of auditing and advising multinational
companies.
As part of that phased transition, Simon
McKeon has agreed to step down as a
Director at the conclusion of our annual
general meetings in 2024, and will not
therefore seek re-election by shareholders.
I am extremely grateful to Simon for his
invaluable contribution. Having regard for his
roles as Rio Tinto Limited's Senior
Independent Director and the Designated
Director for workforce engagement, Simon
has taken a particular interest in Rio Tinto's
revitalised approach to engagement with the
broader Australian community as well as the
company's cultural reset. On behalf of the
Board, I wish him well for the future.
In December, we also said goodbye to a
colleague who will be greatly missed.
Dr Megan Clark stepped down after 9 years
on the Board. Her experience and wise
counsel were invaluable, and we wish her
well for the future.
I am excited to lead a Board with such depth
and breadth of insight, who I know share a
commitment to help Rio Tinto capture
opportunities and achieve its full potential. For
more information on the Board, please see
the Directors’ report on pages 90 to 145.
Looking ahead
There is no doubt we are living through
turbulent times. Politics is becoming
increasingly polarised, the geopolitical
landscape has become more complex
and volatile, and the economic backdrop
remains challenging.
Nevertheless, our purpose, “Finding better ways
to provide the materials the world needs”, drives
everything your company does.
I look to the future with optimism - there has
never been greater demand for what we do, and
the capability of our people, and the quality of our
partnerships, assets, technology, and innovation
give me great confidence we can deliver for all of
our stakeholders.
Once again, I want to thank the leadership
team and the thousands of employees,
contractors and partners around the world
who are bringing Rio Tinto’s purpose and
values to life.
Chair
Q&A with Jakob Stausholm
2023 highlights
0.37
All-injury frequency rate
(2022: 0.40)
$15.2 bn
net cash generated from operating
activities
(2022:$16.1 bn)
$10.1 bn
profit after tax attributable to owners of
Rio Tinto
(2022: $12.4 bn)
$7.1 bn
total dividend declared
(2022:$8 bn)
What are your reflections on 2023?
We approached the year with confidence in
our strategy, a deep commitment to safety and
financial discipline, and a continuous
improvement mindset. By continuing to focus
on our four objectives, we have put Rio Tinto
in a stronger position to capture traditional
and emerging opportunities. In 2023, we
returned to investing in profitable growth with
an eye to the future. Of course, we have a lot
more to do. But that is the best part; there is
so much ahead of us.
While we had zero fatalities at our managed
operations in 2023, four team members from
our Diavik Diamond Mine in the Northwest
Territories in Canada and two crew members
lost their lives when a charter flight crashed
on its way to the mine in January 2024.
We are devastated by this tragic incident
and are working with the authorities to
understand the full facts of what happened.
Nothing is more important than the safety of
our employees, contractors and communities
and we remain committed to evolving our
culture and processes to ensure everyone
goes home safely every day.
We made encouraging progress improving our
operations, including the Pilbara, where we
achieved guidance for iron ore shipments. We
also hit project milestones including first
underground copper production at Oyu Tolgoi in
Mongolia. Despite continued uncertainty in the
operating environment, we delivered another set
of robust financial results. We generated
underlying earnings of$11.8 billion (2022:
$13.4 billion) and net cash generated from
operating activities of$15.2 billion (2022:
$16.1 billion). Profit after tax attributable to
owners of Rio Tinto was$10.1 billion (2022:
$12.4 billion) and our balance sheet remains
strong with net debt of$4.2 billion (2022: net
debt of$4.2 billion). As a result, the Board has
recommended a final ordinary dividend of 258
US cents per share, resulting in total shareholder
returns declared this year of$7.1 billion. This
represents a pay-out ratio of 60%, in line with our
policy.
2023 was another year of extreme weather and
broken temperature records. In December, I
attended the UN climate summit (COP28) and
came away concerned the world is not on track
with the Paris Agreement goal to limit warming to
1.5°C by 2100. National targets are not in line
with the overall goal, and current climate policies
in many countries are not yet aligned with their
stated ambitions.
Many 1.5°C scenarios now overshoot the long
term temperature goal and rely on significant
deployment of carbon dioxide removals to get
to net zero that may not be plausible. No
single company or country can halt the course
of climate change alone, so partnering to
reduce emissions is vital. This is why we put
the low-carbon transition at the heart of our
business strategy and are working with
governments, customers, communities and
others to decarbonise our operations and
value chains.
Rio celebrated its 150 th anniversary in
- What did reaching this milestone
mean to you?
Rio Tinto’s strength is built upon its rich
history, and it has been important to explore
our past in our anniversary year to inform our
future. Our story is full of achievements and
failures we must learn from, but there is one
consistent theme: the spirit of innovation and
continuous improvement. This is what our
purpose – finding better ways to provide the
materials the world needs – is all about.
Our people have been doing this from the
beginning, and reaching this milestone has
reinvigorated our commitment to our purpose.
It has also been a reminder that we are a
long-term business. We are laying the
groundwork to ensure Rio Tinto is successful
not just today but for another 150 years.
We remained focused on our four
objectives in 2023. How are we doing
on our journey to best operator?
We need to be in the best shape possible to
capture the opportunities ahead of us, which
is why we are investing in the long-term health
of our people, assets, and ore bodies. By
prioritising these areas, we are creating the
conditions for consistent operational and
financial performance.
Evolving our culture is fundamental to how we
unlock performance. We have continued to
implement the 26 recommendations
of the Everyday Respect Report, and we are
embedding best practices and empowering
our people by deepening the rollout of
the Safe Production System (SPS). This is a
multi-year process, but it is already having a
profound impact. SPS has delivered real
improvements in our Pilbara iron ore
operations, realising a 5 million tonne
production uplift in 2023 and on target to
deliver another 5 million tonnes in 2024. At the
same time, Oyu Tolgoi is an example
of what becoming best operator looks like.
Less than a year since we started
underground production, we are well on track
to ramp up to 500,000 tonnes of copper per
annum, from 2028 to 2036 from this world-
class operation.
From the Chief Executive
“Nothing is more important than the safety of our employees, contractors and communities. We remain committed to evolving our culture and processes to ensure everyone goes home safely every day.”
Our Chief Operating Officer Arnaud Soirat was
instrumental to the success of SPS and Oyu
Tolgoi. Arnaud stepped down at the end of
January 2024 ahead of his retirement,
and I want to thank him for his incredible
contribution and dedication to Rio Tinto for
more than a decade.
How is striving for impeccable ESG
helping us meet customer
expectations?
Our customers increasingly tell us they
want sustainable, traceable, and transparent
low-carbon materials, as well as help
decarbonising their own value chains.
Our strategy and commitment to the highest
environmental, societal and governance
standards positions us to meet these aims.
Our Boron operation became the first open pit
mine to fully transition its heavy machinery to
renewable diesel, and we had breakthroughs
including piloting our BlueSmelting TM technology,
which reduces emissions from processing
ilmenite into titanium dioxide.
More broadly, our approach to environmental,
social and governance (ESG) is informing our
decision-making as we develop projects
including Oyu Tolgoi and Simandou. We are
working closely with communities in areas such
as biodiversity and water management, and to
help realise the full opportunities for economic
development at a national and local level. By
working to the highest ESG standards and
utilising our STARTTM blockchain technology, we
are providing customers with the sustainable and
traceable products they expect.
How is progress on excelling in
development positioning the business
for the future?
Excelling in development is all about shaping our
portfolio for the future. We have an attractive
pipeline and considerable momentum to grow in
the materials essential for the energy transition.
We are further strengthening our Iron Ore
business with key projects in the Pilbara, and in
Guinea we hit major milestones to help us unlock
Simandou, the world’s largest known untapped
source of high-grade iron ore. I visited Guinea in
October and was impressed by how quickly early
works are progressing as we move closer to full
sanction.
In our Aluminium business, we announced an
investment of $1.1 billion to expand our state-
of-the-art AP60 smelter, replacing the Arvida
smelter. We also launched into the rapidly
growing North American market for recycled
aluminium with Matalco, a joint venture that
develops our position further along the
value chain. We remain on track to deliver
1 million tonnes of copper per annum by
the end of the decade, with considerable
progress at Oyu Tolgoi underground,
expansion pathways at Kennecott, the
continued development of Resolution, and
further options with La Granja and Winu.
Further down the pipeline, we have finalised
Nuevo Cobre, a joint venture with Codelco, to
actively explore for copper in Chile.
Critical minerals are vital to achieving a net
zero future, and we continue to explore
opportunities in this area. Highlights from
2023 include steadily advancing the Rincon
lithium project in Argentina, and the
acquisition of the Burra TM Scandium Project in
New South Wales, Australia, a high-grade
scalable resource that could produce up to 40
tonnes per annum of scandium oxide.
How have we strengthened our social
licence this year?
Our social licence underpins all our objectives –
we cannot function as a business without it and
our understanding of this is deepening across
our teams. My conversations with stakeholders
this year suggest we have come a long way to
rebuild trust. However, this is an ongoing journey,
and it is ultimately up to others to judge how we
are performing. We need to continue to listen to
voices from the communities where we operate
and engage with civil society organisations to
understand what we can do better.
Part of this development is having greater
transparency. In March we published an
independent report based on an audit of our
Cultural Heritage Management performance.
The report helped us identify target areas
for improvement, such as a sustained focus
on community engagement throughout
the life of our operations. We have started
taking a more community-led approach,
with co-management and co-development
of sites becoming an embedded part of our
process from the beginning.
We continued to work closely with Indigenous
Peoples this year to ensure better outcomes for
all stakeholders. This has involved partnering for
economic prosperity, such as increasing
opportunities for Pilbara Aboriginal Businesses
as construction progresses at Western Range.
Other highlights include working with the
Yindjibarndi Energy Corporation to explore
opportunities for renewable energy projects and
signing the Aganow agreement to enable greater
participation by the Naskapi Nation of
Kawawachikamach in Iron Ore Company of
Canada activities.
What are your main focus areas
for 2024?
Rio Tinto is at the heart of the energy transition
and facing an opportunity-rich world. At the same
time, we are still seeing powerful traditional
drivers of demand and our core markets are
growing. Global trends such as re-
industrialisation and a renewed emphasis on
supply-chain security are presenting even more
opportunities. As both a mining company and a
processing company with a global footprint and a
portfolio built for the future, we are well-
positioned to capture these over the long-term.
Our focus will remain on securing the
enduring health and success of the business,
with an emphasis on disciplined growth,
improving operational performance, exploring
options along the value chain, and investing in
the technologies that will allow us to reach our
decarbonisation targets.
We’ll continue our journey of culture change,
building an environment of trust where
everyone feels safe, respected and
empowered to deliver results. This is what will
drive our performance and enable us to keep
delivering for all our stakeholders in 2024.
Creating value by living our purpose
Our purpose is at the core of everything we do. It inspires our efforts and guides our decisions.
Finding better ways™
to provide the materials the world needs.
Our strategy will move our business, customers, partners and the world forward.
| Grow in materials essentialfor the energy transitionAim to grow in commodities such as copper, aluminium, high-grade iron ore, lithium and other critical minerals. | Accelerate the decarbonisationof our assets Switch to renewable power,electrifying processing and running electric mobile fleets. | Develop products and technologies that help our customers decarbonisePartner with customers and suppliers and invest in R&D to reduce emissions across our value chains. |
|---|
Our objectives guide our everyday work to achieve our strategy and drive progress.
| Become the best operatorExpand our capabilities and empower our people to improve our operational performance. | Achieve impeccable ESG Align our priorities with community expectations and consider sustainability in all decisions. |
|---|---|
| Excel in developmentGrow and develop our pipeline of opportunities, and build our capabilities and partnerships for capital-efficient delivery. | Strengthen our social licenceEarn trust by building meaningful relationships and partnerships, continuing to listen and learn. |
Our people, culture and values createan environment where everyone feels safe,
respected and empowered, so we can continue to find better ways together.
| Care about the safety of ourselves and others, creating an environment of trust, and the impact we have on our colleagues and others, communities and the environment. | Courage to show vulnerability, speak up and challenge when we can do better, and take ownership of our actions and outcomes to drive performance. | Curiosity to learn and grow in our fields of expertise, look for opportunities to solve problems with everyday innovation, and be open to different perspectives. |
|---|
Our business model helps us deliver value that matters to our stakeholders.
Most importantly, effective and responsive corporate governance manages our performance.
Tracked and measured
We measure our strategic progress through a
mix of financial and non-financial key
performance indicators (KPIs) that align with our
purpose and strategy. In addition to key financial,
operational and safety performance metrics, we
track progress across ESG themes including
gender diversity and greenhouse gas (GHG)
emissions.
Overseen by our Board
Our success depends on effective and
responsive corporate governance. Our Board
oversees how we deliver on our purpose and
strategy and monitors our culture to make sure
it aligns with our values. The Board
also oversees how we manage social and
environmental risks and monitors our
performance to ensure we generate value
for shareholders while our business
contributes to wider society.
Reflected in remuneration
Our Remuneration Policy is designed to
support the delivery of our strategy in a
responsible and sustainable way that reflects
our purpose and values. It considers our
financial and safety performance, our culture
and our ESG measures, such as accelerating
decarbonisation and strengthening our social
licence. The main elements include base
salary, short-term incentive plan (STIP) and
long-term incentive plan (LTIP).
For more informationabout our business model see riotinto.com/ourbusiness.
Repurpose & renew
We design and operate our assets
to leave a positive legacy when
operations cease. We engage our
stakeholders in rehabilitation
planning and we review each
site’s plans annually.
Explore & evaluate
We use new and advanced
technologies to explore,
discover and deliver attractive
growth opportunities, focusing
on materials essential for the
energy transition.
Market & deliver
We market our products to meet
the diverse needs of our
customers and maximise value
for our business, delivering
them safely, reliably and
efficiently through our global
logistics network.
Develop & innovate
We are an industry leader in
research and development
and partner with customers,
technology providers, academia
and local communities to
develop new projects and more
efficient, safer and sustainable
production pathways.
Mine & process
We own and operate mining and
processing operations spanning
a range of countries and
commodities. We are a global
industry leader, focused on safe,
productive and environmentally
responsible performance.
Finding better ways™ in 2023
Our purpose in action
Continuous improvement and innovation are part of our DNA. Right across the business, we are finding better ways to provide the materials the world needs while reducing our carbon footprint, developing technologies needed to make net zero a reality, and continuing to support our people and the communities where we live and work.
For more highlights from 2023see our end-of-year video at riotinto.com/annualreport.
| BioIronTM – pioneering breakthrough technologies | Connecting with Country | Accelerating innovation: bringing the outside world in |
|---|---|---|
| In 2023, we continued developing BioIronTM, which has the potential to reduce CO2 emissions by more than 95% during steelmaking.BioIronTM uses raw biomass produced from agricultural by-products (instead of metallurgical coal) and microwave energy, to convert Pilbara iron ore to metallic iron during steel making. It also uses approximately 65% less electricity during steel making when compared to other green hydrogen1 technologies.We have proved BioIronTM works on a small scale through a successful collaboration with the University of Nottingham and Metso Corporation. Now we have secured a site to continue testing on a larger scale, and are progressing regulatory approvals for the BioIronTM Continuous Pilot Plant which will have the capacity of one tonne per hour. | In 2023, we commenced cultural immersion secondments with JawunTM, a non-profit partnership program with Indigenous organisations and communities across Australia. Every year, 24 of our people will contribute their skills to support Aboriginal economic development as part of the program, while also learning about Aboriginal culture and history. This two-way learning opportunity has already deepened our cultural understanding and contributes to a more culturally aware workplace. “You have an opportunity to provide back to an Indigenous organisation, and in return you get to explore this beautiful Country and learn a lot of things from the local Indigenous Peoples.” Travis Creed, Superintendent Capability Development. | In 2023, we established an Innovation Advisory Committee, bringing together experts in innovation and research and development. The Committee is helping us accelerate our innovation portfolio and offers guidance on emerging technologies in areas such as health and safety, environmental, social and governance, growth, carbon abatement and productivity. To help us find innovative ways to provide the materials the world needs for the energy transition, we have also committed $150 million over ten years to create a Centre for Future Materials led by Imperial College London. |
- Green hydrogen is produced using renewable energy.
For more information about BioIronTM see riotinto.com/bioiron.
Becoming best operator with our Safe Production System
We are implementing lessons from our own pockets of excellence. We continue to see improved production efficiency,
safety and engagement at the sites where we have deployed our Safe Production System (SPS).
| Global25%improvement in AIFR1 in the second half of 2023 at SPS sites, when compared to the first half | Iron Ore5Mtyear-on-year production uplift at Pilbara iron ore sites, attributable to SPS | Copper90%record performance of concentrator effective utilisation at Kennecott across Q3 and Q4 |
|---|---|---|
| Aluminium8%year-on-year increase in casting operating time at Grande Baie (excluding shutdowns) | Iron Ore34%decreased variability in processing operating time year-on-year at Hope Downs | Minerals32%year-on-year improvement in AIFR1 at Iron Ore Company of Canada |
| 1.All-injury frequency rate. | For more informationabout SPS see riotinto.com/innovation. |
|---|
| First open pit mine in the world to move to renewable diesel | Investing in recycled aluminium |
|---|---|
| Our Boron operation in California has fully transitioned their heavy machinery from fossil diesel to renewable diesel. We expect this to reduce our CO2 equivalent by up to 45,000 tonnes per year, similar to eliminating the emissions of 9,600 cars. In the first quarter of 2024, we will begin to replace our entire fossil diesel consumption with renewable diesel at our Kennecott copper operation in Utah. It will reduce emissions by around 495,000 tonnes of CO2 equivalent per year, similar to eliminating the emissions of more than 107,000 cars.Note: emissions-to-cars conversion source - Greenhouse Gas Equivalencies Calculator | US EPA. | We have formed a joint venture with Giampaolo Group to purchase a 50% stake in Matalco. Aluminium is an essential metal needed to decarbonise, but its production requires vast amounts of electricity and accounts for about 3% of the world’s CO2.The partnership will help us provide a broader range of high-quality and low-carbon, primary, recycled, and blended aluminium products, at a time when customers are looking for solutions to lower their carbon footprint. This move follows other recent investments in our aluminium business in North America, including $1.1 billion to expand AP60 smelter equipped with low-carbon technology at Complexe Jonquière in Canada, and $107 million to install a new alumina conveyor at Kitimat. |
Our stakeholders
Through partnerships and
collaboration, we gain the
benefit from the expertise
and insight of others.
Our stakeholders give us
a competitive edge and
encourage us to work more
thoughtfully and responsibly.
By engaging with them and
listening to their views, we
can make a more meaningful
contribution to society
while becoming a more
sustainable company.
Section 172(1) statement
This stakeholder section, together
with our stakeholder pages in the
Governance section (pages 96-100),
explains how the Board takes
account of stakeholder interests.
These comprise our “Section 172(1)
statement”.
Workforce
We are creating an environment of trust,
where our people feel safe, respected and
empowered to be their best, to help us attract,
retain and grow great talent and deliver results.
In 2023, we focused on initiatives to help our
people better align with our strategy and culture
journey; we updated our incentive and
performance management framework,
refreshed our Code of Conduct and continued
to develop our leaders.
Our people survey is one of the tools that helps
us understand how our employees experience
working for us. In our most recent survey
conducted in October 2023, our employee
satisfaction rating (eSAT) increased by 1 point
(73 to 74).
55,000¹
Employees across six continents
(2022:52,000)
Employee satisfaction score
(eSAT)
(2022:73)
Civil society organisations
One way we can help address the world’s
many complex environmental, social and
governance challenges, such as climate
change, human rights violations, bribery and
corruption, is through collaboration with civil
society organisations (CSOs) and other
stakeholders. Our senior leaders regularly
engage with CSOs, and although our opinions
may differ from time to time, we respect their
views and value the challenges they set for us
to improve performance across our business.
We hold yearly roundtable discussions with
CSOs in Australia, Europe and North America.
Organisations participated in our 2023 CSO
roundtable discussions in person
Roundtables held in Washington D.C.,
London and Sydney in 2023. A wide range
of topics was discussed, including nature
targets; free, prior and informed consent
(FPIC); community support; our operations
in Madagascar; and Resolution Copper.
Communities
Communities are the places and the people
who make up where we live, work and call
home – from the Gobi Desert in Mongolia, to
KwaZulu-Natal, South Africa, and Saguenay–
Lac-Saint-Jean, Quebec, Canada. We strive to
partner consistently and honestly with
communities on a range of issues, such as
jobs and local procurement, as well as the
impact of our operations on the local
environment. Over the past few years, we
have focused on our own standards of open
and transparent engagement. We are
targeting for all sites to co-manage cultural
heritage with communities and the knowledge
holders, by 2026.
$84.0 m
Voluntary social investment in 2023
(2022: $62.6 m)
A$725m
Spent with Indigenous businesses in
Australia in 2023
(2022: A$565m)
Governments
Governments – national, state and provincial,
and local – are important stakeholders for our
business. They regulate our operations, are
among our commercial partners, and receive
revenue from our taxes and royalties. Our
economic contribution can be significant for
national budgets and local development
priorities, such as job creation and skills
training. We engage with officials on issues
such as how we explore, mine and process ore;
conditions of land tenure; health, safety and
environment; taxation; intellectual property;
competition and foreign investment; data
privacy; conditions of trade and export; and
infrastructure access.
$76 bn
Paid in taxes and royalties globally over the
past ten years
$4.6 bn²
Corporate tax paid in 2023
(2022: $6.9 bn)
$4.1 bn²
Corporate tax paid in Australia in 2023
(2022: $6.1 bn)
1.Includes our total workforce based on managed operations (excludes the Group’s share of non-managed operations and joint ventures) as of 31 December 2023 rounded to nearest 1,000.2.When combined with royalties and other taxes, and with our share of taxes and royalties paid by equity accounted units, this resulted in payments to governments of around $8.5 billion (2022: $10.8 billion), including around $6.5 billion paid in Australia (2022: $8.5 billion).
Investors
Our investors include pension funds,
global fund managers, bondholders,
and tens of thousands of individuals
around the world, including approximately
34,000 Rio Tinto employees.
It is important that we understand our investors’
needs and their vision for the company. We
therefore communicate and engage extensively
with them throughout the year, both in person
and through virtual forums across multiple
jurisdictions. In addition to our annual general
meetings in the UK and Australia, we also held
our 2023 Investor Seminar in Sydney, where
our Executive Committee provided an update
on our progress against our strategy, our
Simandou project and how we are advancing
our decarbonisation program.
$7.1 bn
Total dividends declared to shareholders
(2022:$8.0 bn)
34,000
Rio Tinto employees own shares
in the company 1
(2022: 30,000)
Customers
Our customers’ needs are central to our
operational decision making. Using the insights
generated from everything we buy, sell and
move around the world, our Commercial team
works closely with customers to ensure we
deliver products that meet their specific
requirements. Periodically, we ask our
customers for their feedback via a survey and
the insights help us deliver new and better
products and services. Where possible, we
partner to co-develop solutions that support our
environmental, social and governance
commitments. For example,
in 2023 we significantly expanded our
low-carbon portfolio by forming the Matalco
joint venture to produce and market recycled
aluminium in North America.
1,900
Customers across multiple industries
and countries
$54.0 bn
Consolidated sales revenue in 2023
(2022: $55.6 bn)
543 Mt CO 2 e
Scope 3 emissions from the processing
of our products
(2022:549 Mt CO 2 e)
Suppliers
Engaging with suppliers is an important way in
which we can have a positive impact on
communities. We partner with, and help
develop, local businesses where we operate,
so they can share in our success. Having
good relationships with our suppliers also
helps us take part in technological and market
developments, and we continually strive to
improve our supplier experiences. As with our
customers, we periodically ask our suppliers to
share their feedback in a survey to better
understand how we can develop our
collaboration. We work closely with our
suppliers to create innovative partnerships,
such as our partnership with Neste and Rolls-
Royce that resulted in our Boron site in
California becoming the first open pit mine to
operate heavy machinery running entirely on
renewable diesel.
$20.8 bn
Spent with suppliers globally in 2023
(2022:$22.5 bn)
26 Mt CO 2 e
Scope 3 emissions from all procurement
(2022:26 Mt CO 2 e)
- Shareholders, primarily through myShare, our global employee share plan.
Western Range spends
A$1 billion with WA
businesses
We spend billions of dollars with local
suppliers across Western Australia and the
Pilbara every year, helping support thriving
communities across the State by providing
local jobs for local people.
Western Australian businesses have so far
been awarded contracts totalling A$1 billion as
construction progresses at our Western Range
mine in the Pilbara, a joint venture together
with China Baowu Steel Group.
Construction at Western Range, which will
help sustain production from our existing
Paraburdoo mining hub, started in 2023 and is
expected to support around 1,600 jobs.
For more information about our local procurement strategy see riotinto.com/sustainableprocurement.
Strategic context
Our strategy is informed by a deep analysis of the interplay of global megatrends, explored
through the lens of plausible scenarios. These set the context for our industry and
underpin our portfolio choices and how we operate. Our success relies on our ability to
strengthen our resilience while building partnerships and capabilities that enable us to
grow profitably.
| Our scenario approachWe use global scenarios in our strategy and capital allocation processes to stress test our portfolio and investment decisions under alternative macroeconomic settings. Our scenario framework focuses on two prevailing forces: the speed of global economic growth and the trajectory of climate action, each heavily influenced by global geopolitics and governance. Our central reference case commodity forecasts and valuations are informed by a blend of our two core scenarios (Competitive Leadership and Fragmented Leadership). These are used to derive critical accounting estimates and are included as inputs for impairment testing; estimating remaining economic life for units of production, depreciation and discounting; and closure and rehabilitation provisions. Further detail is provided in the “Impact of climate change on the Group” section to the financial statements on pages 162-165.We use additional scenarios (including our Aspirational Leadership scenario, which provides our view of a pathway aligned with 1.5°C by 2100) to further stress test decisions and assess potential risks to our portfolio.Our two core scenariosCompetitive Leadership reflects a world of high growth and stronger climate action, particularly after 2030, with change driven by policy and competitive innovation. A proactive reform environment encourages business innovation and helps boost investment and productivity. This allows global GDP to continue growing at near recent historical levels with an increasing contribution from India and other developing countries.Fragmented Leadership represents a world where economic growth and climate action are constrained by ineffective policy and rising social and geopolitical tensions. In this world, investment in new technologies slows and their global adoption is highly inconsistent. This, combined with more significant climate damage, results in weaker long-term productivity growth. | |
| For more informationabout our scenarios, methodology and portfolio implications see pages 47-48. |
New industrial policies and
regional competition
In the last two years, we have entered a new
era of industrial policies characterised by
increasing government intervention in the
market and unprecedented levels of subsidies
and policy support, specifically tailored
towards de-risking supply chains and
supporting the energy transition.
Faced with inflationary pressures and
macroeconomic uncertainty, regional and
national governments are attempting to
balance different societal choices, from
accelerating decarbonisation to strengthening
local manufacturing and enhancing supply
security. This has created an increasingly
fragmented and competitive industrial and
climate policy landscape.
Oyu Tolgoi copper-gold mine, Mongolia.
Industrial policies are becoming an
increasingly important determinant of
commodity prices, regional premiums and
project economics.
Policies designed to accelerate the energy
transition are bolstering demand growth for
essential materials such as aluminium, copper
and lithium. To mitigate supply bottleneck risks
and support reindustrialisation, governments
are also promoting the development of new
mining and processing (smelting and refining)
projects via financing or regulatory support.
While this is creating new growth opportunities
for existing producers, it is also incentivising
competition and could result in increasing
risks, such as tighter trade barriers and
resource nationalisation, as value chains
reconfigure.
Energy transition and climate
action
While global efforts to tackle climate change
have continued, the long-term pledges made
by governments and companies still fall short
of what is required to reach net zero emissions
by 2050, to limit the global temperature rise to
1.5°C above pre-industrial levels.
In response, new government policies
and initiatives, such as the US’s Inflation
Reduction Act(IRA), the EU’s Carbon Border
Adjustment Mechanism (CBAM) and Australia’s
Safeguard Mechanism, have been implemented
to support decarbonisation and tackle climate
change.
While these policies are helping accelerate
regional deployment of renewables and
fossil fuel alternatives, several industries still
face significant technology and capital
constraints. This is particularly apparent for
continuous, energy-intensive processes
requiring both large-scale renewables and
grid-scale firming solutions.
As the energy transition progresses,
long-standing materials supply chains will be
reconfigured, creating opportunities and risks
for metals and mining participants. Given
current technology and regulatory hurdles,
processes requiring firm power, such as
aluminium and steel production, will prize
access to hydroelectricity or continue to rely
on nuclear or fossil fuel-based electricity to
offset variability in wind and solar energy.
Existing operations with access to hydropower
could see significant cost advantages,
particularly if carbon penalties increase. By
contrast, industries that can use intermittent
power or green hydrogen 1 will have an
advantage in areas rich in solar and wind
resources.
ESG priorities and evolving
customer needs
Consumers are becoming more
ESG-conscious in their purchasing
behaviours, taking into consideration a
range of themes beyond carbon, including
biodiversity, water, supplier ethics and
integrity, transparency and impacts of
operations and broader value chains on
local communities and society.
With the technology challenges and long
development timelines associated with
decarbonising large-scale processes,
customers in developed markets are
increasingly focusing on securing recycled
materials as they look to reduce their
value chain emissions as well as their
environmental and social footprints.
Community engagement, Simandou, Guinea.
This trend is being further supported by new
industrial policies that have set recycled
content targets and ESG performance hurdles
to access government support.
While recycling presents a direct risk to
primary metal demand growth, it also offers
unique growth and commercial opportunities
for mining companies that have downstream
processing capabilities. These companies can
meet customers’ diverse needs by providing
both high-quality primary products (essential
for some applications) and recycled products
with reduced footprints.
- Green hydrogen is produced using renewable energy.
Our strategy
Climate change and the low-carbon transition are at the heart of our strategy. We aim to strengthen
our resilience to the physical effects of climate change and secure new opportunities and partnerships
created by changing market fundamentals. Our strategy is designed to deliver strong returns and
growth options while reducing the environmental and social impacts of our business and broader
value chains.
Our strategy has three pillars
Grow in materials essential for the
energy transition
The energy transition will create significant
additional demand for copper, aluminium,
lithium and a range of other critical minerals.
We aim to grow in these commodities as well
as in the supply of high-grade, high-quality
iron ore, essential for low-carbon
steel production.
Accelerate the decarbonisation
of our assets
Due to the scale of our mining and processing
activities, we have significant Scope 1 and 2
emissions (32.6 Mt CO 2 e). We are working
with stakeholders to find commercial and
technological solutions to reduce these by
50% (relative to 2018 levels) by 2030. We
anticipate a total capital spend on
decarbonisation of $5-6 billion by 20301.
Develop products and technologies
that help our customers decarbonise
Our Scope 3 emissions were 578 Mt CO 2 e
in 2023, over 94% of which was from the
downstream processing of our products. We are
partnering with our customers and suppliers and
investing in research and development to
decarbonise our broader value chains and bring
forward their targets, to achieve net zero
processing emissions by 2050.
- Excluding the purchase of offsets.
Our four objectives
Our strategy is centred around our four objectives: to be the best operator, to achieve impeccable ESG
credentials, to excel in development and to strengthen our social licence. These essential components will
help improve our productivity, reduce capital intensity and assist us in becoming a partner of choice for a
range of stakeholders globally.
Our culture is a key enabler of our strategic
ambitions. It guides us on the journey to
best operator, makes us a better partner and
helps us solve problems as we work towards
net zero.
By building an environment of trust
where everyone feels safe, respected and
empowered, we can attract and retain curious
people who care about their work and
colleagues and are courageous about finding
better ways to do things. This is how
we will deliver on our purpose.
Best operator
We aim to improve our operational
performance by identifying and replicating best
practices across our portfolio and empowering
our people to make positive changes.
We will strive to align our business priorities
with society’s expectations and ensure
sustainability considerations are at the
core of every decision we make.
We will expand and progress our pipeline
of growth opportunities and build capabilities
and partnerships to execute projects
and establish a strong track record of capital-
efficient delivery.
We will build meaningful and enduring
relationships and partnerships with our
stakeholders by listening, learning and
respecting diverse perspectives.
Progressing our strategy
| Grow in materials essential for the energy transition | |
|---|---|
| High-grade iron ore–Progressed the Simandou high-grade iron ore project in Guinea with our partners. We announced plans to invest $6.2 billion1 (Rio Tinto share) on mine, port and rail infrastructure development. Production is expected to ramp up over 30 months from 2025 to a capacity of 60 million dry tonnes2 annually (27 million dry tonnes Rio Tinto share).–Approved $77 million for a pre-feasibility study to progress the development of the Rhodes Ridge project in the East Pilbara in Western Australia, one of the world’s most attractive undeveloped iron ore deposits.Aluminium–Acquired a 50% equity stake in Matalco from Giampaolo Group for $738 million. The Matalco joint venture combines the strengths of North America's largest primary and secondary aluminium producers to meet growing demand for low-carbon products.–Announced we will invest $1.1 billion to expand our AP60 aluminium smelter equipped with low-carbon technology at the Complexe Jonquière with financial support from the Quebec government. | Copper–Started production from the Oyu Tolgoi underground mine in Mongolia, which will make Oyu Tolgoi one of the most important producers of copper in the world.–Approved investment to significantly increase production from underground mining at Kennecott. Production is expected to deliver around 250 thousand tonnes3 of additional mined copper over the next ten years (2023-2033).–Formed a joint venture with First Quantum Minerals to unlock the development of the La Granja project in Peru, one of the largest undeveloped copper deposits in the world.Minerals–Progressed development of a three thousand tonne per annum lithium carbonate starter plant at the Rincon lithium project with production expected by the end of 2024.–Acquired the high-grade BurraTM Scandium Project in New South Wales, Australia. The project could produce up to 40 tonnes of scandium oxide per year. |
| Accelerate the decarbonisation of our assets | |
| Decarbonisation spend–Spent a total of $425 million on decarbonisation in 2023 (2022: $299 million). We estimate a total capital spend of $5-6 billion over the period 2022-2030, including $1.5 billion cumulative spend over the period 2024-2026.Pacific Operations repowering–Signed a power purchase agreement (PPA) to buy 1.1GW of renewable energy from the Upper Calliope Solar Farm project which could provide part of a solution to repower our three Gladstone production assets.Renewable energy–Constructed a 5MW solar plant pilot project at Kennecott Copper.–Approved, subject to regulatory approvals, a 12.4MW solar photovoltaic system and a 2.1Mwh battery storage system via long-term PPA for Amrun operations.–Signed a memorandum of understanding (MoU) with the Yindjibarndi Energy Corporation (YEC) to explore opportunities to collaborate on renewable energy projects on Yindjibarndi Country in the Pilbara. | Diesel transition–Advanced our diesel transition at Boron and Kennecott. Boron became the world’s first open-cut mine to fully transition 100% of its heavy machinery to renewable diesel.Alumina processing–Approved the Yarwun Hydrogen Calcination Pilot Demonstration Program.–Progressed a double digestion pre-feasibility study at Queensland Alumina Limited (QAL).Minerals processing–Commissioned the BlueSmeltingTM demonstration plant at Rio Tinto Iron and Titanium Quebec Operations, with the first tonne of pre-reduced ore produced. The project is part of a partnership with the Government of Canada.Nature-based solutions–Continued to develop pilot projects in Madagascar and progressed pre-feasibility and feasibility work for opportunities in South Africa, Guinea, US and Argentina. |
| Develop products and technologies that help our customers decarbonise | |
| Steel value chain decarbonisation–Progressed partnerships on various low-carbon pathways, including our collaboration with the world’s largest steel producer – Baowu. –Completed a feasibility study for the BioIronTM Continuous Pilot Plant and secured a location, completed an Electric Smelting Furnace concept study with BlueScope, and progressed design of the Baowu Meishan microwave lump drying pilot plant.Shipping decarbonisation–Lowered shipping emissions intensity by 37% (relative to 2008 baseline) and introduced five liquified natural gas vessels into the fleet in 2023. –Completed a 12-month biofuel trial. | Aluminium value chain decarbonisation–ELYSIS started commissioning activities following completion of construction work and expects to start the first 450kA cell in 2024.–Defined potential areas of collaboration to help decarbonise alumina refining with customers, representing 47% of global bauxite sales.Procurement–Completed a study to understand the sources of our procurement-related emissions. |
Subject to the remaining conditions being met including receipt of regulatory approvals.
The estimated annualised capacity of approximately 60 million dry tonnes per annum iron ore for the Simandou life of mine schedule was previously reported in a release to the Australian
The production target of around 250 thousand tonnes of additional mined copper over the next ten years (2023 to 2033) at Kennecott was previously reported in a release to the Australian
Securities Exchange (ASX) dated 20 June 2023 titled “Rio Tinto invests to strengthen copper supply in US”. Rio Tinto confirms that all material assumptions underpinning that production target
For more informationabout our projects see the Portfolio management section on pages 30-31.
Progressing our four objectives
Best operator
Focus
Safety and operational performance.
Safety
Safety is our top priority. Our focus is on eliminating
fatalities, preventing catastrophic events and
reducing injuries. While we had zero fatalities at our
managed operations in 2023, tragically four
colleagues died in a plane crash while travelling to
our Diavik mine in January 2024. Our all-injury
frequency rate (AIFR) was 0.37 in 2023
(compared to 0.40 in 2022). We are strengthening
our safety maturity model (SMM) by including
health and environment risks, and we are gaining
greater insight into the culture at each site so we
can take actions to improve.
Operational performance
We continued rolling out the Safe Production
System (SPS) across our assets, engaging our
people to identify issues and improvement
opportunities and develop and share best
practices across the Group.
We have deployed SPS at ~60% of our sites to
date, with implementation at various stages of
maturity. Key performance highlights include a 5
million tonne uplift in iron ore production and a 25%
improvement in AIFR globally in the second half of
2023 (when compared to the first half), at sites
where SPS has been deployed.
In 2023, we announced plans to increase
annual iron ore capacity at Gudai-Darri in
Australia by seven million tonnes to 50 million
tonnes at a cost of $70 million through
incremental productivity gains.
We also initiated a number of projects designed
to improve the Group’s asset management
performance. These included building up
capabilities in our Asset Management Centre of
Excellence, improving critical risk maintenance
plans and spare parts programs and bolstering
shutdown support.
Safety
In 2024, we will strengthen the way we manage
our critical risks, our primary fatality elimination
tool which helps ensure that controls are in place
and working where there is a fatal risk. We will
continue to enhance the understanding and
impact of critical risk management by focusing on
quality conversations and verifications at our
global operations.
We have strong standards and processes to
approve air operators, including regular audits
and engagements to make sure aviation safety
systems match our expectations of safety and
care for our people. In 2024, we will continue
to work with all our sites to actively review
compliance with aviation safety tools and controls
to provide further assurance on top
of our existing processes.
We will also evolve SMM and evaluate its impact
on individuals’ mindsets, rather than simply
verifying safety systems and processes. This will
be strengthened through assessor training, and
how we perform SMM assessments at our sites.
Operational performance
The rollout of the SPS will continue in 2024.
Our focus will be on working with our product
groups to double down on impacts at existing
high-value sites, rather than new deployment
launches. We will also work on significant
maturity uplift of best practices, specifically
problem solving, and completion of site-wide
deployment and end-to-end systems. We will
continue to work with asset management to
integrate efforts to rapidly bring assets back to
health so they can deliver industry-best
Relevant KPIs
All-injury frequency rate
Underlying earnings & underlying EBITDA
Net cash generated from operating activities
Underlying return on capital employed
Free cash flow
Net (debt)/cash
Scope 1 and 2 greenhouse gas emissions
Gender diversity
Total shareholder return
Focus
Decarbonisation, nature, water and waste
management, closure, communities, workforce
diversity, culture and leadership.
We continued to progress our six large carbon
abatement programs focused on repowering
our Pacific Aluminium operations, renewables,
ELYSISTM, alumina process heat, minerals
processing and diesel transition. We also
formed new partnerships with our customers
to reduce value chain emissions.
We also identified several opportunities for
investment in large-scale nature-based solutions
with the potential to halt and reverse nature loss,
support positive, sustainable change for
communities and address climate change.
In 2023, we progressed a number of
innovative projects designed to reduce our
environmental footprint and create new
revenue streams through the adoption of more
circular practices. These spanned the
extraction of by-products, recycling and finding
new life for our closure sites.
Social
Our work in 2023 focused on delivering our new
communities and social performance strategy,
underpinned by updated standards, targets and
vision for the business. We continued to work on
improving our approach to engage and partner
with our host communities and better manage
cultural heritage. In 2023, we completed an
independent Cultural Heritage Audit, providing a
systematic review of all the heritage sites that we
manage worldwide.
In 2023, we continued to drive leadership,
management and ethics and compliance
improvements, with a focus on building a
thriving culture, implementing the learnings
from the Everyday Respect Report, and
improving our transparency and practices.
In 2023, the Business Conduct Office (BCO)
launched Care Hub, an independent care unit
providing support, care and resolution options
to anyone affected by harmful behaviours.
Care Hub currently supports matters reported
through myVoice.
72% of senior leaders have now completed
Voyager, our senior leadership program. We
also increased the offering of the Leading
Sustainable Corporations and Leader as
Coach programs to further support
development and our cultural journey.
We will define our next round of climate and
nature targets in 2024, drawing on knowledge
and experience from across the business and
from our external partners, to develop more
holistic commitments across these key areas.
We will continue to progress our emissions
reduction targets to build upon those currently in
place, considering learnings from the approach
we have taken with our water targets.
Social
Guided by our 2026 Communities and Social
Performance Targets, a core 2024 focus is for
our people in high human rights risk roles to
complete job-specific and general human
rights training. We will also continue to work
together with communities to manage and
protect heritage and find ways to deepen the
impact of our social investment through
strategic, outcomes-focused partnerships.
We will continue our cultural journey towards an
inclusive and diverse workplace led by our values
of care, courage and curiosity focusing in
particular on safety, leadership and employee
listening. In 2024, we will be working to clarify our
measures to demonstrate progress.
For more informationabout our ESG progress see pages 40-77.
Relevant KPIs
All-injury frequency rate
Total shareholder return
Scope 1 and 2 greenhouse gas emissions
Gender diversity
Focus
Project development, future options (pipeline
projects, exploration and M&A), technology
development and deployment.
Project development
We have continued to advance a number of
projects across the business (see page 17),
including making significant progress at the
Simandou iron ore project in Guinea in
collaboration with our joint venture partners.
In our iron ore business, Gudai-Darri reached
nameplate capacity in the second quarter with
the current wave of replacement mines like
Robe Valley in production and Western Range
commencing construction.
In our aluminium business, we announced
investment in a significant AP60 expansion.
We also acquired a 50% equity stake
in Matalco from Giampaolo Group for
$738 million to become a leader in recycled
aluminium supply in North America.
In our copper business, we achieved first
sustainable production from the Oyu Tolgoi
underground mine with associated
infrastructure ramping up on schedule. Work
has also progressed to expand underground
operations at Kennecott.
Pipeline projects
We advanced studies and permitting at a
range of greenfield projects including
Resolution and Winu, and formed a joint
venture with First Quantum to help unlock the
La Granja copper project.
We also continued to fill and progress our
pipeline of exploration opportunities. We
entered a joint venture (Nuevo Cobre) with
Corporación Nacional del Cobre de Chile
(Codelco) to explore and potentially develop
copper assets in Chile’s prospective
Atacama region.
Technology
We continued to progress our technology
roadmap while building our technical
capabilities and partnership networks. In 2023,
we progressed 130 priority research and
development projects, including 32 growth-
focused projects on discovering new ore
bodies, reducing capital intensity and
unlocking new revenue streams.
We will continue to explore new approaches,
technologies and partnership opportunities to
discover, progress and develop projects to
support future growth in close consultation
with communities.
We will manage our pipeline of opportunities
to deliver high-quality growth options, with a
strong focus on materials needed in a
decarbonising world.
Future priorities include development of the
mine, rail and port infrastructure for Simandou
in Guinea in collaboration with our partners,
construction of the Rincon lithium starter plant
in Argentina, management of key closure
projects at Argyle and Gove and optimisation
of the next tranche of replacement mines in
the Pilbara.
We will continue to explore and evaluate new
mining, processing, technology and renewable
energy opportunities to ensure we maintain a
high-quality portfolio of short-, medium- and
long-term growth options that can deliver
strong and resilient cash flows throughout the
cycle.
For more informationabout our capital projects and future options see pages 30-31.
Relevant KPIs
Total shareholder return
Underlying return on capital employed
Free cash flow
Net (debt)/cash
Scope 1 and 2 greenhouse gas emissions
Focus
Adopting a multi-stakeholder approach for
external engagements to deepen connections
and build mutually beneficial partnerships.
Building cultural capability and competency
across the Group to ensure we fully understand,
value and partner with our host communities.
Communities and partners
In 2023, we piloted a Group-wide approach to
community perception monitoring that brings
the voices of communities into the business,
supporting deeper, more effective and data-
driven social performance.
We also signed an MoU with the YEC to
explore opportunities to collaborate on
renewable energy projects on Yindjibarndi
Country in the Pilbara region of Western
Australia.
The Iron Ore Company of Canada (IOC) and
the Naskapi Nation of Kawawachikamach
signed an agreement to establish a mutually
beneficial relationship based on dialogue,
collaboration and trust over the coming
decades. This socio-economic agreement
aims to create opportunities for greater
participation by the Naskapi People in IOC’s
activities through training and development,
employment, collaboration on environmental
projects, and procurement.
Communities and partners
Our future priorities are informed by our 2026
Communities and Social Performance (CSP)
targets which help us monitor progress toward
the core objectives of our CSP strategy. Our
targets guide progress across the business as
well as for individual assets, which will
continue to maintain local targets and metrics,
developed in consultation with local
communities.
In 2024, a core focus is on ensuring all
employees in high human rights risk roles
complete job-specific and general human rights
training. We will also continue to progress longer
term targets including by 2026 for:
–all sites to co-manage cultural heritage with
communities and knowledge holders
–70% of total community investment to be
through strategic, outcomes-focused
partnerships.
Understanding and acting on the perceptions of
communities who host our operations is
essential. We will roll out our new community
perception monitoring program that we piloted in
2023 to all our assets throughout 2024 and 2025.
We continue to find better ways to work
with communities and Indigenous Peoples,
particularly in how we protect heritage.
Our approach aims to enhance our
understanding and appreciation of cultural
heritage and ensure the voices of communities
inform our planning and decision making.
For more informationabout our community engagement see pages 66-70.
Relevant KPIs
Total shareholder return
Scope 1 and 2 greenhouse gas emissions
Gender diversity
Key performance indicators
We use a range of financial and non-financial metrics to measure Group performance against our four
objectives: to be best operator; to achieve impeccable environmental, social and governance (ESG)
credentials; to excel in development; and to strengthen our social licence.
Alignment to our four objectives and associated risks key
| l | Best operator | l | Impeccable ESG | l | Excel in development | l | Social licence |
|---|
All-injury frequency rate
(AIFR)
per 200,000 hours worked
risks
ll
We define AIFR as the number of injuries per
200,000 hours worked by employees and
contractors at the operations that we manage.
It includes medical treatment cases, restricted
workday and lost-day injuries.
The safety and wellbeing of our employees
and contractors is our number one priority.
We are committed to having a safe work
environment and our focus is on eliminating
fatalities, preventing catastrophic events and
reducing injuries. We continue to implement
our safety maturity model (SMM). By
implementing our systems, including SMM,
critical risk management (CRM) and the Safe
Production System (SPS), we are ensuring we
advance our safety culture and foster both
physical and psychological safety.
We continue to share learnings and
strengthen our partnerships with industry and
associated committees (such as the
International Council on Mining and Metals),
contracting partners and local communities
to improve health, safety and wellbeing
outcomes.
AIFR and SMM are included as performance
metrics in the safety component of the short-term
incentive plan (STIP) (see page 130-133).
Our AIFR was 0.37 in 2023, an improvement
from 2022 (2022: 0.40). While we had no
fatalities at managed operations in 2023,
tragically four colleagues died in a plane crash
travelling to our Diavik mine in January 2024.
We will renew focus on our critical risk
management program. We will also work on
embedding enhancements to the SMM.
(TSR)¹
measured over the preceding five years
(using annual average share price)
risks
llll
TSR is a combination of share price
appreciation (using annual average share
price) and dividends paid and reinvested to
show the total return to the shareholder over
the preceding five years.
Our strategy aims to maximise shareholder
returns through the commodity cycle, and TSR
is a direct measure of that.
TSR is reflected in the long-term incentive
plan (LTIP), measured equally against a
mining based index (the EMIX Global Mining
Index historically and from 1 August 2023
the S&P Global Mining Index) and a broader-
based index of large global corporates
(the MSCI World Index) (see page 134-135).
TSR performance over the five-year period
was driven principally by movements in
commodity prices and changes in the global
macro environment. Rio Tinto significantly
outperformed both the EMIX Global Mining
Index and the MSCI World Index over the five-
year period.
We will continue to focus on generating free
cash flow from our operations. This allows us
to return cash to shareholders (short-term
returns) while investing in the business
(long-term returns).
Underlying return on capital
employed (ROCE)
%
risks
ll
Underlying ROCE is a non-IFRS measure
defined as underlying earnings excluding net
interest divided by average capital employed
(operating assets). For more information and a
reconciliation of underlying ROCE to the
nearest comparable IFRS measure, see
Alternative Performance Measures (pages
289-294).
Our portfolio of low-cost, long-life assets
delivers attractive returns throughout the cycle
and has been reshaped significantly in recent
years. Underlying ROCE measures how
efficiently we generate profits from investment
in our portfolio of assets.
Underlying earnings, as a component of
underlying ROCE, is included in the STIP.
In the longer term, underlying ROCE also
influences TSR, which is included in the LTIP
(see pages 134-135).
Underlying ROCE decreased five percentage
points to 20% in 2023, reflecting the decrease
in underlying earnings driven by lower
commodity prices, and an increase in capital
employed due to capital expenditure and
acquisitions.
We will continue to focus on maximising
returns from our assets over the short,
medium and long term. We will invest with
discipline to strengthen our operations while
delivering growth in a decarbonising world.
- The TSR calculation for each period is based on the change in the calendar-year average share prices for Rio Tinto plc and Rio Tinto Limited over the preceding five years. This is consistent with the
methodology used for calculating the vesting outcomes for Performance Share Awards (PSA). The data presented in this chart accounts for the dual corporate structure of Rio Tinto.
Underlying earnings¹ and
underlying EBITDA
Underlying earnings
Underlying EBITDA
risks
l
Underlying earnings and underlying EBITDA
are non-IFRS measures.
Underlying earnings represents net earnings
attributable to the owners of Rio Tinto,
adjusted to exclude items that do not reflect
the underlying performance of the Group’s
operations. For more information on these
exclusions and a reconciliation to the nearest
IFRS measures refer to Alternative
Performance Measures (pages 289-294).
Underlying EBITDA is a segmental
performance measure and represents profit
before tax, net finance items, depreciation and
amortisation. Exclusions from underlying
EBITDA and a reconciliation to the nearest
IFRS measures can be found in note 1.
These financial KPIs measure how well we are
managing costs, increasing productivity and
generating the most revenue from each of
our assets.
Underlying earnings are reflected in the STIP.
In the longer term, both measures influence
TSR, which is the primary measure for the
LTIP (see pages 134-135).
Underlying earnings of$11.8 billion were
$1.6 billion lower than in 2022. Underlying
EBITDA of$23.9 billion was$2.4 billion lower
than in 2022. The 9% decrease in underlying
EBITDA resulted from lower commodity prices
and higher operating unit costs partially offset
by improvements in sales volumes across our
portfolio.
We remain focused on cost control, in
particular maintaining discipline over fixed
costs to drive attractive margins and returns
across our portfolio.
- Comparative information for year 2021 and 2022 has been
restated to reflect the adoption of narrow scope
amendments to IAS12 “Income Taxes”; refer to page 166
for details.
Net cash generated from
operating activities
risks
l
This KPI refers to cash generated by our
operations after tax and interest, including
dividends received from equity accounted
units and dividends paid to non-controlling
interests in subsidiaries.
This KPI measures our ability to convert
underlying earnings into cash.
Net cash generated from operating activities is
included in the STIP. In the longer term, the
measure influences TSR, which is included in
the LTIP (see pages 134-135).
Net cash generated from operating activities of
$15.2 billion was 6% lower than 2022. This
was primarily driven by price movements for
our major commodities and a modest rise in
working capital.
Free cash flow
risks
ll
Free cash flow is a non-IFRS measure defined
as net cash generated from operating
activities minus purchases of property, plant
and equipment, intangibles, and payments of
lease principal, plus proceeds from the sale of
property, plant and equipment, and intangible
assets. For more information and a
reconciliation of free cash flow to the nearest
comparable IFRS measure see Alternative
Performance Measures (pages 289-294).
This KPI measures the net cash returned by
the business after the expenditure of
sustaining and growth capital. This cash can
be used for shareholder returns, reducing debt
and other investment.
Free cash flow is included in the STIP. In the
longer term, the measure influences TSR,
which is included in the LTIP (see pages
134-135).
Free cash flow decreased by$1.3 billion to
$7.7 billion in 2023, primarily due to the
decrease in net cash generated from
operating activities and increases in sustaining
and growth capital expenditure.
Net (debt)/cash
risks
ll
Net (debt)/cash is a non-IFRS measure
defined as total borrowings plus lease
liabilities less cash and cash equivalents
and other liquid investments, adjusted for
derivatives related to net (debt)/cash (see note
19 of the financial statements). For more
information and a reconciliation of net (debt)/
cash to the nearest comparable IFRS
measure, see Alternative Performance
Measures (pages 289-294).
This KPI measures how we are managing
our balance sheet and capital structure.
A strong balance sheet is essential for
giving us the flexibility to take advantage
of opportunities as they arise, and for returning
cash to shareholders.
Net (debt)/cash is, in part, an outcome of free
cash flow, which itself is reflected in the STIP.
In the longer term, net (debt)/cash influences
TSR, which is reflected in the LTIP (see pages
134-135).
Net debt remained stable at$4.2 billion.
This included free cash flow of$7.7 billion,
offset by dividends of$6.5 billion and the
$0.7 billion acquisition of Matalco 1.
Scope 1 and 2² greenhouse
gas emissions
(equity Mt CO 2 e)
risks
llll
We measure our Scope 1 and 2 greenhouse
gas emissions on an equity basis. It includes
the equity share of Scope 1 and 2 emissions
from managed and non-managed operations
expressed in million metric tonnes of carbon
dioxide equivalent.
Climate risks and opportunities have formed part
of our strategic thinking and investment
decisions for over two decades. The low-carbon
transition is at the heart of our business strategy.
We focus on growth in the materials that enable
the transition, decarbonising our operations and
partnering with our customers to decarbonise
our value chains.
Climate change is included in our ESG metrics
for executive remuneration with a weighting of
10% of the STIP (see page 130). The carbon
abatement target set for 2023 was 10Mt CO 2 e.
A total of 29 projects progressed though a
development stage during the year, leading to
an above target performance of 12Mt CO 2 e
abatement expected by 2030. We have put
forward proposals to incorporate
decarbonisation related performance
measures into our LTIP as part of our 2024
Remuneration Policy. See page 134-135 for
further information.
Our Scope 1 and 2 emissions were 32.6 Mt
CO 2 e in 2023. This is 6% below our adjusted
2018 baseline of 34.5Mt CO 2 e and slightly
below our 2022 adjusted emissions of 32.7 Mt
CO 2 e (adjusted for acquisitions). Abatement
delivered by our projects in 2023 exceeded
emissions growth from higher production
giving a slight reduction in emissions on a like
for like basis. Our 2023 emissions were
slightly higher than our actual 2022 emissions
total of 32.3Mt CO 2 e due to the recent
acquisitions of additional equity in OT and
MRN. By 2025, we expect to have made
financial commitments to abatement projects
that will achieve more than 15% of Group
emissions. However, it is expected our actual
emissions abatement will lag this.
A summary of our Climate Action Plan can be
found on pages 52-55 of this Annual Reportas
well as in our 2023 Climate Change Report.
Gender diversity
representation of women within our workforce
risks
lll
Includes our total workforce based on
managed operations (excludes the Group’s
share of non-managed operations and
joint ventures)4.
Inclusion and diversity are imperative for
the sustainable success of the business.
Our sustained performance and growth rely on
having workforce diversity that is
representative of the communities in which we
operate and having a workplace where people
are valued for who they are and encouraged
to contribute to their full potential.
In 2023, our aspiration was to increase the
proportion of women in our workforce by two
percentage points. This aspiration was
included in our strategic scorecard for
executive remuneration, with a 5% weighting
of the STIP. For more information
see pages 130-131.
In this first year of the target, our
representation of women at Rio Tinto
increased from 22.9% to 24.3%, a 1.4
percentage point increase. We saw
improvements across all levels of the
organisation with senior leaders increasing
from 28.3% to 30.1%, and operations and
general support increasing from 16.2%
to 17.7%.
Our target to increase the proportion of
women in our workforce year-on-year creates
an important focus.
We are focused on implementing the
recommendations from the Everyday Respect
Report and we are confident that this will
improve both the attraction and retention of
women and other diverse
groups to Rio Tinto. For more information
about the Everyday Respect initiative see
riotinto.com/everydayrespect.
Subject to usual closing adjustments.
In 2023, we improved our carbon emissions reporting and now use the market-based method as our primary measure for assessing performance against our emissions targets. Further detail on
this change in reporting and the implications for our emissions baseline is available in our 2023 Addendum - Scope 1, 2 and 3 Emissions Calculation Methodology. Our adjusted scope 1 and 2
emissions (adjusted for acquisitions) have been disclosed for 2022.
- In 2020, we updated our definition of our total workforce to include those employees who were unavailable for work (eg on parental leave) and temporary contractors. Note: less than 1% of the
workforce gender is undeclared.
- Baseline reset with definition for 2020 to 2023 gender diversity.
Key performance indicators continued
Chief Financial
Officer’s statement
"In 2023, our financial results were resilient,
driven by an improvement in our operational
performance. As we shape our portfolio for the
future, we will continue to allocate capital with
discipline."
Uplift in operational performance
drives resilient financial results
In 2023, the Group’s total copper equivalent
production increased by just over 3% from
- This reflected the Gudai-Darri mine in
the Pilbara reaching its nameplate capacity
and deployment of our Safe Production
System. In addition, we benefited from our
increased ownership in Oyu Tolgoi as the
underground ramps up and the Kitimat
aluminium smelter returned to full capacity. In
a year in which average commodity prices
declined compared to the prior period, we
maintained our discipline on cost and capital,
leading to net cash generated from operating
activities of$15.2 billion, underlying earnings
of$11.8 billion and profit after tax attributable
to owners of Rio Tinto of$10.1 billion.
We maintained our financial strength, ending
the year with net debt of$4.2 billion, just 1%
higher than the position at the start of the year.
Our balance sheet strength enables us to run
our business consistently and maintain
investment, regardless of where we are in the
cycle. We have chosen not to have a net debt
target, but have a principles-based approach
to anchor the balance sheet around a single A
credit rating.
Consistent capital allocation,
balancing essential capex with
shareholder returns and growth
We will continue to allocate the capital
generated by our operations with discipline
and remain committed to attractive
shareholder returns. We have consistently
applied our financial framework, which has
been in place for more than a decade. It is
straightforward and serves us well,
underpinned by our three priorities. Essential
capex remains the first priority - sustaining
capex to ensure the integrity of our assets,
high-returning replacement projects and
investment for decarbonisation. The second
priority is the ordinary dividend within our well-
established returns policy, where we now have
an eight-year track record of paying out at
60% of underlying earnings. The third involves
testing investment in compelling growth
against debt management and further cash
returns to shareholders.
In 2023, capital expenditure rose by 5% to
$7.1 billion, reflecting the impact of inflation, in
particular on our sustaining capital. We
foresee a disciplined increase in capital
expenditure over the coming years as our
growth projects accelerate and
decarbonisation advances. This is critical to
ensure we have the right portfolio to keep
creating value for decades to come, so we can
benefit from increased demand from both
traditional sources and from the energy
transition. And we have more to come:
exploration and evaluation spend increased to
$1.2 billion, with greenfield spend mainly
focused on copper and lithium, while
evaluation prioritised projects with near-term
investment decisions, including the Simandou
iron ore project in Guinea. We expect
Simandou to become our largest capital
project over the coming years. It will be
constructed and funded by a co-development
partnership that will share the risk and deliver
higher returns than our cost of capital. We
believe that Simandou's high grade, high
quality product will position us well for the
decarbonisation of the steel industry.
Our financial strength means that we can
reinvest for growth, accelerate our
decarbonisation and continue to pay attractive
dividends through the cycle. For 2023, we are
returning 60% of underlying earnings to
shareholders, which equates to a full-year
ordinary dividend of 435 US cents per share,
or $7.1 billion.
Outlook underpins a strong Rio
Tinto for the long term
We are well positioned in an opportunity-rich
world where there has never been greater
demand for what we do, from mining to
processing. The work we are doing today is
creating a stronger Rio Tinto for years to
come.
Net cash generated from operating activities
$15.2 billion
(2022:$16.1 billion)
Profit after tax attributable to owners of Rio
Tinto (net earnings)
$10.1 billion
(2022:$12.4 billion)
Underlying earnings
$11.8 billion
(2022:$13.4 billion)
This is why our strategy is about growing in
the materials the world needs. A strategy that
will ensure Rio Tinto remains strong in the
short, medium and long term with the ability to
invest while always paying attractive returns.
Chief Financial Officer
Financial review
The Financial review and Business review for the year ended 31 December 2021 can be found on pages 32 to 39 and pages 42 to 71, respectively,
of our Form 20-F filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission on 25 February 2022.
Key financial highlights
| At year end | 2023 | 2022 | Change |
|---|---|---|---|
| Net cash generated from operating activities (US$ millions) | 15,160 | 16,134 | (6)% |
| Purchases of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets (US$ millions) | 7,086 | 6,750 | 5% |
| Free cash flow¹ (US$ millions) | 7,657 | 9,010 | (15)% |
| Consolidated sales revenue (US$ millions) | 54,041 | 55,554 | (3)% |
| Underlying EBITDA¹ (US$ millions) | 23,892 | 26,272 | (9)% |
| Profit after tax attributable to owners of Rio Tinto (net earnings)² (US$ millions) | 10,058 | 12,392 | (19)% |
| Underlying earnings per share (EPS)¹, ² (US cents) | 725.0 | 824.7 | (12)% |
| Ordinary dividend per share (US cents) | 435.0 | 492.0 | (12)% |
| Underlying return on capital employed (ROCE)¹, ² | 20% | 25% | |
| Net debt¹ (US$ millions) | 4,231 | 4,188 | 1% |
the detailed reconciliations on pages 289 to 294. Our financial results are prepared in accordance with IFRS — see page 158 for further information.
- Comparative information has been restated to reflect the adoption of narrow scope amendments to IAS12 'Income Taxes'.
Income Statement
To provide additional insight into the performance of our business, we
report underlying EBITDA and underlying earnings. Underlying EBITDA
and underlying earnings are non-IFRS measures. For definitions and a
detailed reconciliation of underlying EBITDA and underlying earnings to
the nearest IFRS measures, see pages 289 to 291, respectively.
The principal factors explaining the movements in underlying EBITDA
are set out in this table.
| US$bn | |
|---|---|
| 2022 underlying EBITDA | 26.3 |
| Prices | (1.5) |
| Exchange rates | 0.6 |
| Volumes and mix | 0.4 |
| General inflation | (0.4) |
| Energy | 0.4 |
| Operating cash unit costs | (1.4) |
| Higher exploration and evaluation expenditure (net of profit from disposal of interests in undeveloped projects) | (0.3) |
| Non-cash costs/other | (0.2) |
| Change in underlying EBITDA | (2.4) |
| 2023 underlying EBITDA | 23.9 |
Resilient financial results, primarily impacted by
commodity price movements
In general, we saw lower prices for our commodities, as supply
improved, outpacing modest demand growth.
Movements in commodity prices resulted in a $1.5 billion decline in
underlying EBITDA overall compared with 2022. This was primarily from
lower pricing for our Aluminium business, driven by London Metal
Exchange (LME) prices, lower premiums and lower alumina pricing.
Higher realised pricing in our Iron Ore business was offset by lower
pricing for copper, diamonds and industrial minerals.
The monthly average Platts index for 62% iron fines converted to a Free
on Board (FOB) basis was 0.5% higher, on average, compared with
The average LME price for copper was 3% lower, the average LME
aluminium price was 17% lower while the gold price was 8% higher
compared with 2022.
The Midwest premium duty paid for aluminium in the US averaged $512
per tonne, 22% lower than in 2022.
Benefit from weaker local currencies in 2023
Compared with 2022, on average, the US dollar strengthened by 4%
against the Australian dollar and by 4% against the Canadian dollar.
Currency movements increased underlying EBITDA by$0.6 billion
relative to 2022.
Improvement in sales volumes but weaker mix
Higher sales volumes across the portfolio increased underlying EBITDA
by $0.7 billion compared to 2022. This was mostly attributable to a 3%
increase in Pilbara iron ore shipments, with the Gudai-Darri mine
reaching full capacity, partly offset by lower portside sales volumes
(down 4%). Higher copper sales were driven by the ramp-up of the Oyu
Tolgoi underground mine. This was partly offset by lower margins
achieved due to our product mix (-$0.3 billion) mainly associated with a
reduced proportion of Aluminium VAP sales and following high quality
diamond sales in 2022.
Impact of inflation offset by lower energy prices
We saw a$0.4 billion benefit to underlying EBITDA on the easing of
energy prices compared to 2022, mainly related to lower diesel prices at
our Pilbara iron ore operations, lower energy prices at our alumina
refineries and aluminium smelters, along with lower fuel prices in our
Marine business. General price inflation across our global operations
resulted in a net$0.4 billion reduction in underlying EBITDA, which
includes a $0.2 billion year-on-year benefit from the impact of inflation
on closure provisions.
Unit cost pressures persist due to temporary
operational factors and weaker markets: some easing
of market-linked raw material prices in second half
We remain focused on cost control, in particular maintaining discipline
on fixed costs, which are expected to be broadly flat in 2024. While
inflation has eased, we continued to see lag effects in its impact on our
third party costs, such as contractor rates, consumables and some raw
materials; we expect this to stabilise in 2024.
In the second half of 2023, we started to see some easing of market-
linked prices for key raw materials such as caustic, coke and pitch:
these benefited underlying EBITDA by $0.2 billion.
Temporary operational issues reduced underlying EBITDA by $0.6
billion. We saw a 20% rise in Copper C1 unit costs, primarily driven by
lower refined volumes at Kennecott following the planned rebuild of the
smelter and refinery. In Minerals, fixed unit cash costs increased at Iron
Ore Company of Canada (IOC), driven by lower production following the
wildfires in Northern Quebec in June as well as extended plant
downtime and conveyor belt failures in the third quarter.
Other cost pressures and weaker market demand lowered underlying
EBITDA by $1.0 billion. In Minerals, we experienced market weakness
for many of our products, in particular for TiO 2 feedstock, which gave
rise to lower volumes and resulting higher unit costs. In the Pilbara, a
higher mine work index and investment in mine maintenance and
system health were in part offset by cost efficiencies on delivering
increased volumes. In Aluminium, we invested in improving the integrity
across our integrated operations.
Overall, we continue to experience tightness in our key labour markets,
in Western Australia, Quebec and Utah, which raised costs above
general inflation. We also entered into a new collective bargaining
agreement at IOC and applied the new labour law in Mongolia.
We have also increased our investment in decarbonisation, research &
development, technology, along with communities and social investment
to deliver on our four objectives.
Increasing our global exploration and evaluation
activity
Our ongoing exploration and evaluation expenditure in 2023 was $0.9
billion, compared with guidance of $1.0 billion and $0.7 billion in 2022.
The increase was mainly attributable to increased activity at the Rincon
lithium project in Argentina and across the other product group projects.
We also expensed costs associated with the Simandou iron ore project
in Guinea (included in underlying EBITDA on a 100% basis): these
increased from $0.2 billion to $0.5 billion, with qualifying Simandou
costs being capitalised from the fourth quarter of 2023. These
expenditures were partly offset by a $0.2 billion gain on disposal of 55%
of our interest in the La Granja copper project in Peru to First Quantum
Minerals in 2023, leading to a net charge to the Income Statement of
$1.2 billion (2022:$0.9 billion).
Net earnings
The principal factors explaining the movements in underlying earnings and net earnings are set out below.
| US$bn | |
|---|---|
| 2022 net earnings | 12.4 |
| Changes in underlying EBITDA (see above) | (2.4) |
| Increase in depreciation and amortisation (pre-tax) in underlying earnings | (0.1) |
| Decrease in interest and finance items (pre-tax) in underlying earnings | 0.2 |
| Increase in tax on underlying earnings | (0.2) |
| Decrease in underlying earnings attributable to outside interests | 0.8 |
| Total changes in underlying earnings | (1.6) |
| Changes in items excluded from underlying earnings (see below) | (0.7) |
| 2023 net earnings | 10.1 |
Financial figures are rounded to the nearest million, hence small differences may result in the totals. Comparative information has been restated to reflect the adoption of narrow scope amendments
to IAS12 'Income Taxes'.
Increase in tax on underlying earnings
The effective tax rate on underlying earnings in 2023 was 30%
compared with 26% in 2022. Consequently the tax on underlying
earnings increased by $0.2 billion despite a decrease in underlying
EBITDA. The rate in 2023 was in line with guidance, whereas the 2022
rate was lower due to the recognition of additional deferred tax assets in
respect of Oyu Tolgoi and adjustments in respect of prior periods.
Decrease in underlying earnings attributable to
outside interests
We completed the acquisition of Turquoise Hill Resources' non-
controlling interests in December 2022, which resulted in a reduction of
Oyu Tolgoi's earnings being attributable to outside interests and
therefore a higher share of income being attributable to Rio Tinto. The
ramp-up of exploration and evaluation spend at Simandou resulted in
greater charges attributable to outside interests given our 45.05%
effective interest in the project.
Items excluded from underlying earnings
The differences between underlying earnings and net earnings are set out in this table (all numbers are after tax and exclude amounts attributable to
non-controlling interests).
| 2023 | 2022 | |
|---|---|---|
| Year ended 31 December | US$bn | US$bn |
| Underlying earnings | 11.8 | 13.4 |
| Items excluded from underlying earnings | ||
| Net impairment charges | (0.7) | (0.1) |
| Change in closure estimates (non-operating and fully impaired sites) | (1.1) | (0.2) |
| Foreign exchange and derivative gains on net debt and intragroup balances and derivatives not qualifying for hedge accounting | (0.3) | (0.1) |
| Deferred tax arising on internal sale of assets in Canadian operations | 0.4 | – |
| Gains recognised by Kitimat relating to LNG Canada's project | – | 0.1 |
| Loss on disposal of interest in subsidiary | – | (0.1) |
| Gain on sale of Cortez royalty | – | 0.3 |
| Write-off of Federal deferred tax assets in the United States | – | (0.9) |
| Total items excluded from underlying earnings | (1.7) | (1.0) |
| Net earnings | 10.1 | 12.4 |
Financial figures are rounded to the nearest million, hence small differences may result in the totals. Comparative information has been restated to reflect the adoption of narrow scope amendments
to IAS12 'Income Taxes'.
On pages 290 to 291 there is a detailed reconciliation from net earnings to underlying earnings, including pre-tax amounts and additional
explanatory notes. The differences between profit after tax and underlying EBITDA are set out in the table on page 175.
We recognised net impairment charges of$0.7 billion (after tax), mainly related to our alumina refineries in Queensland, taken in the first half of
- This was triggered by the challenging market conditions facing these assets, together with our improved understanding of the capital
requirements for decarbonisation and the recently legislated cost escalation for carbon emissions. For a detailed explanation of the impairment
process, refer to note 4 to the Financial Statements in the 2023 Annual Report. The signing of key agreements with the Government of Guinea and
other joint venture partners for co-development of the infrastructure for the Simandou iron ore project gave rise to an impairment reversal trigger, for
amounts which had been fully impaired in 2015. Previously capitalised exploration and evaluation costs associated with the mine and retained items
of property, plant and equipment totalling$0.2 billion (after tax and outside interests) have therefore been reversed.
We excluded$1.1 billion of closure cost charges from underlying earnings, of which $850 million related to the closure update announced by Energy
Resources of Australia (ERA) on 12 December 2023. This was considered material and was therefore aggregated with other closure study updates
in the second half of 2023 which were similar in nature. These other updates were at legacy sites and at the Yarwun alumina refinery, which was
expensed due to the impairment earlier in the year.
We recognised an exchange and derivative loss of$0.3 billion (2022: loss of$0.1 billion). The exchange losses are largely offset by currency
translation gains recognised in equity. The quantum of US dollar debt is largely unaffected and we will repay it from US dollar sales receipts.
Our Canadian aluminium business completed an internal sale of assets. This resulted in the utilisation of previously unrecognised capital losses and
an uplift in the tax depreciable value of assets on which a deferred tax asset of$0.4 billion has been recognised.
Net earnings and underlying earnings refer to amounts attributable to the owners of Rio Tinto. The net profit attributable to the owners of Rio Tinto in
2023 was$10.1 billion (2022:$12.4 billion). We recorded a profit after tax in 2023 of$10.0 billion (2022:$13.0 billion) of which a loss of$0.1 billion
was attributable to non-controlling interests (2022 profit:$0.7 billion).
Underlying EBITDA and underlying earnings by product group
| Underlying EBITDA | Underlying earnings | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2023 | 2022 | Change | 2023 | 2022 | Change | |
| Year ended 31 December | US$bn | US$bn | % | US$bn | US$bn | % |
| Iron Ore | 20.0 | 18.6 | 7% | 11.9 | 11.2 | 6% |
| Aluminium | 2.3 | 3.7 | (38)% | 0.5 | 1.5 | (64)% |
| Copper | 1.9 | 2.6 | (26)% | 0.1 | 0.7 | (81)% |
| Minerals | 1.4 | 2.4 | (42)% | 0.3 | 0.9 | (63)% |
| Reportable segment total | 25.6 | 27.3 | (6)% | 12.9 | 14.3 | (10)% |
| Simandou iron ore project | (0.5) | (0.2) | 185% | (0.2) | (0.1) | 10% |
| Other operations | – | – | —% | (0.3) | (0.3) | (28)% |
| Central pension costs, share-based payments, insurance and derivatives | 0.2 | 0.4 | (55)% | – | 0.4 | (87)% |
| Restructuring, project and one-off costs | (0.2) | (0.2) | 10% | (0.1) | (0.1) | 32% |
| Other central costs | (1.0) | (0.8) | 29% | (0.9) | (0.7) | 29% |
| Central exploration and evaluation | (0.1) | (0.3) | (60)% | (0.1) | (0.2) | (71)% |
| Net interest | 0.3 | 0.1 | 130% | |||
| Total | 23.9 | 26.3 | (9)% | 11.8 | 13.4 | (12)% |
Financial figures are rounded to the nearest million, hence small differences may result in the totals and period-on-period change. Underlying EBITDA and underlying earnings are non-IFRS
measures used by management to assess the performance of the business and provide additional information which investors may find useful. For more information on our use of non-IFRS financial
measures in this report, see the section entitled "Alternative performance measures" (APMs) and the detailed reconciliations on pages 289 to 294.
Financial review continued
Simandou iron ore project
Costs attributable to the Simandou project in Guinea increased from
$0.2 billion to$0.5 billion (100% basis at underlying EBITDA level) on
ramp-up of project activity in 2023. We commenced capitalising
qualifying spend on Simandou from the fourth quarter of 2023, with $0.3
billion included in capital expenditure (100% basis).
Central and other costs
Pre-tax central pension costs, share-based payments, insurance and
derivatives were a$0.2 billion credit compared with a$0.4 billion credit
in 2022, reflecting movement on derivatives in the two years.
On a pre-tax basis, restructuring, project and one-off central costs were
mainly associated with corporate projects and were comparable to 2022.
Other central costs of$1.0 billion were 29% higher than 2022, reflecting
increased investment in decarbonisation, research & development and
technology. Our core central costs increased in line with inflation.
On an underlying earnings basis, net interest was a credit of$0.3 billion
(2022: credit of$0.1 billion), reflecting Rio Tinto's increased interest in
Oyu Tolgoi and the related financing items following the acquisition of
Turquoise Hill minorities in 2022.
Continuing to invest in greenfield exploration
We have a strong portfolio of greenfield exploration projects in early
exploration and studies stages, with activity in 18 countries across eight
commodities. This is reflected in our pre-tax central spend of
$0.3 billion. The bulk of this expenditure in 2023 focused on copper in
Australia, Chile, Colombia, Namibia, the United States and Zambia;
diamonds in Canada; nickel in Brazil, Canada and Peru; heavy mineral
sands in South Africa; and potash in Canada. We recently partnered
with Codelco on the Nuevo Cobre copper project in the prospective
Atacama region in Chile and with Charger Metals on the Lake Johnston
lithium project in the Yilgarn, Western Australia. This spend is offset by
the gain recognised on disposal of 55% of our interest in the La Granja
copper project ($0.2 billion, pre-tax).
Cash flow
| 2023 | 2022 | |
|---|---|---|
| Year ended 31 December | US$bn | US$bn |
| Net cash generated from operating activities | 15.2 | 16.1 |
| Purchases of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets | (7.1) | (6.8) |
| Lease principal payments | (0.4) | (0.4) |
| Free cash flow¹ | 7.7 | 9.0 |
| Dividends paid to equity shareholders | (6.5) | (11.7) |
| Acquisitions | (0.8) | (0.9) |
| Purchase of the minority interest in Turquoise Hill Resources Ltd | – | (3.0) |
| Disposals | – | 0.1 |
| Cash receipt from sale of Cortez royalty | – | 0.5 |
| Other | (0.4) | 0.2 |
| Movement in net debt/cash¹ | – | (5.8) |
Financial figures are rounded to the nearest million, hence small differences may result in the totals.
the detailed reconciliations on pages 289 to 294. Our financial results are prepared in accordance with IFRS — see page 158 for further information.
–$15.2 billion in net cash generated from operating activities,6% lower
than 2022, primarily driven by price movements for our major
commodities and a$0.9 billion rise in working capital, partly offset by
lower taxes paid. The cash outflow from the working capital increase
was driven by healthy stocks in the Pilbara, still elevated in-process
inventory at Kennecott following the extended smelter rebuild and
higher working capital at Iron & Titanium, reflective of weaker market
conditions. Receivables also reflected a 20% higher iron ore price at
2023 year end (vs 2022) that will be monetised in 2024. Operating
cash flow was also impacted by lower dividends, primarily from
Escondida ($0.6 billion in 2023;$0.9 billion in 2022).
–Taking into account the timing of payments in Australia, taxes paid of
$4.6 billion in 2023 were at a similar level to 2022, which included
around $1.5 billion of payments related to prior years.
–Our capital expenditure of$7.1 billion was comprised of$1.0 billion of
growth ($0.9 billion on a Rio Tinto share basis),$1.6 billion of
replacement,$4.3 billion of sustaining and$0.2 billion of
decarbonisation capital (in addition to$0.2 billion of decarbonisation
spend in operating costs). We expect to spend around $4.0 billion
each year on sustaining capital; spend in 2023 included the smelter
and refinery rebuild at Kennecott ($0.3 billion) and targeted
investment in asset health in Iron Ore and Aluminium. We funded our
capital expenditure from operating activities and generally expect to
continue funding our capital program from internal sources.
–$6.5 billion of dividends paid in 2023, being the 2022 final ordinary
and the 2023 interim ordinary dividends.
–$0.8 billion of acquisitions related to the Matalco recycling joint
venture and the Nuevo Cobre exploration joint venture with Codelco.
–The above movements, together with$0.4 billion of other
movements, resulted in net debt 1 remaining stable year-on-year at
$4.2 billion at 31 December 2023.
Balance sheet
Net debt 1 of $4.2 billion was unchanged at 31 December 2023
compared to the prior year end.
Our net gearing ratio 1 (net debt/(cash) to total capital) was 7% at
31 December 2023 (31 December 2022:7%). See page 294.
Our total financing liabilities excluding net debt derivatives at
31 December 2023 (see page 205) were$14.4 billion (31 December
2022:$12.3 billion) and the weighted average maturity was around 12
years. At 31 December 2023, approximately 68% of these liabilities
were at floating interest rates (75% excluding leases). The maximum
amount within non-current borrowings maturing in any one cale ndar
year is $1.65 billion, which matures in 2033.
On 7 March 2023, wepriced $650 million of 10-year fixed rate SEC-
registered debt securities and $1.1 billion of 30-year fixed rate SEC-
registered debt securities. The 10-year notes will pay a coupon of 5.000
per cent and will mature 9 March 2033 and the 30-year notes will pay a
coupon of 5.125 per cent and will mature 9 March 2053.
We had$10.5 billion in cash and cash equivalents plus other short-term
cash investments at 31 December 2023 (31 December 2022:
$8.8 billion).
Provision for closure costs
At 31 December 2023, provisions for close-down and restoration costs
and environmental clean-up obligations were$17.2 billion
(31 December 2022:$15.8 billion). The increase was largely due to
revised closure estimates following new studies at certain operations
and legacy sites, including ERA, together with the amortisation of
discount ($1.0 billion), which includes the effect of elevated inflation for
the year. This was partly offset by a revision of the closure discount rate
to 2.0% (from 1.5%), reflecting expectations of higher yields from long-
dated bonds, which resulted in a$1.1 billion decrease in the provision.
$0.8 billion of the provision was also utilised through spend in 2023.
the detailed reconciliations on pages 289 to 294.
Financial review continued
Our shareholder returns policy
The Board is committed to maintaining an appropriate balance between cash returns to shareholders and investment in the business, with the
intention of maximising long-term shareholder value.
At the end of each financial period, the Board determines an appropriate total level of ordinary dividend per share. This takes into account the
results for the financial year, the outlook for our major commodities, the Board’s view of the long-term growth prospects of the business and the
company’s objective of maintaining a strong balance sheet. The intention is that the balance between the interim and final dividend be weighted to
the final dividend.
The Board expects total cash returns to shareholders over the longer term to be in a range of 40% to 60% of underlying earnings in aggregate
through the cycle. Acknowledging the cyclical nature of the industry, it is the Board’s intention to supplement the ordinary dividend with additional
returns to shareholders in periods of strong earnings and cash generation.
60% payout ratio on the ordinary dividend delivers an eight-year track record
| 2023US$bn | 2022US$bn | |
|---|---|---|
| Ordinary dividend | ||
| Interim1 | 2.9 | 4.3 |
| Final1 | 4.2 | 3.7 |
| Full-year ordinary dividend | 7.1 | 8.0 |
| Payout ratio on ordinary dividend | 60% | 60% |
- Based on weighted average number of shares and declared dividends per share for the respective periods and excluding foreign exchange impacts on payment.
We determine dividends in US dollars. We declare and pay Rio Tinto plc dividends in pounds sterling and Rio Tinto Limited dividends in Australian
dollars. The 2023 final dividend has been converted at exchange rates applicable on 20 February 2024 (the latest practicable date before the
dividend was declared). American Depositary Receipt (ADR) holders receive dividends at the declared rate in US dollars.
| Ordinary dividend per share declared | 2023 | 2022 |
|---|---|---|
| Rio Tinto Group | ||
| Interim (US cents) | 177.00 | 267.00 |
| Final (US cents) | 258.00 | 225.00 |
| Full-year (US cents) | 435.00 | 492.00 |
| Rio Tinto plc | ||
| Interim (UK pence) | 137.67 | 221.63 |
| Final (UK pence) | 203.77 | 185.35 |
| Full-year (UK pence) | 341.44 | 406.98 |
| Rio Tinto Limited | ||
| Interim (Australian cents) | 260.89 | 383.70 |
| Final (Australian cents) | 392.78 | 326.49 |
| Full-year (Australian cents) | 653.67 | 710.19 |
The 2023 final ordinary dividend to be paid to our Rio Tinto Limited shareholders will be fully franked. The Board expects Rio Tinto Limited to be in a
position to pay fully franked dividends for the foreseeable future.
On 18 April 2024, we will pay the 2023 final ordinary dividend to holders of ordinary shares and holders of ADRs on the register at the close of
business on 8 March 2024 (record date). The ex-dividend date is 7 March 2024.
Rio Tinto plc shareholders may choose to receive their dividend in Australian dollars or New Zealand dollars, and Rio Tinto Limited shareholders
may choose to receive theirs in pounds sterling or New Zealand dollars. Currency conversions will be based on the pound sterling, Australian dollar
and New Zealand dollar exchange rates five business days before the dividend payment date. Rio Tinto plc and Rio Tinto Limited shareholders must
register their currency elections by 26 March 2024.
We will operate our Dividend Reinvestment Plans for the 2023 final dividend (visit riotinto.com for details). Rio Tinto plc and Rio Tinto Limited
shareholders’ election notice for the Dividend Reinvestment Plans must be received by 26 March 2024. Purchases under the Dividend
Reinvestment Plan are made on or as soon as practicable after the dividend payment date and at prevailing market prices. There is no discount
available.
Portfolio management
Capital projects
| Project(Rio Tinto 100% owned unless otherwise stated) | Totalcapital cost (100% unless otherwise stated) | Status/Milestones |
|---|---|---|
| Ongoing | ||
| Iron ore | ||
| Investment in the Western Range iron ore project, a joint venture between Rio Tinto (54%) and China Baowu Steel Group Co. Ltd (46%) in the Pilbara to sustain production of the Pilbara BlendTM from Rio Tinto's existing Paraburdoo hub. First production is anticipated in 2025. | $1.3bn(Rio Tinto share)1 | Approved in September 2022, the mine will have a capacity of 25 million tonnes per year. The project includes construction of a primary crusher and an 18 kilometre conveyor connection to the Paraburdoo processing plant. Construction is currently on schedule with civil work well advanced, while we continue to progress primary crusher works, bulk earthworks and mine pre-strip. |
| Investment in the Simandou iron ore project in Guinea in partnership with CIOH, a Chinalco-led consortium (the Simfer joint venture) and co-development of the rail and port infrastructure with Winning Consortium Simandou2 (WCS), Baowu and the Republic of Guinea (the partners). Overall, the co-developed infrastructure represents more than 600 kilometres of new multi-user (including passenger and general freight services) rail together with port facilities to be co-developed by the partners to allow the export of up to 120 million tonnes per year of iron ore mined by Simfer's and WCS's respective mining concessions.3 | $6.2bn4(estimated Rio Tinto share) | Announced in December 2023, the Simfer joint venture5 will develop, own and operate a 60 million tonne per year6 mine in blocks 3 & 4. First production at the mine is expected in 2025, ramping up over 30 months to an annualised capacity of 60 million tonnes per year (27 million tonnes Rio Tinto share). WCS will construct the project's ~536 kilometre dual track main line as well as the WCS barge port, while Simfer will construct the ~70 kilometre spur line, connecting its mining concession to the main rail line. Pending completion and commissioning of its 60 million tonne per year transhipment vessel port, Simfer will be able to export its ore using WCS's barge port. The Rio Tinto Board has approved the project, subject to the remaining conditions being met, including joint venture partner approvals and regulatory approvals7 from China and Guinea. |
| Aluminium | ||
| Investment to expand the low-carbon AP60 aluminium smelter at the Complexe Jonquière in Quebec. The investment includes up to $113 million of financial support from the Quebec government. | $1.1bn | Approved in June 2023, the investment will add 96 AP60 pots, representing 160,000 tonnes of primary aluminium per year, replacing the Arvida smelter which is set to gradually close from 2024. We continued early works for the expansion of the AP60 smelter. Commissioning is expected in the first half of 2026, with the smelter fully ramped up by the end of that year. Once completed, it is expected to be in the first quartile of the industry operating cost curve. |
| Copper | ||
| Phase two of the south wall pushback to extend mine life at Kennecott in Utah by a further six years. | $1.8bn | Approved in December 2019, the investment will further extend strip waste rock mining and support additional infrastructure development. This will allow mining to continue into a new area of the orebody between 2026 and 2032. In March 2023, a further $0.3 billion was approved to primarily mitigate the risk of failure in an area of geotechnical instability known as Revere, necessary to both protect open pit value and enable underground development. |
| Investment in the Kennecott underground development of the North Rim Skarn (NRS) area. | $0.5bn | Approved in June 2023, production from NRS8 will commence in the first quarter of 2025 (previously 2024) and is expected to ramp up over two years, to deliver around 250,000 tonnes of additional mined copper over the next 10 years9 alongside open cut operations. |
| Development of the Oyu Tolgoi underground copper-gold mine in Mongolia (Rio Tinto 66%), which is expected to produce (from the open pit and underground) an average of ~500,000 tonnes10 of copper per year from 2028 to 2036. | $7.06bn | We delivered first sustainable underground production from Panel 0 in March 2023.The commissioning of infrastructure for ramp-up to full capacity remains on target: we expect shafts 3 and 4 and the conveyor to surface in the second half of 2024, while the concentrator conversion is expected to be progressively completed from the fourth quarter of 2024 through to the second quarter of 2025. Construction of primary crusher 2 commenced in December 2023 and is due to be complete by the end of 2025. |
Rio Tinto share of the Western Range capital cost includes 100% of funding costs for Paraburdoo plant upgrades.
WCS is currently a consortium of Singaporean company, Winning International Group (50%), Weiqiao Aluminium (part of the China Hongqiao Group) (50%) and United Mining Supply Group
(nominal shareholding). WCS is the holder of Simandou North Blocks 1 & 2 (with the Government of Guinea holding a 15% interest in the mining vehicle and WCS holding 85%) and associated
infrastructure. Baowu Resources has entered into an agreement to acquire a 49% share of WCS mine and infrastructure projects through a Baowu-led consortium, subject to conditions including
regulatory approvals. In the case of the mine, Baowu has an option to increase to 51% during operations.
WCS holds the mining concession for Blocks 1 and 2, while Simfer SA holds the mining concession for blocks 3 and 4. Simfer and WCS will independently develop their mines.
Estimated numbers, subject to approval by the Simfer board and government authorities. Spend incurred on the project in 2023 was $0.9 billion of which $539 million was charged to the Income
Statement and $330 million was capitalised ($266 million on a cash basis). All qualifying costs are being capitalised from the fourth quarter of 2023.
- Simfer Jersey Limited is a joint venture between the Rio Tinto Group (53%) and Chalco Iron Ore Holdings Ltd (CIOH) (47%),a Chinalco-led joint venture of leading Chinese SOEs (Chinalco
(75%), Baowu (20%), China Rail Construction Corporation (2.5%) and China Harbour Engineering Company (2.5%)). Simfer S.A. is the holder of the mining concession covering Simandou
Blocks 3 & 4, and is owned by the Guinean State (15%) and Simfer Jersey Limited (85%). Simfer Infraco Guinée S.A.U. will deliver Simfer’s scope of the co-developed rail and port infrastructure,
and is, on the date of this notice, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Simfer Jersey Limited, but will be co-owned by the Guinean State (15%) after closing of the co-development arrangements.
The estimated annualised capacity of approximately 60 million dry tonnes per annum iron ore for the Simandou life of mine schedule was previously reported in a release to the Australian
Co-development of the rail and port infrastructure remains subject to a number of conditions, including regulatory approvals in Guinea and China, the entry into a number of legal agreements,
ratification of the investment framework for co-development by the Republic of Guinea, and agreement between Simfer, WCS and the Republic of Guinea regarding the budget for the rail and port
infrastructure.
- The NRS Mineral Resources and Ore Reserves, together with the Lower Commercial Skarn (LCS) Mineral Resources and Ore Reserves, form the Underground Skarns Mineral Resources and
Ore Reserves.
- The 250 thousand tonne copper production target for the Kennecott underground mines over the years 2023 to 2033 was previously reported in a release to the Australian Securities Exchange
(ASX) dated 20 June 2023 "Rio Tinto invests to strengthen copper supply in US”. All material assumptions underpinning that production target continue to apply and have not materially changed.
- The 500 thousand tonne per year copper production target (stated as recoverable metal) for the Oyu Tolgoi underground and open pit mines for the years 2028 to 2036 was previously reported in
a release to the Australian Securities Exchange (ASX) dated 11 July 2023 “Investor site visit to Oyu Tolgoi copper mine, Mongolia”. All material assumptions underpinning that production target
Future options
| Status | |
| Iron Ore: Pilbara brownfields | |
|---|---|
| Over the medium term, our Pilbara system capacity remains between 345 and 360 million tonnes per year. Meeting this range, and the planned product mix, will require the approval and delivery of the next tranche of replacement mines over the next five years. | In addition to Western Range (Greater Paraburdoo), which is under construction, we continue to progress studies for Hope Downs 1 (Hope Downs 2 and Bedded Hilltop), Brockman 4 (Brockman Syncline 1), Greater Nammuldi and West Angelas. We continue to work closely with local communities, Traditional Owners and governments to progress approvals for these new mining projects. |
| Iron Ore: Rhodes Ridge | |
| In October 2022, Rio Tinto (50%) and Wright Prospecting Pty Ltd (50%) agreed to modernise the joint venture covering the Rhodes Ridge project in the Eastern Pilbara, providing a pathway for development utilising Rio Tinto’s rail, port and power infrastructure. | A resource-drilling program is currently underway to support future project studies. In December 2023, we announced approval of a $77 million pre-feasibility study (PFS). This follows completion of an Order of Magnitude study that considered development of an operation with initial capacity of up to 40 million tonnes per year, subject to relevant approvals. Completion of the PFS is expected by the end of 2025 and will be followed by a feasibility study, with first ore expected by the end of the decade. Longer term, the resource could support a world-class mining hub with a potential capacity of more than 100 million tonnes of high-quality iron ore a year. |
| Lithium: Jadar | |
| Development of the greenfield Jadar lithium-borates project in Serbia will include an underground mine with associated infrastructure and equipment, including electric haul trucks, as well as a beneficiation chemical processing plant. | The Board committed funding in July 2021, subject to receiving all relevant approvals, permits and licences. We are focused on consultation with all stakeholders to explore all options following the Government of Serbia's cancellation of the Spatial Plan in January 2022. |
| Lithium: Rincon | |
| We completed the acquisition of the Rincon Lithium project in Salta province, Argentina in March 2022. Development of a 3,000 tonne per year battery-grade lithium carbonate starter plant is ongoing with first saleable production expected at the end of 2024.Studies are continuing on the full-scale plant, which will have benefits of economies of scale, with the capital intensity, based on current stage of studies, forecast to be in line with regional lithium industry benchmarks. | In July 2022, we approved $140 million of investment and $54 million for early works to support a full-scale operation. To date, the majority of costs have been expensed through exploration and evaluation expenditure. In July 2023, we approved a further $195 million to complete the starter plant: the increase was driven by the project now being fully defined (previously conceptual), scope adjustments to design (including column performance improvements and changes to waste and spent brine disposal facilities), rising capital costs across the lithium industry, particularly for processing equipment and from broad cost escalation in Argentina. |
| Mineral Sands: Zulti South | |
| Development of the Zulti South project at Richards Bay Minerals (RBM) in South Africa (Rio Tinto 74%). | Approved in April 2019 to underpin RBM’s supply of zircon and ilmenite over the life of the mine. The project remains on full suspension. |
| Copper: Resolution | |
| The Resolution Copper project is a proposed underground copper mine in the Copper Triangle, in Arizona, US (Rio Tinto 55%). It has the potential to supply up to 25% of US copper demand. | The United States Forest Service (USFS) continued work to progress the Final Environmental Impact Statement and complete actions necessary for the land exchange. We continued to advance partnership discussions with several federally-recognised Native American Tribes who are part of the formal consultation process. We are also monitoring the Apache Stronghold versus USFS case held in the US Ninth Circuit Court of Appeals. While there is significant local support for the project, we respect the views of groups who oppose it and will continue our efforts to address and mitigate these concerns. |
| Copper: Winu | |
| In late 2017, we discovered copper-gold mineralisation at the Winu project in the Paterson Province in Western Australia. In 2021, we reported our first Indicated Mineral Resource. The pathway remains subject to regulatory and other required approvals. In parallel, we continue to explore options aimed at enhancing project value, including further optimisation of the current pathway and alternative development models and partnerships. | In 2023, Project Planning Agreements were executed with the Nyangumarta and Martu groups, the Traditional Owners of the land on which the proposed Winu mine and airstrip will be located. Study activities, drilling and fieldwork progressed sufficiently to commence Winu’s formal Western Australian Environmental Protection Authority approval process. The environmental approval deliverables and Project Agreement negotiations with both Traditional Owner groups remain the priority. |
| Copper: La Granja | |
| In August 2023, we completed a transaction to form a joint venture with First Quantum Minerals that will work to unlock the development of the La Granja project in Peru, one of the largest undeveloped copper deposits in the world, with potential to be a large, long-life operation. | First Quantum Minerals acquired a 55% stake in the project for $105 million and will invest up to a further $546 million into the joint venture to sole fund capital and operational costs to take the project through a feasibility study and toward development. All subsequent expenditures will be applied on a pro-rata basis in line with shared ownership. |
| Aluminium: ELYSIS | |
| ELYSIS, our joint venture with Alcoa, supported by Apple, the Government of Canada and the Government of Quebec, is developing a breakthrough inert anode technology that eliminates all direct greenhouse gases from the aluminium smelting process. | ELYSIS has started commissioning activities following completion of the construction of the first commercial-scale prototype cells. ELYSIS expects to start the first 450kA cell in 2024. |
| Iron Ore | |||
|---|---|---|---|
| We are one of the world’s leading producers of iron ore, the primary raw material in steelmaking. In the Pilbara region of Western Australia, we operate a network of 17 iron ore mines, four port terminals and a rail network spanning 1,900 kilometres. Steel remains essential for ongoing urbanisation and will support the global shift to decarbonise. | |||
| Snapshot of the year | |||
| 0.61AIFR(2022: 0.68) | 69%Pilbara underlyingFOB EBITDA margin(2022: 68%) | $20.0bnUnderlyingEBITDA(2022: $18.6bn) | $32.2bnSegmentalrevenue(2022: $30.9bn) |
| $2.6bnCapitalexpenditure(2022: $2.9bn) | $14.0bnNet cash generatedfrom operatingactivities(2022: $14.0bn) | 3.2MtScope 1 and 2 GHG emissions (equity Mt CO2e)(2022: 3.1Mt) | 16,000Employeenumbers1(2022: 15,000) |
Safety
The number of potentially fatal incidents (PFIs)
in Iron Ore decreased 48% to 13 with falling
objects and vehicle collisions/rollovers
accounting for the majority of these incidents.
Our all-injury frequency rate (AIFR) decreased
10% to 0.61, compared to 0.68 in 2022.
These improvements are the result of
consistently using the safety maturity model
(SMM) for the past four years across our
operations. SMM encourages best practices
across our business in leadership, team
engagement and learning to improve our
safety culture. We also re-engaged our
workforce on critical risk management (CRM),
a safety program that makes sure frontline
workers are focused on the critical safety risks
in their work.
We continued our journey to mature our
workplace safety culture and create an
environment where our people are both
physically and psychologically healthy and
safe. We completed the first year in our five-
year Mentally Healthy Iron Ore Strategy, with a
focus on building capability in our leaders to
manage psychosocial risks in the workplace.
Our focus remains on creating a safe,
respectful and inclusive workplace where our
people can bring their whole selves to work.
For more informationabout our global health and safety initiatives see pages 71-72.
In April 2023 the Radiological Council, an
independent statutory authority, found Rio
Tinto did not breach the Radiation Safety Act
in relation to the loss of a radioactive capsule
while in transit from our Gudai-Darri mine site.
We also conducted a thorough review and
identified opportunities to further improve the
selection of radiation gauges, and how the
items are packaged and transported.
Iron ore market fundamentals were well-
supported in 2023. Steelmakers in China
maintained elevated operating rates as
domestic demand rose 1.5% year-on-year.
Infrastructure and other government-backed
construction surpassed residential property as
the largest steel consuming sectors, while
manufacturing continued to contribute
substantial volumes of demand.
A 47% increase in net steel exports further
supported China’s crude steel production which
exceededone billion tonnes for the fourth
consecutive year. China’s steel exports also
resulted in higher contestable iron ore demand
globally since they in part displaced steel,
which would have been produced in other
regions using captive iron ore or higher scrap
rates. This resulted in a 6.6% year-on-year
increase in China’s iron ore imports, reaching
a record 1.18 billion tonnes, which helped
absorb the 5% year-on-year increase in
seaborne supply (to 1.5 billion tonnes). At the
same time, China’s port inventories declined
to a three-year low.
In 2023, our Iron Ore business’s absolute
greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions were
3.2 Mt CO 2 e (on an equity basis), an increase
of 0.57Mt CO 2 e compared to the 2018
emissions baseline (2.64Mt CO 2 e). This was
driven by an increase in production.
Approximately one-quarter of Iron Ore emissions
are from the gas used to generate power. To reduce
our reliance on gas we are progressing
development of 600 to 700MW of renewable energy
capacity and preparing for early fleet electrification
from 2030. We continue to progress the potential
development of a Pilbara coastal solar farm and are
partnering with the Yindjibarndi Energy Corporation
to explore opportunities to collaborate on renewable
energy projects.
For more informationabout our decarbonisation efforts in the Iron Ore product group, see our 2023 Climate Change Report at riotinto.com/climatereport.
| From customer to strategic partner In 2023, we extended a key climate partnership with our largest customer, China Baowu, to accelerate efforts to decarbonise the steel value chain and reduce our Scope 3 emissions. This is the result of a coordinated approach across our sales, marketing, and research and development teams based on decades of deep relationship building with the world’s biggest steelmaker, who is also a joint venture partner in the Western Range and Simandou projects. | |
| For more informationsee riotinto.com/baowu. |
- This represents the average number of employees for the year, including the Group's share of non-managed operations and joint ventures. Refer topage 215 for more information.
Iron Ore
| Year ended 31 December | 2023 | 2022 | Change |
|---|---|---|---|
| Pilbara production (million tonnes — 100%) | 331.5 | 324.1 | 2% |
| Pilbara shipments (million tonnes — 100%) | 331.8 | 321.6 | 3% |
| Salt production (million tonnes — Rio Tinto share)¹ | 6.0 | 5.8 | 4% |
| Segmental revenue (US$ millions) | 32,249 | 30,906 | 4% |
| Average realised price (US$ per dry metric tonne, FOB basis) | 108.4 | 106.1 | 2% |
| Underlying EBITDA (US$ millions) | 19,974 | 18,612 | 7% |
| Pilbara underlying FOB EBITDA margin² | 69% | 68% | |
| Underlying earnings (US$ millions)³ | 11,882 | 11,213 | 6% |
| Net cash generated from operating activities (US$ millions) | 14,045 | 14,005 | –% |
| Capital expenditure (US$ millions)⁴ | (2,588) | (2,940) | (12%) |
| Free cash flow (US$ millions) | 11,374 | 11,033 | 3% |
| Underlying return on capital employed³, ⁵ | 64% | 61% |
Production figures are sometimes more precise than the rounded numbers shown, hence small differences may result in the year on year change.
- Dampier Salt is reported within Iron Ore, reflecting management responsibility. Iron Ore Company of Canada continues to be reported within Minerals. The Simandou iron ore project in Guinea
reports to the Chief Technical Officer and is reported outside the Reportable segments.
The Pilbara underlying free on board (FOB) EBITDA margin is defined as Pilbara underlying EBITDA divided by Pilbara segmental revenue, excluding freight revenue.
Comparative information has been restated to reflect the adoption of narrow scope amendments to IAS12 'Income Taxes'.
Capital expenditure is the net cash outflow on purchases less sales of property, plant and equipment; capitalised evaluation costs; and purchases less sales of other intangible assets.
Underlying return on capital employed (ROCE) is defined as underlying earnings excluding net interest divided by average capital employed.
Underlying EBITDA of$20.0 billion was 7%
higher than 2022, with a 2% improvement in
realised prices ($0.8 billion) and higher
volumes, following the ramp-up of Gudai-Darri.
Unit costs of $21.5 per tonne were $0.2 per
tonne lower than 2022. Cost escalation from
inflation was offset by a weaker Australian
dollar and gains on derivative contracts.
Higher iron ore volumes offset a higher mine
work index and mine maintenance costs.
Our Pilbara operations delivered an underlying
FOB EBITDA margin of 69%, compared with
68% in 2022, largely due to the iron ore price.
We price the majority of our iron ore sales
(79%) by reference to the average index price
for the month of shipment. In 2023, we priced
approximately 10% of sales with reference to
the prior quarter’s average index lagged by
one month with the remainder sold either on
current quarter average, on the spot market or
other mechanisms. We made approximately
74% of sales including freight and 26% on an
FOB basis.
We achieved an average iron ore price
of $99.7 per wet metric tonne on an FOB basis
(2022: $97.6 per wet metric tonne) across our
product suite. This equates to $108.4 per dry
metric tonne, assuming 8% moisture (2022:
$106.1 per dry metric tonne), which compares
with the monthly average Platts index for 62%
iron fines converted to an FOB basis of $110.3
per dry metric tonne (2022: $109.8 per dry
metric tonne). The 2% lower realised price
compared to the Platts index was mainly due
to the lower average grades of our portfolio
compared to the 62% index.
Segmental revenue for our Pilbara operations
included freight revenue of $2.1 billion (2022:
$2.2 billion).
Net cash generated from operating activities
of$14.0 billion was on a par with 2022.
Benefits from higher realised prices and higher
volumes offset a build in working capital to
ensure healthy stocks across the system and
an increased receivables balance due to
strong iron ore prices at year end. Free cash
flow of$11.4 billion was$0.3 billion higher
than 2022, mostly driven by a$0.4 billion
reduction in capital expenditure to$2.6 billion
due to lower spend on replacement capital.
Pilbara operations produced 331.5 million
tonnes (100% basis) of iron ore,2% higher
than 2022. Shipments, on a 100% basis, were
3% higher (+10 million tonnes) than in 2022,
making 2023 the second highest shipment
year on record. Improved system performance
supported by a 5 million tonne uplift from
implementation of the Safe Production
System, and ramp-up of Gudai-Darri to its 43
million tonne nameplate capacity, offset mine
depletion. SP10 volumes accounted for 47.5
million tonnes of 2023 shipments (or 14%).
We continue to see strong demand for our
portside product in China, with sales totalling
23.3 million tonnes in 2023 (2022: 24.3 million
tonnes). At the end of 2023, inventory levels
were 6.4 million tonnes, including 3.9 million
tonnes of Pilbara product. In 2023,
approximately 86% of our portside sales were
either screened or blended in Chinese ports.
In January 2024, Dampier Salt Limited entered
into a sales agreement for the Lake MacLeod
salt and gypsum operation in Carnarvon,
Western Australia with privately-owned salt
company Leichhardt Industrials Group for
$251 million (A$375 million). Completion of the
sale is subject to certain commercial and
regulatory conditions being satisfied. The
transaction is subject to capital gains tax.
For more informationabout our capital projects and future growth options, see pages 30-31.
| Aluminium | |||
|---|---|---|---|
| As a global leader in low-carbon aluminium, we are uniquely positioned to further decarbonise our business and support the world’s transition towards a lower-carbon footprint. A critical material – lightweight and highly recyclable – aluminium is found in diverse products ranging from solar panels and transmission lines to jet engines, electric vehicles and smartphones. | |||
| Snapshot of the year | |||
| 0.33AIFR(2022: 0.35) | 21%Underlying EBITDA margin (integrated operations)(2022: 29%) | $2.3bnUnderlying EBITDA(2022: $3.7bn) | $12.3bnSegmental revenue(2022: $14.1bn) |
| $1.3bnCapital expenditure(2022: $1.4bn) | $2.0bnNet cash generated from operating activities(2022: $3.1bn) | 24.2MtScope 1 and 2 GHG emissions (equity Mt CO2e)(2022: 23.3Mt) | 15,000Employee numbers1(2022: 15,000) |
Safety
In 2023, we continued to focus on building
resilience within our safety systems and
processes. We implemented actions to
improve our safety culture for our employees
and our contractors, by identifying areas of
organisational improvement, strengthening our
control environment, and leveraging our safety
maturity model to analyse and address the
root causes of all our potentially fatal incidents
(PFIs).
The improvement in our safety maturity
translated into a decrease of almost 6% in our
all-injury frequency rate (AIFR) from 0.35 in
2022 to 0.33 in 2023. Increased incident
identification and proactive PFI 2 reporting
have been key elements in enhancing our
safety culture. However, despite this
improvement, five workers were injured in PFI
incidents in 2023; three of these injuries
occurred in vehicle-related incidents. We
continue to progress our program to reduce
vehicle-pedestrian risks, focusing on fatigue
and work scheduling as primary factors
contributing to this trend. Ongoing work will be
needed in 2024 to help re-emphasise the
importance of working together to build and
sustain a strong safety culture.
For more informationabout our global health and safety initiatives, see pages 71-72.
Aluminium prices came under pressure in
2023, mainly driven by weaker demand
outside of China. This impact on operating
margins was partly offset by lower operating
costs. Supply was volatile, with hydropower-
integrated smelters in China only able to fully
resume production in the third quarter
following low precipitation in the first half, yet
production was curtailed once again in the
fourth quarter due to the oncoming dry
season. Global demand was similarly uneven
through the year.
While China’s electric vehicle and solar panel
manufacturers significantly increased their
consumption, the US, Europe and Japan
recorded historically low levels of aluminium
semi-fabricated orders and shipments.
Primary aluminium inventory remained
low in China due to strong demand and
seasonal disruptions to domestic production,
which required high levels of aluminium
primary imports, mainly from Russia.
Meanwhile, aluminium inventories
outside the Chinese market remain
below average historical levels.
In 2023, our Aluminium business’s absolute
greenhouse gas emissions (24.2 Mt CO 2 e)
were 1.4% lower than the 2018 equity
baseline (24.5Mt CO 2 e). This reduction
includes improvements in processing
efficiency, increased use of hydroelectric
boilers in refining instead of natural gas
boilers, and reduced aluminium production at
the Kitimat smelter. Following a strike in 2021,
the Kitimat smelter resumed its operations and
reached full operating capacity in September
The 2023 emissions intensity of our
managed Canadian smelters, powered by
hydroelectricity, was 2.28Mt CO 2 e per tonne of
aluminium. Our Vaudreuil alumina refinery
continues to have one of the lowest carbon
footprints of any metallurgical alumina refinery
in the world today.
For more informationabout our decarbonisation efforts in the Aluminium product group, see our 2023 Climate Change Report at riotinto.com/climatereport.
This represents the average number of employees for the year, including the Group's share of non-managed operations and joint ventures. Refer to page 215 for more information.
A proactive PFI is one where there was neither injury nor property damage. Proactive PFIs are leading indicators of safety performance and offer the opportunity to learn from near miss incidents.
They reflect a psychologically safe culture.
Aluminium
| Year ended 31 December | 2023 | 2022 | Change |
|---|---|---|---|
| Bauxite production ('000 tonnes — Rio Tinto share) | 54,619 | 54,618 | —% |
| Alumina production ('000 tonnes — Rio Tinto share) | 7,537 | 7,544 | —% |
| Aluminium production ('000 tonnes — Rio Tinto share) | 3,272 | 3,009 | 9% |
| Segmental revenue (US$ millions) | 12,285 | 14,109 | (13%) |
| Average realised aluminium price (US$ per tonne) | 2,738 | 3,330 | (18%) |
| Underlying EBITDA (US$ millions) | 2,282 | 3,672 | (38%) |
| Underlying EBITDA margin (integrated operations) | 21% | 29% | |
| Underlying earnings (US$ millions)¹ | 538 | 1,504 | (64%) |
| Net cash generated from operating activities (US$ millions) | 1,980 | 3,055 | (35%) |
| Capital expenditure — excluding EAUs (US$ millions)² | (1,331) | (1,377) | (3%) |
| Free cash flow (US$ millions) | 619 | 1,652 | (63%) |
| Underlying return on capital employed¹, ³ | 3% | 10% |
Comparative information has been restated to reflect the adoption of narrow scope amendments to IAS12 'Income Taxes'.
Capital expenditure is the net cash outflow on purchases less sales of property, plant and equipment; capitalised evaluation costs; and purchases less sales of other intangible assets. It excludes
equity accounted units (EAUs).
- Underlying return on capital employed (ROCE) is defined as underlying earnings excluding net interest divided by average capital employed.
Although global primary aluminium demand
rose by ~1% in 2023, falling costs and an
increase in global supply led to a 17%
reduction in the LME price and lower market
and product premiums. Market-related costs
for key materials such as caustic, coke and
pitch moderated with some of this benefitting
underlying EBITDA in the second half.
Operating costs particularly in our mines and
refineries increased year on year with a focus
on improved operational stability and asset
health. Overall there was significant margin
compression for our Aluminium business with
a 38% decrease in underlying EBITDA to$2.3
billion. Underlying EBITDA margin fell eight
percentage points to 21%.
We achieved an average realised aluminium
price of $2,738 per tonne, 18% lower than
Average realised aluminium prices comprise
the LME price, a market premium and a value-
added product (VAP) premium. The cash LME
price averaged $2,250 per tonne,17% lower
than 2022, while in our key US market, the
Midwest premium duty paid, which is 57% of
our total volumes (2022: 57%), decreased by
22% to $512 per tonne (2022: $655 per
tonne). Our VAP sales represented 46% of the
primary metal we sold (2022: 50%) and
generated product premiums averaging $354
per tonne of VAP sold (2022: $431 per tonne).
Our conversion of underlying EBITDA to cash
remained relatively strong, with net cash
generated from operating activities of$2.0
billion. Free cash flow of$0.6 billion reflected
investment in the business of$1.3 billion.
Bauxite production of 54.6 million tonnes was
unchanged from 2022. Operations saw a
continued improvement in the fourth quarter,
following the challenges of higher-than-
average rainfall at Weipa in the first quarter
and equipment downtime at both Weipa and
Gove in the first half.
We shipped 37.3 million tonnes of bauxite to
third parties, 2% lower than 2022. Segmental
revenue for bauxitewas also unchanged at
$2.4 billion. This includes freight revenue of
$0.5 billion (2022: $0.6 billion).
Alumina production of 7.5 million tonnes was
unchanged from 2022, with the Yarwun and
Queensland Alumina Limited (QAL) refineries
showing improved operational stability.
For the 2023 calendar year, as the result of
QAL's activation of a step-in process following
sanction measures enacted by the Australian
Government in 2022, we continued to take on
100% of capacity for as long as the step-in
continues. We have used Rusal’s 20% share
of capacity under the tolling arrangement with
QAL. This additional output is excluded from
our production results as QAL remains 80%
owned by Rio Tinto and 20% owned by Rusal.
On 1 February 2024, the Federal Court of
Australia rendered its decision in the litigation
initiated by Rusal against Rio Tinto and QAL,
dismissing Rusal’s case. Rio Tinto and QAL
are working to understand the impacts of the
decision.
Aluminium production of 3.3 million tonnes
was 9% higher than 2022, after we returned to
full capacity at the Kitimat smelter and
completed cell recovery efforts at Boyne
during the third quarter. All other smelters
continued to demonstrate stable performance.
For more informationabout our capital projects and future growth options, see pages 30-31.
| Copper | ||||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Copper is essential to creating a sustainable, low-carbon world. Rapid electrification across all aspects of daily life is set to drive long-term demand for copper. With assets spanning the globe and an evolving suite of technologies to enable low-carbon production, we are accelerating growth and decarbonisation by producing the materials that enable a cleaner future. | ||||
| Snapshot of the year | ||||
| 0.XXAIFR(2022: 0.22) | 0.35AIFR(2022: 0.22) | 42%Underlying EBITDA margin (product group operations)(2022: 49%) | $1.9bnUnderlying EBITDA(2022: $2.6bn)1 | $6.7bnSegmental revenue(2022: $6.7bn) |
| $X.XbnCapital expenditure(2022: $1.6bn) | $2.0bnCapital expenditure(2022: $1.6bn) | $0.5bnNet cash generated from operating activities(2022: $1.5bn)1 | 1.0MtScope 1 and 2 GHG emissions (equity Mt CO2e)(2022: 1.7Mt) | 8,000Employee numbers2(2022: 8,000) |
Safety
We experienced an increase in the number of
injuries and Potentially Fatal Incidents (PFIs)
across our copper assets. There were 22 PFIs
in 2023 compared to 18 in the previous year.
We had an overall all-injury frequency rate
(AIFR) of 0.35 compared to 0.22 in 2022, an
increase of 59%, with an employee AIFR of
0.31 and a contractor AIFR of 0.38.
Unfortunately, in 2023, we also experienced
two permanent damage injuries at our
Simandou project and Kennecott Underground
project, and a Process Safety Tier I event at
our Kennecott smelter. Extensive action plans
are being executed to ensure our people and
their safety remains at the centre of everything
we do, and through our critical risk
management we are focusing on fatality
prevention across our sites. Underpinning our
strategy, we continue our journey to embed
our enhanced safety maturity model to help us
improve and sustain exceptional safety
performance. Copper assets continue to focus
on understanding and reducing their most
significant health risks exposures, including
heat stress, diesel particulate matter and SO 2
exposure through the Kennecott smelter
rebuild. First line assurance for catastrophic
risk prevention is well embedded at Oyu Tolgoi
and is beginning to develop at our other
assets. This will provide greater certainty on
our risk control effectiveness for major hazard
and process safety risks going forward.
For more informationabout our global health and safety initiatives, see pages 71-72.
London Metal Exchange copper prices were
supported by expectations that China’s
demand would recover substantially as
COVID-19 restrictions were lifted at the
beginning of 2023. Disruptions to mine supply
in major mining countries further tightened
market fundamentals in the first quarter,
before loosening later in the year with the
commissioning of new mining projects in
South America and Africa.
Concerns about the US and China’s economic
growth towards the middle of the year
undermined sentiment. That was followed by a
stabilisation in China after pro-growth
measures were stepped up in the third quarter.
Overall, China’s demand was resilient, lending
support to copper prices together with
inflationary pressure, although price gains
were capped by US dollar appreciation. In the
final months of 2023, there were several
disruptions to mine supply in Latin America
that resulted in a notably tighter copper
concentrates market.
In 2023, our Copper business’s absolute
greenhouse gas emissions (1.0 Mt CO 2 e) were
65.5% lower than the 2018 equity baseline
(3.04Mt CO 2 e). The decrease in emissions
was mainly driven by decarbonising power
and commercial transactions in renewable
energy. Rio Tinto Kennecott is fully
transitioning to renewable diesel after a
successful seven month trial. Kennecott’s fleet
of 90 haul trucks and all heavy machinery will
begin to transition to renewable diesel in the
first quarter of 2024, along with consumption
from the concentrator, smelter, and refinery.
The transition will reduce Kennecott’s carbon
emissions by approximately 495,000 tonnes of
CO 2 equivalent per annum, comparable to
eliminating the annual emissions of more than
107,000 cars 3.
Nuton TM, our bioleaching technology venture,
has the potential to deliver game changing
ESG performance. Compared to conventional
concentrating and smelting and based on our
comparative environmental benchmark study
with the University of Technology, Sydney,
Nuton TM is projected to have a carbon intensity
up to 60% lower than a global average of 5.2
tonnes per tonne of copper. Combined with
opportunities for renewable energy that can
further reduce emissions from Nuton TM, we’re
excited about the incredible outcome Nuton TM
could bring.
For more informationabout our decarbonisation efforts in the Copper product group, see our 2023 Climate Change Report at riotinto.com/climatereport.
1.2022 has been adjusted to reflect a change in management responsibility for the Simandou iron ore project from Copper to the Chief Technical Officer. As a result, we have moved Simandou
outside of reportable segments and accordingly adjusted prior period comparatives.
This represents the average number of employees for the year, including the Group's share of non-managed operations and joint ventures. Refer to page 215 for more information.
Comparison calculation used US EPA Greenhouse gas equivalencies calculator (https://www.epa.gov/energy/greenhouse-gas-equivalencies-calculator).
Copper
| Year ended 31 December | 2023 | 2022 | Change |
|---|---|---|---|
| Mined copper production ('000 tonnes — consolidated basis) | 620 | 607 | 2% |
| Refined copper production ('000 tonnes — Rio Tinto share) | 175 | 209 | (16%) |
| Segmental revenue (US$ millions) | 6,678 | 6,699 | –% |
| Average realised copper price (US cents per pound)¹ | 390 | 403 | (3%) |
| Underlying EBITDA (US$ millions) | 1,904 | 2,565 | (26%) |
| Underlying EBITDA margin (product group operations) | 42% | 49% | |
| Underlying earnings (US$ millions) | 133 | 687 | (81%) |
| Net cash generated from operating activities (US$ millions)² | 545 | 1,523 | (64%) |
| Capital expenditure — excluding EAUs³ (US$ millions) | (1,976) | (1,622) | 22% |
| Free cash flow (US$ millions) | (1,438) | (116) | |
| Underlying return on capital employed (product group operations)⁴ | 3% | 6% |
2022 has been restated following the transfer of the Simandou iron ore project to outside the Reporting segments, as it now reports to the Chief Technical Officer, and to reflect the adoption of narrow
scope amendments to IAS12 'Income Taxes'.
- Average realised price for all units sold. Realised price does not include the impact of the provisional pricing adjustments, which positively impacted revenues by $2 million (2022: $175 million
negative).
Net cash generated from operating activities excludes the operating cash flows of equity accounted units (EAUs) but includes dividends from EAUs (Escondida).
Capital expenditure is the net cash outflow on purchases less sales of property, plant and equipment, capitalised evaluation costs and purchases less sales of other intangible assets. It excludes
EAUs.
Underlying return on capital employed (ROCE) is defined as underlying earnings (product group operations) excluding net interest divided by average capital employed.
Mine design and plans will be reviewed by regulatory bodies as part of the OTFS23 process.
The 500 thousand tonne per year copper production target (stated as recoverable metal) for the Oyu Tolgoi underground and open pit mines for the years 2028 to 2036 was previously reported in
a release to the Australian Securities Exchange (ASX) dated 11 July 2023 “Investor site visit to Oyu Tolgoi copper mine, Mongolia”. All material assumptions underpinning that production target
We delivered first sustainable production from
the underground mine at Oyu Tolgoi, where
we doubled our interest to 66% following the
acquisition of Turquoise Hill Resources at the
end of 2022. However, lower refined copper
volumes and higher unit costs, primarily driven
by the planned smelter and refinery rebuild at
Kennecott, in addition to higher energy prices
and an increase in exploration and evaluation
expenditure, led to underlying EBITDA being
down 26% to$1.9 billion. Underlying EBITDA
margin remained relatively strong at 42%.
Our copper unit costs, at 195 cents per pound,
increased by 32 cents, or 20%, as a result of
the lower shipment volumes of refined copper
following the planned rebuild at Kennecott and
higher input costs.
We generated$0.5 billion in net cash from
operating activities, a 64% decrease on 2022,
from the same drivers as underlying EBITDA,
together with $0.3 billion lower dividends from
Escondida.
Negative free cash flow of$1.4 billion reflected
the above movements and significant
investment of$2.0 billion in sustaining capital
and our growth projects. This mainly related to
the ongoing development of the Oyu Tolgoi
underground, the projects at Kennecott and
evaluation costs at Resolution and Winu.
Mined copper production, at 620 thousand
tonnes, was 2% higher than 2022, reflecting
first sustainable production from Oyu Tolgoi
underground in the first quarter. This offset
challenges at Kennecott following a conveyor
failure in March, with the concentrator not
returning to full capacity until the third quarter.
Our share of mined copper production from
Escondida was flat at 300 thousand tonnes.
Refined copper production decreased by 16%
to 175 thousand tonnes as we undertook the
largest rebuild of the smelter and refinery in
Kennecott’s history across the second and
third quarters. The smelter rebuild was
successfully completed in the fourth quarter of
2023 and the ramp-up is progressing.
Oyu Tolgoi underground project
During 2023, Rio Tinto, Oyu Tolgoi and the
Government of Mongolia continued to work
together towards the implementation of
Mongolian Parliamentary Resolution 103.
We continue to see strong performance from
the underground mine, with a total of 86
drawbells opened from Panel 0, including 67
drawbells in 2023.
By the end of 2023, shafts 3 and 4 sinking had
reached 923 metres and 1,013 metres below
ground level, respectively. Final depths
required for shafts 3 and 4 are 1,130 and
1,176 metres, respectively. Both shafts are
expected to be commissioned in the second
half of 2024.
Construction of the conveyor to surface works
continued to plan and was 88% complete at
the end of 2023. Commissioning remains on
track for the second half of 2024.
Construction of primary crusher 2 commenced
in December 2023 and is due to be complete
by the end of 2025.
Construction works for the concentrator
conversion remains on schedule.
Commissioning is expected to be
progressively completed from the fourth
quarter of 2024 through to the second quarter
of 2025. Technical studies for mine design and
schedule optimisation for Panels 1 and 2 were
completed during the second quarter 5. The
operation remains on track to ramp up to
deliver average mined copper production of
~500 thousand tonnes per year (100% basis)
between 2028 and 20366.
For more informationabout our capital projects and future growth options, see pages 30-31.
Nuevo Cobre exploration joint venture agreementWe have entered into a joint venture with Corporación Nacional del Cobre de Chile (Codelco) following the acquisition of PanAmerican Silver’s 57.74% stake in Agua de la Falda S.A. The new joint venture, known as Nuevo Cobre (New Copper), will allow us to explore and potentially develop Nuevo Cobre’s assets in partnership with Codelco in Chile’s prospective Atacama region.Chile has the largest copper reserves in the world, and currently is the leading copper producer. Chile is also a leader in other critical minerals that the world needs for the energy transition and to achieve net zero carbon emissions. The partnership builds on a collaboration agreement with Codelco, which first commenced in 2007, that encourages best practices, innovation, and technology to improve safety and productivity in underground mining.
| Minerals | ||||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Our Minerals portfolio includes a global suite of businesses producing materials essential to a low-carbon future and projects well-positioned to meet the growing demand for electric vehicles. We produce high-grade, low-impurity iron ore pellets and concentrate, titanium dioxide, diamonds and borates from our operations in Canada, Madagascar, South Africa and the US. | ||||
| Snapshot of the year | ||||
| 0.XXAIFR(2022: 0.38) | 0.24AIFR(2022: 0.38) | 30%Underlying EBITDA margin (productgroup operations)(2022: 40%) | $1.4bnUnderlying EBITDA(2022: $2.4bn) | $5.9bnSegmental revenue(2022: $6.8bn) |
| $X.XbnCapital expenditure(2022: $0.7bn) | $0.7bnCapital expenditure(2022: $0.7bn) | $0.5bnNet cash generated from operating activities(2022: $1.5bn) | 3.7MtScope 1 and 2 GHG emissions (equity Mt CO2e)(2022: 4.0Mt) | 10,000Employee numbers1(2022: 9,500) |
Safety
While we recorded zero fatalities at managed
operations in 2023, tragically four colleagues
died in a plane crash while travelling to our
Diavik diamond mine in January 2024.
We are working closely with the authorities
to support their efforts to understand the
full facts of what happened.
Unfortunately, in 2023, we also experienced a
permanent damage injury at our Diavik mine.
The number of potentially fatal incidents (PFIs)
increased to 27, with vehicle collision and
rollover, contact with electricity and lifting
operations accounting for the highest number
of PFIs. Two of these PFIs were also
significant process safety incidents at our
RTIT Quebec Operations site in Sorel-Tracy,
which did not result in injuries. We have
heightened our focus on managing these risks
and have implemented measures in response
to the investigation.
Our all-injury frequency rate (AIFR) decreased
to 0.24, compared to 0.38 in 2022, as we
recorded fewer employee and contractor
injuries. The rate of injuries in our contractor
workforce reduced significantly, going from
0.42 in 2022 to 0.20 in 2023.
In 2024, we will continue our journey of
improvement, enabled by the safety maturity
model. Additionally, we will intensify our focus
on health, environment, and security to
achieve our objectives of creating a safe and
productive workplace for our employees and
contractor partners.
For more informationabout our global health and safety initiatives, see pages 71-72.
The titanium dioxide (TiO 2) market saw a
downturn in demand in developed regions,
although there was a small improvement
towards the fourth quarter. Elevated feedstock
inventory also hampered TiO 2 purchases,
leading to production cuts by major producers.
Borates prices also came under pressure as
weak construction markets globally impacted
underlying demand. Higher supply from
leading producers accumulated into inventory
as downstream demand underperformed.
The demand for IOC pellets in the European,
Japanese, and Korean markets was stable in
2023 despite weaker steel production amid
inflationary pressures. Following tentative
signs of stabilisation in the European steel
market in the middle of the year, pellet
demand and premiums came under downward
pressure by the end of the third quarter, and
headwinds in the Atlantic Basin persisted
through to the end of the year. Nevertheless,
the demand for Direct Reduction pellets
remained resilient in the Middle East and
North Africa on the back of firm steel
production in that region.
Downward pressure on lithium carbonate
prices emanated from the deceleration in
electric vehicle (EV) output growth and
inventory accumulation along the supply
chain. Supply from non-traditional regions
(Africa) entered the market, incentivised by
two years of elevated prices. Longer term,
lithium market fundamentals remain strong as
EV adoption continues to accelerate on
supportive government policies and supply
shortfalls requiring further investment.
In 2023, our Minerals product group’s absolute
greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions were 3.7Mt
CO 2 e, a 6.7% decrease from 2022 levels and
0.1% lower than the 2018 equity baseline
(3.7Mt CO 2 e). We started the BlueSmelting TM
demonstration plant at our RTIT Quebec
Operations, a new ilmenite smelting
technology that, if fully implemented, has the
potential to reduce the site’s overall GHG
emissions by up to 70%.
We announced we would build the largest
solar power plant across Canada’s territories
at Diavik Diamond Mine, featuring over 6,600
solar panels. It is expected to be fully
operational in the first half of 2024. In Boron,
California, we became the first open pit mine
in the world to fully transition our heavy
machinery from fossil to renewable diesel,
which brings an anticipated CO 2 e reduction of
up to 45,000 tonnes per year. At QIT
Madagascar Minerals, we commissioned the
8MW solar plant and 8.25 MWh lithium-ion
battery energy storage system, and we started
the construction of the 16MW wind project,
scheduled for completion by 2025.
We have also opened a new battery
manufacturing and testing research laboratory
within our Bundoora Technical Development
Centre in Melbourne, Australia, to test how our
minerals and other products will perform in
real-world applications, such as in EV
batteries.
For more informationabout our decarbonisation efforts in the Minerals product group, see our 2023 Climate Change Report at riotinto.com/climatereport.
- This represents the average number of employees for the year, including the Group's share of non-managed operations and joint ventures. Refer to page 215 for more information.
| Year ended 31 December | 2023 | 2022 | Change |
|---|---|---|---|
| Iron ore pellets and concentrates production¹ (million tonnes — Rio Tinto share) | 9.7 | 10.3 | (6%) |
| Titanium dioxide slag production ('000 tonnes — Rio Tinto share) | 1,111 | 1,200 | (7%) |
| Borates production ('000 tonnes — Rio Tinto share) | 495 | 532 | (7%) |
| Diamonds production ('000 carats — Rio Tinto share) | 3,340 | 4,651 | (28%) |
| Segmental revenue (US$ millions) | 5,934 | 6,754 | (12%) |
| Underlying EBITDA (US$ millions) | 1,414 | 2,419 | (42%) |
| Underlying EBITDA margin (product group operations) | 30% | 40% | |
| Underlying earnings (US$ millions)² | 312 | 854 | (63%) |
| Net cash generated from operating activities (US$ millions) | 548 | 1,522 | (64%) |
| Capital expenditure (US$ millions)³ | (746) | (679) | 10% |
| Free cash flow (US$ millions) | (229) | 814 | (128%) |
| Underlying return on capital employed (product group operations)2, 4 | 13% | 22% |
Iron Ore Company of Canada (IOC) continues to be reported within Minerals.
Comparative information has been restated to reflect the adoption of narrow scope amendments to IAS12 'Income Taxes'.
Capital expenditure is the net cash outflow on purchases less sales of property, plant and equipment; capitalised evaluation costs; and purchases less sales of other intangible assets.
Underlying return on capital employed (ROCE) is defined as underlying earnings (product group operations) excluding net interest divided by average capital employed.
Underlying EBITDA of$1.4 billion was 42%
lower than 2022, primarily due to lower prices
and higher costs. We experienced market
weakness for many of our products, in
particular for TiO 2 feedstock, where underlying
demand for pigment was subdued on weak
real estate activity in the Americas, Europe
and China. This gave rise to lower sales
volumes and, in combination with the two
furnace failures at our RTIT Quebec
operations, resulted in higher unit costs.
Net cash generated from operating activities of
$0.5 billion was 64% lower than 2022, while
negative free cash flow of$0.2 billion reflected
the lower underlying EBITDA, higher working
capital due to market conditions and a modest
rise in capital expenditure.
Production of iron ore pellets and concentrate
at IOC of 9.7 million tonnes was 6% lower
than 2022 with challenges due to the wildfires
in Northern Quebec in the second quarter, as
well as extended plant downtime and
conveyor belt failures in the third quarter.
TiO 2 slag production of 1,111 thousand tonnes
was 7% lower than 2022. Two furnaces at our
RTIT Quebec Operations remain offline
following process safety incidents in June and
July. In the fourth quarter, we decommissioned
an additional furnace, which is due for
reconstruction in 2024. As a result, we entered
2024 with six out of nine furnaces operating at
our RTIT Quebec Operations and three out of
four online at Richards Bay Minerals (RBM).
Borates production was 7% lower than 2022,
as we adjusted for decreased customer
demand, despite improved equipment
reliability.
Our share of carats recovered was 28% lower
than 2022, due to depleting one of three
underground pipes and reaching the end of life
for open pit mining.
For more informationabout our capital projects and future growth options, see pages 30-31.
Breakthrough technology: Scandium, a case in pointScandium is a critical mineral in increasing demand for the energy transition and modern technologies such as aerospace, lasers and microelectronics due to its alloying and emerging high-tech properties. We are combining scandium with our low-carbon aluminium to produce an alloy that is stronger, more flexible and more resistant to heat and corrosion.Today, our commercial scale demonstration plant in Quebec uses an innovative process to extract and produce high-purity scandium oxide from the waste streams of the existing TiO2 production, without any additional mining.This will make Rio Tinto one of the largest producers of scandium in the Western world. In two years, we have gone from testing the extraction process in a laboratory, to being able to supply a large share of the global scandium market. In 2023, we acquired a high-grade scandium resource in New South Wales, Australia. The BurraTM Scandium Project is a small, high-value physical scandium asset, with a small environmental footprint. When operational, Burra will significantly increase, and geographically and operationally diversify, our annual scandium production. Scandium is emblematic of Rio Tinto’s transformation in terms of what we mine and how we mine.
to ESG
As temporary custodians of the
land where we operate, we are
entrusted with accessing the
world’s essential materials and
making them available for
society’s use.
These resources are finite, and we have a
responsibility to find better ways to extract the
full value from them in the safest and most
sustainable way possible.
We know that responsibly managing our
business impacts is fundamental if we want to
continue to grow and deliver on our strategy.
Two of our core objectives are to strengthen
our social licence and achieve impeccable
credentials. As part of these commitments, we
align our business priorities with society’s
expectations and ensure sustainability
considerations are at the core of every
decision we make.
Our shareholders, employees and host
governments expect us to find better ways to
lower our impact, decarbonise our operations
and increase circularity, while contributing to a
positive legacy for the host communities and
countries where we operate.
And we have a big role to play in the world’s
transition to a low-carbon future. The materials
we produce are essential in many low-carbon
technologies. It also means we must deliver
our own decarbonisation, alongside investing
in research and development that enables our
customers to decarbonise more quickly.
To meet our goals, we are focusing on
developing the right mindset and culture,
encouraging our people to work together to
find new solutions and building partnerships
with those who share our ambition for a more
sustainable future.
Solar panel plant at Gudai-Darri, the Pilbara, Western Australia. See our 2023 Climate Change Report for further information about this project.
Our ESG
framework
We want to ensure all our
stakeholders benefit from the
success of our business. To do this,
our priorities and performance must
align with society’s expectations,
which are constantly evolving.
Each year we complete a materiality
assessment to understand what ESG issues
and topics matter most to, and have the
greatest impact on, our stakeholders and our
business. We gather information from internal
and external stakeholders via interviews,
surveys and reviews of publicly available
information. We ask them what is important
now and what they think will be important in five
to ten years. Some issues are identified as
higher materiality than others. Our ESG
framework describes how we manage and
report externally on these issues and how we
contribute to the United Nations Sustainable
Development Goals (UN SDGs).
The insights we gather through this process
guide our work towards achieving impeccable
ESG credentials and strengthening our social
licence. This includes providing people and
communities with economic opportunities;
safeguarding and promoting the health, wellbeing
and human rights of people and communities;
combating climate change; and being excellent
stewards of the natural resources entrusted to
us. Our commitment to running a transparent,
values-based, ethical business underpins all
our work.
| Environment | Social | Governance | |||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Low intensitymaterials | Environmentalstewardship | Mining & metalspractices | Heritage,culture &IndigenousPeoples | Human rights | Talent, diversity& inclusion | Health, safety &wellbeing | Supporting social & economic opportunity | Transparent,values-basedethicalbusiness | |
| Climate change | Watermanagement | Tailings &mineral wastemanagement | Cultural &heritage sitemanagement | Respectinghuman rights | Inclusion,diversity & equity | Health, safety &wellbeing | Local communityrelations | Business integrity& governance | |
| End-to-endmaterialsmanagement | Biodiversity &ecosystems | Closure, post-mining & land rehabilitation | Employment &talent retention | Pandemicresponse & public health | Impact oftechnology | ESGtransparency &disclosure | |||
| Future-proofassets | Industrialenvironmentimpacts | Businessperformance | |||||||
| Keyl Higher materialityl Medium materialityl Lower materiality | Risk management & cybersecurity | ||||||||
| Responsible tax & royalty payments | |||||||||
| Supply chain transparency | |||||||||
| Each material topic above appears under either the environment, social or governance theme to which it primarily relates. However, there is crossover among ESG themes, meaning some material topics can be relevant to two or even all three themes. Accordingly, we work with themes and topics holistically, not in silos. | |||||||||
To achieve impeccable ESG credentials,
we aim to:
–Provide people and communities with social
and economic opportunities so they can live
and grow sustainably.
–Play our role to advance a fair and socially
inclusive energy transition.
–Build a healthy, diverse and inclusive
workforce, support local communities to
achieve their goals and aspirations, and
deliver positive social outcomes.
–Decarbonise our operations (Scope 1
and 2) and our value chains (Scope 3) and
maximise the full value of our resources.
–Encourage circularity and provide critical
minerals that the world needs to advance.
–Minimise environmental and heritage
impacts and act as a responsible steward of
water and biodiversity, to strengthen our
resilience to a changing environment.
The UN SDGs
Our approach to ESG aligns with the UN SDGs,
which are recognised as the global blueprint for a
sustainable future. The SDGs are a useful
reference point to ensure we direct our efforts
where they can deliver the most impact and our
focus areas reflect society’s expectations. We
focus on goals that we feel are most relevant to
operating our business responsibly and where
we can have the biggest impact. Our two lead
goals are SDG 12 (responsible consumption and
production) and SDG 8 (decent work and
economic growth).
Our operations also contribute to eight
supporting SDGs (3, 4, 5, 6, 9, 10, 13 and 15),
while SDG 17 (partnerships for the goals)
reflects our approach to sustainability and is
fundamental to the way we run our business.
For more informationabout our approach to the UN SDGs see riotinto.com/sustainabilityapproach.
What is important now
Our internal and external stakeholders are
broadly aligned on the four highly material ESG
topics. Climate change is the most important
topic and includes greenhouse gas emissions
reduction, climate resilience and adaptation, and
just transition. Respecting human rights; cultural
and heritage site management; and health,
safety and wellbeing are the other three highly
material topics.
For our business, the safety and wellbeing of our
people remains our highest priority. Biodiversity
and ecosystems; business integrity and
governance; ESG transparency and disclosure;
inclusion, diversity and equity; local community
relations, tailings and mineral waste
management; and water management are also
material topics as we strive to build a sustainable
What will be important in the future
Our internal and external stakeholders feel that
climate change will only continue to increase in
importance over the next decade. Biodiversity
and ecosystems; the impact of technology;
respecting human rights; risk management and
cybersecurity; business integrity and
governance; supply chain transparency; and
end-to-end materials management will also
increase in importance.
Water management will continue to be an
extremely important topic in the future due to
the reliance of local communities and our
mining operations on this increasingly scarce
resource. Managing all these ESG topics well
will be integral to our social licence to operate
and the success of our business.
Reporting our performance
Our materiality assessment records the
threshold at which an issue or topic becomes
important enough for us to report on
externally. The importance of a topic is
based on the significance of its impact on
stakeholders. An ESG materiality assessment
differs from financial materiality, which may
use financial metrics or other quantitative
analyses to determine what would be
considered a significant or material impact.
As a member of ICMM, we commit to reporting
on our ESG performance against the Global
Reporting Initiative (GRI) standards and
implementing the ICMM Performance
Expectations (PEs). The ICMM Mining
Principles framework focuses on
the implementation of systems and practices
related to a broad range of ESG areas.
In 2022, all 29 Rio Tinto managed
operating and refining assets completed
a self-assessment against the ICMM PEs.
A self-assessment was also completed
for Rio Tinto Corporate. The criteria for
prioritising 26 of our 29 operating assets
for validation, within the three year cycle
(2023-2025), was also disclosed at this time.
In 2023, on-site third-party validations were
completed for 12 of our priority operating and
refining assets. The validation reports received
to date demonstrate a high level of alignment
between the self-assessment and validation
outcomes, with identification of relevant areas
for improvement. Information on the 2022 self-
assessment or 2023 validation results are
presented in the ICMM PE Summary tab in the
2023 Sustainability Fact Book. We have
continued to improve our reporting to meet
additional disclosure requirements, including
the ICMM Social and Economic Reporting
Framework (SERF). In 2023 we have
disclosed our performance against most of the
SERF indicators.
The majority of our ESG reporting is
incorporated into this Form 20-F and
supplemented by our 2023 Sustainability Fact
Book containing current and historical data on
topics including health, safety, environment,
climate, communities, human rights,
responsible sourcing, ICMM PEs
and transparency.
For more informationsee our 2023 Sustainability Fact Book at riotinto.com/sustainabilityreporting.
Governance and assurance
The Sustainability Committee oversees
strategies to manage social and environmental
risks, including management processes and
standards. The Committee reviews the
effectiveness of management policies and
procedures relating to safety, health,
employment practices (apart from
remuneration, which is the responsibility of
the People & Remuneration Committee),
relationships with neighbouring communities,
environment, security and human rights, land
access, political involvement and sustainable
development. Given its strategic significance,
climate change is overseen directly by
the Board.
For more informationabout our Sustainability Committee see pages 111-112.
This year, the Group’s auditor KPMG was
again engaged to provide the Directors of
Rio Tinto with assurance on selected
sustainability subject matters. KPMG’s limited
assurance statement satisfies the
requirements of subject matters 1 to 4 of the
ICMM assurance procedure.
For more informationabout our external auditors and internal assurance see page 109.
Non-financial and sustainability
information statement
The ESG section includes information required
by regulation in relation to:
–Environmental and climate matters,
including Task Force on Climate-related
Financial Disclosure (TCFD) disclosures
(pages 44-58).
–Our employees (pages 71-74).
–Social matters (pages 66-75).
–Human rights (page 75).
–Corruption and bribery (pages 76-77).
Other related information can be found here:
–Our business model (page 9).
–Material risks and how they are managed
(pages 80-88).
–Non-financial key performance indicators
(page 43).
Notes on data
The data summarised in this ESG section
relates to calendar years. Unless stated
otherwise, parameters are reported for all
managed operations without adjustment
for equity interests. Where possible, we
include data for operations acquired
before 1 October of the reporting period.
Divested operations are included in data
collection processes up until the transfer
of management control.
How we report
| Linking sustainability to purpose and strategy | l | l | |||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Materiality and material topics | l | ||||
| Climate change | l | l | l | ||
| Economic contribution | l | l | l | ||
| Human rights | l | l | l | ||
| Indigenous Peoples | l | l | |||
| Memberships and certifications | l | ||||
| Sustainability data and trends | l | ||||
Includes our Climate Change Reportand 2023 Addendum - Scope 1, 2 and 3 Emissions Calculation Methodology.
Includes our Taxes Paid Report and Country-by-Country Report.
Includes our Modern Slavery Statement and our Voluntary Principles on Security and Human Rights Report.
For more informationsee riotinto.com/sustainabilityreporting.
Our ESG framework continued
2023 performance against ESG targets
| Targets | 2023 performance |
|---|---|
| Reach zero fatalities and eliminate workplaceinjuries and catastrophic events. | Zero fatalities at managed operations(2022: 0 fatalities).–All-injury frequency rate (AIFR) at 0.37 (target: 0.40). (2022: 0.40).–1.53 million critical risk management (CRM) verifications. (2022: 1.37 million). |
| Have all of our businesses identify at least one critical health hazard material to their business and demonstrate a year-on-year reduction of exposure to that hazard. | 6 assets achieved an exposure reduction to known health risks(airborne contaminants and noise). (2022: 9 assets). |
| Reduce the rate of new occupational illnesses each year. | 27.15% increase in the rate of new occupational illnesses since 2022 |
| Reduce our absolute Scope 1 and 2 greenhouse gas emissions by 15% by 2025 and by 50% by 2030 (when compared to 2018 levels), and achieve net zero emissions from our operations by 2050.1 | 5.5% reduction in Scope 1 and 2 greenhouse gas emissions below our 2018 baseline(2022: 5.2%). |
| Disclose permitted surface water allocation volumes, annual allocation usage and the estimated surface water allocation catchment runoff from average annual rainfall for all managed operations by 2023.Achieve local water stewardship targets for selected sites by 2023. | 5 of the 7 water stewardship targets attained by 2023(2022: 5 of 7). For more information about individual water target performance in 2023, see pages 60-61. |
| Achieve our global Communities and Social Performance (CSP) targets by 2026:–Year-on-year increase in contestable spend sourced from suppliers local² to our operations. –All sites to co-manage cultural heritage with communities and knowledge holders by 2026.–70% of total social investment to be made through strategic, outcomes-focused partnerships by 2026. –All employees in high risk human rights roles to complete job-specific human rights training by 2024.–All employees to complete general human rights training by 2026. | –We sourced 16.8% of contestable spend from suppliers local to our operations. This was a 2.3% increase from 2022. Progress for each product group is included in the 2023 Sustainability Fact Book.–We independently assessed 25 assets against the cultural heritage co-management maturity framework with 8 assets performing at level 4 (integrated), 7 at level 3 (defined), 9 at level 2 (emerging) and 1 at level 1 (learning)3.–Outcome indicator framework and strategic partnering principles were developed and endorsed in 2023 with self-assessment and baseline data to be collected in 2024.–Our human rights team delivered 35 tailored training sessions, targeting 11 assets and 12 functional teams globally. We recorded 2,441 completions of our modern slavery e-learning module, representing 66% of employees and contractors4 in modern slavery high-risk roles. |
| Improve diversity5 in our business by:–Increasing women in the business (including in senior leadership6) each year.–Aiming for 50% women in our graduate intake.–Aiming for 30% of our graduate intake to be from places where we are developing new businesses. | –24.3% of our workforce were women, up 1.4% from 2022.–25% of executive leaders were women, no change from 2022.–30.1% of senior leadership were women, up 1.8% from 2022.–30.8% of Board roles were held by women, up 0.8% from 2022.–51.6% of our graduate intake were women, down 1.6% from 2022.–37.6% of our graduate intake were from places where we are developing new businesses7, up 1.6% from 2022. |
| Improve our employee engagement and satisfaction. | 1 point increase in our employee satisfaction score (eSAT8) since 2022 (from 73 to 74)(2022: 2 point increase). |
While we expect to have made financial commitments to abatement projects totalling more than 15% of our emissions by 2025, achieved emissions reductions will lag this.
We take a “site-centric” view of the definition of local, which allows operations to establish their own definition, based on a set of common principles. These principles require that each operation,
in defining “local” takes into consideration its geographic, social and economic area of impact as well as ownership. For example, suppliers located within the Pilbara region of Western Australia
are defined as “local” for Rio Tinto Iron Ore’s Pilbara Operations. This approach is consistent with international best practice and aligns with the ICMM Social and Economic Reporting Framework
guidance.
- The cultural heritage co-management maturity framework sets out a maturity model consisting of five levels of maturity – from "learning the practice" to "leading practice". There are six categories
against which a site will be evaluated to determine its level of maturity, covering various aspects of cultural heritage management.
Contractors refers to category 1, 2 and 3 contractors.
From 2021, the definition used to calculate diversity was changed to include people not available for work, and contractors (those engaged on temporary contracts to provide services under the
direction of Rio Tinto leaders), excluding project contractors.
We define senior leadership as Managing Directors, General Managers, Group Advisers and Chief Advisors.
Identifying with a nationality is not mandatory. More than 48% of our graduates have not formally reported a nationality.
eSAT (Employee Satisfaction) is a measure of “how happy an employee is to work at Rio Tinto”. It is calculated by averaging the responses on a 1-7 scale and expressing this out of 100.
| Environmental performance | Our purpose is to find better ways to provide the materials the world needs. The low-carbon transition is at the heart of our business strategy: we are focusing on growing production of the materials essential for the energy transition; decarbonising our operations; and partnering with our customers and suppliers to decarbonise our value chains. |
|---|
Climate change
Our operational emissions targets are
ambitious - to reduce emissions by 15% by
2025 and 50% by 2030 relative to 2018 levels,
reaching net zero by 2050. Our targets cover
more than 95% ofour reported Scope 1 and 2
emissions and are aligned with 1.5°C
pathways. We adjust our baseline to exclude
reductions achieved by divesting assets and
to account for acquisitions.
Our definition of net zero applies to our
operational (Scope 1 and 2) emissions on an
equity basis. To reach net zero we will need to
decarbonise our operations as far as
technically and commercially practical, and
address all the remaining emissions with
carbon dioxide removals from the atmosphere
and long-term storage.
To tackle our Scope 3 emissions across our
value chains we are committed to helping our
customers and suppliers achieve their targets
a decade earlier - reaching net zero by 2050.
In particular, we continue to work with our
customers to develop and scale up the
technologies to decarbonise steel and
aluminium production.
In this section, we comply with the
requirements of Listing Rule 9.8.6(8)R by
including climate-related financial disclosures
consistent with the Task Force on Climate-
related Financial Disclosures (TCFD)
recommendations and recommended
disclosures.
In determining our compliance with all
11 of the TCFD recommendations and
recommended disclosures, we have
considered both Section C of the TCFD Annex
entitled “Guidance for All Sectors”
and Section E of the TCFD Annex entitled
“Supplemental Guidance for Non-Financial
Groups”. The climate-related financial
disclosures made within this section
also comply with the requirements of
the Companies Act 2006 as amended
by the Companies (Strategic Report) (Climate-
related Financial Disclosure)
Regulations 2022.
Climate change matters are also integrated
into other parts of this report, such as the key
performance indicators (KPIs), material risks,
and notes to the financial statements.
Progress on our Climate Action Plan (CAP) is
material to the successful implementation of
our Group strategy. This is summarised in the
metrics and targets area of this climate
change section. For supplementary
information, please see our 2023 Climate
Change Report and 2023 Sustainability Fact
Book. We will continually enhance our climate
reporting in response to emerging standards
and requirements set by the International
Sustainability Standards Board and
national regulators.
“Many 1.5°C climate change
scenarios rely on significant
deployment of carbon
dioxide removals to get to
net zero, which may not be
realistic. No single company
or country can halt the
course of climate change
alone, so partnering to
reduce emissions is vital.”
Environmental monitoring. Kennecott, US
Climate-related governance A)Describe the board’s oversight of climate-related risks and opportunitiesB)Describe management’s role in assessing and managing climate-related risks and opportunities
| Board, committee and management structure related to climate change | Summary of 2023 activities | |
|---|---|---|
| The Board | ||
| Direct and monitor | Climate change is a material and strategic topic for our business and is part of ongoing discussion and analysis at the most senior levels of management and the Board. It is also an important topic when the Board and Executive Committee engage with investors and civil society organisations. The Board approves our overall strategy, policy positions and climate disclosures within this report and the Climate Change Report. The Board set the 2025, 2030 and 2050 emissions targets, and monitors performance against targets and operational resilience. The Chair of the Board is responsible for our overall approach to climate change. The Board delegates specific responsibilities to Board committees and the Chief Executive. Climate change and the low-carbon transition are routinely on the Board’s agenda, including as part of strategy discussions, risk management, financial reporting and executive remuneration. The Board considers climate-related matters as we develop and implement our strategy and make investment decisions. The low-carbon transition is at the heart of our business strategy and aligned with our four objectives. For additional information, see our Strategic context and Our strategy sections on pages 14-16. | –Held dedicated meetings to focus on decarbonisation including large-scale renewable projects and repowering our Pacific Aluminium Operations.–Reaffirmed our strategy and engaged with investors and civil society organisations following the publication of our 2022 Climate Change Report.–Approved the 2022 Climate Change Report and climate-related disclosures in the 2022 Annual Report notes to the financial statements. |
| For more information on the Board, their activities, and composition see pages 92-104. | ||
| Sustainability CommitteeThe Sustainability Committee maintains oversight of key sustainability areas that may be impacted by climate change, such as biodiversity and water. This includes assessing the effectiveness of associated controls and ensuring the operational-level resilience of the Group. | –Received and discussed the following reports: Physical resilience to climate change, Boron water control framework follow-up, Environment performance and maturity update, and Proposed approach to nature commitments. | |
| For more information see pages 111-112. | ||
| Inform and report | Audit & Risk CommitteeThe Audit & Risk Committee addresses how climate issues (such as climate policy and our scenarios) impact the financial statements. The committee review all material accounting estimates and judgements relating to financial reporting, including those where climate issues are relevant and also appoint the external auditors, who assure greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions and ensure the effectiveness of the risk management framework. | –Reviewed and approved material climate-related accounting estimates and judgements relating to financial reporting.–Considered the relevance of climate-related risks when preparing and approving the Group’s Annual Report. |
| For more information see page 107-110. | ||
| People & Remuneration CommitteeThe People & Remuneration Committee ensures the Group’s remuneration structure and policies include climate-related performance metrics and reward individual executives fairly and responsibly. | –Assessed the annual executive performance against climate metrics and approved incentives and remuneration revisions related to the way climate change is incorporated into incentives. | |
| For more information see page 113-145. | ||
| Management role | ||
| Investment CommitteeThe Investment Committee reviews and approves the Group’s capital expenditure in relation to abatement projects and climate change research and development. Decarbonisation investment decisions are made under a dedicated evaluation framework which considers the value of the investment and impact on cost base, the level of abatement, the maturity of the technology, the competitiveness of the asset and its policy context and alternative options on the pathway to net zero. Projects are also assessed against our approach to a just transition, with consideration to the impact on employees, local communities and industry. | ||
| Chief Executive and Executive CommitteeThe Chief Executive is responsible for delivering the CAP, as approved by the Board, with the Executive Committee supporting this role. Risk management, portfolio reviews, capital investments, annual financial planning and our approach to government engagement integrate our approach to climate change and emissions targets. The annual plan process focuses on the short-term (up to two years). The new growth and decarbonisation strategy is part of the medium term planning process. The Chief Executive leads the strategy process with the Executive Committee each year and, in 2023, reaffirmed the decision to put the low-carbon transition at the heart of our business strategy. Remuneration: Our Chief Executive’s performance objectives in the short-term incentive plan (STIP) includes delivery of the Group’s strategy on climate change. These are cascaded down into the annual objectives of relevant members of the Executive Committee, including the Chief Technical Officer, and other members of senior management. Decarbonisation is also included as a performance measure in the long-term incentive plan (LTIP). See pages 119-141 for our Remuneration Policy, 2023 outcomes, and the incorporation of climate-related measures in the LTIP and STIP. | ||
| Energy and Climate TeamIn 2022, we established a central team, Rio Tinto Energy and Climate (RTEC), to deliver progress on our CAP. This is led by the Chief Decarbonisation Officer, who reports to the Chief Technical Officer and is accountable for all aspects of the CAP. The RTEC team is structured according to the 6+1 programs that drive decarbonisation across our operations. Two additional teams complete the RTEC organisation: a Decarbonisation Office that monitors and forecasts GHG emissions, tracks investment decisions and coordinates our approach to physical climate risks; and a Climate Policy and Advocacy team. Rio Tinto Commercial drives the approach to Scope 3 emissions, given its responsibility for procurement, shipping and sales to our customers. The Decarbonisation Office prepares a quarterly progress report for the Executive Committee, which includes operational emissions and progress on abatement projects across the 6+1 programs and other areas of our CAP. | ||
Climate-related strategy and risk management
Strategy A)Describe the climate-related risks* and opportunities the organisation has identified over the short, medium, and long term. B)Describe the impact of climate-related risks and opportunities on the organisation’s businesses, strategy and financial planning. C)Describe the resilience of the organisation’s strategy, taking into consideration different climate-related scenarios, including a 2°C or lower scenario. Risk management A)Describe the organisation’s processes for identifying and assessing climate-related risks. B)Describe the organisation’s processes for managing climate-related risks. C)Describe how processes for identifying, assessing, and managing climate-related risks are integrated into the organisation’s overall risk management. *We typically refer to risks as both threats and opportunities, but follow TCFD wording in this section.
Our quantification and assessment of climate-
related risks and opportunities is embedded
within our Group risk management framework.
This includes six core elements that are
continually reviewed to ensure that we are
effectively managing current risks and preparing
for emerging risks.
In 2022, we launched the physical resilience
program which included a climate risk and
resilience assessment methodology. This
guideline provides our assets and product
groups with a bottom-up assessment
framework to quantify physical climate risk and
focuses on the following:
–Climate modelling assumptions: to guide
the selection of future emission scenarios
and time horizons to support bottom-up risk
assessment and analyses.
–A risk assessment process: to identify and
evaluate climate-related risks and
–A risk management framework: to plan and
implement risk responses, communicate
risks with stakeholders and maintain and
update risk information.
Our three lines of defence provide assurance
that risks are effectively managed in line with
our policies, standards and procedures. While
risk management is the accountability of our
leaders, all employees are empowered to
identify and manage risks at the point that they
arise in their business. For further detail
regarding the Group risk management
process, the risk factors of the Group and how
ESG has been incorporated into these, see
pages 78-88.
We use scenarios to identify and assess the
climate-related risks and opportunities impacting
our business in the, medium and long term. We
use market analysis for our short-term outlook
rather than the scenarios which provide a longer
term view out to 2050. For climate change
planning purposes, we define short term as up to
two years, medium term as two to ten years and
long term as beyond ten years.
Our short-term time frame aligns with our annual
planning process. The medium-term time frame
aligns to extended planning horizons that align
with our growth projects and emissions
abatement projects. Our long-term time frame
considers the full lifespan of our mining assets
and infrastructure, the long-term extent of our
operations, and the continued impact climate
risks and opportunities are expected to have on
the business.
Low-carbon transition
strategy and risk
management
Through our Group risk assessment process
and climate scenario analysis, it is evident that
the low-carbon transition poses numerous
transitional risks and opportunities for
our business.
Based on our analysis of these risks and
opportunities, their impact on the Group, and the
role played in the transition, we have identified
numerous transition-related material risks and
associated opportunities that have been
incorporated into our Group risk strategy.
The materiality, and subsequent prioritisation, of
each risk has been calculated through assessing
the likelihood of an impact occurring as well as
the effect this would have on the Group’s free
cash flow or business value.
The Group’s climate change and the low-carbon
transition uncertainties, based on our risk
management process, have been assessed
through the following material risks:
- Preparing our Iron Ore business to meet the
demand for green steel.
- Building trusted relationships
with communities.
- Minimising our impact on the environments
we work in and building resilience to
changes in those environments, including
climate change and natural disasters.
Delivering on our growth projects.
Achieving our decarbonisation targets
competitively.
- Conducting our business with integrity,
complying with all laws, regulations,
and obligations.
See pages 82-88 where we have highlighted
the key regions impacted by these risks, our
risk management responses, and the relevant
groups with oversight of each process.
The numerous risks and opportunities
resulting from the low-carbon transition affect
our portfolio in a variety of ways. The table on
page 48 provides an overview of the varying
impacts that the low-carbon transition has on
our overall portfolio.
For more informationon financial reporting considerations and sensitivities related to climate change and the low-carbon transition, see the notes to our financial statements on pages 162-165.
Capital allocation and
investment framework
Decarbonisation investment is derived from
the Group’s capital allocation framework and
aligned to our 2025 and 2030 Scope 1 and 2
emissions targets.
Our target to reduce emissions by 50% by 2030
relative to 2018 levels remains unchanged.
However, we now believe that achieving this will
require less capital investment and more
operating expenditure. We originally estimated
that approximately 3GW of renewable power
would be needed to decarbonise our operations
in the Pilbara - 1GW to replace gas-fired power
generation and 2GW to decarbonise our diesel-
based fleets. Carbon reduction from economically
viable, large-scale fleet electrification has always
been expected post-2030, however delays in the
availability of this technology mean that we now
do not expect to invest in the same scale of
Pilbara renewables pre-2030. We remain
committed to developing 1GW of renewable
energy capacity in the Pilbara, however, we now
estimate that 600 to 700MW capacity is required
by 2030.
To accelerate our emissions abatement, we will
take advantage of commercial solutions that can
be ready in the market this decade and avoid
lengthy project development schedules.
Therefore, although our 2030 emissions target
remains unchanged, we now believe that this can
be met with $5bn-$6bn of capital investment,
down from previous guidance of $7.5bn. This
excludes capitalised RECs, voluntary offsets and
compliance offset costs.
The table below shows capital and operational
expenditure on decarbonisation. Group figures
have been disclosed on page 173-174 and 184.
Decarbonisation expenditure
Capital expenditure on abatement projects
$94m
(2022: $86m)
Carbon credits and renewable energy
certificates (RECs) (intangible assets)
$61m
(2022: $33m)
Operational expenditure
$234m
(2022: $138m)
Investments
$36m
(2022: $42m)1
- Our 2022 figures have been restated to include Office of
Chief Scientist and battery material investments.
Climate change scenarios
Our scenario approach is reviewed every year
as part of our Group strategy engagement with
the Board. We have not fundamentally
changed the scenarios presented in 2022 or
the analysis undertaken in early 2023 to
evaluate the resilience of our business under
different transition-related scenarios. Our
scenario framework focuses on two prevailing
macro-level business concerns: the rate of
global economic growth and the pace of
climate action, each heavily influenced by
global geopolitics and governance. Our two
core scenarios (Competitive Leadership and
Fragmented Leadership) are used to generate
a central reference case for commodity
forecasts and valuations. Additional scenarios
(including our Aspirational Leadership
scenario) are used to further evaluate the
positive and negative effects of the energy
transition across our portfolio and stress test
investment decisions. We have designed our
Aspirational Leadership scenario with the aim
or reaching net zero by 2050, to help us better
understand the world on a 1.5°C pathway and
what this would mean for our business.
We do not undertake climate modelling
ourselves, but determine the approximate
temperature outcomes in 2100 by comparing
the emissions pathways to 2050 in each of our
scenarios with the Shared Socio-economic
Pathways (SSP) set out in the
Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change
(IPCC) Sixth Assessment Report. We also
consider the carbon budgets associated with
different temperature outcomes. The
emissions pathway of Aspirational Leadership
is most closely aligned with the IPCC’s shared
socio-economic pathway 1 (SSP1-1.9) with
emissions reaching net zero by 2050, which
limits warming to 1.5°C. The emissions
pathway in Competitive Leadership limits the
global temperature increase to 1.6-2.0°C
(SSP1-2.6). Fragmented Leadership’s
emissions pathway is between SSP1-2.6 and
SSP2-4.5, so the global temperature increase
is less than 2.5°C by 2100. For physical risk,
we also use the IPCC’s highest emissions
scenario (SSP5-8.5) in our bottom-up asset-
level physical risk and resilience assessments
and other scenarios for our financial risk
modelling (see page 163 for more
information). So, when assessing risks and
opportunities to the business we use a 1.5°C-
aligned scenario to assess a fast low-carbon
transition and we use the highest emissions
and high temperature outcome scenario
(SSP5-8.5) to assess physical climate risks.
While there are many uncertainties about how
a changing climate may negatively affect
gross domestic product (GDP) growth,
physical impacts of climate change are
integrated into the GDP growth assumptions in
our three scenarios. These are most
significant in Fragmented Leadership and
least significant in Aspirational Leadership.
| Aspirational Leadership | Competitive Leadership | Fragmented Leadership |
|---|---|---|
| Aspirational Leadership reflects our view of a world of high growth, significant social change and accelerated climate action with all countries setting new Nationally Determined Contributions (NDCs) that collectively achieve net zero emissions by mid-century. We believe that despite geopolitical differences, major economies tend to work together through multilateral frameworks and proactively work towards limiting temperature change to 1.5°C by 2100. While there may be temperature overshoot in many 1.5°C scenarios, there is limited risk of this in Aspirational Leadership. Although Aspirational and Competitive Leadership share similar GDP growth, higher carbon prices under Aspirational Leadership result in lower global emissions. | Competitive Leadership reflects a world of high growth and strong climate action post-2030, with change driven by policy and competitive innovation. A proactive reform environment encourages stronger business innovation, higher investment and improved productivity. This allows global GDP to continue growing at close to recent historical levels with a growing contribution from India and other developing countries. Carbon emissions are slightly higher than those in Fragmented Leadership by 2030 due to increased GDP growth. However, these decline over time as carbon prices continue to rise post-2030. Nations drive toward achieving their Glasgow Climate Pact commitments, resulting in global GHG emissions falling from 54Gt CO2e today to 21Gt in 2050. | Fragmented Leadership is characterised by limited progress on policy reform with volatile low growth. The business environment is defined by weak final demand and greater uncertainty, and requires close ties with governments to manage risk. It is a world defined by geopolitical and domestic tensions, spurred by populist agendas that offer leaders little opportunity to build consensus around reform and environmental agendas. Nations eventually achieve their 2030 NDCs as agreed in Paris in 2015, but abandon further progress resulting in flat global emissions post-2030. Carbon prices track alongside Competitive Leadership levels until 2030, but remain constant subsequent to this, resulting in increased global emissions. |
| Key scenario metrics1 · Aspirational Leadership · Competitive Leadership · Fragmented Leadership | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Global temperature outcome in 2100 | 1.5°C | 1.6-2.0°C | 2.1-2.5°C | |||
| 2030 Outcome | 2021-2050 CAGR | 2030 Outcome | 2021-2050 CAGR | 2030 Outcome | 2021-2050 CAGR | |
| Global average carbon prices in 2030, (2021 US$/t CO2e) | 59 | 9% | 42 | 8% | 42 | 3% |
| Global emissions, Gt CO2e | 40 | -11%2 | 50 | -4% | 50 | -1% |
| Global energy demand, mtoe | 10,500 | 0.3% | 11,000 | 1% | 10,300 | 0.2% |
| Global GDP growth (PPP), % | 4% | 4% | 4% | 4% | 3% | 2% |
| Energy intensity of global GDP, toe/$1,000 2015 PPP | 0.1 | -3% | 0.1 | -3% | 0.1 | -2% |
| Carbon intensity of total energy, gCO2/MJ | 40 | -13% | 45 | -5% | 45 | -2% |
| Global energy from electricity, mtoe | 2,900 | 4% | 2,900 | 4% | 2,700 | 2% |
| Global wind and solar capacity, GW | 9,800 | 11% | 7,500 | 10% | 5,700 | 7% |
| EV penetration by 2030 (%)3 | 70 | 11% | 60 | 10% | 40 | 10% |
| Finished steel demand (relative to 2021) | >110 | 1% | >110 | 1% | <100 | –% |
| Aluminium demand (relative to 2021) | >130 | 2% | >130 | 2% | >120 | 1% |
| Copper demand (relative to 2021) | >150 | 3% | >150 | 3% | >130 | 2% |
- These metrics have been extracted from our scenarios modelling and have been rounded to avoid the impression that they are precise predictions. Mtoe = Million tonnes of oil equivalent, PPP =
purchasing power parity.
2.11% p.a. decline in CO 2 emissions based on 2021-49 period in net zero pathway (by 2050), emissions in 2030 are highest in Competitive Leadership due to high GDP growth.
3.2021-50 compound annual growth rate (CAGR) based on global electric vehicle (EV) sales.
Our overall portfolio risks and opportunities in the low-carbon transition
Key
| Aspirational Leadership | Competitive Leadership | Fragmented Leadership | ||
| Iron Ore | Short term: There is limited transition risk or opportunity to the Iron Ore business in the short term as the impacts of carbon pricing regulation is relatively low. Slow transition in the steel sector towards low-carbon technology limits risk to Pilbara operations. GDP growth has a stronger influence on iron ore price than climate change policy | |||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Lower medium-term demand versus Competitive Leadership due to higher scrap-use affecting Pilbara products (recovers post 2040) | Strong global GDP growth and continued urbanisation support iron ore demand including for Pilbara products | Slowdown in China and global GDP growth erode demand, creating margin pressure across the portfolio | ||
| Large increases in carbon pricing and penalties drive demand for high-grade iron ore supporting Simandou and Iron Ore Company of Canada (IOC) | Stronger customer preference for Simandou and IOC ores for lower-carbon traditional and emerging steelmaking | Smaller regional increases in carbon prices relative to the other scenarios help preserve longer-term margins for low-cost, Tier 1 Pilbara ores | ||
| Aluminium | Short term: Current carbon pricing regulation raises operational costs for carbon intensive assets, notably our refineries and smelters in Eastern Australia. Limited transition related short-term demand growth for aluminium | |||
| Higher carbon penalties put pressure on emissions intensive refining and smelting operations | Competition to secure large-scale firmed renewable electricity to repower coal-based Pacific Aluminium Operations | China slowdown and production cap on primary aluminium reduce demand for seaborne bauxite | ||
| Strong GDP growth and EV penetration support demand with value upside for hydro-based smelters (more pronounced in Aspirational Leadership) | Slowing demand and low-carbon penalties greatly reduce value upside of ELYSISTM and hydro-based smelters | |||
| Higher carbon penalties support ELYSIS™, hydro-based smelting assets in Quebec and repowering projects in Australia | ||||
| Copper | Short term: limited risk of carbon pricing regulation on copper operations given their location in the US, Mongolia and Chile. Some transition related short-term demand growth for copper given increasing electrification energy system | |||
| Strong GDP growth and accelerated EV penetration and global electrification (backed by renewable electricity) support demand growth and margins across the portfolio | Lower demand growth and poor carbon policy reduce margins and upside for low-carbon smelting and refining (Kennecott and Escondida) | |||
| Pressure to meet rapid demand growth supports growth projects (and NutonTM) if they satisfy environmental and social requirements | ||||
| Environmental and social approval hurdles for new projects including Resolution Copper and La Granja | Geopolitical tensions could reduce joint venture partnership opportunities and create potential engineering, procurement and construction and logistical issues | |||
| Minerals | Short term: Potential for carbon penalties to raise operational costs for emissions intensive minerals operations in Canada and South Africa. Some transition-related short-term demand growth for minerals that support electrification | |||
| Accelerated uptake of EVs and battery storage solutions supports growth projects (Rincon and Tamarack joint venture) | Strong outlook for battery materials but international competition for greenfield and mergers and acquisitions opportunities limit growth options | Reduced battery material growth opportunities but resilience from operating high-grade TiO2 assets | ||
| Increasing ESG scrutiny of new projects and more stringent regulations | Supply disruption risks and volatility bolster demand for precious metal and critical mineral by-products | |||
| Potential for carbon penalties to raise operational costs for emissions intensive downstream processing of TiO2 and battery materials | ||||
Our approach: decarbonisation
and producing materials needed
for the low-carbon transition
The energy transition is a key driver of
commodity demand today and will continue to be
so over the next two decades. This will come on
top of the demand growth from continued
urbanisation and industrialisation (particularly in
emerging economies) and it will trigger a new
phase of demand growth in developed
economies, which have faced saturating demand
over the past two decades.
While the low-carbon transition is expected to
create additional demand for our commodities
(and therefore an opportunity to provide transition
materials), the outlook for demand varies
significantly between our scenarios as a function
of GDP growth, technology uptake, and scrap
supply and use. Different demand trajectories,
combined with industry supply responses and
global carbon policy evolution, determine the
market prices for our three major commodities
and implications for our Group-level and asset
valuations.
We aim to invest in quality assets that give
robust returns under our scenarios, creating a
resilient portfolio with a significant upside to
the energy transition. We have continued to
invest in our copper portfolio through
traditional assets such as Oyu Tolgoi and
Kennecott, as well as early-stage application
of our Nuton TM copper leaching technology.
In aluminium, we continue to develop
emissions-free smelting technology with
ELYSIS™ trials. Significant further research
and development is needed, including to scale
up the technology towards larger commercial-
sized cells, before the broader implementation
of ELYSIS™ is possible. For this reason, we
do not expect this new technology to achieve
emissions abatement across our smelters
before 2030.
We believe that global iron ore demand will
remain strong with a premium on higher grade
ore needed for the production of green steel in
Direct Reduction Iron-Electric Arc Furnace
(DRI-EAF) steel processing. This includes the
higher grade ores from the IOC and our
Simandou project. Demand for these ores
increases in our Aspirational Leadership and
Competitive Leadership scenarios.
In other commodities, we are evaluating a
range of opportunities to produce lithium as
well as making demonstrable progress on
various critical mineral developments that are
essential for the energy transition.
The pace of technological development is
uncertain, which could delay or increase the
cost of our decarbonisation efforts as well as
the ability to fully capitalise on transition
For additional information on the resilience of
our portfolio, see page 163.
| Short term (less than 2 years) | Medium term (2-10 years) | Medium and long term | Long term (beyond 10 years) | No risk |
|---|
| High opportunity | Moderate opportunity | Moderate risk | High risk |
|---|
Physical climate risk
and resilience
Our business and wider value chain
experience a range of impacts associated with
extreme weather. As the climate continues to
change, so will the frequency and magnitude
of events and impacts associated with
extreme events. Proactive risk management is
crucial for us to operate safely, productively,
and profitably, well into the future.
Physical climate risk refers to the adverse
impacts that arise from extreme weather
and changes in climatic conditions and are
typically categorised into two main types:
–Acute climate risks involve sudden and
extreme events that can lead to rapid and
severe impacts. Examples include tropical
cyclones, wildfires, heatwaves, extreme
rainfall, flooding and hail. Acute risks can
disrupt operations, damage infrastructure,
impact our people and communities, and
result in production downtime and increased
operational costs.
–Chronic climate risks manifest gradually
over time, encompassing challenges such
as rising sea levels, increasing air
temperatures, and longer-term changes in
precipitation patterns. Chronic risks are
characterised by a slower onset and
progression, requiring longer-term
adaptation strategies and planning. Chronic
risks can result in reduced resource
availability, increased costs (such as water
and energy), impacts on productivity and
health and wellbeing of our workforce, and
can potentially affect supply
chain resilience.
The combination of these two types of climate
risk can lead to a compound extreme (such as
a landfalling tropical cyclone coupled with
higher sea levels) and can accentuate related
impacts.
Building resilience to a changing climate
means having the capacity to anticipate, adapt
to, and recover from the impacts of extreme
weather events, ensuring the long-term
viability of our assets, our people and
communities, and broader value chains.
Our strategy and approach
Taking and managing risk responsibly is
essential to operating and growing our
business safely, effectively, and sustainably.
Enhancing our resilience to physical
climate risk is an important component
of our approach to climate change and
is embedded within our risk management
and internal controls framework. Our approach
to physical climate risk and resilience is
centred around four pillars that guide our risk
management and work on adaptation, and is
summarised below.
| Weather/climate analytics and insights | –Short (days) and medium (weeks-months) term: weather forecasting, climate outlooks and natural catastrophe models.–Long term (decades): downscaled latest-generation global climate models considering a range of future emission scenarios and time horizons.–Location information: exposure and vulnerability. | Scope (physical and financial) | ||
| Physical risk and resilience assessment | –Identify: determine location-specific physical climate risks (threats and opportunities) considering present-day and short, medium and long-term time horizons and multiple emission scenarios.–Evaluate: assess identified risks in terms of their potential consequence (financial and non-financial) and likelihood.–Prioritise: prioritise risks based on materiality. | |||
| Top-downassessmentGroup-wide | Bottom-up assessmentAsset level | |||
| Resilience planning and adaptation | –Options: explore and identify the most appropriate resilience and adaptation measures to mitigate risk.–Consider: cost-benefit, principles of adaptive management, modularity and long-term sustainability.–Prioritise: critical and high-impact measures for implementation.–Decide and implement: decide and implement adaptation measures. | |||
| Monitoring and evaluation | –Accountability: clearly define roles and responsibilities. –Metrics: evaluate performance against established metrics and indicators to assess success and impact.–Review: revisit this approach regularly, or if there is a material change to the economic, social, environmental, or physical context of the subject/risk. | OperationsEnvironmentPeople CommunitySupply chain | ||
Weather/climate analytics and insights
We use the latest-generation weather and climate data products to gain quantitative insights into short, medium and long-term weather and climate
risks. The strategic implementation of these advanced tools help manage physical climate risks proactively across our geographically diverse sites
and supply chains. Across the Group, we utilise the following tools, the combination of which cater for time horizons and weather and climate risks
from hours in the future (operational resilience and short-term decision-making) to decades (long-term strategic and scenario planning).
| Product | Time horizon | Variables | Detail and use |
|---|---|---|---|
| Weather forecasts | Short term: hours to days | Atmospheric conditions: temperature, precipitation, wind | Weather and severe weather forecasts used at site-level to inform short-term operational planning and trigger emergency response planning. |
| Severe weather forecasts | Short term: hours to days | Extreme events: storms, tropical cyclones, flash floods, hail, lightning | |
| Climate outlooks | Short term: weeks to months | Atmospheric conditions (rainfall outlooks) and extreme events (tropical cyclone outlooks) | Climate outlooks inform operational mine planning and bolster operational resilience and rainy season preparations across our portfolio. |
| Catastrophe modelling | Short, medium and long term (years to decades) | Extreme events: tropical cyclone, flood | Modelling to estimate potential financial losses and damages that can result from extreme climate events like tropical cyclones and floods. |
| Climate change projections | Long term: decades | Atmospheric, climatic, oceanic and extreme events | Long-term projections of how acute and chronic hazards may change in the future. Projections are used to inform our asset-level and Global Industry Standard on Tailings Management (GISTM) physical risk and resilience assessments, operations, closure planning and execution, exploration, projects, mine water management, and Group finance and insurance. |
Climate change projections are available
for every site in our portfolio (including
non-managed assets). Downscaled climate
change projections are available for over 60
climate change variables and future emission
scenarios from the IPCC Coupled Model
Intercomparison Project 5 and 6 (CMIP5 and
CMIP6). We have completed flood risk
modelling for 100% of our managed and non-
managed assets considering three future
emission scenarios and time horizons
spanning present-day, medium and
long-term time horizons.
Physical risk and resilience
assessment
Our approach to quantifying and assessing
physical risk (threats) and resilience is both
targeted and systematic, spanning from
individual assets (bottom-up) to the Group
level (top-down). We first identify climate risks
and opportunities across varying and
applicable time horizons (present day/short
term, medium and long term) and emission
scenarios. Next, we evaluate their potential
financial and non-financial consequences and
likelihood and we prioritise these risks by
materiality for effective risk management and
appropriate resource allocation. This process
is integrated within the Rio Tinto Risk
Management Information System. The scope
of our assessments includes our operations
and the environments in which we operate,
our people, the communities that host us, and
our supply chain.
Resilience planning and adaptation
Each site, operating context and location is
unique. Our resilience planning identifies the
most appropriate resilience measures to
manage climate risks and adapt to them.
This can explore multiple options, weighing up
cost-benefit, alongside principles of adaptive
management, modularity and sustainability. An
investment decision is comprehensively
evaluated before funding approval. This
includes prioritising projects and engaging key
stakeholders to seek alignment on the
investment and its implementation.
Monitoring and evaluation
Risks are actively and regularly monitored with
clearly defined roles and responsibilities.
Adaptation is a continuous and evolving
process and we continually evaluate the
latest-generation of climate change data and
emerging technologies to assess the risk
profile of our assets and infrastructure over
time. Where a material change to the
economic, social, environmental or physical
context of the risk has been identified, the
assessment process is revisited.
Physical climate risks and impacts
Combining climate insights with a top-down
assessment, we have identified eight
Group-level material physical climate risks.
Identifying and evaluating our most material
challenges and significant risks empowers us
to implement targeted controls, adaptation
strategies and risk management plans, to
safeguard our business and ensure a safe,
profitable and productive operation in a rapidly
changing climate.
While the emergence of climate-related risks
varies in response to the evolving nature
of the underlying hazards, many of these risks
could manifest today. For example,
an extreme heat event could impact the
health, safety and productivity of our workforce
in the short term. However, increases in future
temperature means that risks may become
more material. The summary table on page 51
takes into account both the short-term risk that
could emerge during current operations as
well as the long-term risk associated with
climate change.
| Key | l | Short term (0-2 years) | l | Medium term(2-10 years) | l | Long term(10+ years) |
|---|
| Risk, impact and time horizon | Environmental triggers | Risk management |
|---|---|---|
| Tailings storage facility (TSF) containment breach/failure due to geotechnical instability or significant erosion event | Extreme rainfall, flooding | Our facilities comply with local laws and regulations and have risk management protocols in place, including a Group safety standard for tailings and water storage facilities. We regularly update this standard and undergo internal and external assurance checks. Our operational TSFs have, or are developing, tailings response plans and follow strict business resilience and communications protocols. In accordance with the relevant climate change requirements from the GISTM, all TSFs will conduct a climate change resilience assessment by August 2025. |
| Water shortages, supply and availability impacting operations and production, water treatment and environmental compliance, dust control and community relations | Rainfall, temperature | We use a water risk framework to identify, assess and manage water risks across our portfolio of managed operations. For more information on the water risk framework, see page 59. The framework covers four themes, one of which relates to water supply (water resource). The supply theme requires us to consider whether sufficient water is available to supply both our operational demands and the demands of other stakeholders within the broader catchment, under the range of conditions that are likely to occur over the asset's life. We apply rigorous standards and processes to ensure effective controls are in place at all sites. This includes our Group water quality protection and water management standard, and a standardised Group water management control library which describes all controls identified to manage our water risks. Asset-specific climate change risk and resilience assessments further enable continued improvement of water risk management over time. |
| Damage to critical coastal infrastructure (shipping berths, ship loaders, stackers/reclaimers, conveyors) resulting in operational and supply chain disruption | Tropical cyclone/storm, wind, storm surge | Our coastal infrastructure is designed to withstand the wind loading and other impacts associated with extreme events, including severe tropical cyclones. Established business resilience management plans offer frameworks for response, continuity, and recovery in the event of a natural catastrophe scenario, aiming to minimise damage and resume operations swiftly. Our engineering risk assessment program, including asset-level critical risk assessments, considers natural catastrophe modelling and associated risks, if appropriate. |
| Damage and outages of critical electrical (motors, generators, cooling systems) and power (substations, transformers, transmission lines) infrastructure | Tropical cyclone/storm, extreme rainfall, flooding, extreme temperatures, lightning | Electrical and power infrastructure is designed in accordance with local engineering and design standards and internal electrical safety standards and is considered in our asset-specific climate change risk and resilience assessments. Flood risk modelling (surface water, riverine and coastal inundation) incorporating future climate change projections has been completed across our portfolio of managed and non-managed operations. |
| Damage to critical mining and production infrastructure (eg fixed plant, conveyors) resulting in operational disruption | Tropical cyclone/storm, extreme rainfall and/or flooding | Critical mining and production infrastructure is designed in accordance with local engineering and design standards and are considered in our asset-specific climate change risk and resilience assessments. Assets located in tropical cyclone-affected regions have appropriate controls to minimise damage and operational downtime. Flood risk modelling (surface water, riverine and coastal inundation) incorporating future climate change projections has been completed across our portfolio of managed and non-managed operations. |
| Health and safety and productivity of workforce | Extreme heat | Controls are in place to manage the risk of extreme heat for our workforce, including adequate acclimatisation prior to commencing work. Those undertaking high-risk heat tasks are monitored daily for signs or symptoms of heat illness/stress. Operator checklists ensure adequate hydration and work area management. Provision is made for cool rest areas with access to cool drinking water. Our workforce is able to self-pace their workload ensuring regular work/rest breaks. |
| Disruption to transport routes (maritime, rail, air and road access) and supply chain (supplies and critical spares and access to direct customers) | Tropical cyclone/storm, extreme heat, extreme rainfall, flooding | We are working to better understand the interdependencies across our entire operation. In 2023, we operationalised analytics that provides real-time natural hazard impacts for over 50% of our tier 1-3 goods suppliers. Being alerted of potential supply disruption in real-time allows our teams to make informed decisions to reduce supply chain disruption. This work aims to identify critical components of our product group supply chains and manage the potential adverse impacts from physical climate risk. |
| Acute and chronic climate change impacting closure objectives | Tropical cyclones/storms, temperature, rainfall, flooding, sea level rise | The physical impacts of climate change are considered when planning and executing closure. Latest-generation climate change projections specific to the site are used to inform appropriate landform design, water management and vegetation selection. This is to support modelling as per local regulatory requirements and internal closure standards. Ongoing and regular monitoring and maintenance of the site is essential to ensure the effectiveness of closure measures, including monitoring water quality, soil erosion, vegetation growth and any potential contamination or instability issues. |
Climate-related metrics and targets
A)Disclose the metrics used by the organisation to assess climate-related risks and opportunities in line with its strategy and risk management process. B)Disclose Scope 1, Scope 2, and, if appropriate, Scope 3 GHG emissions, and the related risks. C)Describe the targets used by the organisation to manage climate-related risks and opportunities and performance against targets.
We have identified various metrics to monitor
our climate-related risks, opportunities and
targets. Our decarbonisation strategy is
monitored by tracking progress on our
abatement projects and reporting Scope 1 and
2 emissions. On Scope 3 emissions, we track
our customer engagement on decarbonisation,
progress on individual projects and
partnerships as well as our emissions.
We provide metrics for transition-related
opportunities (the increased demand for
transition materials) on page 56. Physical risks
metrics include the financial exposure metric
and annualised damage metric on pages
57-58.
We have also disclosed other ESG-related KPIs,
metrics and targets that integrate with our
objective of achieving impeccable ESG
credentials within the respective Environmental,
Social, and Governance performance sections of
this Form 20-F. A summary of these metrics is
found on page 43 with other Group KPIs
highlighted on pages 20-22.
Scope 1 and 2: Operational
emissions targets aligned with
1.5°C
In 2023, we updated our Scope 2 emissions
reporting methodology to align with improved
and evolving global GHG emissions reporting
standards. Our primary metric for Group
emissions is a market-based methodology and
we have restated our baseline and current
emissions. Further detail on this change in
reporting and the implications for our
emissions baseline is available in our 2023
Addendum - Scope 1, 2 and 3 Emissions
Methodology report.
While there is no universal standard for
determining the alignment of targets with the
Paris Agreement goals, we conclude that our
Scope 1 and 2 targets for 2030 are aligned
with efforts to limit warming to 1.5°C. In 2021,
KPMG provided limited assurance over the
alignment of our Scope 1 and 2 targets with
efforts to limit warming to 1.5°C. They also
provided assurance of the roadmap to
delivering those targets (as set out in our 2021
Climate Change Report). KPMG provide
assurance over our 2023 reporting of progress
on our Climate Action Plan (CAP)
commitments as well as on our 2023 Scope 1,
2 and 3 emissions.
Current year progress and update
on 2025 target
Our Scope 1 and 2 emissions were 32.6 Mt CO 2 e
in 2023. This is 6% below our 2018 baseline of
34.5 Mt CO 2 e and slightly below our adjusted
2022 emissions of 32.7 Mt CO 2 e (adjusted for
acquisitions). Abatement delivered by our
projects in 2023 exceeded emissions growth
from higher production giving a slight reduction in
emissions on a like for like basis.
Our 2023 emissions were slightly higher than
our actual 2022 emissions total of 32.3 Mt
CO 2 e due to the recent acquisitions of
additional equity in OT and MRN.
Against a backdrop of rising production, the
emissions reductions achieved since 2018 are
mostly the result of decarbonising power.
These include PPAs at Escondida and the
purchase of renewable energy certificates
(RECs) at our Kennecott and Oyu Tolgoi
copper operations.
The scale of our commitments on abatement
projects has increased rapidly since we reset
our Scope 1 and 2 emissions targets in
October 2021. In 2023, we have made project
commitments which deliver abatement of
around 2Mt CO 2 e per year, mostly in
renewable energy contracts and certificates,
and biofuels deployment.
By 2025 we expect to have made financial
commitments to abatement projects that will
achieve more than 15% of Group emissions.
However, our actual emissions abatement will
lag this.
These delays are the result of a range
of factors including engineering and
construction timelines, pace of development
related to new technology and energy systems
in the locations we operate, and the need to
carefully integrate our ambitions with the
needs of our local communities and
stakeholder groups. We also need additional
abatement to address underlying emissions
growth as our production plans evolve.
Progress to our 2030 target
Between now and 2030, the most significant
opportunities to reduce our Scope 1 and 2
emissions are to switch the electricity we
generate or purchase to renewables, and to
address process heat emissions from our
alumina refineries.
To reach our 2030 goals, our single largest
lever - accounting for around one-quarter of
our emissions - is to develop a competitive
renewable energy solution for the Boyne and
Tomago aluminium smelters in our Pacific
Aluminium Operations (PacOps). In December
2023, we signed a PPA to buy all the electricity,
and associated green products to be generated
in the future, from the 1.1GW Upper Calliope
Solar Farm project, which if combined with more
renewable power and suitable firming,
transmission and industrial policy, could provide
part of a solution to repower Rio Tinto’s three
Gladstone production assets (Boyne aluminium
smelter, Yarwun alumina refinery and the
Queensland Alumina Limited (QAL) alumina
refinery). Once approved and developed, this
solar project has the potential to reduce operating
carbon emissions by 1.8Mt per year.
We must also execute other key projects in our
pipeline related to renewable electricity contracts
and alumina processing heat reductions to meet
our 2030 target.
We expect to make financial commitments before
the end of the decade that will result in structural
abatement of our portfolio beyond 2030. This
demonstrates our continued commitment
towards our net zero goal.
In 2023, we built a 5MW solar plant pilot
project at Kennecott Copper. We approved,
subject to regulatory approvals, a 12.4MW
solar system and a 2.1MWh battery storage
system via long-term PPAs for Amrun. There
have been continued discussions on the
proposed coastal Pilbara solar photovoltaic
with stakeholders and we progressed studies
for further solar and wind developments.
In alumina processing, we have developed a
decarbonisation energy strategy for Yarwun and
QAL refineries. We have progressed our double
digestion pre-feasibility study at QAL which
includes the construction and commissioning of a
pilot plant to provide technical inputs to support
the study. Electric boiler feasibility studies have
progressed at Vaudreuil and we have also
approved the Yarwun Hydrogen Calcination Pilot
Demonstration Program. .
Voltalia began Phase 1 construction of a
130MW solar farm for Richards Bay Minerals
(via PPA) and construction has also
commenced on the 16MW Phase 2 Wind
project at QIT Madagascar Minerals.
In the Pilbara, we remain committed to
building 1GW of renewable energy capacity.
However, due to the extended timeline for
deployment of battery electric haulage
solutions, we now estimate that 600MW to
700MW capacity is required by 2030.
We have completed the commercial and
technical due diligence of the submissions for
supply of renewable electricity to Gladstone
aluminium assets. In 2024, we aim to progress
renewable energy supply for Boyne Smelter,
launch a Request for Proposal for renewable
energy projects for Tomago, and seek renewable
energy and storage capacity for Tranche 1 of
electrification at the Gladstone alumina refineries.
While prioritising emissions reductions at our
operations, we are also investing in nature-
based solutions (NbS) that can bring benefits
to people, nature and climate. We may retire
high quality carbon credits generated by these
projects towards our 2030 targets. This will
complement our abatement project portfolio –
which aims to reduce operational emissions by
50% by 2030 – and support our compliance
with carbon pricing regulation such as the
Safeguard Mechanism in Australia.
Our emissions reporting will continue to
transparently distinguish between our
underlying operational emissions, the volume
and type of carbon credits retired and net
Group emissions.
In 2023, our net emissions total does not include
86,000 ACCUs retired for compliance with the
Safeguard Mechanism for the period 2021-22.
We expect to include ACCUs in our net
emissions figure from 2024 onwards.
Pathway to our 2030 Scope 1 and 2 emissions target
(Mt CO 2 e, equity basis)1
Note: small differences in chart attributable to rounding.
- Restated emissions due to Scope 2 methodology changes. Data represent gross Scope 1 and 2 emissions and direct abatement projects.
2.“Other required” will flex over time based on abatement project delivery, growth, closures and asset changes.
Scope 3: Partnering to reduce the
carbon footprint of our value
chains
In 2023, our Scope 3 emissions were 578.1 Mt
CO 2 e (equity basis), approximately 18 times
higher than our Scope 1 and 2 emissions. Most
of these emissions (94%) stem from customer
processing of our products, particularly iron ore
(69%) and bauxite and alumina (22%).
Scope 3 processing emissions related
to our iron ore rose from 386.6 Mt CO 2 e in
2022 to 399.9 Mt CO 2 e in 2023 primarily
due to an increase in production.
Downstream processing emissions from
bauxite and alumina decreased from 147.3 Mt
CO 2 e in 2022 to 129.8 Mt CO 2 e mostly as a
result of reduced emission intensities related
to aluminium smelting in China.
We have seen a significant increase in the
number of our customers setting public targets
for their Scope 1 and 2 emissions (our Scope
3). About 53% of our total iron ore sales are
now to steel producers with existing public
targets to reach net zero by 2050, up from
about 50% in 2022 and 28% in 2021.
Meanwhile, nearly 40% of our bauxite sales
are to customers with net zero emissions
targets, though only 13% of this is to
companies aiming for net zero by 2050.
As these numbers rise, we expect to enhance
our ability to partner through the value chain to
achieve our common sustainability objectives.
As things stand today, our analysis of our
customers’ targets and their governments’
commitments to reduce their emissions, shows a
trajectory for those processing emissions that
approaches net zero by around 2060.
We are committed to partner with our
customers and suppliers to find better ways to
help them achieve their targets a decade
earlier – reaching net zero by 2050.
To do this, we are investing in the development of
breakthrough technologies aiming to help
decarbonise our value chains and upgrading our
ores to be suitable for these.
As the world’s largest iron ore producer, we have a
key role to play in decarbonising the steel industry.
We are currently working with over 40 partners
across 50 projects in 10 countries. Supported by
research on our ore bodies, our objective is to
unlock the most sustainable and economic
pathways for our iron ores.
To reduce our Scope 3 emissions, we have defined
4+2 focus areas to address our Scope 3 emissions.
These include our four most significant categories
considering the magnitude of emissions and our
ability to drive meaningful incremental impact –
steel, alumina refining, shipping and procurement
decarbonisation. In parallel, we are also working on
two transversal programs aimed at leveraging our
size and scale to support collective industry and
policy action and enhancing emissions transparency
across our value chains.
Steel value chain: We are actively working
with our customers to help reduce their carbon
emissions from the current blast furnace
process. We have progressed the design plan
of the Baowu Meishan microwave lump drying
pilot plant and are also testing increased lump
usage in the blast furnace with POSCO and
Zenith. An economically viable carbon capture
technology with Shougang that could capture
blast furnace gas is also currently in
development.
As part of our focus on emerging pathways,
we aim to utilise our high-grade iron ores to
accelerate the early proliferation of low-carbon
technologies. During the year, we signed a multi-
year agreement to supply high grade direct
reduction iron ore pellets from IOC operations to
H 2 Green Steel’s integrated steel plant. We are
also evaluating a portfolio of options in energy-
advantaged regions (Canada, US, Europe,
Australia, and the Middle East) to accelerate the
build-out of natural gas and, eventually, hydrogen
shaft furnace solutions.
Due to the scarce availability of high-grade ore,
the main focus of our research and development
is on a range of new technologies that unlock
competitive low-carbon pathways for low and
medium-grade iron ores.
We are working to solve the key constraints to
this, notably removing impurities found in low-
mid grade iron ores prior to/during iron and
steel making.
We are currently evaluating the extent to which
impurities can be economically removed from our
Pilbara blend ores prior to processing and have
completed mineral resource and inventory
reviews to understand how much of our
future reserves are suitable for upgrading. Our
detailed feasibility study related to BioIron™ has
been completed and we have progressed
research on the pelletisation of Pilbara ores.
In 2023, we spent $28 million on steel
decarbonisation initiatives, and have set
specific action-oriented targets for
steel decarbonisation.
We estimate that we will spend $100 million
on steel decarbonisation in 2024.
Approximately one third of this will be capital
expenditure on BioIron™ (subject to approvals
and technical feasibility), with the remainder
being operational expenditure on our other
partnerships.
Aluminium value chain: The majority of our
product is processed in China using coal-fired
refining and smelting processes, where we
have little influence over the power source for
these electricity grids. Because of this, our
short-to-medium-term focus is to help our
customers improve the alumina refining
process to increase energy efficiency and
optimise the use of our bauxite. This is mostly
via sweetening and improved digestion and
renewable energy for heat source via
hydrogen calcination and electric boilers in the
longer term.
In 2023 we worked with three key customers
representing more than 47% of our bauxite sales,
to shortlist potential areas for future collaboration
and we are now developing action plans to
collaborate in priority ESG areas.
Procurement: Due to the nature of our
businesses, many of our purchased inputs are
from hard-to-abate sectors, such as caustic,
coke, pitch and steel. In 2023 we completed a
study to understand the sources of our
procurement-related emissions. This
enhanced our understanding of the sources
and nature of our procurement-related
emissions, including our highest emitting
categories and suppliers, and potential
abatement solutions.
Shipping: Our Scope 3 emissions from
shipping and logistics are 9.2Mt CO 2 e. We
have achieved a 37% emissions intensity
reduction relative to 2008 by incorporating
larger, more efficient vessels such as
Newcastlemaxes into our fleet, implementing
various design improvements and technical
modifications, and by ensuring the
implementation of speed and route
optimisation measures.
We continue to explore opportunities for
biofuels and liquid natural gas (LNG) and are
focused on bringing dual fuel, net zero vessels
into our portfolio by 2030.
Although the economics of implementing
these fuels remain challenging, a 12-month
biofuel trial has been completed on our owned
vessels which affirmed the fuel’s technical
viability for existing vessels.
Scope 3 near-term targets
By holding ourselves accountable on real and
measurable commitments in the near term, we
can help to make sure technologies are
developed early enough to accelerate the
transition in the long term.
Therefore, this year we have set specific near-
term targets for steel, alumina refining,
shipping and procurement decarbonisation.
To accelerate steel decarbonisation, we have
set targets to support our customers to reduce
blast furnace emissions by 20-30% by 2035,
halve our Scope 3 emissions from IOC by
20351 relative to 2022 levels, commission the
BioIron™ continuous pilot plant (CPP)1, shaft
furnace (DRI) and Electric Smelting Furnace
pilot plant by 2026 and finalise the Pilbara
beneficiation pilot plant study by 2026.
In alumina decarbonisation, we are committing to
partnerships with the goal of improving energy
efficiency, specifically via implementing and
validating digestion improvement technology and
developing approaches to control or remove
organic compounds from the refining process.
We are also committing to developing
technologies that reduce moisture in our bauxite.
In relation to shipping emissions, we are
aiming to reach net zero by 2050, have 10% of
our chartered fleet using net zero fuel by 2030
(as per our First Movers Coalition pledge),
achieve a 40% emissions intensity reduction
by 2025 with a 50% reduction by 2030, and
improve emissions reporting accuracy using
actual voyage data in 2024.
To help decarbonise our procurement, starting
in 2024, we will engage with our top 50
suppliers on decarbonisation and incorporate
it as a key criterion for all new sourcing in
high-emission categories.
- Subject to funding approval and technical feasibility.
2023 Scope 3 emissions by category and source (equity basis)
578.1 Mt CO 2 e (2022:583.9 Mt CO 2 e)
Scope 1 and 2 greenhouse gas emissions – equity basis (Rio Tinto share 1). Performance against target
| Equity greenhouse gas emissions (Mt CO2e) | 2023 | 2022 | 2018 |
|---|---|---|---|
| Baseline Scope 1 and 2 emissions | 32.6 | 32.7 | |
| Carbon offsets retired | 0 | 0.0 | |
| Baseline net Scope 1 and 2 emissions2 | 32.6 | 32.7 | |
| 2018 emissions target baseline (adjusted for acquisitions and divestments) | 34.5 | ||
Our 2030 greenhouse gas emissions targets are to reduce our absolute Scope 1 and 2 emissions by 15% by 2025 and 50% by 2030 compared with our 2018 equity baseline. Please see page 150
of this report and our 2023 Addendum - Scope 1, 2 and 3 Emissions Calculation Methodology report for further detail on our emissions reporting methodology.
Changes to our 2018 baseline include: Scope 2 update to market-based methodology, the additional equity share of the Oyu Tolgoi mine that was purchased in mid-December 2022, and the
additional equity share of MRN purchased in 2023 so a like-for-like comparison can be done on progress. We have also adjusted our 2022 emissions total to compare our actual progress on
abatement in 2023 relative to other changes at our operations.
The baseline value is based on the current equity in each asset, including zero equity in divested assets.This differs from the "Scope 1, 2 and 3 greenhouse gas emissions - equity basis" table which
does not get adjusted with asset or equity changes.
Rio Tinto share (equity basis) represents emissions from our benefit or economic interest in the activities resulting in the emissions.
Scope 2 emissions in the Baseline are calculated using the market- based method.
Scope 1, 2 and 3 greenhouse gas emissions – equity basis
| Equity greenhouse gas emissions (Mt CO2e) | 2023 | 2022 | 2021 | 2020 | 2019 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Scope 1 emissions | 23.3 | 22.7 | 22.9 | 23 | 23.1 |
| Scope 2: Market-based emissions1 | 9.3 | 9.6 | 10.1 | 10.4 | 9.9 |
| Total Scope 1 and 2 emissions | 32.6 | 32.3 | 33 | 33.4 | 33 |
| Carbon offsets retired2 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| Total net Scope 1 and 2 emissions (with offsets retired) | 32.6 | 32.3 | 33 | 33.4 | 33 |
| Scope 2: Location-based emissions3 | 7.8 | 8.2 | 8.5 | 8.6 | 8.1 |
| Scope 3 emissions | 578.1 | 583.9 | 558.3 | 576.2 | — |
| Operational emissions intensity (tCO2e/t Cu-eq)(equity)4 | 6.8 | 7 | 7.2 | 7 | 6.8 |
| Direct CO2 emissions from biologically sequested carbon (eg CO2 from burning biofuels/biomass)5 | 0.03 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
Queensland Alumina Limited (QAL) is 80% owned by Rio Tinto and 20% owned by Rusal. However, as a result of QAL's activation of a step-in process following the Australian Government’s
sanction measures, Rio Tinto is currently entitled to utilise 100% of the capacity at QAL, but paying 100% of the costs for as long as that step-in continues. Our 2023 equity emissions and our 2018
baseline include QAL emissions on the basis of Rio Tinto’s 80% ownership. In 2023, the additional emissions associated with the step-in were 0.8Mt. Rusal has commenced proceedings challenging
the validity of the step-in and the sanctions regime may change over time, such that the duration of the step-in remains uncertain. Historical Scope 1 and 2 emissions have been restated to reflect
improvements in data quality.
- Scope 2: Market-based emissions reported as zero include Escondida, Resolution Copper, Weipa and Kennecott Copper with surrendered Renewable Energy Certificates (RECs) and Oyu Tolgoi
I-RECs from Inner Mongolia and nearby provinces. QMM has a wind and solar contract with energy attributes.
- In 2023, we did not reduce our reported net emissions by using any surrendered carbon units as eligible offsets retired. Our net emissions total does not include 86,000 ACCUs retired for
compliance with the Safeguard Mechanism for the period 2021-22. We expect to include ACCUs in our net emissions figure from 2024 onwards.
Scope 1 and 2 equity emissions total – Location-based: 31.1Mt CO 2 e.
Historical information for copper equivalent intensity has been restated in line with the 2023 review of commodity pricing to allow comparability over time.
GHG Protocol Corporate accounting and reporting standard recommends disclosure of CO 2 emissions from biologically sequestered carbon for transparency. These are from biofuel use and are
not classified as our Scope 1 emissions.
| 2023 equity greenhouse gas emissions by location (Mt CO2e) | Scope 1 Emissions (Mt CO2e) | Scope 2 Emissions1(Mt CO2e) | Total Emissions (Mt CO2e) |
|---|---|---|---|
| Australia | 13.0 | 6.3 | 19.2 |
| Canada | 6.4 | 0.0 | 6.4 |
| Africa | 0.5 | 1.3 | 1.8 |
| US | 0.9 | 0.0 | 0.9 |
| Europe | 0.3 | 1.7 | 2.0 |
| South America | 0.5 | 0.0 | 0.5 |
| Mongolia | 0.2 | 0.0 | 0.2 |
| New Zealand | 0.5 | 0.0 | 0.5 |
| Other | 0.9 | 0.1 | 0.9 |
| Total | 23.3 | 9.3 | 32.6 |
- Scope 2 emissions in this table are calculated using the market-based method.
Note: The sum of the categories may be slightly different to the Rio Tinto total due to rounding.
Transition materials metrics
The following table provides metrics related to the first two pillars of our business strategy (grow in materials essential for the energy transition and
accelerate the decarbonisation of our assets).
These metrics are production, revenue, capital expenditure, operating assets and emissions associated with each of our products. These products
are classified as key transition materials (KTM) and other transition materials (OTM) aligning with the CA100+ Net Zero Standard for Diversified
Mining Companies. The table also includes iron ore and gold as transition neutral materials (TNM). We divested the last of our coal assets in 2018.
| Commodity | Classification | Year ended31 December | Production1 | Revenue2US$m | Capital expenditure3$m | Operating assets4$m | EmissionsMt CO2e5,6 | 2024 GuidanceRio Tinto production share, unless otherwise stated |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Lithium | KTM | 2023 | – | – | 27 | 834 | – | – |
| ('000 tonnes) | 2022 | – | – | 15 | 835 | – | – | |
| Copper7 (Mined) | KTM | 2023 | 562 | 2023: 6,6252022: 6,618 | 2023: 2.4742022: 1,942 | 2023: 21.0462022: 18,463 | 2023: 1.12022: 1.7 | Mined copper: 660 to 720ktRefined copper: 230 to 260kt |
| ('000 tonnes) | 2022 | 521 | ||||||
| Copper7 (Refined) | KTM | 2023 | 175 | |||||
| ('000 tonnes) | 2022 | 209 | ||||||
| Silver (Mined) | OTM | 2023 | 3,811 | |||||
| ('000 ounces) | 2022 | 3,940 | ||||||
| Silver (Refined) | OTM | 2023 | 1,407 | |||||
| ('000 ounces) | 2022 | 1,950 | ||||||
| Molybdenum | OTM | 2023 | 2 | |||||
| ('000 tonnes) | 2022 | 3 | ||||||
| Gold (Mined) | TNM | 2023 | 282 | |||||
| ('000 ounces) | 2022 | 235 | ||||||
| Gold (Refined) | TNM | 2023 | 74 | |||||
| ('000 ounces) | 2022 | 114 | ||||||
| Aluminium8 | OTM | 2023 | 3,272 | 9,272 | 906 | 11,919 | 17.2 | 3.2 to 3.4Mt |
| ('000 tonnes) | 2022 | 3,009 | 10,738 | 925 | 10,131 | 16.5 | ||
| Alumina8 | OTM | 2023 | 7,537 | 1,288 | 325 | 1,315 | 5.9 | 7.6 to 7.9Mt |
| ('000 tonnes) | 2022 | 7,544 | 1,636 | 356 | 2,400 | 5.7 | ||
| Bauxite8 | OTM | 2023 | 54,619 | 1,648 | 226 | 2,649 | 0.9 | 53 to 56Mt |
| ('000 tonnes) | 2022 | 54,618 | 1,607 | 204 | 2,458 | 0.9 | ||
| Minerals9 | OTM/TNM | 2023 | See footnote 10 | 3,240 | 380 | 4,102 | 2.8 | Titanium dioxide slag: 0.9 to 1.1Mt |
| (‘000 tonnes/carats) | 2022 | 3,485 | 332 | 3,955 | 3.0 | |||
| Iron Ore | TNM | 2023 | 290,171 | 33,772 | 3,193 | 20,581 | 3.7 | IOC11 iron ore pellets and concentrate: 9.8 to 11.5MtPilbara iron ore (shipments, 100% basis): 323 to 338Mt |
| ('000 tonnes) | 2022 | 283,247 | 32,801 | 3,273 | 19,525 | 3.7 | ||
| Metallurgical Coal | Not applicable | 2023 | – | – | – | – | – | – |
| ('000 tonnes) | 2022 | – | – | – | – | – | – | |
| Thermal Coal | Not applicable | 2023 | – | – | – | – | – | – |
| ('000 tonnes) | 2022 | – | – | – | – | – | – | |
Further notes on production and capacity
Mined copper: On track for 1Mt copper production within five years.
Recycled aluminium (Matalco): System capacity of 900kt; production of 582kt in 2023.
Lithium carbonate (Rincon 3000): System capacity of 3,000 tonnes by the end of 2024.
Iron ore (Pilbara System): System capacity of 345-360Mt mid-term.
Iron ore dual fines product of blast furnace and direct reduction fines (Simandou): 60Mtpa production target (Rio Tinto share of 27Mt). The
estimated annualised capacity of approximately 60 million dry tonnes per annum iron ore for the Simandou life of mine schedule was previously
reported in a release to the ASX dated 6 December 2023 titled “Investor Seminar 2023”. Rio Tinto confirms that all material assumptions
underpinning that production target continue to apply and have not materially changed.
- Production figures are measured according to Rio Tinto's ownership % share of each site. For further details on the share %, see pages 297 and 298 of this Form 20-F where these have been
highlighted.
Revenue reflects third party sales by product on a consolidated basis inclusive of our share of equity accounted units.
Capital expenditure is the net cash outflow on purchases less sales of property, plant and equipment, capitalised evaluation costs and other intangible assets, inclusive of our share of equity
accounted units and reported by product.
- Operating assets by product recorded above are the net assets of subsidiaries, joint operations and the Group’s share relating to equity accounted units adjusted for net (debt)/cash and post-
retirement assets and liabilities, net of tax, after the deduction of non-controlling interests.
- Scope 1, 2, and 3 emissions are measured on an equity basis and align to the Rio Tinto ownership % share used to record production values. For additional information on our emissions
methodology, see our 2023 Sustainability Fact Book at riotinto.com/sustainabilityreporting.
- The emissions in this table are Scope 1 and 2 GHG emissions for the operating sites producing the commodity listed. The total differs from the full Group share reported numbers as these
exclude development, closure sites, marine and corporate emissions.
- Copper production from Oyu Tolgoi, Kennecott and Escondida has been certified under the Copper Mark system. The Copper Mark certification for Escondida has been obtained via BHP who is
the majority partner.
For a list of assets certified under the Aluminium Stewardship Initiative, see our 2023 Sustainability Fact Book.
Minerals comprise titanium dioxide slag (KTM), borates (TNM), salt (TNM) and diamonds (TNM).
10.2023 Mineral production is as follows:
–Titanium dioxide slag (‘000 tonnes): 1,111 (2022: 1,200)
–Borates (‘000 tonnes): 495 (2022: 532)
–Salt (‘000 tonnes): 5,973 (2022: 5,757)
–Diamonds (‘000 carats): 3,340 (2022: 4,651)
- Iron Ore Company of Canada continues to be reported at Rio Tinto share.
Physical climate risk and resilience
Modelling financial exposure to
physical climate risk
Throughout 2023, we advanced our climate
physical risk modelling, in collaboration with our
climate risk consultants Marsh, and used
modelling from XDI. Our latest analysis estimates
the expected financial losses for individual
assets, considering various time horizons and
emission scenarios caused by discrete physical
climate hazards. This analysis shows the
potential financial losses associated with asset
damage, but excludes the losses associated with
business interruption or productivity loss. The
latter, while considered in the formulation of the
analysis, was excluded due to the complexity of
our value chain and the increased subjectivity of
loss attribution. This aspect may be considered in
future years and requires further analysis to fully
assess financial consequences.
Understanding and quantifying our financial
exposure to these physical climate risks is
important for prioritising our adaptation and
investment decisions, safeguarding our
assets, maintaining operational resilience,
ensuring long-term profitability, and aligning
with the evolving expectations of investors,
regulators and stakeholders.
This modelling process and methodology
considers the following:
- Asset portfolio: encompasses a significant
breadth of assets, including mining assets
and critical infrastructure components,
which are integral to our operations. Our
modelling has considered over 18,000
individual points, each with unique latitude
and longitude coordinates, representing
assets across 76 sites in 18 countries.
Assets are geolocated, facilitating the
assessment of climate-related risks and
hazards to their specific geographic
location. Each point is assigned one of 28
asset archetypes, representing our diverse
asset base. These archetypes best define
the engineering characteristics and
specifics of that point and determine the
vulnerability to damage by different climate
hazards. Archetypes do not capture unique
design and engineering attributes of each
asset.
Only active industrial and mining facilities
were modelled, including non-managed
operations. Corporate offices and remote
operation centres have been modelled but
are not presented in this analysis. Assets in
our closure portfolio have not been
modelled, but are considered in bottom-up
physical risk and resilience assessments.
- Climate scenarios, time horizons and
hazards: modelling considers two future
emissions scenarios - Representative
Concentration Pathways (RCPs) - from
the IPCC, including RCP4.5 (intermediate
greenhouse gas emission scenario)
and RCP8.5 (high greenhouse gas
emission scenario).
| Emission scenario | Description and outcome |
|---|---|
| Intermediate emissions scenario IPCC Representative Concentration Pathway 4.5 (RCP4.5) | Emissions peak around 2040, then decline. Relative to the 1986-2005 period, global mean surface temperature changes are likely to be 1.1°C-2.6°C by 2100. |
| High emissions scenario IPCC Representative Concentration Pathway 8.5 (RCP8.5) | Emissions continue to rise throughout the 21st century and is considered a worst-case climate change scenario. Relative to the 1986-2005 period, global mean surface temperature changes are likely to be 2.6°C-4.8°C by 2100. |
Source: The Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change
Our physical climate risk modelling considers
present day (short term) and future risks.
Multiple future time horizons are modelled,
including 2030 (medium term), 2040 and 2050
(long term). Eight climate hazards are
modelled in this analysis, including flooding
(riverine and surface water), coastal
inundation, including sea level rise, extreme
heat, cyclonic wind, extreme wind, forest fire
and freeze-thaw.
- Annualised damage (AD): the output of
the modelling is calculated for each asset
under various climate scenarios, time
horizons and hazards. AD, expressed as a
percentage, represents the expected
average annual damage to an asset
attributable to climate-related hazards
relative to a fixed value (eg $1 million). As
such, an AD of 0.5% would mean that for
every $1 million of exposure, $5,000 could
be damaged, on average, in any given year.
Asset-specific outputs have been
aggregated to the site, region and Group
level. Risk categorisation is based on the
AD values, with thresholds set at <0.2% for
low AD risk, 0.2-1% for medium AD risk,
and >1% for high AD risk.
Estimates consider a stationary “do nothing”
approach for our operating assets and does
not consider present or future controls,
adaptation/resilience projects that will likely
materially impact our AD cost.
Annualised damage risk scores
At the Group level, present day AD losses fall
within the initial range of the medium AD risk
category (0.2-1%). Considering projected
future emission scenarios by 2050, increases
in AD are expected. This places the Group’s
AD in the intermediate range of the medium
AD risk category, potentially exceeding a two-
fold rise from present values.
Currently, across nine core climate geographies
where we operate, the risk of AD is low in three
regions, medium in five and high in two. Notably,
sites located in Asia, the Middle East and Guinea
are the primary contributors to the highest risk
classification. In both the intermediate and high
emissions scenarios, by 2050, eastern Australia
and New Zealand are also expected to be
classified as high risk with up to a four-fold
increase in AD. This is principally due to the
potential effects of coastal inundation, surface
water flooding
and cyclonic winds. Other notable increases
in risk are in Europe and the Middle East
(an approximate 60% increase). The risk trend in
Asia is steady through time.
In assessing the risk of various hazards under
different emissions scenarios projected for
2050, there is a notable shift in the risk profile
for various perils across our operating sites.
The number of sites at risk from coastal
inundation, riverine flood and surface water
flood increase under both future emission
scenarios. Of all hazards, riverine flood sees
the largest increase by 2050 under a high
emissions scenario. The number of operating
sites at risk from cyclonic wind, extreme wind,
forest fire, freeze-thaw and soil subsidence
are not expected to materially change with
future emissions scenarios.
Annualised damage risk | Group and regional
| Intermediate emissions scenario | High emissions scenario | ||||||
| Present | 2030 | 2040 | 2050 | 2030 | 2040 | 2050 | |
| Rio Tinto Group | |||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Africa | |||||||
| Asia | |||||||
| Australia East and New Zealand | |||||||
| Australia West | |||||||
| Canada East | |||||||
| Canada West | |||||||
| Europe and Middle East | |||||||
| South America | |||||||
| US | |||||||
| Low risk (<0.2%) | Medium risk (0.2-1%) | High risk (>1%) |
|---|
Considerations and limitations
In our 2023 climate physical risk modelling
analysis, we acknowledge several limitations and
uncertainties inherent in the methodology and the
long-term nature of the assessment.
Climate change modelling is subject to inherent
uncertainties stemming from the dynamic nature
of the Earth’s climate system and from the
unpredictability of future GHG emissions. Climate
change scenarios should be regarded as
representations of a plausible future (what may
happen in the future) and not as forecasts or
predictions (what will happen in the future).
These factors contribute to a range of possible
outcomes. However, despite these challenges,
such models are useful for assessing potential
risks and informing strategic decision-making for
climate-resilient infrastructure and adaptation.
Furthermore, the accuracy of our analysis is
contingent upon the quality and completeness
of asset data and asset operating status. We
have assumed there is no change in our
operating assets and their value, not
accounting for potential changes in types of
operations, locations or design standards over
time. Each asset was assigned an appropriate
archetype, which best defines its engineering
characteristics and subsequent vulnerability to
specific hazards. This does not fully capture
the unique design and engineering attributes
of each asset, which may impact the resultant
risk profile.
This analysis represents our initial perspective
and is iterative, evolving with new scientific
insights, climate projections, and
advancements in risk modelling. We plan to
regularly update this analysis to reflect our
dynamic asset base.
The outcomes of this work will inform our
areas of focus and refine our physical
resilience program for 2024.
2023 progress on physical risk
and resilience
Throughout 2023, we made progress on
quantifying, managing and adapting to our
physical climate risks.
–Advancing our bottom-up physical
resilience assessments: progress in the
Pilbara centered on further validation and
quantification of physical climate-related
risks from the 2022 climate change
assessment and progress embedding
physical resilience into business-as-usual
management actions. We also conducted
asset-level resilience assessments across
our Canadian sites, including those in
Saguenay, BC Works and IOC, as well as at
our Simandou Iron Ore Project in Guinea
and at Weipa and Yarwun in Australia. We
have completed flood risk screening for all
of our managed and non-managed assets.
–Quantifying our top-down financial risk
exposure: scenario analysis was
conducted across our global portfolio to
quantify the financial impacts of physical
climate risk.
–Global Industry Standards on Tailings
Management (GISTM): in accordance with
GISTM guidelines, we initiated a climate
resilience assessment process for our
tailings storage facilities (TSFs). The
approach tests the design basis of each
TSF component considering future climate
change. Initially focused on 14 extreme and
high-risk consequence TSFs, which we
completed in 2023. Assessments for all
remaining facilities will be completed by
August 2025.
–Technical adaptation and guidance: in
2023, we developed a new internal leading
practice guideline on how to incorporate
climate change into mine water
management planning. This guidance
provides insights on when and how to
model the impacts of climate change to
inform hydrological design.
–Supply chain: this year, we operationalised
analytics that provide real-time natural hazard
monitoring for 50% of our supply chain (tier 1-3
goods suppliers). Being alerted of potential
supply disruption in real time provides our
teams with the opportunity to make informed
decisions to reduce supply chain disruption.
In 2024, we will progress bottom-up physical
risk and resilience assessments across our
operating sites and across our TSFs, in
accordance with the GISTM. Climate physical
risk modelling completed in 2023 has provided
us with valuable data which will be used to
focus our activities in 2024 and beyond.
For more informationon physical risk and resilience see riotinto.com/climaterisk.
Environmental stewardship
| As environmental stewards, we focus on responsibly managing shared resources to protect the health, safety and livelihoods of local communities. We manage risk to minimise adverse environmental impacts from our operations and to sustain our shared ecosystems, planet and natural resources for future generations. 2023 progressIn 2023, we continued to strengthen our approach to environmental risk management by updating and implementing a shared language, developing a standardised set of controls and associated performance requirements and ensuring we are assessing the full breadth of potential environmental impacts in a consistent way across our business. This is evident in our Group environmental risk taxonomy and consequence descriptions for risk and incidents.As a forum member of the Taskforce on Nature-related Financial Disclosures (TNFD), we have undertaken pilots of the prototype risk management and opportunity disclosure framework at our Simandou site in Guinea and at Greater Hope Downs in Australia. The final framework was released in September 2023. Through our membership with ICMM, we are engaging with our industry peers to develop mining sector-specific guidance for TNFD. We have also refreshed our approach to managing nature-related risk and are developing a pathway to increasing our environment-related disclosures in line with the requirements of TNFD. As part of the Health, Safety, Environment and Security Transformation Program, we continue to improve how we manage our environmental data. Access to trusted and timely environmental data across all Saguenay–Lac-St-Jean sites is supporting decision making, meeting the growing demand for transparency and enabling us to set meaningful targets for continuous improvement in environmental performance. A project is underway to optimise environmental data collection across the business, leveraging existing tools as much as possible.We have also worked to build a more consistent approach to environmental management and embed it across our business processes throughout the lifecycle of our operations. To support our assets in managing their overall health, safety and environmental performance, we continue to evolve our approach. We recently incorporated environmental and health risk ownership and performance management into our safety maturity model (SMM). | WaterWater is a shared resource critical to sustaining biodiversity, people and economic prosperity. Increasingly disrupted weather patterns and more extreme weather events due to climate change, and a growing world population, mean efficiently managing water is more important than ever. The way we think about water and manage associated risks reflects the diversity of our operations and geographic locations. A small proportion of our assets operate in water-scarce regions, while others must remove excess water to allow safe mining operations. These are examples of the many potential risks we manage across the lifecycle of our diverse operations. | We share water with the communities and ecosystems surrounding our operations, so we aim to avoid permanent impacts on water resources by carefully managing the quality and quantity of the water we use and return to the environment. This means balancing the needs of our operations with those of the local communities and ecosystems. We do this while considering the impact of climate change, already felt in the level of rainfall and water security at some of our operations. We understand this responsibility extends beyond the life of our operations. To address this complexity, we adopt a catchment-level approach to developing potential solutions and managing our risks and impacts within our operations. We use 2030 water stress as determined by the World Resource Institute (WRI) to identify operational catchments of most concern. | ||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| For more informationsee www.riotinto.com/water. | ||||
| First major mining company to publish site-by-site water usage dataIn 2023, on World Water Day, we became the first major mining company to release our site-by-site water usage. The interactive online map shows surface water usage across our global network of managed sites in 35 countries.For each site included, the database shows permitted surface water allocation volumes, annual allocation usage and the associated catchment runoff from average annual rainfall estimates. These disclosures allow us to engage closer with our stakeholders and be even more transparent, while we continue to focus on becoming better water and land stewards for future generations. | ||||
| For more informationsee www.riotinto.com/watermanagement. | ||||
Group water risk profile (percentage of
managed operations)
To manage our water impacts, we first need to
understand the specific risks at more than 50
operating sites, as well as our overall Group
impacts. To do this, we have developed a water
risk framework that considers:
–water resource
–quality and quantity
–dewatering
–long-term obligations.
We use this framework to identify, assess and
manage water risks. This comprehensive
approach extends beyond our mandatory
reporting obligations and allows us to have
relevant conversations about water risks
internally and with stakeholders in the
communities where we operate. In 2023, we
continued to embed the Group water control
library, a suite of critical controls and their
associated performance requirements to
manage our water risks.
Our Group water risk profile shows the level of
exposure against each of the four risk
categories. Most of our water risks sit in the
low to moderate range. There are some in
very high and high categories for each.
Regardless of the level of risk, we apply
rigorous standards and processes to
manage them. Below we give examples
of how the risk framework has been
applied across some of our assets with
site-based targets.
| Water resourceIs there enough water available for both environment needs, community needs and our operational use? | The water resource risk at Oyu Tolgoi in Mongolia is assessed as moderate, even though it is located in the Gobi Desert. Oyu Tolgoi sources its water requirements from a deep water supply, the Gunii Hooloi aquifer, a 150-metre deep resource holding around 6.8 billion cubic metres of non-drinkable saline water. Oyu Tolgoi uses this water source efficiently with water recycling and conservation practices implemented across the operation. |
|---|---|
| Water quality and quantityDoes the way we manage water on site, or discharge excess water, cause environmental impacts or operational constraints? | Our QIT Madagascar Minerals (QMM) operation in Madagascar operates in a highly sensitive area from a water, broader environment and community perspective. The discharges from our operation have the potential to impact receiving water quality and, therefore, the water quality risk is assessed as high. We are working to improve management activities on site, including our ability to more accurately measure our water discharge quality, and the deployment of a dedicated water treatment plant to adjust the discharge pH. |
| DewateringDoes the removal of water from the operational areas of our sites impact regional aquifers or our mine plans? | Impacts associated with dewatering and water supply activities in the Pilbara are recognised as a very high risk for our business. Returning water to the aquifers impacted by our mining activities in a controlled manner is the focus of a number of studies. We are working with Traditional Owners on water management. |
| Long-term obligationsDo our operational activities generate long-term or ongoing obligations related to water? | We may sometimes generate impacts that we are required to manage over the long term, such as post-closure pit lakes in the Pilbara, or potential seepage from our waste rock or tailings facilities in our aluminium and copper sites. Our systems and standards aim to ensure that risks are identified early and managed appropriately and responsibly throughout the asset lifecycle. |
Our water balance
Our Group water balance outlines where water
was withdrawn from, discharged to, recycled
or reused and consumed at our operations.
The reported categories correlate with the
requirements of ICMM and global reporting
initiatives.
We also report on our aggregated water
balance for sites in water-stressed areas.
We assess water stress using the WRI’s
Aqueduct Water Risk Atlas mapping tool.
For more informationsee our 2023 Sustainability Fact Book at riotinto.com/sustainabilityreporting.
Our water numbers
Our total operational withdrawals for 2023
were 1,170GL (2022: 1,173GL.). Freshwater,
or category 1 quality, withdrawals accounted
for 424GL or 36% of this total (2022: 432GL).
Freshwater is generally suitable for
consumption with minimal treatment required.
Where possible, we aim to minimise our
extractions from water sources of this quality.
Total discharges for 2023 were 692GL (2022:
694GL). Total water recycled or reused for
2023 was 303GL (2022: 312GL).
Our 2019–2023 water targets
Our five-year water targets allow us to be
more transparent about our water usage, risk
profile, management and specific challenges.
These targets, and the data required to
measure progress against them, are helping
us become better water stewards.
Our water targets were set in 2019 and
consisted of one Group target and six site-
based targets, reflecting our catchment-based
approach and recognising that we manage
vastly different water-related risks across our
The site-based targets were chosen based on
their water risk profile, our ICMM
commitments, and local community and
environmental interdependencies.
We successfully achieved our Group target in
- A disclosure platform was developed
and released, making public detailed
information about annual surface water usage
across our global network of managed sites in
35 countries; a first for the mining industry.
We attained four of our six site-based water
targets with improved understanding of our
responsibilities for water stewardship evident
throughout the business. Refer to the table
below for further details.
Throughout 2023, we continued embedding
our water risk framework and associated
controls across our product groups, and
commenced the development and
socialisation of our next round of nature-
related targets. Further details on the new
target program will be released during 2024.
Progress against our targets
| Group target | Water risk theme | Status | Commentary |
|---|---|---|---|
| Rio Tinto Group (Tier 11) | |||
| By 2023, we will disclose – for all managed operations – permitted surface water allocation volumes, annual allocation usage and the associated surface water allocation catchment rainfall-runoff volume estimate. | Water resource | Attained | A disclosure platform was developed and released in 2023, making public detailed information about annual surface water usage across our global network of managed sites in 35 countries. |
| Site-based target | Water risk theme | Status | Commentary |
| Pilbara operations, Iron Ore (Tier 1) | |||
| Our Iron Ore product group will complete six managed aquifer recharge investigations by 2023. | Dewatering (aquifer reinjection) | Attained | Successful completion of six managed aquifer recharge investigations with another three investigations underway. Two of the investigations resulted in ongoing recharge programs. |
| Oyu Tolgoi, Copper (Tier 1) | |||
| Oyu Tolgoi will maintain average annual water use efficiency at 550L/tonne of ore to concentrator from 2019-23. | Water resource (intensity and efficiency) | Attained | Oyu Tolgoi maintained its average annual water use efficiency below 550L/tonne for the period 2019-23. Oyu Tolgoi remains one of the most efficient copper operations in the industry. |
| Kennecott Utah Copper, Copper (Tier 1) | |||
| Kennecott will reduce average annual imported water per ton of ore milled by 5% over the 2014-18 baseline of 393 gal/ton (1,487L/ton) at the Copperton Concentrator by 2023. | Water resource (import reduction) | Not attained | With the exception of 2019, annual concentrator water intensity has remained above the 2014-2018 target baseline. Required changes to the concentrator process during 2020 resulted in increased water usage compared to the initial target baseline. Kennecott’s water usage has trended down since the implementation of these changes. Kennecott’s commitment to improve water efficiency through the concentrator successfully reduced intensity in 2022 and 2023 to approximately 10% lower than the period peak recorded in 2021. |
| Ranger Mine2, Energy Resources of Australia Limited (ERA), Closure (Tier 1) | |||
| ERA will achieve the planned total process water inventory treatment volume by 2023, as assumed in the Ranger water model. | Quantity/quality (inventory reduction) | Not attained | Since the commencement of the Water Target in 2019, ERA has implemented the process water treatment capacity upgrades that were envisaged in the Ranger closure plan of the time, including an upgrade to the capacity of its Brine Concentrator and the construction and subsequent upgrade of a Brine Squeezer. Despite these upgrades, process water treatment rates have not met expectations. Other changes in project schedule mean that the assumptions behind the Ranger water model used to set the Water Target are no longer valid.A feasibility study refresh completed in 2023 identified that ERA should move to a program management approach to the rehabilitation of Ranger, with additional studies required for the later stages of the project. The outcome of these additional studies will ultimately lead to an updated Ranger water model and a revised plan for process water treatment. |
| QIT Madagascar Minerals (QMM), Minerals (Tier 23) | |||
| QMM will develop and implement an improved integrated site water management approach by 2023. | Quantity/quality (discharge quality) | Attained | Actions committed to and in-progress as part delivery of the site-based water target include:–updated water management strategy and vision–host community engagement in water management activities–establishing a water treatment plant–improvements in data integrity and capability in testing controls–improved transparency and disclosure of water information–improvements in host community access to potable water. |
| Queensland Alumina Limited (QAL), Aluminium (non-managed joint venture) (Tier 2) | |||
| QAL will complete the following four water-related improvement projects from the QAL five-year environment strategy by 2023:–Project L1: integrity of bunds and drains–Project W3: caustic pipe and wasteline 4 integrity–Project W6: residue disposal area surface/ground water impacts–Project W7: residue disposal area release to receiving environment. | Quality/quantity (discharge quality)Joint venture performance improvement | Attained | Progress of nominated water-related improvement projects is aligned with current project schedules. Refer to the 5-Year Environment Strategy on QAL’s website for further details. |
For more informationabout our progress against our site-based water targets see www.riotinto.com/water.
Tier 1 water targets form part of the Rio Tinto external limited assurance program.
Ranger Mine is owned and operated by ERA. Rio Tinto is a 86.3% shareholder in ERA.
Tier 2 water targets do not form part of the Rio Tinto external limited assurance program.
Biodiversity
We are dependent on healthy ecosystems to
run a successful business and we recognise
our responsibility to effectively mitigate the
impact of our operations on nature.
Healthy natural environments with functioning
ecosystems are key to climate resilience. They
also provide important services to the
communities where we operate and our
business. We are committed to protecting
biodiversity, and our ambition is to achieve no
net loss where we operate. This means
striking a balance between negative impacts
on biodiversity and positive outcomes
achieved through mitigation.
We are active members of ICMM and other
industry associations and working groups
seeking to drive improvements for our
industry. Our involvement in the ICMM
Taskforce on Nature-related Financial
Disclosures (TNFD) working group, Global
Reporting Initiative (GRI) Biodiversity
Technical Committee and the ICMM Nature
Working Group have contributed to the
development of important industry resources:
the TNFD framework, the draft GRI
Biodiversity Standard, and ICMM’s Nature
Position Statement.
We continue to assess the sensitivity of our
activities by using global datasets of
threatened species and conservation and
protected areas, developed by the UN
Environment Programme World Conservation
Monitoring Centre (UNEP WCMC). Together
with the UNEP WCMC, we completed an
updated biodiversity sensitivity study in 2023
to inform risk prioritisation across our
activities, including exploration and projects,
and support allocation of resources. Work will
continue in 2024, to be guided by the
recommendations of the TNFD framework.
We continue to innovate to help us become
better environmental stewards. In 2023, in
partnership with the UNEP WCMC, we piloted a
standard method for efficiently identifying
potential actions to deliver conservation value
beyond the management of our direct impacts.
Together with UNEP WCMC, we conducted
TNFD pilots at two sites (Simandou in Guinea
and Greater Hope Downs in Western Australia)
to inform the development of the framework.
This process provides us with a better
understanding of our impacts, dependencies
and importantly, the key environmental
monitoring and management activities that will
underpin future disclosure requirements.
In 2023, we continued the independent review
of monitoring programs at our high-priority
biodiversity sites.
This involved ensuring management plans and
actions adequately address biodiversity risks.
We completed this review at our Richards Bay
Minerals (RBM) site in 2023, with further
efforts planned for 2024.
We also submitted a revised Environmental
and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) for our
planned mine and rail activities at our
Simandou project in Guinea, drawing on data
collected over the last decade, and have
progressed work to deliver an ESIA in 2024 for
the planned development of the port.
At our Weipa operations, we continue to use
machine-learning solutions to support research
and monitoring of the endangered Palm
Cockatoo and have partnered with the
Australian National University and Australia
Zoo’s Wildlife Warriors to better understand the
challenges faced by this species. This ensures
that leading conservation science informs our
decisions and helps bring balanced
perspectives, innovation and best practice to
responsible environmental stewardship.
For more informationabout our biodiversity work see riotinto.com/biodiversity.
Land
In 2023, we rehabilitated 22 square kilometres
of land, mostly at our iron ore mines and
exploration areas in the Pilbara, Western
Australia and our mineral sands mines in
South Africa and Madagascar. Of this, we
rehabilitated 4.5 square kilometres of ex-pit
landforms and legacy areas across our Pilbara
mines. This is part of our Iron Ore business’s
plan to increase rehabilitation, in partnership
with Pilbara Aboriginal businesses. Since
2021, we have completed 24 square
kilometres of land rehabilitation across our
Pilbara mine operations.
In Mongolia, we have rehabilitated 4 square
kilometres of abandoned mine workings
based outside our operational footprint, along
valley floors and river beds in the Selenge
province. This is a part of Oyu Tolgoi’s
commitment to the Government of Mongolia’s
national movement to plant one billion trees by
In 2023, our land footprint – total disturbed
area – was 3,848 square kilometres, an
increase of 38 square kilometres compared to
- This includes all disturbances to our
operating assets and activities, such as
exploration activities, smelters, mines and
supporting infrastructure.
Our rehabilitation teams continue to partner
with research centres and universities to refine
our rehabilitation approaches and improve
outcomes.
We continue to support the Australian-led
Cooperative Research Centre for
Transformation in Mining Economies (CRC
TiMe) through research that addresses the
complex challenges underpinning mine
closure and relinquishment. At our bauxite
mines and refineries we have continued trials
focusing on transforming stored tailing
material into soils that will support plant
growth. We also continued trials using
satellite-derived data to test methodologies
aimed at providing insights to support on-
ground monitoring for vegetation and erosion
monitoring of rehabilitation. In addition, 16 of
our operations completed rehabilitation trials
to improve seed germination, erosion and
topsoil quality.
For more informationabout our closure work see page 64.
Waste
Waste and residues from our operational
activities are key areas of our environmental risk
management. In 2023, we continued to focus on
managing potential contamination from these
sources. This included work to remove all use of
PFAS (perfluoroalkyl and polyfluoroalkyl
substances) in fire-suppression systems at our
sites, which will continue through to 2024 due to
delays in retrofits of equipment and infrastructure
and challenges sourcing alternative fluorine-free
substances for use in fire-suppression systems in
some jurisdictions.
At some of our long-life assets, we continue to
evaluate waste management practices of the
past that have led to a need for remediation in
the present. We focus on finding better ways to
extract maximum value and to transform waste
and by-products from our operations into
materials the world needs. One example is our
work to sustainably extract and produce high-
purity scandium oxide and tellurium from waste
streams.
We also continue to look for opportunities to
repurpose items we purchase at the end of
useful life. For example, in 2023, we partnered
with a local business to trial recycling end-of-life
conveyor belts used to move iron ore across our
Pilbara operations. This trial will continue into
early 2024 and has the potential to divert 10,000
to 15,000 tonnes of waste from landfill every
year.
Some of our assets generate mineral waste with
the potential to be chemically reactive, requiring
careful management to prevent environmental
impacts. We conduct independent reviews every
four years to assess the effectiveness of our risk
management programs and identify areas for
improvement. In 2023, this was done at two sites
– Diavik in Canada and RBM in South Africa. The
review at Diavik revealed long-term progress in
managing and controlling our mineral waste
risks. At RBM there were no risks of critical or
high significance, and the risk posed by reactive
mineral wastes at the asset was low. Further
opportunities to improve mineral waste
management will continue at both sites in the
short and long term.
For more informationabout tailings see page 64.
Turning slime into solar panelsTellurium is one of the rarest elements on Earth, usually found in small, sparse rock deposits, making it difficult to mine at scale. But at our Kennecott copper operations near Salt Lake City, Utah, we have discovered a way to extract tellurium from an unlikely source – slime waste material. And while we know we have more to do to eliminate waste completely, Kennecott’s tellurium plant is the latest example of work we are doing globally to minimise our waste by finding a use for every material we dig from the ground or creating new products from the waste itself.
For more information about how we extract tellurium from slime see riotinto.com/telluriumfromwaste.
Air quality
Clean air is critical for the health of our host
communities and the surrounding ecosystems.
We are working to improve air quality
management, focusing on emissions of
particulate matter and gases from our
operational activities, including mining,
materials handling, processing and
transportation. The potentially hazardous
emissions we monitor at operations are:
–sulphur oxides (SOx), mainly at our
aluminium and copper smelters
–nitrogen oxides (NOx), mainly from burning
fossil fuels
–gaseous fluoride emissions from aluminium
smelters
–respirable particulate emissions (PM 10 and
PM 2.5), very fine particles from mining and
processing operations and from burning
fossil fuels.
We focus on reducing emissions at source by
upgrading equipment to use the best available
technologies, adding air pollution control
equipment, implementing mitigation measures
and using renewable energy or alternative
feed material where possible. Our air quality
management programs include monitoring,
sampling at source, incident tracking and risk
assessments.
Many of our assets have multi-year air quality
improvement projects in place. For example, at
Iron Ore Company of Canada (IOC), there is a
multidisciplinary working group focused on
assessing dust abatement options. We are
mitigating dust at the source by introducing new
dust control technology at the induration machine
stacks. The working group is also exploring
biodegradable dust suppressants to limit wind
erosion at IOC's tailings facilities. We have
expanded our air quality monitoring network at
IOC’s mine in Labrador City and at our Rio Tinto
Iron and Titanium Quebec Operations Sorel-
Tracy plant.
In some instances, we exceeded permissible
dust levels at nearby air quality monitoring
stations. We investigated all high dust
concentration events. Most resulted from
unusual forest fires, such as those close to our
operations in Sept-Îles, Canada, in June,
where exceedances were observed over a
large region. Improving our air quality
monitoring network over the coming years will
help us to prevent dust incidents in the future.
Operational environment overview
| 2023 | 2022 | 2021 | 2020 | 2019 | |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Significant environmental incidents1 | 1 | 0 | 3 | 0 | 0 |
| Fines and prosecutions – environment ($’000)2 | 987 | 110 | 7 | 27 | 19 |
| Land footprint – disturbed (cumulative square kilometres) | 3,848 | 3,810 | 3,735 | 3,630 | 3,627 |
| Land footprint – rehabilitated (cumulative square kilometres) | 552 | 522 | 494 | 490 | 489 |
| Mineral waste disposed or stored (million tonnes) | 977 | 978 | 1,005 | 987 | 905 |
| Non-mineral waste disposed or stored (million tonnes) | 0.73 | 0.75 | 0.65 | 0.47 | 0.28 |
| SOx emissions (thousand tonnes) | 72.5 | 66.2 | 70.2 | 75.7 | 76.8 |
| NOx emissions (thousand tonnes) | 64.8 | 64.6 | 62.3 | 65.2 | 63.4 |
| Fluoride emissions (thousand tonnes) | 2.61 | 2.36 | 2.36 | 2.27 | 2.34 |
| Particulate (PM10) emissions (thousand tonnes) | 146.0 | 146.3 | 142.3 | 143.2 | 130.7 |
- Significant environmental incident is an incident with an actual consequence rating of high or very high. We measure and rate incidents according to their actual environmental and compliance
impacts using five severity categories: very low, low, moderate, high and very high. Very high and high environmental incidents are usually reported to the relevant product group head and the Rio
Tinto Chief Executive as soon as possible. The severity categories were updated for incident reporting in 2023 based on changes to Rio Tinto's risk matrix and associated environment
consequence descriptors..
- In 2023, we paid environmental fines totaling $986,968 resulting from non-compliant storage of residue materials as well as exceedance of the annual mobile fluoride load within the final effluent
at Alma, Canada; spillage of an acidic substance at a discharge outfall at Arvida, Canada; exceedance of the annual mobile fluoride load within the final effluent at Laterriere, Canada; removal of
an elm tree as well as the drowning of two Goitered Gazelles at the tailings storage facility at Oyu Tolgoi, Mongolia; release of water with a slightly elevated total suspended solids concentration
than authorised by the site’s Environmental Authority from Yarwun, Australia; multiple breaches (13) of land clearing conditions relating to iron ore exploration activities within the Pilbara region,
Australia; separate spills of caustic and acidic materials, as well as a fine for a separate administrative non-compliance issue, at Sorel Tracey, Canada; and failure to immediately notify the
regulators of a dangerous substance spill at Havre Saint Pierre, Canada..
Mining and metals practices
Tailings
We engage with stakeholders throughout the
lifecycle of our tailings storage facilities, from
design to closure. We also collaborate closely
with external bodies to improve the way
tailings are managed across our industry.
We operate 98 tailings storage facilities
(TSFs) across our global assets. Thirty-nine
are active TSFs, 26 are inactive and 33 are
closed. There have been no external wall
failures at any of our TSFs for more than 20
years.
We work through technical committees and
joint venture relationships to support leading
practice in tailings management. Our full
tailings disclosure is available on our website
at riotinto.com/tailings. We periodically update
the list of TSFs to reflect operational and
ownership changes, including changes due to
the transition to closure or remediation
obligations for legacy assets and
reclassification of facilities.
Our facilities are regulated and permitted and
have been managed for many years to comply
with local laws, regulations, permits, licences
and other requirements. Tailings management
has been included in the Group risk register
since 2010, and our Group safety standard for
tailings and water storage facilities has been in
place since 2015. Our internal assurance
processes verify that our managed TSFs
operate in accordance with this standard,
which we updated in 2020.
Our TSFs have emergency response plans –
tested through training exercises in
collaboration with stakeholders such as local
emergency services – and follow strict
business resilience and communication
protocols.
We have continued to progress our
implementation of the Global Industry Standard
on Tailings Management (GISTM), which focuses
on preventing tailings facility failures, reducing
the social and environmental impacts of tailings
facilities, and improving engagement and
transparency on tailings with local communities.
We have also assessed our progress on
implementation through self-assessment and
independent audits using ICMM’s GISTM
Conformance Protocols.
Much of the implementation work is already
complete for the tailings facilities that have a
“very high” or “extreme” consequence
classification, and all these tailings facilities
are nearing conformance with the GISTM.
However, there is still work to do to complete
the implementation and to embed the changes
made.
Implementation work programs are specific to
each tailings facility, and while the timing for
completion of each work program varies, we
anticipate that we will deliver this work
progressively and that all “very high” and
“extreme” consequence classification tailings
facilities will fully meet the requirements of the
GISTM in 2024 (except where longer-term
engineering works are required).
In August 2023, we disclosed detailed
information for the tailings facilities we operate
that are rated “very high” or “extreme” under
the GISTM consequence classification
scheme. We also disclosed information on the
other tailings facilities we operate that have
lower GISTM consequence classifications,
based on the Investor Mining and Tailings
Safety Initiative (IMTSI) request for public
disclosures on tailings.
For more informationabout our most recent tailings facilities disclosures see our interactive map at riotinto.com/tailings.
In 2023, we:
–Continued to regularly convene the Tailings
Management Committee with our
designated Accountable Executives, which
provides coordinated governance of tailings
management practices across the Group.
–Conducted multi-disciplinary risk
assessments for all our “very high” and
“extreme” consequence facilities.
–Continued to partner with BHP on tailings
filtration solutions at very high throughputs
for copper operations, which supports our
goal of increasing water recovery and
recycling.
–Continued to support the Future Tails
partnership, a collaboration between
Rio Tinto, BHP and the University of
Western Australia (UWA). In 2023, seven
students were awarded a Graduate
Certificate in Tailings Management from
UWA, three of whom are Rio Tinto
employees. This year, the program had 91
students from 15 countries who have
enrolled in 262 micro-credentialled units.
Two PhD candidates also commenced their
research programs in 2023.
–Continued to play an active role in the
ICMM tailings working group, which
provides guidance to support thesafe,
responsible management of tailings with the
goal of eliminating fatalities and
catastrophic events.
Closure and repurposing
As we mine and process metals and minerals
we have an environmental and social impact.
Our aspiration is to create a positive legacy,
meeting our commitments to stakeholders and
host communities, and deliver environmental,
social and financial value. The end of an
asset’s life is an opportunity for a new
beginning. We are finding better ways to
repurpose and renew our assets.
We recognise we are often a short chapter in the
long history of the land where we operate.
Understanding this, our first step is to work with
stakeholders to develop a shared vision for the
future and a pathway to deliver that together.
Today, we incorporate closure through each
stage of the asset lifecycle, in the way we
design, build and operate. In 2023 we made it
easier for operating assets to fund progressive
closure work to reduce our impact. For more
information on progressive rehabilitation in
2023, see page 65.
We develop asset closure strategies to identify
potential future land uses and focus on
opportunities to reduce closure costs and risks
over the asset lifecycle. We completed eight
additional asset closure strategies in 2023, and
now have these in place for 59% of our active
operations. All of our operating sites have closure
plans, and we are developing closure plans for
assets that have an indefinite life such as some
port facilities. We review these plans regularly to
align with stakeholder expectations and to
incorporate lessons learned from other closure
projects. At operations with joint ownership
structures, we endeavour to work in partnership
with other asset owners to ensure closure is
considered through asset design, planning and
To bring greater certainty to our closure plans,
we are undertaking 16 closure studies across
operations and our legacy portfolio.
For more informationabout our closure risks see page 88.
90+
legacy assets managed within our portfolio
59%
of our active operations have asset closure
strategies in place
$17.2 bn
in closure provisions on our balance sheet
at the end of 2023 (2022: $15.8 bn)
Partnering
We partner to ensure decisions from design
through to operations create social, economic,
and environmental value when mining and
processing ends.
–To build industry capability and share best
practices in closure, we developed the
Leadership in Sustainable Mine Closure
Program in partnership with the University of
British Columbia, Curtin University and Ernst &
Young.
–To reduce our waste inventory, we continue
to explore circular economy options. We
began a trial to recycle end of life tyres and
belts at Argyle andwe completed the first
shipments of scrap steel from the Gove
refinery for recycling.
–To identify opportunities to create value, we
consider options for reprocessing.
At Nevada Copper, a former copper site in
McGill, Nevada, US we completed a drilling
program with Regeneration Enterprises.
–To create long-term social and economic
value from the remediation effort at
Beatson, a series of former underground
copper mines on Latouche Island in
Prince William Sound, Alaska we signed a
Memorandum of Understanding with the
Native Village of Chenega, an Alaska Native
tribe, and Chenega Corporation, an Alaska
Native corporation, establishing a
framework for collaboration toward
achieving common goals.
Innovating
We innovate to seek lasting benefits. We
partner with universities, governments and
other organisations to find opportunities to
repurpose and reprocess mineral and
industrial waste, improve treatment and
valorisation of mining-influenced waters, and
explore the social aspects of mine closure.
–Our Mining Influenced Water Challenge was
launched to inspire solutions for sustainable
water treatment through closure. We received
98 submissions from 36 countries. We have
committed to fund $15 million over three years
for the 13 projects selected.
–We launched a crowdsourcing campaign
through the Pioneer Portal to seek partners to
develop a remote sensing solution for
environmental monitoring and mineral waste
characterisation receiving 100 concept papers.
–We continue to progress our partnership with
the Mining Microbiome Analytics Platform to
better understand the data collected about
the microbes we have at our sites and how
they can support rehabilitation and recover
metals from mineral waste at closed sites.
We continue to build our expertise and learn
as we execute closure work and manage our
legacy portfolio.
Argyle diamond mine
We continue to rehabilitate the Argyle diamond
mine on Miriwoong and Gija country in
Western Australia. In 2023, we completed
removal of the processing plant above ground
infrastructure, continued reprofiling of the
alluvial mining and waste rock landforms and
capping of the tailings storage facility. We
have reviewed our contracting strategy to
increase work awarded to Traditional Owner
businesses, increasing our spend to A$33
million in 2023 (2022: A$21 million). We are
engaging with Traditional Owners on how to
best support and expand meaningful
participation.
Gove refinery and residue disposal areas
In 2023, we began the largest demolition project
in the Southern Hemisphere at the Gove refinery
in the Northern Territory, Australia. While water
treatment and capping of the residue disposal
areas continues, we are working closely with
Gumatj and Rirratjingu Traditional Owners, and
the Northern Territory Government, to plan for the
future of the region beyond mining. In 2023, we
spent A$94 million with Traditional Owner
businesses, a decrease on the previous year due
to lower global fuel prices (2022: A$101 million).
Ranger uranium mine
Energy Resources of Australia (ERA) is
rehabilitating the Ranger uranium mine in the
Northern Territory, Australia. We are committed to
the successful rehabilitation of the Ranger
Project Area to a standard that will establish an
environment similar to the adjacent Kakadu
National Park, a World Heritage site. We
acknowledge the Traditional Owners’, the Mirarr
People, consistent opposition to developing the
Jabiluka uranium deposit and restate our full
support for ERA’s commitment that the deposit
would never be developed without the Mirarr
People’s consent. Our utmost priority and
commitment is to the rehabilitation of the Ranger
Project Area in a way that is consistent with the
wishes of the Mirarr People.
On 4 April 2023, we announced our support
for ERA’s Interim Entitlement Offer (IEO),
which raised approximately A$369 million to
address funding requirements for the Ranger
Rehabilitation Project to the end of the second
quarter of 2024. Rio Tinto, which owns 86.3%
of ERA's shares, subscribed for its full
entitlements under the terms of the IEO, at a
cost of A$319 million.
In October 2023, ERA announced that the
findings of a 2022 Feasibility Study were
under review. The study was undertaken on a
lower technical risk rehabilitation methodology
and to further refine the Ranger Project Area
rehabilitation execution scope, risks, cost and
schedule. In December 2023, ERA announced
that they expected rehabilitation costs to
materially exceed the previously estimated
range and expected to increase their closure
provision to approximately A$2.3 billion.
Rio Tinto continues to provide project support,
including organisational and technical support,
as requested by ERA. For more information,
please visit ERA’s website.
Legacy assets
We manage over 90 legacy assets in nine
countries and 28 tailings storage facilities, for
more information on tailings management see
page 64.
In 2023, we donated over 28 acres of land to
the Southwestern Oregon Community College
in Brookings, Oregon, US to support the
expansion of their Curry Campus. The
donation triples the size of the Curry Campus
providing additional education opportunities in
the region.
In France we opened an eco-park in
partnership with the French Ministry of
ecological transition at Le Thoronet, a former
bauxite mine. The park features hiking trails
and diverse habitat areas to support
local wildlife.
We completed relinquishments at Lochacker
Schreiber, a former landfill in Switzerland
returning the land to local government for
future use, long-term management
and monitoring.
At Kelian, a former gold mine in Indonesia we
have entered into a post-mining agreement
with the province of East Kalimantan, under
the supervision of the Ministry of Environment
and Forestry to support the long-term
management of the site. We have completed
the restoration of the environment in the
protected forest, which contains a rhinoceros
sanctuary.
For more informationabout closure provisions and financial statements see page 196.
Building capability in closureMine closure is a complex challenge that we face as an industry. Changing societal expectations mean the landscape is evolving and we need to develop specialist skills and capability in closure. We developed the Leadership in Sustainable Mine Closure Program in partnership with the University of British Columbia, Curtin University and Ernst & Young to help meet this need and create opportunities to share best practices and learnings. Learn how some of our first program participants are finding better ways to incorporate closure into their work.
For more informationsee riotinto.com/closure.
| Social performance | Our operations can have far-reaching impacts on society. We work hard to avoid or minimise adverse impacts and seek to understand, and invest in, the diverse knowledge, cultures and resources that exist in areas where we operate. Our ambition is to contribute to positive and enduring outcomes for our workforce and the communities and countries where we operate. |
|---|
Community
engagement and
social investment
The strength of our relationships with the
communities where we operate, and broader
society, is fundamental to our business.
Without the support from host communities we
can not operate successfully.
Through our partnerships, we strive to support
communities in achieving their aspirations and
improve lives by contributing to social and
economic outcomes, all while respecting and
protecting their connection to culture and
nature.
We have evolved our approach to engaging
with communities and Indigenous Peoples
across our business. By listening to
understand, being willing to learn from our
mistakes and genuine partnering, we will
deliver better long-term outcomes for
everyone. It enhances our understanding and
appreciation of the people and diverse
cultures in the geographies where we work.
Our relationships with Indigenous Peoples are
a priority for us and we especially value our
agreements with First Nations People of the
lands on which we operate.
We seek out the voices of communities to
inform our planning and decision making, and
it helps us manage our impacts better,
contribute to social outcomes and preserve
and protect heritage.
Our Communities and Social Performance
(CSP) teams work across our entire business
and include people with a range of expertise,
from archaeologists, anthropologists, social
scientists and economic development experts,
to human rights specialists and operational
leaders. While these teams help to implement
our technical activities, everyone in our
business has a role to play in our social
licence.
Our assets operate in line with our global
Communities and Social Performance
Standard, which was revised and
strengthened in 2022. Our standard provides
clear direction on what success looks like and
the minimum requirements expected across
our global business.
We continue to stre ngthen our social
performance capacity and capability to be
better operators and partners. Throughout
2023, our CSP practitioners undertook online
learning, communities of practice and face-to-
face cross-functional workshops. We have also
added central roles in key areas such as
heritage, agreements and human rights.
Understanding and acting on the perceptions
of communities who host our operations is
essential. In 2023, we trialled a new program
which will be rolled out across the Group in
2024 and 2025, to help us more effectively
engage and better understand our host
communities’ perceptions, leading to improved
data-driven social performance.
CSP targets
In 2023, we progressed initiatives towards our
2026 CSP targets. We focused on developing
and implementing frameworks and
measurement criteria for both cultural heritage
co-management and social investment
strategic partnerships. Our human rights
training continued throughout the year, with
planning for expanded online learning
programs.
For more informationabout our CSP targets see page 43.
Yinjaa-Barni Art, Roebourne, Australia
Country updates
QIT Madagascar Minerals (QMM), Madagascar
In 2023, QMM faced protests led by
representatives of a local association. The
protests affected the safety and well-being of
employees and people in the communities and in
October 2023, an altercation between protesters
and public security forces escalated into violence.
Public security forces officially reported one
person died, and one person was injured. We are
committed to learning from this tragic event and
will work together with local communities and
other stakeholders through open, meaningful,
and respectful dialogue to seek to prevent such
incidents in the future and find safe, peaceful and
long-term solutions to community concerns.
In 2023, QMM committed to increase its
community and social investment spend
to $4 million per year, on projects to be
co-designed with communities, authorities
and government, and which are consistent
with local, regional and national development
plans. This is part of a range of initiatives aimed
at maintaining trust and collaboration with
local communities. Our commitment to
reforestation also continues through our initiative
to help local communities establish village tree
nurseries.
Resolution Copper project, Arizona, US
At our Resolution Copper project, we are
committed to preserving Native American and
local community cultural heritage and bringing
lasting benefits to the entire region. We
continue to strengthen relationships with local
communities and Native American tribes by
deepening our engagement and partnership
support. In 2023, we signed agreements with
a number of Native American tribes with
ancestral ties to the land, to work together on
youth recreation, cultural preservation and
economic initiatives. We also finalised a
Good Neighbour agreement with the Town
of Superior to define the relationship with
the town and local community groups over the
life of the mine.
Resolution Copper also entered into
several multi-year partnership agreements
with local and national-level Native American
organisations supporting education
and youth recreation, including the
American Indian Science and Engineering
Society (AISES), the Native American
Basketball Invitational (NABI) and the Belvado
Foundation at the San Carlos Apache
community.
For more informationvisit Resolution Copper’s website resolutioncopper.com/cultural-heritage.
Simandou project, Guinea
At our Simandou iron ore project, we work with
local communities to design and deliver local
social investment programs, regional
economic development programs and
livelihood restoration initiatives to build
community resilience and support the future of
the operation. By raising local capacities,
engaging with local entrepreneurs, and
investing in training and development, we
hope to contribute to a better future for the
local communities.
We also work with our infrastructure and joint
venture partners to ensure a consistent
application of internationally recognised
environmental and social performance
standards across the entire project. And we
are implementing human rights due diligence
processes to understand our potential human
rights impacts and ensure our employees,
contractors and those in the local communities
are treated with dignity and respect.
Oyu Tolgoi, Mongolia
At Oyu Tolgoi, we strive to be a leader in
sustainable social and economic change
through partnerships with local communities
and government. Since 2015, we have made
an annual contribution to the regional
Development Support Fund (DSF) –
administered jointly by Oyu Tolgoi and the
community – for community initiatives in the
Umnugovi aimag. In 2023, the fund provided
$6.2 million to help complete a local school,
kindergarten and health care centre and
construct sewage pipelines, pasture irrigation,
waste plant and rare animal protection
projects. This has improved accessibility and
provided a better standard of living for
community members.
The Future Generation Special Fund makes up
5% of the annual DSF investment and provides
development opportunities for youth. In 2023,
114 local students were awarded the Goviin Oyu
scholarship to study in specialist fields. Since
2015, 519 students have received scholarships,
and of these, 70% have been hired for jobs in
their local communities.
Employment from the local communities at Oyu
Tolgoi increased by 10% in 2023 due to a
comprehensive recruitment process and local
talent development. There is also a focus on
strengthening the local and national supply chain
with local spending increasing from $261 million
in 2022 to $272 million in 2023.
In 2023, Oyu Tolgoi committed $50 million
over five years to support the Khanbogd Soum
town development by 2040. Some
infrastructure projects are already underway,
including the construction of a road, a public
square, a recreational sport centre and the
renovation of the local hospital.
Oyu Tolgoi also continues to work with
herders, local communities and the
government to improve water accessibility and
address the increased demand for water.
Panguna mine, Bougainville,
Papua New Guinea
The Panguna mine was operated by Bougainville
Copper Limited (BCL), majority-owned by Rio
Tinto, for 17 years from 1972 until 1989, when
operations were suspended due to a civil war,
which lasted until 1998. In 2016, we transferred
our 53.83% majority shareholding in BCL to the
Autonomous Bougainville Government (ABG)
and the Papua New Guinea (PNG) Government
for no consideration, enabling the ABG and PNG
to hold an equal share in BCL of 36.4% each.
In September 2020, the Human Rights Law
Centre (HRLC) filed a complaint against Rio
Tinto on behalf of 156 Bougainville residents
with the Australian National Contact Point
(AusNCP) regarding the Panguna site.
In 2021, as an outcome of the AusNCP
engagement, a joint committee of stakeholders,
the Panguna Mine Legacy Impact Assessment
Oversight Committee (Committee), was formed
to oversee a detailed independent assessment of
the Panguna mine. The Panguna Mine Legacy
Impact Assessment (Legacy Impact
Assessment) will cover the environmental
impacts, and directly connected social and
human rights impacts, caused by the Panguna
mine since the cessation of mining. The
Committee is chaired by an independent
facilitator with representatives from the ABG,
the Independent State of PNG, clan leaders
and landowners, local communities, Rio Tinto,
BCL and HRLC. It has met regularly since
its formation.
In 2022, the Committee selected and
endorsed Tetra Tech Coffey to undertake
phase 1 of the Legacy Impact Assessment.
The Legacy Impact Assessment began in
December 2022 and continued throughout
2023 with three field campaigns completed
successfully. The field work in 2023 included
interviews with community members across
the study areas as well as assessing the
stability of aging mine infrastructure and
impacts related to water quality and flooding.
The Legacy Impact Assessment will provide all
parties with a clearer understanding of the
human rights impacts, so we can consider the
best way forward together. Results will be
presented to the Committee when phase 1 is
completed (due 2024).
Compagnie des Bauxites de Guinée SA (CBG),
Guinea
CBG is a bauxite operation in Guinea owned
by Halco Mining Inc. (51%) and the Guinean
Government (49%). Halco is a consortium
comprised of Rio Tinto (45%), Alcoa (45%)
and Dadco Investments (10%). Rio Tinto
participates on the boards of Halco and CBG,
with representation on various shareholder
oversight committees.
Through our Board and committee roles,
we monitor and support CBG’s approach to
environmental protection, community issues
and human rights. We are aware of the
concerns regarding access to land and water,
and the pace of livelihood restoration
programs as well as concerns regarding
CBG’s stakeholder engagement.
In 2023, sustainability advisory committees
at Halco and CBG levels met regularly,
strengthening our governance oversight and
providing support to CBG for the improvement of
CBG’s social and environmental practices,
including for the development of an ongoing
human rights due diligence process. Both the
Halco and CBG advisory committees are closely
following CBG’s response to a complaint made to
the International Finance Corporation’s (IFC)
Office of the Compliance Advisor Ombudsman
(CAO). The mediation process facilitated by the
CAO has conducted four plenary sessions and
several other bilateral meetings between the
parties in 2023. Through a collaborative
approach, important progress was made with
agreements on CBG’s practices on stakeholder
engagement and management of grievances.
Additionally, the implementation of previous
agreements on blasting and access to water
have progressed, delivering positive outcomes to
local communities. Halco continues to participate
in the mediation process as an observer,
alongside the IFC.
Social investment
We have a long history of partnering to support
the host communities and regions where we
operate. We employ local people, buy local
products, and engage local services. In 2023, our
total voluntary global social investment was $84
million, covering a wide range of social and
economic programs. And we introduced a new
company-wide approach to social investment,
which focuses on working together with
communities to find out what is important to them
so we can make decisions that will deliver
positive and enduring outcomes. This is essential
for our continued social licence in an increasingly
complex world..
For more informationabout our partnerships and community engagement see riotinto.com/socialeconomicdevelopment
Update on our
communities and social
performance commitments
This section provides an update on our CSP
commitments made after the tragic destruction
of the rock shelters at Juukan Gorge in May
- This remains an important area of focus,
as we continue to find better ways, recognising
we always have things to learn.
In 2021 and 2022 we asked Traditional Owner
groups in the Pilbara to share feedback on our
progress on some of the commitments we
made as part of the Rio Tinto Board Review in
2020 on cultural heritage management. We
repeated this process in 2023 with six out of
ten Pilbara Traditional Owner entities choosing
to respond. The verbatim feedback is
presented on our website atriotinto.com/
juukangorgeas it was provided, with only the
names removed for anonymity. We now have
a three-year longitudinal perspective on our
relationships. We have summarised our
progress under three areas: relationships,
governance and process, and leadership
and inclusion.
For more informationsee our 2021 and 2022 Communities and Social Performance Commitments Disclosures at riotinto.com/cspreport.
Relationships
We are finding better ways to work with
communities and Indigenous Peoples,
particularly in how we protect heritage.
We are moving to a model of co-management,
working in partnership with Indigenous
Peoples across our operations. Our approach
aims to enhance our understanding and
appreciation of Indigenous cultural heritage
and ensure that Indigenous voices inform our
planning and decision making.
Social, Cultural and Heritage
Management Plans
In 2023, our Iron Ore business advanced five
Social, Cultural, and Heritage Management
Plans for proposed developments, with
positive feedback by Traditional Owners.
It is based on building understanding,
co-designing, partnering, and transparently
sharing information.
Memorandum of understanding with
Yindjibarndi Energy Corporation
We are exploring new economic models to
increase First Nations participation in our
business. In October 2023, we announced a
memorandum of understanding (MoU) with the
Yindjibarndi Energy Corporation to explore
opportunities to collaborate on renewable
energy projects on Yindjibarndi Country in the
Pilbara region of Western Australia. Together,
we will consider a range of opportunities,
including wind and solar power and battery
energy storage systems.
Nammuldi cultural heritage incident
In August 2023, as part of our cultural heritage
monitoring and management processes, we
identified the fall of a Pilbara scrub tree and a
one cubic metre rock from the overhang of a
rock shelter in an area adjacent to the
Nammuldi mine site. As soon as we identified
this, we paused nearby blasting work
occurring 150 metres away, and notified the
Traditional Owners of the land, the Muntulgura
Guruma People. We have apologised to the
Muntulgura Guruma People, who we deeply
respect, and are continuing to work closely
with them. We’ve completed a detailed review
to understand what happened and how we
can improve.
We are working through the outcomes of the
review with the Muntulgura Guruma People.
We will continue to listen, learn and improve
our ways of working.
Working with Indigenous communities
in Canada
Healthy community relationships are essential to
our operations and future growth. We have 12
active long-term impact benefits/participation
agreements with Indigenous communities in
Canada, supported by proactive site-based and
regional engagements.
Naskapi Nation and Iron Ore Company of
Canada agreement
In February 2023, the Naskapi Nation of
Kawawachikamach and Iron Ore Company of
Canada (IOC) signed an agreement to
establish a mutually beneficial relationship
based on dialogue, collaboration and trust.
This socio-economic agreement aims to
create opportunities for greater participation by
Naskapi People in IOC’s activities through
training and development, employment,
collaboration on environmental projects, and
procurement. It will also protect and
encourage the practice of traditional activities
and provide long-term financial benefits to the
Naskapi Nation.
Cheslatta Carrier Nation visit Australia
We are increasing engagement, participation
and encouraging learning. In 2023, the
Cheslatta Carrier Nation from British Columbia
attended the World Mining Congress in
Brisbane, and visited our Weipa operations in
Queensland where they met with Traditional
Owners.
Governance and process
During 2023, we continued to implement our
Communities and Social Performance
Standard, and revise systems and processes
to help us meet external expectations and
deliver better social and human rights
outcomes. We have strengthened our social
risk framework, and our teams’ understanding
of social and human rights risks.
Australian Advisory Group
We established the Australian Advisory Group
(AAG) in 2022 to provide independent expert
advice to our executives on matters impacting
our operations in Australia, with a priority focus
on First Nations issues and opportunities. The
group met four times in 2023, including site
visits to Weipa and the Pilbara. An
independent review of the AAG was finalised
in October to ensure the AAG continues to
operate in a way that adds genuine value to
our business.
The Oxford Leading Sustainable Corporations
Programme
A recommendation from the Juukan Gorge
Board review in 2020 was to strengthen our
leaders’ understanding of current and
emerging environmental, social and
governance (ESG) issues to better preserve
cultural heritage. In 2022, we partnered with
Saïd Business School, University of Oxford to
pilot their Leading Sustainable Corporations
Programme. In 2023, 116 leaders completed
the 12-week course. Learning outcomes and
feedback were overwhelmingly positive,
igniting new discussions about sustainability
that will support our decarbonisation
objectives, mutually beneficial sustainability
outcomes for communities and the long-term
success of the business. It will be offered
again in 2024.
Independent Cultural Heritage
Management Audit
In March 2023, we published an independent
report (produced by ERM, a global
sustainability consultancy) on a global audit of
our cultural heritage management
The audit was completed throughout 2021 and
2022 across 20 assets in Australia and 17
assets in other countries where we operate,
including Canada, South Africa, US and
Mongolia. The audit identified areas where we
are achieving leading cultural heritage
practices but also areas where we need to
improve our performance. Based on the report
recommendations, we are developing a
consolidated action plan and a cultural
heritage maturity model to monitor progress
across the business.
For more informationsee the results from the Independent Cultural Heritage Management Audit at riotinto/culturalheritage.
Leadership and inclusion
We are fast-tracking Indigenous Australians
into professional and leadership roles to
ensure we have a stronger representation of
diverse voices at our decision-making tables in
Australia. In 2023, we revised our target to
have 100 Indigenous leaders by 2025. Having
true diversity of perspectives, and an
Indigenous lens on decision making, will guide
our company moving forward.
Creating an environment that is safe for
Indigenous employees is a priority. Our
cultural safety initiative “Care for Mob” will be
delivered against a national framework in
partnership with the Everyday Respect
taskforce to ensure all employees feel safe,
supported and respected.
In 2023, we launched the Elevating Voices
Network in Australia. The Network is led by a
small group of Indigenous and non-Indigenous
employee volunteers who come together to
activate events, activities and conversations.
By encouraging connections, building cultural
intelligence, and fostering a more culturally
safe company, the Elevating Voices Network
aims to create stronger links for collaboration,
celebrate representation of our Indigenous
workforce, enhance current and future
initiatives and complement meaningful
workplace opportunities through engagement.
We have also continued our Cultural Connection
program to ensure leaders can navigate and
understand Indigenous culture and build strong
trusted relationships with the Indigenous
community and Indigenous employees in
Australia. In 2023, we introduced this program to
our Communities and External Affairs team in
Mongolia, to uplift their cultural knowledge in
preparation for a cross cultural visit between the
Nyangumarta Traditional Owner group in
Australia, and Mongolian herders and employees
in Mongolia.
Indigenous participation
In 2023 we re-established the Aboriginal
Training and Liaison (ATAL) program through
a co-design process with the Traditional
Owner groups we work with in the Pilbara.
This work-ready program is focused on
empowering participants to develop skills for
ongoing employment in different jobs and
industries across the Pilbara.
Indigenous partnerships
One of our priorities is partnering with local
and national Indigenous organisations to
provide support in key areas such as
economic development, community
empowerment, preserving traditional
knowledge and practices and promoting
sustainable development and social inclusion.
In November 2023, we announced a five-year
partnership with First Nations Media Australia
(FNMA) to help them digitise and preserve at-
risk media (audio and video tapes) from the
1970s to 1990s. The FNMA Archiving Project
will support First Nations media organisations
and other Central Australian-based Aboriginal
media organisations.
The partnership sits within our Living
Languages Living Cultures program, which
has been designed to promote the recognition,
preservation, and revitalisation of Australian
Indigenous languages and cultures for the
benefit of Australian Indigenous communities.
Supporting Indigenous businesses
We support local businesses, employ local
people and buy local products, especially from
Indigenous, small and regional businesses. In
2023, we spent more than A$725 million with
Indigenous businesses across Australia – an
increase of 28% on the year before.
We are also increasing our spend with local and
Indigenous businesses in Canada and the US. In
2023, we spent $190 million with Indigenous
suppliers in North America. We do not always get
it right, but when our local suppliers have
concerns, we listen and learn. In February 2023,
at our Rincon lithium project in Argentina, some
members of local Indigenous suppliers blocked a
road to the site due to concerns about the
procurement process. We met with the
communities, listened to the issues and made
changes to facilitate their ability to access
contracts.
Truth and reconciliation
In 2023, we supported the referendum for an
Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Voice in
the Australian Constitution and provided a
corporate donation to the “Yes” campaign.
The “No” outcome does not change our
support for constitutional recognition for
Indigenous Australians. As one of the largest
employers of Indigenous Australians and a
company that operates on the lands of
Indigenous Peoples, we have long supported
constitutional recognition for Indigenous
Australians.
In Canada, we continue to create learning
opportunities for our people to raise
awareness about the history, culture and rights
of Indigenous Peoples. In 2023, we introduced
a new online training on awareness of
Indigenous culture and issues, across all our
Canadian sites. We held a series of
educational events to celebrate National
Indigenous History Month, and to
commemorate Truth and Reconciliation Day.
Economic contributions ($ million)
| 2023 | 2022 | 2021 | 2020 | 2019 | |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Consolidated sales revenue | 54,041 | 55,554 | 63,495 | 44,611 | 43,165 |
| Net cash generated from operating activities1 | 15,160 | 16,134 | 25,345 | 15,875 | 14,912 |
| Profit after tax for the year2 | 9,953 | 13,048 | 22,597 | 10,400 | 6,972 |
| Underlying earnings2 | 11,755 | 13,359 | 21,401 | 12,448 | 10,373 |
| Underlying earnings per share (US cents)2 | 725.0 | 824.7 | 1,322.4 | 769.6 | 636.3 |
| Net (debt)/cash | (4,231) | (4,188) | 1,576 | (664) | (3,651) |
| Capital expenditure3 | (7,086) | (6,750) | (7,384) | (6,189) | (5,488) |
| Employment costs | (6,636) | (6,002) | (5,513) | (4,770) | (4,522) |
| Payables to governments4 | (7,881) | (9,313) | (12,789) | (8,224) | (7,175) |
| Amounts paid by Rio Tinto | N/A5 | (10,779) | (13,334) | (8,404) | (7,635) |
| Amounts paid by Rio Tinto on behalf of its employees | N/A5 | (1,622) | (1,486) | (1,353) | (1,284) |
Data includes dividends from equity accounted units, and is after payments of interest, taxes and dividends to non-controlling interests in subsidiaries.
Comparative information for 2022 and 2021 has been restated to reflect the adoption of narrow scope amendments to IAS12 Income Taxes.
Capital expenditure is presented gross before taking into account any disposals of property, plant and equipment.
Payables to governments includes corporate taxes, government royalties and employer payroll taxes.
Our Taxes Paid Report will be published later this year on riotinto.com.
| 2023 | 2022 | 2021 | 2020 | 2019 | |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Community investment1 (discretionary) | 84* | 62.6 | 72.1 | 47.0 | 36.4 |
| Development contributions2 (non-discretionary) | 17.6 | 18.2 | 19.1 | 12.8 | 12.0 |
| Payment to landowners3 (non-discretionary) | 231.9 | 299.0 | 222.9 | 165.9 | 147.0 |
*Community investment increased in 2023 attributed largely to Oyu Tolgoi and Rio Tinto Iron Ore.
- Community investments are voluntary financial commitments, including in-kind donations of assets and employee time, made by Rio Tinto managed operations to third parties to address
identified community needs or social risks.
- Development contributions are defined as non-discretionary financial commitments, including in-kind donations of assets and employee time, made by Rio Tinto to a third party to deliver social,
economic and/or environmental benefits for a community, which Rio Tinto is mandated to make under a legally binding agreement, by a regulatory authority or otherwise by law.
- Payment to landowners are non-discretionary compensation payments made by Rio Tinto to third parties under land access, mine development, native title, impact benefit and other legally
binding compensation agreements.
Health, safety and wellbeing
Caring for one another is one of our values –
it is part of who we are and the way we work,
every shift, every day. Nothing is more
important than the health, safety and wellbeing
of our employees, contractors
and communities.
Although there were no fatalities on our
managed sites in 2023, in January 2024,
tragically four team members from our Diavik
mine in Canada lost their lives when a charter
flight crashed on its way to the mine.
In 2023, we also continued to see fatalities
more broadly across our industry, including six
at our non-managed operations. We firmly
believe all fatalities are preventable. Our focus
remains on identifying, managing and, where
possible, eliminating risks to ensure everyone,
including partners and colleagues at our non-
managed operations, goes home safely every
day.
In 2023, we encountered three permanent
damage injuries; two significant hand injuries
at Diavik and Guinea respectively, and another
at Kennecott Integrated Skarns Project, where
one of our colleagues sustained a leg injury
requiring amputation.
We also experienced three significant process
safety events in 2023; two at Sorel-Tracy in
Quebec, and one at Kennecott in Utah. We
are continuing to find better ways to safely run
our operations and prevent these incidents
from occurring. One example is our newly
developed process safety improvement plan
that aims to continually improve the maturity of
our management system and culture. These
will continue to be implemented globally
through until 2025.
Our all-injury frequency rate (AIFR) was 0.37
in 2023, an improvement from 2022 (2022:
0.40). We continue to see a disparity in safety
performance for employees compared to
contractors, so our focus remains on
improving contractor safety by further
integrating contractors into our safety culture.
Across our operations, we continue to see
serious incidents where people are exposed to
potentially fatal events. The main safety risks
relate to falling objects, falling from heights
and vehicle-related incidents. These risk areas
account for 58% of the total potentially fatal
incidents and remain at the forefront of our
safety maturity efforts.
Critical risk management
Critical risk management (CRM) remains our
primary fatality elimination tool, helping to
ensure critical controls are in place and
working where there is a fatal risk. In 2023, we
initiated a project to help our teams reconnect
with why we have CRM, and to enhance the
quality of verifications which check that the
right critical controls are in place for each task.
In 2024, we will leverage the data we collect to
identify trends, which will help us proactively
intervene before incidents occur.
Vehicles and driving
In 2023, we introduced a program to help our
teams learn critical lessons related to vehicles
and driving, including potential gaps in
vehicles and driving critical controls,
and developing effective strategies to
address these.
We also focused on deepening our
understanding of mass transport risks,
facilitating self-assessments at our sites to
identify compliance with our Group procedure.
We will undertake a similar exercise to better
understand our aviation-related risk profile in
Safety maturity model
We acknowledge the importance of leadership
and strong processes in driving a sustained
improvement to our safety performance and
safety culture. This is evident in the
implementation of our safety maturity model
(SMM). Introduced in 2019, the SMM is our
blueprint for safety, integrating best practices in
leadership, engagement, learning, risk
management and work planning, as well as
operational ownership of health and
environmental risks. In 2023, we continued to
work closely with our assets to evaluate and
evolve their safety maturity, and foster both
physical and psychological safety. Through this
work, we have refined our assessor training
program, placing a higher emphasis on elements
such as mindsets, behaviours and felt
experiences towards our safety maturity efforts.
This supports our belief that all employees and
contractors should feel empowered to work
safely, speak up and make decisions that
prioritise their wellbeing. While we acknowledge
cultural transformation is a long-term journey, we
draw encouragement from the outcomes of the
SMM assessments conducted in 2023. These
have significantly deepened our understanding of
the safety culture at each site and support
actionable insights which will guide us towards
creating an even safer work environment.
Demonstrating leadership of maritime safety and crew welfareAs the first initiative of its kind for the dry bulk industry, we launched the Designated Owners and Operators Program. It provides us and our shipping value chain partners, including shipowners and operators, a structured platform to work together on improving maritime safety and crew welfare standards. Although we have not had any fatalities across our owned vessels since the formation of Rio Tinto Marine in 1989, over the past four years, seven seafarers have tragically lost their lives on chartered vessels. As part of the program, our partners commit to improving everyday practices to prevent fatalities and injuries, and improve crew welfare. So far we have onboarded 16 owners/operators, representing around 36% of our shipped volumes.
Mental health and wellbeing
Mental health is a core part of our safety culture.
We have a responsibility to support the wellbeing
of our people, beyond the traditional areas of
health and safety, and we are committed to
creating a work environment that is free from
psychological harm.
Our employees’ mental health can be impacted
by psychosocial hazards at work, so we continue
to strengthen our psychosocial risk management.
To support an environment where everyone feels
safe, respected and included, we are progressing
all 26 recommendations from the Everyday
Respect Report. This focuses on training leaders
in building psychological safety and becoming
upstanders, rectifying any unsafe facilities and
building plans to make our facilities more
inclusive, and providing a more people-centric
response to support those impacted by harmful
behaviours and disrespect. In 2023, 83.5% of our
employees completed the “Building Everyday
Respect” employee learning module, a critical
step towards changing our culture, building trust
and supporting the psychological safety of our
colleagues.
To better support people impacted by bullying,
harassment, sexual harm, racism and
discrimination, we introduced Care Hub in late
- Care Hub facilitates access to a range
of wellbeing pathways and informal non-
investigative resolution options to help people
navigate routes for healing, recovery, support
and resolution, as is aligned to the
recommendations from the Everyday Respect
Report. For more information about Care Hub,
see page 77.
In 2023, we continued our work to help leaders
recognise psychosocial hazards; assess the
risks; and implement, evaluate and monitor
effective controls, just as for any other health or
safety risk. The practices support ISO 45003 and
the World Health Organisation’s mental health
report. We also continued embedding our mental
health framework to raise awareness of mental
wellbeing, reduce stigma and increase the
capacity of our leaders to recognise and support
individuals experiencing mental ill-health.
Aligned with our commitment to provide our
employees the tools and skills they need to
support their mental health, we continue to
provide and promote the employee assistance
program (EAP), our mental health toolkit andour
global Peer Support Program, which includes
more than 1,600 peer supporters globally. We
also support our people through our domestic
violence support programs, which cover 100% of
employees. Importantly, we continued to support
global mental health campaigns such as R U
OK? Day and World Mental Health Day. In
October 2023, we held our mental health week to
support mental wellbeing and encourage our
people to look out for one another. We ran a
program of activities that included a
comprehensive communications toolkit, packed
with vital information and resources for holistic
wellbeing. Our people, from graduates to the
Executive Committee, shared powerful stories
and commitments to mental health in a series of
impactful videos.
We also hosted a number of engaging
regional calls addressing related wellbeing
topics which have contributed to shaping a
culture that prioritises mental wellbeing and
breaking down stigmas.
In 2023, we challenged ourselves on the role
we can play in preventing suicide. This work
involved understanding how we can work
together as a business, improve identification
of those individuals who may be at risk, and
support our people and families impacted by
deaths from suicide.
We continue to be an active member of the
Minerals Council of Australia (MCA)
Psychosocial Risk Management Working
Group, chaired by MCA and industry partners,
to improve the understanding and
management of psychosocial risk within
our industry.
Rio Tinto is required to disclose mine safety
violations or other regulatory matters in
accordance with Sections 1503(a) of the
Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and
Consumer Protections Act, which are included
in Exhibit 16.1 to this filing.
Occupational health
In 2023, we recorded a higher number of new
occupational health illnesses compared to the
previous year, with 98 (2022:70), in line with
our increased focus on medical assessments.
These assessments are a key requirement in
ensuring and maintaining our employees’
fitness for work, addressing legislative
requirements and managing risk profiles. We
continue to standardise and simplify these
assessments to help improve our health
We also ran two workshops for our global
health and hygiene practitioners to share
learnings, best practice and recent
technology developments in the Southern and
Northern hemisphere. We completed
occupational and industrial hygiene monitoring
at all of our operational and managed assets.
This included analysis of noise, airborne
particulates, gas and other contaminants that
can lead to adverse health effects for our
employees and contractors. This helped us to
better understand our exposure profile and
prioritise actions to put effective controls in
place.
In 2023, we commenced a project to improve
clarity and accessibility of data collected
through annual surveys. This project will
continue in 2024 and beyond, allowing better
internal reporting of health and industrial
hygiene risks at a Group level, and individually
for each product group. Health monitoring
remains a pivotal focus, involving the redesign
of fit-for-purpose medical assessments.
The data collected over 2023 allowed for
semi-quantitative assessments of risk and
identified areas where we can implement or
enhance control measures. Each product
group worked on identifying projects within
their assets which, with the support of the
Health Area of Expertise, will be designed,
developed and implemented to reduce
exposures for our employees and contractors.
We will continue to track exposure reduction
projects across product groups in 2024.
Recognising the need to improve the
transparency and detail of our health data, we
performed a Group internal audit in 2022. We
are continuing to implement the audit
recommendations by working to improve the
reporting of our data. These recommendations
include reviewing gaps in guidance, updating
our existing guidance to address these gaps,
re-training our health practitioners and
improving the available consolidated reports to
enable further insights.
We also made improvements to our annual
corporate reporting activity to ensure data
collected and reported is relevant to both
internal and external stakeholders.
This transparently shares our health, safety,
environment, security and communities
performance over a longer period of time, and
builds our environmental, social and
governance (ESG) credentials.
Health, safety, environment and
security transformation
The health, safety, environment and security
(HSES) transformation program has simplified
the way we work and provided access to
trusted and timely data, ultimately making our
business safer. Following three successful
pilots in Enablon TM in 2022 - a new digital tool
helping us to integrate HSES data and
processes into a single platform - global
deployment of the core Enablon TM modules
started in 2023. Today, more than 70% of the
business is using Enablon TM, and the final
wave of deployment will be completed in early
We also deployed 11 Enablon TM environment
modules across all Saguenay–Lac-St-Jean
sites in Quebec, Canada in 2023.
Work continues to expand the capabilities of
Enablon TM to support processes such as
management of change, in-field safety tools
and chemical management, which will drive
simplification and standardisation across
Safety and health performance
| 2023 | 2022 | 2021 | 2020 | 2019 | |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Fatalities at managed operations | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| All-injury frequency rate (per 200,000 hours worked) | 0.37 | 0.40 | 0.40 | 0.37 | 0.42 |
| Number of lost-time injuries | 236 | 225 | 216 | 187 | 227 |
| Lost-time injury frequency rate (per 200,000 hours worked) | 0.23 | 0.25 | 0.25 | 0.22 | 0.27 |
| Safety maturity model score1 | 5.2 | 4.7 | 5.7 | 5.4 | 4.5 |
| Rate of new cases of occupational illness (per 10,000 employees)2 | 19.2 | 15.1 | 15.2 | 16.8 | 20.7 |
| Number of employees3 | 57000 | 54,000 | 49,000 | 47,500 | 46,000 |
| Fines and prosecutions – safety ($’000)4 | 330.0 | 339.0 | 646.2 | 25.4 | 40.7 |
| Fines and prosecutions – health ($’000)5 | 0.9 | 0.0 | 5.0 | 0.0 | 1.4 |
- Figures in the table represent the Rio Tinto Group average SMM score at the end of each year. Each year, assets are added or removed from the SMM program based on project and closure
cycles. New assets to the program are baselined in the first quarter of each year and added to the Group average at the end of the year.
Rate of new cases of occupational illness (NCOI) = number of all new cases of occupational illnesses x 10,000/number of employees (based on average monthly statistics).
These figures include the Group’s share of joint ventures and associates (rounded).
In 2023, we paid safety fines resulting from non-compliances identified during MSHA inspections at our Boron and Owens Lake operations, California, US, and Kennecott Copper and Bingham
Canyon mines, Utah, US.
- In 2023, we paid health fines resulting from non-compliances identified during the inspections conducted by the Health Authorities at our Oyu Tolgoi mine in Mongolia.
Contributing causes for newly reported illness cases (employees)
| 2023 | 2022 | 2021 | 2020 | 2019 | |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Noise induced hearing loss | 28 | 20 | 16 | 23 | 34 |
| Musculoskeletal disorders | 46 | 32 | 32 | 29 | 29 |
| Mental stress | 4 | 5 | 1 | 2 | 2 |
| Others | 20 | 13 | 15 | 14 | 16 |
Note: There can be one or more illness reported for each employee/contractor.
Talent, diversity and inclusion
We are finding better ways TM to live our values
and build an environment of trust where
everyone feels safe, respected and
empowered. This is how we attract and retain
world-class talent to our operations globally.
Our people have access to outstanding
development opportunities allowing them to
build skills and capabilities to support them in
their role, many that are transferable within
and beyond our industry.
Listening to our people
More than 39,000 employees responded to our
most recent survey in October 2023, and our
employee satisfaction score (eSAT) increased to
74 (from 73 in 2022). Of particular note was the
positive progress we are making on key
indicators aligned with everyday respect:
authenticity (75), belonging (71), inclusion (69)
and speaking up (74). We have more to do and
will continue to focus on accountability and
increasing collaboration inside and outside of our
Supporting an inclusive culture
In 2023, we continued our work to support an
inclusive culture by implementing the
recommendations outlined in the Everyday
Respect Report. Our focus has been on:
–promoting respect
–investing in leadership development
–creating an inclusive workplace
–increasing support for our people
–ensuring equality through pay equity.
In 2024, we will conduct an independent
Everyday Respect progress review. We look
forward to reporting on the results and our
progress.
Promoting respect
The physical and psychological health and
safety of our workforce is a priority. In 2023,
83.5% of our employees completed a learning
module on building psychological safety and
becoming an upstander.
We have also introduced the concept of
“Purple Banners” across the business.
Through these updates, we share case
studies of recent instances of harmful
behaviours and disrespect that has happened
in the business. This encourages deeper
discussions about conduct among our teams
and helps increase transparency.
For more informationabout our work to support employees’ psychological health and safety see the health, safety and wellbeing section on pages 71-72.
Investing in leadership development
In 2023, we held two leadership conferences
to bring our senior leaders together to reflect
on our past, make further progress against our
strategy and look at ways we can shape the
future of our business for the next 150 years.
The keynotes, leader presentations and
discussions with community groups were
underpinned by our values.
We also continue to offer the Voyager
leadership program to all senior leaders to
help them lead authentically with care,
courage and curiosity. This is an immersive
leadership experience that accelerates
personal growth and deepens self-
understanding. This program has now been
completed by 72% of our senior leaders. In
2023, we continued to support and develop
our leaders through the Leading Sustainable
Corporations Programme in partnership with
Oxford University and focusing on developing
leaders as coaches.
In 2023, we have spent time developing,
testing and launching new leadership
programs that will help our leaders create a
safe environment, empower their teams and
perform together.
We are also committed to increasing cultural
knowledge, advancing Indigenous leadership
in our workforce and creating an environment
where everyone feels safe and respected. In
Australia, our Indigenous leadership program
continues to fast-track Indigenous Australians
into professional and leadership roles, helping
us to ensure that we have a stronger
representation of diverse voices across our
For more informationabout how we are increasing Indigenous leadership in our business see the CSP commitments section on page 69.
Creating an inclusive workplace
The representation of women across all levels
in our business continues to be an important
focus. In 2023, we saw an increase from
22.9% to 24.3% and further increases across
all levels of the organisation, with senior
leaders increasing from 28.3% to 30.1%, and
operations and general support increasing
from 16.2% to 17.7%.
Implementing the Everyday Respect Report
recommendations remains our priority and we
are confident that this will improve both the
attraction and retention of women and other
diverse groups to our business.
For more informationabout the Everyday Respect initiative see riotinto.com/everydayrespect.
We continued to evolve our award-winning
graduate program in 2023 and recruited our
biggest cohort yet with 298 graduate roles. Of
these, 51.7% in new graduate roles were
women and 37.6% were from communities
where we are building new businesses. In
Australia, 10.6% of the graduate intake (down
from 15% in 2022) and 13.8% of our vacation
student program (up from 2.2% in 2022) were
Indigenous.
In December 2023, we formalised our
ambitions to increase representation of ethnic
minorities setting a global target of 18% ethnic
minority representation within our senior
leadership population (Executive Committee
direct reports) by the end of 2027.
Collecting and monitoring ethnicity data is
challenging in a global context. We have more
work to do in 2024 to ensure that we have an
accurate understanding of both our baseline
and progress against this target. We will report
on the progress and the key programs and
activities we put in place to increase
representation, to ensure our organisation is
welcoming and built to support all of our
people.
Throughout 2023, we have also made it a priority
to address safety and hygiene risks in our
facilities with improvements to security, lighting
and access to well-maintained restrooms and
change rooms. We are performing audits and
making rectifications across all major sites and
offices. We are committed to investing to ensure
that our facilities are safe and meet the needs of
our diverse workforce. To provide a safe and
constructive way for employees and contractors
to raise concerns and give feedback, we have
created new village councils across managed
villages and camps. We now have over 20 village
councils across our camps, and these principles
are also being adopted in some of our office
locations.
We have also established a global network of
Employee Resource Groups (ERGs) to help us
find better ways to elevate diverse voices. These
employee-led groups, each with an Executive
Committee member as a sponsor, bring people
with a shared identity together with their allies to
offer a diverse lens to business challenges and
projects and offer participants career
development opportunities. We have three ERGs
which are LGBTQ+, neurodiversity and gender
equality. We plan to broaden our scope and
launch additional ERGs in 2024.
55,000¹ people
make up our workforce of employees and contractors, an increase of 5.8% since 2022 (52,000).
9,166 new hires
joined the business in 2023, of which 2,718 were contractors becoming permanent employees. (2022: 11,062 new hires of which 4,317 were contractors).
24.3% women
in our workforce, an increase of 1.4% since 2022 (22.9%). Workforce breakdown: 13,396 women; 41,660 men; 8 undeclared gender.
62% employees
participated in myShare2, an increase of 3% (2022: 59%).
- Includes our total workforce based on managed operations
(excludes the Group’s share of non-managed operations
and joint ventures) as of 31 December 2023, rounded to
the nearest 1,000.
- myShare is our global employee share plan.
Increasing support for our people
In 2023, the Business Conduct Office (BCO)
launched Care Hub, our new independent
care unit providing trauma and people-focused
support, practical care and alternative
resolution options to anyone affected by
harmful behaviours. Care Hub currently
supports matters reported through myVoice,
including matters where reporters are referred
to myVoice by Human Resources, our Health,
Safety, Environment and Security function,
leaders, our Peer Support Network, and has
supported over 276 people since launching.
For more informationabout the BCO, myVoice and Care Hub see page 77.
Ensuring equality through pay equity
Ensuring that employees with similar skills,
knowledge, qualifications, experience and
performance are paid equally for the same or
comparable work is intrinsically linked to our
commitment to inclusion and diversity. We
remain committed to eliminating any residual
pay inequities based on gender or other non-
legitimate dimensions of difference.
Our equal pay gap, the primary lens we use
when assessing gender pay, measures the
extent to which women and men employed by
our company in the same location and
performing work of equal value receive the
same pay. Our 2023 equal pay gap is less
than 1% in favour of men.
Our gender pay gap is a measure of the
difference between the average earnings of
women and men across the Group (excluding
incentive pay), regardless of role, expressed
as a percentage of men’s earnings. Our 2023
gender pay gap is less than 1% in favour of
women.
For more informationabout our commitment to pay equity see riotinto.com/payequity.
Workforce data by region(1)(2)
| Region | Average employee headcount(3) | Headcount distribution % | Absenteeism(4) | Average contractor headcount(5) | Headcount distribution % |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Africa | 3,058 | 6.0% | 3.1% | 134 | 2.8% |
| Americas | 16,174 | 31.9% | 0.6% | 845 | 17.7% |
| Asia | 5,834 | 11.5% | 1.2% | 137 | 2.9% |
| Australia/New Zealand | 24,535 | 48.3% | 4.7% | 3,594 | 75.3% |
| Europe | 1,168 | 2.3% | 0.7% | 64 | 1.3% |
| Total⁶ | 50,768 | 100.0% | 2.9% | 4,773 | 100.0% |
Rates have been calculated based on average monthly headcount in the year.
Employee headcount excludes Non-Executive Directors, contractors and people not available for work.
Absenteeism includes unplanned leave (sick leave, disability, parental and other unpaid leave) for populations on global, centralised HR systems. Excludes Non-Executive Directors and
contractors.
Contractors include those engaged on temporary contracts to provide services under the direction of Rio Tinto leaders.
The sum of the categories may be slightly different to the Rio Tinto total shown due to rounding.
Workforce data by category and diversity(1)(2)
| Headcount distribution % · Gender(3) · Age Group(4) · Region(4) | |||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Women (count) | Men (count) | Undeclared (count) | Women % | Men % | Under 30 | 30-39 | 40-49 | Over 50 | Africa | Americas | Asia | Australia/NZ | Europe | ||||
| Senior leaders | 1.1% | 175 | 407 | 0 | 30.1% | 69.9% | 0.2% | 6.4% | 44.9% | 48.5% | 4.5% | 26.0% | 10.6% | 43.8% | 15.1% | ||
| Managers | 8.2% | 1,526 | 3,005 | 2 | 33.7% | 66.3% | 0.5% | 25.3% | 44.2% | 30.0% | 5.1% | 34.1% | 11.3% | 43.5% | 6.0% | ||
| Supervisory and professional | 37.2% | 6,282 | 14,173 | 5 | 30.7% | 69.3% | 11.7% | 36.7% | 30.3% | 21.3% | 6.4% | 24.7% | 16.9% | 50.0% | 2.0% | ||
| Operations and general support | 52.6% | 5,138 | 23,831 | 1 | 17.7% | 82.3% | 17.8% | 28.8% | 26.6% | 26.8% | 6.4% | 35.5% | 9.1% | 47.5% | 1.5% | ||
| Graduates | 0.9% | 275 | 244 | 0 | 53.0% | 47.0% | 84.9% | 13.3% | 1.8% | —% | 5.7% | 32.4% | 14.6% | 46.3% | 1.0% | ||
| Total | 100.0% | 13,396 | 41,660 | 8 | 24.3% | 75.7% | 14.5% | 31.1% | 29.4% | 25.0% | 6.3% | 31.3% | 12.2% | 48.0% | 2.2% | ||
- Excludes Non-Executive Directors, Executive Committee, contractors and people not available for work 2017-2020. From 2021, the definition used to calculate diversity was changed to include
people not available for work and contractors (those engaged on temporary contracts to provide services under the direction of Rio Tinto leaders) excluding project contractors.
In 2023, eight (8) individuals' gender was undeclared.
Representation by Age and Region includes employees only, excludes contractors.
Employee hiring and turnover rates(1)(2)(3)
| Gender(4) · Age group · Region | ||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Total | Women | Men | Under 30 | 30-39 | 40-49 | Over 50 | Africa | Americas | Asia | Australia/NZ | Europe | |
| Employee hiring rate(5)(6) | 17.6% | 35.0% | 65.0% | 42.8% | 30.8% | 17.8% | 8.6% | 7.4% | 26.2% | 14.2% | 49.0% | 3.2% |
| Employee turnover rate(7) | 8.4% | 8.7% | 8.3% | 11.1% | 7.9% | 6.8% | 9.5% | 5.2% | 6.0% | 3.8% | 11.3% | 7.9% |
Excludes Non-Executive Directors and contractors.
Rates have been calculated based on average monthly headcount in the year per category.
In 2023, eight (8) individuals' gender was undeclared.
Total hiring rate is calculated as total employee hires over average employee headcount for the year.
Hiring rate includes total employee hires per category over total hires for the year.
Turnover rate excludes temporary workers and the reduction of employees due to business divestment. Turnover rate includes total terminations per category over average monthly headcount in
the year per category.
Human rights
Our human rights program is core to delivering
on our business strategy and achieving
impeccable environmental, social and
governance (ESG) credentials.
Commitment
We commit to respecting and supporting the
dignity, wellbeing and human rights of
everyone we interact with. Living up to that
commitment relies on embedding rights-
respecting and ethical behaviour throughout our
business, from how we work with local
communities to how we choose our suppliers
and engage with others in the workplace. We
know that our activities, and those of our
partners, can have both a positive and a negative
impact on human rights. Successfully
embedding Group-wide respect for human
rights relies on our:
–business culture (to establish supportive
mindsets and behaviours aligned with
our values)
–processes and systems (to integrate and
operationalise human rights due diligence
into management systems)
–engagement with broader society
(to help address root causes of
human rights harm).
For more informationabout our human rights commitments see our Human Rights Policy.
We continue to evolve our human rights
performance to help prevent our involvement in
adverse human rights impacts. We regularly
review and update internal standards, systems
and processes to integrate human rights due
diligence and promote more responsible and
ethical ways of working.
As part of ongoing assurance of our human
rights program, the Group Internal Audit team
completed its review of risk assessment and
evaluation processes across the Group’s
identified salient issues. The review found that
while risks impacting human rights are being
identified and captured in risk management
systems, broader Group-wide understanding
of risks and human rights consequences is
needed. To help with this, we continue to
develop our Group-wide human rights
controls, with a focus on modern slavery risk
control management.
Salient human rights issues
Aligned with the United Nations Guiding
Principles (UNGPs) on Business and Human
Rights, we identify the priority human rights
issues that could severely impact people
through our activities or business
relationships. These issues consider our
operational footprint, value chain and external
contexts and include:
–land access and use
–Indigenous Peoples’ rights
–security
–inclusion and diversity
–community health, safety and wellbeing
–workplace health and safety
–labour rights (including modern slavery)
–climate change and just transition.
Assets conduct a range of assessments to
enable a more complete understanding of their
risk context so they can prevent and mitigate
human rights risks. In 2023, Richards Bay
Minerals, ISAL, Kennecott, Rincon, Iron Ore
Company of Canada and all Pacific region
operations undertook risk assessments to
review their salient human rights issues. In
addition, 13 assets completed human rights
and tailings assessments as part of the Global
Standard on Tailings Management review. Our
human rights team supported higher risk
assets as they worked towards conducting
human rights impact assessments, with a
focus on QIT Madagascar Minerals,
Simandou, Rincon and Oyu Tolgoi. For assets
in more complex security contexts that involve
private and public security forces, we
continued to undertake security and human
rights assessments.
For more informationabout our security and human rights program see our annual VPSHR statement.
Our business relationships
We partner with communities, business
partners and other stakeholders to advance
respect for human rights in line with
international standards and our values.
Our joint venture partners
In 2023, we worked with joint venture partners
to provide human rights technical support and
monitored human rights performance, through
Board and Committee roles for non-managed
operations. Human rights risk assessments
were completed at La Compagnie des
Bauxites de Guinée (CBG) and Sohar
Aluminium, as part of a broader human rights
due diligence program and Aluminium
Stewardship Initiative (ASI) certification. CBG
received its provisional ASI certification in
Suppliers
Using a risk-based approach through our third
party due diligence process, we pre-screen
our potential business partners and complete
desktop human rights reviews. More than
10,000 business partners completed baseline
screening in 2023, and 177 were escalated for
human rights review. We undertook human
rights knowledge shares with 18 strategic
suppliers.
We expect our suppliers (including
subcontractors) to adhere to our Supplier
Code of Conduct, which includes respecting
human rights. In 2023, we reviewed this code
to further clarify our expectations and align
with best practice, and plan to launch the
updated code in 2024.
In 2023, we focused due diligence efforts on
higher risk supplier categories, including
logistics and renewables due to operating
contexts and potentially higher risk
workforces. We started a project to review
non-financial, sustainability and human rights
risks in core procurement categories to
further promote transparency and effective risk
management. We expect this work to be
completed in 2024.
For more informationabout our human rights and modern slavery approach see our annual Modern Slavery Statement.
Grievance and remedy
Effective grievance management can enable
more trusted relationships. Every asset is
required to have a grievance mechanism. In
2023, we updated guidance and provided
training to help teams better align practice with
the UNGPs effectiveness criteria.
We are committed to providing for, or
cooperating in, remediation when we identify
we have caused or contributed to, human
rights harm. We may also play a role in
remediation where we are directly linked to
harm through our products, services or
operations. Receiving feedback, complaints or
grievances from stakeholders is an important
part of our ongoing human rights due diligence
approach. In 2023 the human rights team
provided counsel and support on a range of
internal investigations.
Capacity building on human rights
Everyone has a role in respecting human
rights; our people are our first line of defence.
Our strategy focuses on demystifying,
integrating, operationalising and personalising
respect for human rights.
In 2023, our human rights team delivered 35
tailored training sessions targeting 11 assets
and 12 functional teams globally. We recorded
2,441 completions of our modern slavery
online learning module. We will launch further
learning initiatives to support our target to train
100% of high-risk human rights roles by the
end of 2024. Our human rights training
records are available in the 2023 Sustainability
Fact Book.
Collaboration
It is crucial that we collaborate with peers, civil
society organisations and others given the
systemic nature of human rights issues. We
identify and embrace initiatives that work to
mitigate the root causes of human rights harm.
We advocate on public policy efforts that help
businesses respect human rights. We
continue to engage with peers, investors, civil
society organisations, workers’ organisations
and business partners on issues relating to
human rights. In 2023 this focus included
multiple industry initiatives including
International Council on Mining and Metals
Human Rights working group, the Human
Rights Resources and Energy Collaborative,
and the Mining Association of Canada’s
International Social Responsibility Committee.
We actively participate in the Voluntary
Principles Initiative and United Nations Global
Compact networks and attend regional
business and human rights forums in Africa,
Asia and Europe.
For more informationabout how we engaged with our key stakeholders, including civil society organisations see pages 12.
| Governance performance | We expect our people and partners to uphold the highest standard of integrity, act ethically and do the right thing. The way we treat our people, our partners, the environment, the communities where we work, and how we conduct business is what makes us a responsible partner of choice. |
|---|
Transparent,
values-based,
ethical business
Code of Conduct
In early 2023, we launched The Way We Work, our
updated Code of Conduct, which is available at
riotinto.com/ethics. It is designed to help all
employees and contractors live our values of care,
courage and curiosity, and is a a central tool in
reshaping our culture. The values, commitments
and behaviours set out in our Code of Conduct
provide clarity which allows us to deliver responsibly.
It is broader in scope than the previous version,
reflecting changes in societal expectations. It also
includes our newly developed ethical decision-
making model to help our people reflect on the
potential impacts decisions may have on the
business and others. An interactive, online version of
the Code of Conduct is also available, including
additional related content, real life examples and
associated training.
Compliance program developments
Business integrity is core to how we build trust
with our stakeholders and the foundation of our
ability to run our operations. Our Business
Integrity Compliance Program (BICP) is
continuously evolving to align with leading
industry practice, the regulatory landscape and
specific business integrity risks we face across
the countries where we operate.
During 2023, we delivered several
BICP improvements:
–We set up a new online disclosures system
for gifts and entertainment from and to third
parties, conflicts of interest and sponsorship
and donations. This increases transparency
and allows us to automate approvals and
workflow.
–We are exposed to reputational, financial
and non-financial risk through our third
parties’ actions. We continued to enhance
our Third-Party Risk Management (TPRM)
framework and hired relevant subject matter
experts in areas such as sanctions and
renewables. Our TPRM Committee meets
regularly to set policy and risk appetite
associated with categories of third-party
risk. We have also started to implement a
new TPRM system to increase automation
and improve risk management by
integrating it with other associated business
processes.
–We completed a fraud risk assessment
across the organisation and reviewed our
controls to prevent and detect fraud risk.
This helps us better understand the root
causes of fraud and improve our response.
–We hired more people in country to support
developing businesses in high-risk
jurisdictions, such as Guinea and Argentina.
–We invested in our Sanctions Compliance
Program to enhance our monitoring of trade
sanctions and increase awareness
of trade sanctions compliance.
25,187 employees
undertook compliance training in 2023
Annual training
Our reputation as a business that operates with
high levels of integrity is dependent on the
actions and decisions we make each day. We
empower our people to seek guidance when
faced with ethical or business dilemmas – both
to prevent incidents from occurring, and to
protect them and others from harm. To help
equip our workforce to navigate uncertain areas
and spot ethical and compliance-related risks,
we implemented a new online training course
focused on ethical decision making through
several interactive, real-life scenarios.25,187
employees completing online compliance
training in 2023.
In addition to online training, the Ethics and
Compliance team delivers tailored risk-based
face-to-face training on anti-bribery and
corruption, data privacy, anti-trust and trade
sanctions. A total of 6,359 employees received
face-to-face training in 2023. We also provide
business integrity training to our third parties on
a risk basis.
Operations Centre in Perth, Australia
myVoice, our confidential
reporting program
We want to create a safe, respectful and
inclusive workplace, with a strong ethical culture,
that reflects our values, and we encourage and
support our people to speak up if they have
concerns about potential misconduct or harmful
behaviour. A strong culture of speaking up, with
protections against reprisal, enables us to identify
and address potential issues early, respond
appropriately, minimise risk and care for our
people and the communities in which
we operate.
The myVoice program enables confidential and
anonymous reporting, including protected
whistleblower disclosures. myVoice is operated
by the Business Conduct Office (BCO), which
reports to our Chief Legal, Governance and
Corporate Affairs Officer, and provides regular
program insights to the Board and the Group
Ethics and Compliance Committee.
In 2023, the BCO continued to enhance the
myVoice program by refining our triage and
investigation processes, including a people-
centric, trauma-informed approach.
Care Hub
In 2023, the BCO launched Care Hub, which
provides additional and more accessible
channels to raise concerns, access wellbeing
support and explore resolution options. Care Hub
provides options to resolve reports of harmful
and disrespectful behaviour via alternative
resolution and early intervention where
appropriate rather than investigation. Our
support partners facilitate specialised care,
guidance and resolution options for our people
for matters involving racism, sexual harassment
and assault, bullying and harassment or
discrimination. They also support leaders,
Human Resources, respondents and witnesses
to those behaviours. Care Hub is underpinned by
regionally appropriate support services and
resolution options informed by diverse voices
throughout the organisation.
Since launching, Care Hub has supported
over 276 people, and feedback has been
positive; people feel safe and supported.
We established a BCO reporting and
governance function to help us capture and
communicate early insights. In 2023, we saw
an increase in the number of concerns raised
through myVoice to 1,613 (2022:1,459).
The rate of reporting per 1,000 employees
was 29.1 in 2023 (2022:28.1). Anonymous
reporting in 2023 (40%) remained consistent
with trends in previous year (2022: 38%).
Of the cases investigated by the BCO, 61%
were substantiated in 2023 (2022: 65%). Of
the cases closed in 2023 (for both matters
reported into myVoice in 2023 and prior
periods), the average days to close a case
reduced to 38 days from 52 days in 2022.
Upcoming areas of focus:
–Refine and update the myVoice Procedure
to reflect enhancements to our framework
and processes.
–Continue to expand our data analytics
capability and provide the business with
insights that enable our people to strengthen
processes and culture, locally and globally.
–Expand the channels of reporting to services
and support available through Care Hub.
–Continue to identify possible barriers
preventing individuals from speaking up.
–Track the increased awareness and impact
of the BCO’s interventions in more depth
through data analytics.
We know there is more work to do to improve
our organisational culture. Each person's
experience of misconduct is unique. We are
committed to holding ourselves accountable
and having controls in place to identify where
our business processes may have created an
opportunity for misconduct to arise. This is
critical to ensuring our people feel safe and
respected in the workplace.
Transparency
Transparency encourages accountability – ours
as well as others’. Being open and transparent
about our tax payments, mineral development
contracts, beneficial ownership and our stance
on a range of other sustainability issues, such as
climate change, allows us to enter into open, fact-
based conversations with our stakeholders. This
provides a better understanding of everyone’s
roles and responsibilities.
We are recognised as a leader in transparent tax
reporting. We are a founding member of the
Extractive Industry Transparency Initiative (EITI)
and have actively supported EITI’s principles and
global transparency and accountability standards
since 2003. We are also a signatory to the B
Team Responsible Tax Principles.
Political integrity
We do not favour any political party, group or
individual, or involve ourselves in party political
matters. We prohibit the use of funds to support
political candidates or parties. Our business
integrity procedure includes strict guidelines for
dealing with current and former government
officials and politicians. They cannot be
appointed to senior employee positions or
engaged as consultants, in certain
circumstances, without the approval of executive
management and our Chief Ethics and
Compliance Officer. We regularly engage with
governments and share information and our
experiences on issues that affect our operations
and our industry.
We join industry associations where
membership provides value to our business,
investors and other stakeholders. We outline
the principles that guide our participation and
the way we engage, as well as a list of the top
five associations by membership fees paid, on
our website atriotinto.com/
industryassociations. We also track and
disclose how we engage on climate policy
issues, disclosing when the policies and
advocacy positions adopted by industry
associations differ materially from ours. We
continue to strengthen our approach and
disclosures on industry associations.
Voluntary commitments,
accreditations and memberships
We take part in a number of global, national
and regional organisations and initiatives that
inform our sustainability approach and
standards, which in turn allows us to better
manage our risks. These independent
organisations and initiatives assess and
recognise our performance, and we participate
in industry accreditation programs for some of
our products.
For more informationabout our voluntary commitments, accreditations and memberships see riotinto.com/sustainabilityapproach.
myVoice cases reported by category (% of cases reported)
| 2023 · 2022 · 2021 · 2020 · 2019 | ||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Case rate | 29.1 | 28.1 | 25.7 | 14.5 | 15.9 | |||||
| Reports received¹ | 1,613 | 1,459 | 1,246 | 748 | 804 | |||||
| Reports received | Reports substantiated² | Reports received | Reports substantiated | Reports received | Reports substantiated | Reports received | Reports substantiated | Reports received | Reports substantiated | |
| Business integrity | 254 | 48% | 211 | 52% | 154 | 36% | 102 | 51% | 134 | 36% |
| Personnel | 1,196 | 55% | 1,034 | 65% | 819 | 57% | 421 | 38% | 454 | 31% |
| Health, safety, environment³ | 109 | 61% | 120 | 47% | 186 | 22% | 68 | 35% | 52 | 46% |
| Communities | 4 | 0% | 10 | 0% | 6 | 0% | 25 | 0% | 3 | 0% |
| Information security | 22 | 0% | 16 | 67% | 18 | 36% | 99 | 47% | 111 | 81% |
| Finance | 2 | 50% | 1 | 0% | 0 | 0% | 2 | 68% | 5 | 33% |
| Other | 26 | 0% | 67 | 33% | 63 | 14% | 31 | 50% | 45 | 0% |
Includes multiple reports relating to same allegations, where applicable.
Based on all cases investigated and closed during 2023, including cases reported in previous years. Where percentages slightly differ from previous annual reports, this can be due to a number
of factors including re-opening of cases, internal reviews or quality assurance processes.
- Contained community concerns pre-2020 are now split into a separate category.
| Our approach to risk | Taking risks responsibly is key to delivering our strategy in a way that creates value for our customers, shareholders, employees and partners. |
|---|
Our risk appetite
Risk appetite is an expression of the acceptable exposure to uncertainties that an organisation is willing to accept in pursuit
of its strategic objectives. Energy transition continues to be core to our strategy to strengthen our resilience and pursue new
growth opportunities and partnerships.
Partnering to advance
decarbonisation efforts
Our targets are to reduce our absolute Scope
1 and 2 emissions by 15% by 2025 and by
50% by 2030 (when compared to 2018 levels),
and achieve net zero emissions from our
operations by 2050.
We aim to reduce our Scope 3 emissions from
the Iron Ore Company of Canada (IOC) by 50%
by 2035, and increase our marine emissions
intensity reduction target to 50% by 2030.
We expect to invest $5-6 billion in capital to
2030 to deliver our decarbonisation strategy.
Our approach to investment is based on
commercial transactions for available
technologies and attractive economies;
transformational projects that transition
our assets for low carbon; and industry
breakthroughs in hard-to-abate processing.
Developing products and
technologies to create options
for the future
We partner with customers, competitors,
suppliers, technology developers, governments
and universities to tackle the energy transition.
We are committed to support customers with
their intent to reduce carbon emissions from
existing blast furnaces by 20% to 30% by 2035.
We expect to spend around $400 million every
year in research and development on the five
components of our technology road map to
deliver on this: health and safety, lightening our
overall environmental footprint, supporting
growth, decarbonising our business and our
products, and improving productivity.
The full list of climate targets is published in
our Climate Change Report.
Shaping our portfolio to enable the
energy transition
We focus on excelling in development and
being the best operator in commodities
essential for the drive to net zero.
We continue to consider higher-risk
jurisdictions and broadening our
target commodities.
We aim to spend up to $3 billion on growth
capital every year, while maintaining capital
discipline in pursuit of value-accretive
Our determination to be the best operator and
to achieve impeccable environmental, social
and governance (ESG) credentials is
underpinned by our zero tolerance for non-
compliance with our operational procedures,
laws and obligations. These expectations are
outlined in our Group policies, standards and
procedures, which are published on our
website at riotinto.com/policies.
Port Dampier, Australia
Our approach to risk management
To protect and create value, we
aim to have the right people at
the right level managing risks.
Our strategy, values and risk appetite inform
and shape our risk management framework.
We embed risk management at every level of
the organisation to effectively manage threats
and opportunities to our business and host
communities, and our impact on nature.
Our risk management process can be
described as a Plan-Do-Check-Act cycle.
We monitor how well we manage material
risks to our objectives by checking and
verifying the implementation of our response
plans (actions and controls) and our actual
performance against objectives. We enhance
the check-and-verify step by applying the
three lines of defence approach.
Our risk management process
| Set strategy, objectives and risk appetite | Risk analysisIdentify and evaluate risks to our strategy and objectives | Risk managementImplement controls and actions to manage risks within risk appetite | AssuranceCheck and verify that controls and actions are effective in managing the risks | CommunicationCommunicate current and emerging risks and escalate as appropriate | Improve & embedBuild risk capability and culture so active management is embedded in how we run our business |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Plan | Do | Check | Act | ||
Rio Tinto has an enterprise-wide risk management information system (RMIS) which includes a set of integrated tools and applications to capture,
manage and communicate material risks to the business. We are currently implementing a program to refresh our three lines of defence as a core
part of the risk management framework, enabled by the development and implementation of a Group Control Library to strengthen the first line and
optimise the second line.
Governance structure supporting our risk management framework
| Board and sub-committees | |||
|---|---|---|---|
| Full Board | Audit & Risk Committee | Sustainability Committee | People & Remuneration Committee |
| Executive management committees | ||||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Risk Management Committee | Ore Reserves Steering Committee | Evaluation & Investment Committee | Ethics & Compliance Committee | Disclosure Committee |
| Major Hazards Technical Committee | Closure Steering Committee | Safety & Operations Committee | Cyber Security Steering Committee | Financial Risk Management Committee |
| Operational management committees | ||||
| Management steering committees providing oversight of risk management in their areas of responsibility | ||||
| Strategic and portfolio risks | People, partnerships and operational performance risks | Financial and commercial risks | |
|---|---|---|---|
| –Resources to Reserves risks–Capital project risks–Technology risks–Portfolio opportunities–Low-carbon transition risks | –People and culture risks–Major hazards risks–Health, safety, environment and security (HSES) risks–Communities and social performance (CSP) risks–Climate change and natural disaster risks | –Cyber risks–Ethics and compliance risks–Third-party risks–Non-managed asset risks–Managed asset risks–Closure risks | –Liquidity risks–Market risks–Credit risks–Tax risks–Disclosure risks |
The Board and the Executive Committee oversee our material risks,
and the Audit & Risk Committee monitors the overall effectiveness
of our risk management and internal controls framework. In addition, the
operational management committees of our product groups
and Group functions also oversee risk management in their area of
responsibility, with insights from assurance and compliance activities.
At the front-line operational level, all employees are required and
empowered to own and manage the risks that arise within their
area of responsibility. This governance structure supports our
risk management framework and enables effective management
of material risks.
Emerging risks
Emerging risks are highly uncertain by nature.
Given our diverse portfolio and geographical
footprint, we are exposed to many highly
uncertain, complex and often interrelated
risks. We track leading indicators of emerging
risks and their likely impact on our business,
markets and host communities. Our analysis is
anchored on our global scenarios as outlined
in the Strategy section on page 14.
We have actions in place to minimise the
potential impact of heightened geopolitical
tensions and macroeconomic uncertainty that
could impact our performance. We have put
actions in place to minimise this impact.
This is discussed within material risks 11
and 14 detailed in the following pages.
Governments have been introducing new
policies to support reindustrialisation,
accelerate decarbonisation and meet societal
expectations. While this could support demand
for materials we produce and provide support
for both new and existing operations, it could
also encourage competition.
The rapid proliferation of Artificial Intelligence
(AI) and advancing technologies is an
emerging area of exposure for the business.
We recognise the significant opportunities and
threats presented by the use of AI for us and
the global economy. Our focus is on further
understanding this evolution and ensuring we
have strong risk management and governance
processes to support its use.
Climate change and the low-carbon transition
continue to provide both opportunity and
threats for us. We closely monitor and assess
the impact of climate change through
scenarios; see page 46-47. We address these
and our current actions under our material
risks 2, 4 and 8. Please refer to the climate
change section on pages 44-58 for further
details.
Longer-term
viability statement
Context
To deliver our strategy, which is underpinned
by our business model, we must meet our four
strategic objectives. Our strategy and
business model are outlined on pages 8 and 9
respectively.
Our business planning processes include
modelling a series of macroeconomic
scenarios and using various assumptions that
consider internal and external factors. As part
of our robust risk management framework, we
closely track, monitor and mitigate material
risks to our business plan and model.
Viability assessment process and
key assumptions
The assumptions underlying our business plan
and macroeconomic forecast have the
greatest level of certainty for the first three
years. Our longer-term viability assessment
examines the first five years (2024-28) of the
business plan. This allows for a detailed
analysis of the potential impacts of risks
materialising in the first three years and
enables us to further stress test the business
plan for risks materialising towards the end of
the time period, although with less certainty.
Our Directors are therefore able to assess the
Group’s capacity to exercise financial levers
available in both the three-year and five-year
time frames to maintain our viability.
The risk factors section outlines risks that
could materially affect our performance,
prospects or reputation. For the viability
assessment, we have considered material
risks that could severely impact the Group’s
liquidity and solvency.
Assessment of viabilityThe material risks and key assumptions considered in our longer-term viability assessment are as follows: Material Risk ARemaining competitive through economic cycles or shocksScenario assumptions: A global financial crisis takes place in 2024, akin to the one that took place in 2008, albeit not as severe, and extends through to the end of the assessment period. It assumes commodity prices experience large negative pricing shocks in 2024, which is sustained through 2028. Material Risk BGroup material major hazard or cyber risk Scenario assumptions: A singular catastrophic event occurs, resulting from a major operational failure or cyber security breach, such as a tailings and water storage facility failure, extreme weather event, or underground or geotechnical event. It results in multiple fatalities, cessation of operations and significant financial impacts. We have assumed two such events occur within the assessment period. It relates to material risks 1 (Preventing fatalities, permanent disablements, and illness) and 12 (Preventing material business disruption and data breaches due to cyber events). Material Risk CDelivery of our growth projects Scenario assumptions: A risk impacting our ESG credentials materialises (for example, material risks 6 (Building trusted relationships with Indigenous Peoples) and 3 (Building trusted relationships with communities), impacting our ability to deliver our growth strategy. We have assumed an impact on our near-term key projects and considered available alternatives. The financial impact assumed here is in addition to any non-financial impact, such as reputational damage.
We quantify the expected financial impact of
each risk based on internal macroeconomic
and business analysis, as well as internal and
external benchmarking on similar risks. We
apply a probabilistic approach to quantify risks
and impacts where relevant.
The first five years of the Group’s business
plan has been stress tested for each risk to
assess the impact on the Group’s longer-term
viability, including whether additional financing
facilities would be required. In addition to
liquidity and solvency, the assessment also
considered other financial performance
metrics as well as dividend payments. These
metrics are subject to robust stress tests.
The most “severe” scenario, considers the
financial impact of all three risks materialising
at the start of the assessment period, followed
by a second major hazard or cyber event
occurring towards the end of the five-year time
period. Without management action, this
scenario would create both an immediate and
prolonged severe impact, resulting in the
Group’s free cash flow performance over the
assessment period being an estimated outflow
of $6 billion in aggregate.
We have a suite of management actions
available to preserve resilience through the
period of assessment, including accessing
lines of credit, reducing organic and inorganic
growth capital expenditure and raising capital.
Our financial flexibility could be limited during
the peak of the crisis. The viability of the
Group under all the scenarios tested remained
sound.
The resilience of the Group’s business model
is largely underpinned by four factors:
–the competitive position and diversification
of our commodities portfolio
–the disciplined capital allocation framework
and commitment to prudent financial policy
–the pay-out shareholder return policy being
based on earnings, and is therefore more
sustainable
–the focus on achieving impeccable ESG
credentials and therefore strengthening our
social licence, which allows for growth and
maintained access to debt capital and bank
loan markets.
Therefore, considering the Group’s current
position and the robust assessment of our
emerging and material risks, the Directors
have assessed the prospects of the Group
over the next five years (until 31 December
- and have a reasonable expectation that
we will be able to continue to operate and
meet our liabilities as they fall due over that
period.
In the long term, there are four material risks
with long-dated consequences that could
have a material impact on our viability.
–Preparing our Iron Ore business to meet the
demand for green steel 1.
–Leaving a positive legacy for future
generations, embedding closure
considerations throughout the lifespan of
our assets.
–Minimising our impact on the environments
we work in and building physical resilience
to changes in those environments, including
climate change and natural disasters.
–Delivering our growth projects.
The risk factors section provides further details
including current management responses.
- Produced through low CO 2 technologies.
Risk management continued
Risk factors
The risk factors outlined in this section reflect the risks that could materially affect, negatively or
positively, our ability to meet our strategic objectives.
A material risk is one or a combination of risks
that emerges due to external or internal
factors. It could be of any nature, and manifest
and escalate from any part of the business as
an opportunity or a threat. Where risks are
material to the Group, they are escalated to
the Risk Management Committee and, as
appropriate, to the Board or its committees.
This requires a strong risk culture, which we
continue to develop and foster.
To ensure we can prioritise our efforts and
resources, we regularly assess our material
risks’ potential consequence and likelihood.
These assessments, and the effectiveness of
our associated controls, reflect management’s
current expectations, forecasts and
assumptions. By definition, they involve
subjective judgements and depend on
changes in our internal and external
environments.
The material risk potential assessments
mapped below are primarily based on our
managed operations. We are exposed to risks
associated with our non-managed joint
ventures which, if they arise, may have
consequences on our reputation or our
financial condition. We seek to bring an equal
level of rigour and discipline to our managed
and non-managed joint ventures as we do to
our wholly-owned assets. We do this through
engagement, embedded representatives and
influence, in line with applicable laws.
The timeframe of our material risks is within
five years unless explicitly stated otherwise.
We frame our material risks in the context of
our overarching strategic objectives: to be the
best operator; to achieve impeccable ESG
credentials; to excel in development; and to
protect our social licence. These are
summarised in the table below in order of
maximum reasonable consequence, likelihood
and change since 2022.
Current assessment of material risks
As of February 2024
| Material risk | Key objective | Oversight | |||
| 1 | Preventing fatalities, permanent disablements, and illness from a major hazard or safety event | l | Best operator | Sustainability Committee | |
| 2 | Preparing our Iron Ore business tomeet the demand for green steel | l | Best operator | Board | |
| 3 | Building trusted relationships with communities | l | Social licence | Sustainability Committee | |
| 4 | Minimising our impact on theenvironments we work inand building physical resilience tochanges in those environments, including climate change and natural disasters | l | Impeccable ESG | Sustainability Committee | |
| 5 | Leaving a positive legacy for future generations, embedding closure considerations throughout the lifespan of our assets | l | Social licence | Sustainability Committee | |
| 6 | Building trusted relationships with Indigenous Peoples | l | Social licence | Sustainability Committee | |
| 7 | Delivering on our growth projects | l | Excel in development | Board | |
| 8 | Achieving our decarbonisation targets competitively | l | Impeccable ESG | Board | |
| 9 | Conducting our business with integrity, complying with all laws, regulations and obligations | l | Impeccable ESG | Board | |
| 10 | Transforming our culture, enabling us to live our values | l | Best operator | Board | |
| 11 | Remaining competitive through economic cycles or shocks | l | Best operator | Audit & Risk Committee | |
| 12 | Preventing material businessdisruption and data breaches dueto cyber events | l | Best operator | Board | |
| 13 | Attracting, developing and retaining people with the requisite skills | l | Best operator | People & Remuneration Committee | |
| 14 | Withstanding the impacts ofgeopolitics on our tradeor investments | l | Best operator | Board |
Free cash flow or business value (NPV)
Considering effectiveness of existing controls
Change versus 2022 represents changes in risk evaluation, movements up or down are driven
by changes in consequence or likelihood.
Risk to best operator
Preventing fatalities, permanent disablements,
and illness from a major hazard or safety
event
Nothing is more important than the safety and wellbeing
of our employees, contractors and communities where we
operate. The mining industry is inherently hazardous,
with the potential to cause illness or injury, damage to the
environment and disruption to communities. Our
objective is first and foremost to have zero fatalities. Our
focus is on identifying, managing and, where possible,
eliminating risks.
| Strategic alignment | Change vs 2022 | |
|---|---|---|
| l | Best operator | Stable |
Major hazards include process safety, underground mining, slope
geotechnical and tailings management. Failing to effectively manage
these risks could result in a catastrophic event or other long-term
damage. Loss of technical capability at complex operations poses a
significant risk.
While not considered major hazards, significant risks at our sites include
falling objects, fall from height, and vehicles and driving. These are the
top three causes of potentially fatal incidents (PFIs) which could result
in fatalities in our business.
Our underground operations such as Oyu Tolgoi, Diavik and Kennecott.
Geotechnical risk at our Kennecott and QIT Madagascar Minerals
(QMM) operations. Mass passenger transportation risks (including
chartered aviation). Process safety at our smelters and refineries. Our
tailings and water storage facilities.
The Major Hazards Steering Committee, Risk Management Committee
and Sustainability Committee.
Preparing our Iron Ore business to meet the
demand for green steel
Decarbonisation of iron and steel making may affect the
future relative values of our iron ore products. We have
the opportunity to unlock business value through the
optimisation of our iron ore product strategy, partnering
with technology providers and universities, and
innovating with our customers to position ourselves
favourably for the future demand for green steel.
| Strategic alignment | Change vs 2022 | |
|---|---|---|
| l | Best operator | Stable |
The emerging low-carbon iron and steel making technologies require high
grade iron ores, and may not favour low-mid grade ores such as those
found in the Pilbara. This could impact the future competitiveness of our iron
ore portfolio. Decarbonisation of the steel value chain will require the
development and proliferation of economic low-carbon technologies suited
to low-mid grade ores.
This material risk is focused on a medium- to longer-term time horizon.
Pilbara low-mid grade ores.
The Steel Decarbonisation Steering Committee and the Board.
Transforming our culture, enabling us to live
our values
Living our values goes to the heart of our Group’s
performance, prospects and reputation. Sharing and
demonstrating our values unlocks opportunities in all that
we do, every day. We are focused on building a culture of
trust, where all our people feel safe, respected and
empowered to be their best selves and help drive change.
| Strategic alignment | Change vs 2022 | |
|---|---|---|
| l | Best operator | Stable |
Not living our values will lead to production over safety. As societal
expectations change, it is essential that we focus on our commitment to
social licence and our values of care, courage and curiosity. The final
report of the Western Australia Parliamentary Inquiry into Sexual
Harassment in the Mining Industry and our release of the Everyday
Respect Reporton the findings from an independent review of our
workplace culture, both in 2022, highlighted the scale of change
required internally and across the resources sector.
The Board.
Remaining competitive through economic
cycles or shocks
Our business model depends on our ability to convert
existing resources to reserves available for mining when
required. The viability of our orebodies and business is
most sensitive to commodity economics which is greatly
influenced by macroeconomic and geopolitical
developments. We aim to remain competitive, preserve
resilience and maintain access to funding by having cost-
competitive assets, a diversified commodities portfolio, a
strong balance sheet, prudent financial policies and
strong ESG credentials.
| Strategic alignment | Change vs 2022 | |
|---|---|---|
| l | Best operator | Stable |
Deteriorating economic and political environment leading to
falling commodity prices (reduced cash flow, limiting profitability), trade
actions (increased tariffs, retaliations and sanctions), and governments’
efforts to exert more control over their natural resources by changing
contractual, regulatory or tax measures. This can impact our key
markets, operations or investments and access to funding.
Orebody health remains challenged with Ore Reserve depletion
driven by expanded production and ongoing resource development
challenges. Failure to secure access and approvals limiting collection of
required orebody knowledge or a material reduction in commodity price
may reduce the volume of existing reserves and the future conversion
of resources to reserves in the required timeframe.
The Financial Risk Management Committee, the Risk Management
Committee and the Audit & Risk Committee.
Preventing material business disruption and
data breaches due to cyber events
Manage cybersecurity events to ensure there is no
disruption to our operations that could impact how our
employees work, or data privacy or sensitive information
breach related to customers, contractors or suppliers.
| Strategic alignment | Change vs 2022 | |
|---|---|---|
| l | Best operator | Stable |
Cyber breaches can arise from malicious external or internal attacks,
but also inadvertently through human error and the inconsistent
application across functions of controls that are not managed by
Information Services and Technology (IS&T). Although the extent
and frequency of cybersecurity threats remains in line with growth
expectations, attacks have been observed to be more destructive in
nature. The ongoing digitisation and transformation of operational
technology environments, and the increasing use of AI to inform and
automate decisions, amplifies the threat of loss of control systems or
hijacking of autonomous functions.
Our greatest exposure continues to be through third parties. There was
one notable breach in 2023 with Go Anywhere, a third party, where
sensitive Rio Tinto data was exposed. Additionally, the growing reliance
on technology to underpin productivity is increasing the breadth and
magnitude of operational disruption exposures.
The Cyber Security Steering Committee(CSSC)and the Board.
Attracting, developing and retaining people
with the requisite skills
Our ability to achieve our business strategy depends on
attracting, developing and retaining a wide range of
internal and external skilled and experienced people.
| Strategic alignment | Change vs 2022 | |
|---|---|---|
| l | Best operator | Stable |
Business interruption or underperformance may arise from a lack
of access to capability. Tight labour markets and entry into new
countries are leading to heightened competition for diverse talent
and critical skills, such as climate, energy, decarbonisation, technical
mining and processing skills, licence to operate, new commodities
and projects.
Changing societal expectations are placing pressure on our corporate
and employer brand, that is, who we are and what we stand for. Since
the pandemic, people are less inclined to relocate, thus forcing us to
rely on local or national recruitment which reduces the market size for
sourcing talent.
Safety concerns as turnover rate in Process Safety Management (PSM)
roles continue.
People & Remuneration Committee.
Withstanding the impacts of geopolitics on
our trade or investments
Geopolitics has the potential to increase trade tensions,
undermining rule-based trading systems. Trade actions
may impact our key markets, operations or investments,
limiting the benefits of being a multinational company
with a global footprint. We continue to build reliance
through diversification and to identify opportunities for
engagement with governments, civil society, industry
associations and international bodies.
| Strategic alignment | Change vs 2022 | |
|---|---|---|
| l | Best operator | Stable |
Deteriorating economic and political environment leading to falling
commodity prices (reduced cash flow, limiting profitability, reducing reserve
inventory), trade actions (increased tariffs, retaliations, and sanctions), and
governments’ efforts to exert more control over their natural resources by
changing contractual, regulatory or tax measures. This can impact our key
markets, operations or investments.
A highly uncertain and unstable global macro environment, including
China-US tensions and the indirect impacts of the war in Ukraine and
conflict in the Middle East. The US election in November 2024 may
bring multiple geopolitical and economic uncertainties.
The Financial Risk Management Committee, the Risk Management
Committee and the Audit & Risk Committee.
Risk to impeccable ESG
credentials strategic objective
Minimising our impact on the environments
we work in and building physical resilience
to changes in those environments, including
climate change and natural disasters
Producing the materials the world needs means we have
an impact on the environment. Our operations and
projects are inherently hazardous, requiring proactive
management to minimise potential impact to water
resources, air quality or biodiversity in new asset
developments, existing operations and closures. Our
assets, infrastructure, communities and broader value
chains are exposed to the impacts of extreme weather
events, such as drought, flooding, heat waves and fires.
Climate change is expected to impact the frequency,
intensity and likelihood of extreme events.
| Strategic alignment | Change vs 2022 | |
|---|---|---|
| l | Impeccable ESG | Increasing |
A number of our operations and future development opportunities exist
within, or close to, sensitive biodiverse regions. Our licence to operate
and develop requires us to demonstrate our capability to protect
ecosystems and community health through improved practices and
technological solutions. Natural hazards or extreme weather events can
endanger our employees and communities, damage our assets or
cause significant operational interruption. Longer-dated exposure to
chronic changes in climate is less understood given the inherent
uncertainty in future climate projections.
Our operations in the Pilbara and Saguenay–Lac-Saint-Jean region,
Simandou and RBM.
Achieving our decarbonisation
targets competitively
Ensuring our ability to deliver longer-term strategic
objectives, achieve our Scope 1 and 2 targets between
now and 2050 and deliver on our focus area of
impeccable ESG, while balancing the need to invest for
growth, deliver superior shareholder returns and remain
competitive.
| Strategic alignment | Change vs 2022 | |
|---|---|---|
| l | Impeccable ESG | Stable |
Delays in priority initiatives will threaten our Scope 1 and 2 target
delivery and ability to respond proactively and competitively. A key
uncertainty is our ability to successfully engage (and partner where
appropriate) with governments and other external parties to progress
grid decarbonisation. Furthermore, our 2030 targets include new
technology that is dependent on timely and successful investment in
research and development; for example, hydrogen calcination and
BlueSmelting TM.
Following our social and human rights standards during implementation
of decarbonisation projects will be critical to avoid adversely impacting
people and stakeholder relationships. However, this may limit our
available sourcing options and lead to delays in meeting our targets (for
example, solar panel sourcing).
Rio Tinto Aluminium Pacific Operations (Pacific Ops) repowering and
Alumina processing.
The Risk Management Committee and the Board.
Conducting our business with integrity,
complying with all laws, regulations
and obligations
Our determination to be the best operator and have
impeccable ESG credentials is underpinned by our zero
tolerance for non-compliance with our operational
procedures, laws and our obligations. These expectations
are outlined in our Group policies, standards and
procedures, published on our website at riotinto.com/
policies.
| Strategic alignment | Change vs 2022 | |
|---|---|---|
| l | Impeccable ESG | Stable |
A serious breach in our operations or in our value chain of anti-
corruption legislation or sanctions, human rights, anti-trust rules, or
inappropriate business conduct, could result in serious harm to people
and significant reputational and financial damage.
Argentina and Guinea.
The Group Ethics & Compliance Committee and the Board.
Risk to excel in development
Delivering on our growth projects
Delivering our growth strategy relies on our ability to
develop resources faster and more competitively than
others, while aiming for impeccable ESG credentials, and
on the success of our exploration and acquisition
activities to secure those resources. Developing projects
requires complex multi-year study and execution plans
and carries significant delivery risk.
| Strategic alignment | Change vs 2022 | |
|---|---|---|
| l | Excel in development | Stable |
New high-quality deposits are increasingly scarce and those that are
known require advances in processing technology, significant capital
investment or may negatively impact our ESG credentials. Additionally,
as studies and projects progress, they are susceptible to changes in
approvals, societal expectations or changes in underlying commercial or
economic assumptions, which could impact economic viability.
Simandou, Pilbara increasing approval time frames, Oyu Tolgoi
underground expansion, Rincon, Resolution and Jadar.
The Investment Committee, the Ore Reserves Steering Committee and
the Board.
Risk to social license
Building trusted relationships with communities
If we are not viewed as a trusted partner by communities
and broader society, our performance, future prospects
and reputation will be impacted.
| Strategic alignment | Change vs 2022 | |
|---|---|---|
| l | Social licence | Increasing |
Our access to land and resources could be impacted if we are not
considered a trusted partner that respects people’s rights, manages
adverse social and environmental impacts and sustainably improves
social and economic outcomes in communities that host our operations.
Other potential issues can include operational disruption, security
incidents, expropriation, export or foreign investment restrictions,
increased government regulation and delays in approvals, which may
threaten the investment proposition, title or carrying value of assets.
Simandou, Richards Bay Minerals (RBM), Resolution, QMM, Oyu Tolgoi
and Jadar.
Leaving a positive legacy for future
generations, embedding closure
considerations throughout the lifespan
of our assets
We aspire to leave a positive legacy for future
generations. We do this in partnership with our
stakeholders, embedding closure considerations
throughout the entire lifespan of our assets – in the way
we design, build, run, close and transition them.
| Strategic alignment | Change vs 2022 | |
|---|---|---|
| l | Social licence | Increasing |
Financial obligations for closure may increase over time due to
stakeholders’ and community expectations, regulation, standards,
technical understanding and techniques.
Exposures at a closed or legacy asset could impact our reputation, our
licence to operate globally and the cost of closure. The legacy portfolio
continues to retain a level of uncertainty due to the lack of historic
information. We are progressively undertaking studies to determine
options for future management.
Pilbara near-term closures (including Channar), Gove, Argyle, Energy
Resources Australia (ERA) (non-managed), and the Panguna site in
Bougainville (legacy).
The Closure Steering Committee and the Sustainability Committee.
Building trusted relationships with
Indigenous Peoples
Our relationships with Indigenous Peoples play a material
role in delivering our operational and strategic goals and
in our ability to operate. A breakdown in these critical
relationships may have a significant impact on our
business. We aim to build respectful and enduring
relationships with Indigenous partners and communities,
enabling them to realise their goals and aspirations, and
to create long term shared benefits.
| Strategic alignment | Change vs 2022 | |
|---|---|---|
| l | Social licence | Stable |
Mining activities may strain relationships with Indigenous Peoples,
particularly where actual or perceived damage of significant cultural
values (cumulative or acute) occurs without consultation and consent.
This may result in loss of trust with Indigenous Peoples, impacting our
social licence to operate.
Resolution, Pilbara and British Columbia.
Five-year review
Selected financial data
The selected consolidated financial information below has been derived from the historical audited consolidated financial statements of the Rio Tinto
Group. The selected consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with, and qualified in their entirety by reference to, the 2023 financial
statements and notes thereto. The financial statements as included on pages 158-237 have been prepared in accordance with International
Financial Reporting Standard (IFRS) as defined in “The basis of preparation” section to the financial statements on page 158.
Rio Tinto Group
Income statement data
| For the years ending 31 DecemberAmounts in accordance with IFRS | 2023$m | 20222$m | 20212$m | 2020$m | 2019$m |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Consolidated sales revenue | 54,041 | 55,554 | 63,495 | 44,611 | 43,165 |
| Group operating profit1 | 14,823 | 19,933 | 29,817 | 16,829 | 11,466 |
| Profit after tax for the year2 | 9,953 | 13,048 | 22,597 | 10,400 | 6,972 |
| Basic earnings for the year per share (US cents)2 | 620.3 | 765.0 | 1,304.7 | 604.0 | 491.4 |
| Diluted earnings for the year per share (US cents)2 | 616.5 | 760.4 | 1,296.3 | 599.8 | 487.8 |
| Dividends per share | |||||
| Dividends declared during the year | |||||
| US cents | |||||
| –interim | 177.0 | 267.0 | 376.0 | 155.0 | 151.0 |
| –interim special | – | – | 185.0 | – | 61.0 |
| –final | 258.0 | 225.0 | 417.0 | 309.0 | 231.0 |
| –special | – | – | 62.0 | 93.0 | |
| UK pence | |||||
| –interim | 137.67 | 221.63 | 270.84 | 119.74 | 123.32 |
| –interim special | – | – | 133.26 | – | 49.82 |
| –final | 203.77 | 185.35 | 306.72 | 221.86 | 177.47 |
| –special | – | – | 45.60 | 66.77 | |
| Australian cents | |||||
| –interim | 260.89 | 383.70 | 509.42 | 216.47 | 219.08 |
| –interim special | — | – | 250.64 | — | 88.50 |
| –final | 392.78 | 326.49 | 577.04 | 397.48 | 349.74 |
| –special | – | – | 85.80 | 119.63 | |
| Dividends paid during the year (US cents) | |||||
| –ordinary | 402.0 | 684.0 | 685.0 | 386.0 | 331.0 |
| –special | – | 62.0 | 278.0 | – | 304.0 |
| Weighted average number of shares basic (millions) | 1,621.4 | 1,619.8 | 1,618.4 | 1,617.4 | 1,630.1 |
| Weighted average number of shares diluted (millions) | 1,631.5 | 1,629.6 | 1,628.9 | 1,628.6 | 1,642.1 |
| Share buy-back ($ million) | – | – | 208 | 1,552 | |
| Balance sheet data | |||||
| Total assets | 103,549 | 96,744 | 102,896 | 97,390 | 87,802 |
| Share capital/premium | 7,908 | 7,859 | 8,097 | 8,302 | 7,968 |
| Total equity/net assets2 | 56,341 | 52,741 | 57,113 | 51,903 | 45,242 |
| Equity attributable to owners of Rio Tinto2 | 54,586 | 50,634 | 51,947 | 47,054 | 40,532 |
- Group operating profit or loss includes the effects of charges and reversals resulting from impairments (other than impairments of equity accounted units) and profit and loss on disposals of
interests in businesses. Group operating profit or loss amounts shown above exclude equity accounted operations, finance items, tax and discontinued operations.
- Comparative information has been restated to reflect the adoption of narrow scope amendments to IAS12 “Income Taxes”.
This Strategic report is delivered in accordance with a resolution of the Board, and has been signed on behalf of the Board by:
Chair
| Governance | |
|---|---|
| Chair’s introduction | 91 |
| Board of Directors | 92 |
| Executive Committee | 94 |
| Our stakeholders – Section 172(1) statement | 96 |
| How the Board has considered stakeholders in their decision-making | 100 |
| How the Board monitors culture | 101 |
| Board activities in 2023 | 102 |
| Governance framework | 103 |
| Evaluating our performance | 104 |
| Nominations Committee report | 105 |
| Audit & Risk Committee report | 107 |
| Sustainability Committee report | 111 |
| Remuneration report | |
| Annual statement by the People & Remuneration Committee Chair | 113 |
| Remuneration Policy | 119 |
| Implementation report | 127 |
| Additional statutory disclosure | 146 |
| Compliance with governance codes and standards | 152 |
Alma, Canada
Chair’s introduction
Our focus as a Board in 2023 has
been on embedding an empowering
culture and on the delivery of
consistent operational performance
to progress our four key strategic
objectives. Strong corporate
governance is essential to achieving
these goals.
The following pages provide a comprehensive
description of our governance arrangements-
including our overall governance framework, how
we engage with stakeholders, how we
evaluate our own Board effectiveness and
detailed reports on the work of each of
our Board committees. I believe these
arrangements are first class, but we recognise
that effective governance requires constant
adaptation and evolution. We therefore strive
to continuously improve our approach
to optimise how the Board can drive and
support the success of the business, for
the benefit of shareholders and all of our
other stakeholders.
It has been another busy year for the
Board, but in this introduction I would
like to highlight three areas which were an
important part of our focus during 2023,
and into 2024.
Site visits
With the lifting of most remaining COVID-
related travel restrictions in 2023, we were
able to resume Board visits to our operations
and to strategically important countries. Whilst
like many, we adapted well to the pandemic
restrictions with ‘virtual’ Board meetings, there
is simply no substitute for getting on the
ground in person to gain first hand insights
into operations and meet key stakeholders in
person.
In July, we had a remarkable visit to Mongolia.
The Board visited our mining operations at
Oyu Tolgoi and met with employees, partners
and contractors, and members of the local
community. The visit also included important
meetings with our partners in the Mongolian
government and the opportunity to experience
the annual Naadam Festival, showcasing the
nation’s history and cultural roots.
In September, we held our Board meeting in
Washington, D.C. Given the importance of
the Group's North American business and
strategy and the very significant role that
the United States plays in climate, energy
transition, and geopolitics, the trip included
a program of valuable engagements with US
civil society, business and political leaders.
We had a landmark visit in December, where
we held the first Rio Tinto Board meeting in
China. The visit included a series of
engagements to deepen our relationships with
government, customers, partners and
suppliers. We also celebrated key milestones
such as the 40th anniversary of the opening of
our China Office and the 50th anniversary of
the first shipment of iron ore to China.
Board composition
As we reported last year, during 2022 we
evaluated the mix of skills and experience on
the Board and concluded that we needed to
refresh our composition, with a particular focus
on mining, operations and projects
experience, renewables and the energy
transition, finance / accounting, and
knowledge of countries or regions of strategic
relevance to the Group.
Over the course of 2023, I am pleased
that we have made significant progress
in this, with the announcement of six new Non-
Executive Directors representing these
skillsets and experience. We have provided
details on the search process for our new
Non-Executive Directors and how they fulfil
these skills requirements in the Nominations
Committee Report on page 106.
Board evaluation
In the second half of 2023 we had the
three-yearly external, independent evaluation
of Board effectiveness – this is described
further on the following pages.
Overall, the review concluded that the Board
and its Committees were working effectively,
but it also provided some valuable insights on
how we can enhance performance. We
discussed the initial findings in October 2023
and reviewed some detailed suggested
actions in February 2024 that we hope will
help with the ongoing optimisation of our
governance arrangements.
I believe that these activities, and those
described over the following pages, represent
a solid set of corporate governance
arrangements at Rio Tinto, but also
demonstrate our commitment to continuously
improving them.
Chair
Board of Directors
Rio Tinto plc and Rio Tinto Limited have a common Board of Directors. The Directors are collectively
responsible for the stewardship and long-term sustainable success of the Group.
Dominic Barton BBMChair
BA (Hons), MPhil. Age 61. AppointedApril 2022; Chair from May 2022.
Skills and experience: Dominic spent over 30 years at McKinsey & Company, including nine years as the Global Managing Partner, and has also held a broad range of public sector leadership positions. He has served as Canada’s Ambassador to China, Chair of Canada’s Advisory Council for Economic Growth, and Chair of the International Advisory Committee to the President of South Korea on National Future and Vision. Dominic brings a wealth of global business experience, including deep insight of geopolitics, corporate sustainability and governance. His business acumen and public sector experience position him to provide balanced guidance to Rio Tinto’s leadership team. Dominic believes in the competitive advantage of putting people at the heart of strategy and the role culture change will play in Rio Tinto’s future success.Current external appointments: Chair of LeapFrog Investments and Chancellor of the University of Waterloo.
Simon HenryIndependent Non-Executive Director
MA, FCMA. Age 62.Appointed April 2017.
Skills and experience: Simon has significant experience in global finance, corporate governance, mergers and acquisitions, international relations, and strategy. He draws on over 30 years’ experience at Royal Dutch Shell plc, where he was Chief Financial Officer between 2009 and 2017.Current external appointments: Senior Independent Director of Harbour Energy plc, Adviser to the Board of Oxford Flow Ltd, member of the Board of the Audit Committee Chairs’ Independent Forum, member of the Advisory Board of the Centre for European Reform and Advisory Panel of the Chartered Institute of Management Accountants (CIMA), and trustee of the Cambridge China Development Trust.
Jakob StausholmChief Executive
Ms Economics. Age 55. Appointed Chief Financial Officer September 2018; Chief Executive from January 2021.
Skills and experience: As Chief Executive, Jakob brings strategic and commercial expertise and governance experience. He is committed to rebuilding trust with communities, Traditional Owners and engaging broadly with stakeholders, including governments, partners and other business leaders. He continues to focus on improving operational performance, including through the Safe Production System, creating and progressing value-accretive growth options while remaining disciplined on capital allocation and delivering returns for shareholders. Jakob joined Rio Tinto in 2018 as Chief Financial Officer. He has over 20 years’ experience, primarily in senior finance roles at Maersk Group and Royal Dutch Shell plc, including in capital-intensive, long-cycle businesses, as well as in innovative technology and supply chain optimisation. He was also a Non-Executive Director of Woodside Petroleum and Statoil (now Equinor).Current external appointments: None.
Kaisa HietalaIndependent Non-Executive Director
MPhil, MS. Age 53. Appointed March 2023.
Skills and experience:Kaisa is an experienced executive with a strong track record of helping companies transform the challenges of environmental megatrends into business opportunities and growth. She began her career in upstream oil and gas exploration and, as Executive Vice President of Renewable Products at Neste Corporation, she played a central role in its commercial transformation into the world’s largest and most profitable producer of renewable products. She was formerly a Board member of Kemira Corporation.Current external appointments:Senior Independent Director of Smurfit Kappa Group plc, Non-Executive Director of Exxon Mobil Corporation, Chair of the Board of Tracegrow Ltd and a member of the Supervisory Board of Oulu University.
Peter Cunningham Chief Financial Officer
BA (Hons), CharteredAccountant (England and Wales). Age 57. Chief Financial Officer from June 2021.
Skills and experience: As Chief Financial Officer, Peter brings extensive commercial expertise from working across the Group in various geographies. He is strongly focused on the decarbonisation of our assets, investing in the commodities essential for the energy transition, and delivering attractive returns to shareholders while maintaining financial discipline.During almost three decades with Rio Tinto, Peter has held a number of senior leadership roles, including Group Controller, Chief Financial Officer – Organisational Resources, Global Head of Health, Safety, Environment & Communities, Head of Energy and Climate Strategy, and Head of Investor Relations.Current external appointments: None.
Sam LaidlawIndependent Non-Executive Director
MA, MBA. Age 68. Appointed February 2017; Senior Independent Director from May 2019.
Skills and experience: Sam has more than 40 years’ experience of long-cycle, capital-intensive industries in which safety, the low-carbon transition, and stakeholder management are critical. Sam has held a number of senior roles in the energy industry, including as CEO of both Enterprise Oil plc and Centrica plc. He was also a member of the UK Prime Minister’s Business Advisory Group.Current external appointments: Chair of Neptune Energy Group Holdings Ltd, Chair of the National Centre of Universities & Business and Board member of Oxford Saïd Business School.
Dean Dalla ValleIndependent Non-Executive Director
MBA. Age 64. Appointed June 2023.
Skills and experience: Dean brings over four decades of operational and project management experience in the resources and infrastructure sectors. He draws on 40 years’ experience at BHP where he was Chief Commercial Officer, President of Coal and Uranium, President and Chief Operating Officer Olympic Dam, President Cannington, Vice President Ports Iron Ore and General Manager Illawarra Coal. He has had direct operating responsibility in 11 countries, working across major mining commodities, and brings a wealth of experience in engaging with a broad range of stakeholders globally, including governments, investors and communities. Dean was Chief Executive Officer of Pacific National from 2017 to 2021.Current external appointments: Chair of Hysata.
Susan Lloyd-HurwitzIndependent Non-Executive Director
BA (Hons), MBA (Dist). Age 56. Appointed June 2023.
Skills and experience: Susan brings significant experience in the built environment sector with a global career spanning over 30 years. Most recently Susan was Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director of Mirvac Group for over a decade. Prior to this, she was Managing Director at LaSalle Investment Management, and held senior executive positions at MGPA, Macquarie Group and Lendlease Corporation. Susan is known for her transformational leadership on cultural change, gender equity, diversity and inclusion, and sustainability, while at the same time delivering financial results.Current external appointments: President of Chief Executive Women, Chair of the Australian National Housing Supply & Affordability Council, Non-Executive Director of Macquarie Group, Member of the Sydney Opera House Trust, Global Board member at leading international business school, INSEAD and Non-Executive Director of Spacecube.
| Board and Secretary changesMegan Clark stepped down from the Board on 15 December 2023. Steve Allen stepped down as Group Company Secretary on 29 August 2023. Sharon Thorne will join the Board on 1 July 2024. | Past external appointments over the last three yearsFor details of each Director’s previous directorships of other listed companies see the Directors’ report on page 147. | Board committee membership key | ||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Committee Chair | l | Nominations Committee | ||
| l | Audit & Risk Committee | l | Sustainability Committee | |
| l | People & Remuneration Committee | |||
Simon McKeon AOIndependent Non-Executive Director
BCom, LLB, FAICD. Age 68. Appointed January 2019; Senior Independent Director, Rio Tinto Limited from September 2020. Designated Non-Executive Director for workforce engagement from January 2021.
Skills and experience: Simon brings insights into sectors, including financial services, for purpose, law and government. He practised as a solicitor before working at Macquarie Group for 30 years, including as Executive Chair of its business in Victoria, Australia. Simon served as Chair of AMP Limited, MYOB Limited, and the Commonwealth Scientific and Industrial Research Organisation (CSIRO) and was the first President of the Australian Takeovers Panel.Current external appointments: Chancellor of Monash University, Chair of the Australian Industry Energy Transitions Initiative Steering Group, and Non-Executive Director of National Australia Bank Limited.
Ngaire Woods CBEIndependent Non-Executive Director
BA/LLB, DPhil. Age 61. Appointed September 2020.
Skills and experience:Ngaire is the founding Dean of the Blavatnik School of Government, Professor of Global Economic Governance and the Founder of the Global Economic Governance Programme at Oxford University. As a recognised expert in public policy, international development and governance, she has served as an adviser to the African Development Bank, the Asian Infrastructure Investment Bank, the Center for Global Development, the International Monetary Fund, and the European Union.Current external appointments:Vice-Chair of the Governing Council of the Alfred Landecker Foundation and Board member of the Mo Ibrahim Foundation, the Van Leer Foundation, and the Schwarzman Education Foundation. Member of the Conseil d’administration of L’Institut national du service public.
Martina MerzIndependent Non-Executive Director
B.Eng.Age 61. Appointed February 2024.
Skills and experience:Martina brings over 38 years of extensive leadership and operational experience, most recently as CEO of industrial engineering and steel production conglomerate ThyssenKrupp AG. She has held numerous leadership roles, including at Robert Bosch GmbH and at Chassis Brakes International. Martina also has extensive listed company experience and is known for her expertise in the areas of strategy, risk management, legal/compliance and human resources.Current external appointments:Member of the supervisory board at AB Volvo and Siemens Aktiengesellschaft and Member of the Shareholder Council of the Foundation Carl-Zeiss-Stiftung as the owner of Zeiss AG and Schott AG.
Ben WyattIndependent Non-Executive Director
LLB, MSc. Age 49. Appointed September 2021.
Skills and experience: Ben had a prolific career in the Western Australian Parliament before retiring in March 2021. He held a number of ministerial positions and became the first Indigenous treasurer of an Australian parliament. His extensive knowledge of public policy, finance, international trade and Indigenous affairs brings valuable insight and adds to the depth of knowledge on the Board. Ben was previously an officer in the Australian Army Reserves, and went on to have a career in the legal profession as a barrister and solicitor.Current external appointments: Non-Executive Director of Woodside Energy Ltd, APM Human Services International Limited, Telethon Kids Institute and West Coast Eagles. Member of the Advisory Committee of Australian Capital Equity.
Jennifer NasonIndependent Non-Executive Director
BA, BCom (Hons).Age 63. Appointed March 2020.
Skills and experience:Jennifer has over 37 years of experience in corporate finance and capital markets. She is the Global Chair of Investment Banking at JP Morgan, based in the US, where she sits on the Investment Bank’s Executive Committee. For the past 20 years, she has led the Technology, Media and Telecommunications global client practice. During her time at JP Morgan, she has also worked in the metals and mining sector team in both the US and Australia. Jennifer co-founded and chaired the company’s Investment Banking Women’s Network.Current external appointments:Co-Chair of the American Australian Business Council.
Andy HodgesGroup Company Secretary
Associate of the Chartered Governance Institute UK and Ireland; MBA. Age: 56. Appointed August 2023.
Skills and experience: Andy joined Rio Tinto in 2018 and became Group Company Secretary in 2023. Andy brings with him nearly 20 years of experience in senior company secretarial roles, including as Head of Secretariat at Centrica, Deputy Company Secretary at Anglo American and Assistant Company Secretary at Aviva.Current external appointments: None.
Joc O’RourkeIndependent Non-Executive Director
BSc, EMBA. Age 63. Appointed October 2023.
Skills and experience:Joc has over 35 years of experience across the mining and minerals industry. He was the Chief Executive Officer of The Mosaic Company, the world’s leading integrated producer and marketer of concentrated phosphate and potash, from 2015 to December 2023. He also served as President of Mosaic until recently and previously held roles there including Executive Vice President of Operations and Chief Operating Officer. Prior to this, he was President of Australia Pacific at Barrick Gold Corporation, leading gold and copper mines in Australia and Papua New Guinea. Joc is known for his deep knowledge of the mining industry, and passion for improving safety and operational performance.Current external appointments: Non-Executive Director at the Toro Company and The Weyerhaeuser Company.
Tim PaineCompany Secretary, Rio Tinto Limited
BEc, LLB, FGIA, FCIS. Age 60. Appointed January 2013.
Skills and experience: Tim joined Rio Tinto in 2012 and became Joint Company Secretary of Rio Tinto Limited in January 2013. He has over 30 years of experience in corporate counsel and company secretary roles, including as General Counsel and Company Secretary at Mayne Group, Symbion Health and Skilled Group. Tim also spent 12 years at ANZ Bank, including as Acting General Counsel and Company Secretary. Current external appointments: Joint Company Secretary for Australia-Japan Innovation Fund and member of the Governance Institute of Australia’s Legislation Review Committee.
Executive CommitteeDay-to-day management of the business is delegated by the Board to the Chief Executive and, through him, to other members of the Executive Committee and to certain management committees.
Jakob StausholmChief ExecutiveBiography can be found on page 92.
Peter Cunningham Chief Financial OfficerBiography can be found on page 92.
Mark DaviesChief Technical Officer
Mark was appointed to the Executive Committee in 2020 and became Chief Technical Officer in October 2021. Mark joined Rio Tinto in 1995 as a Senior Mechanical Engineer and has worked in operational and functional leadership roles, including in our Iron and Titanium business unit, Group Risk, and Global Procurement.Mark is responsible for our development teams, including Exploration, Studies and Major Capital Construction, Energy, Climate and Closure teams working to rehabilitate and repurpose mines and facilities at the end of the development cycle. Mark’s remit also includes our technical centres of excellence as well as the Office of the Chief Scientist, which drives our global research and development activities. Mark is our representative on the Champions of Change Coalition, a group of business and community leaders working to achieve a significant and sustainable increase in the representation of women in leadership.
Bold BaatarChief Executive, Copper
Bold was appointed Chief Executive, Copper in February 2021. Prior to this, he led the Energy & Minerals product group, a position he had held since 2016. Since joining Rio Tinto in 2013, he has held a number of leadership positions across operations, marine, iron ore sales and marketing, and Copper.Bold brings deep experience across geographies, commodities and markets. A passionate advocate for integrating ESG into decision making across the business landscape, he combines strong commercial and business development expertise with a focus on developing markets and partnerships with our host communities and nations.
Isabelle DeschampsChief Legal Officer, Governance & Corporate Affairs
Isabelle joined Rio Tinto in November 2021. She has extensive international experience, most recently as General Counsel of the AkzoNobel Group and a member of its Executive Committee, with responsibility across Legal, Strategy and M&A activities. Prior to this, Isabelle worked at Unilever in the UK and the Netherlands, holding various legal and compliance leadership roles.Alongside leading our global Legal, Communication, and External Affairs teams, Isabelle oversees a range of governance functions, including Company Secretariat, Ethics & Compliance, and the Technical Evaluation group. She champions Everyday Respect and drives our integrated social licence agenda. Isabelle is a pragmatic, transparent leader with a passion for equal opportunities, inclusion and diversity, continuous learning, and driving a culture of integrity.
Alf Barrios Chief Commercial Officer
Alf was appointed Chief Commercial Officer, Chair for China and Chairman for Japan in 2021. He joined Rio Tinto in 2014 as Chief Executive, Aluminium. Alf has over 30 years of global experience in the resources sector across operations, marketing, trading and business development.The Commercial team is accountable for our sales and marketing, procurement, marine and logistics activities, and creates value and growth across Rio Tinto by working closely with our assets, customers and suppliers. Alf is focused on building industry-leading customer and supplier partnerships to deliver innovation and ESG leadership and create future value for the company.
Sinead KaufmanChief Executive, Minerals
Sinead became Chief Executive, Minerals in March 2021. Since Sinead joined Rio Tinto in 1997 as a geologist, she has held senior leadership and operational roles across Aluminium, Copper & Diamonds, Energy & Minerals, and Iron Ore. She joined the Executive Committee in early 2021.Sinead brings strong operational expertise combined with a track record of delivering future-focused sustainability outcomes. Sinead has led the Minerals business to play a central role in driving growth, for example, through the acquisition of the Rincon Lithium Project in Argentina, which supports our battery materials strategy. She is also playing a leading role in many sustainability initiatives to help us reach our decarbonisation ambition.
James MartinChief PeopleOfficer
James joined our Executive Committee as Chief People Officer in April 2021. Prior to this, James was at Egon Zehnder for 21 years. He led a range of global practices and specialised in coaching, talent management and leadership development. Prior to this, he worked in equity research after a career as an air force pilot.James has been supporting our culture evolution, from building a new leadership program, to paving the way to a more inclusive work environment and helping create our new values. His vision is to help unlock more of our potential and to inspire even more of our colleagues to feel the pride in Rio Tinto that many already do.
Jérôme PécresseChief Executive, Aluminium
Jérôme was appointed Chief Executive, Aluminium in October 2023. Prior to joining Rio Tinto, Jérôme was President & CEO of General Electric (GE) Renewable Energy, where he helped define and implement GE’s strategy to support the decarbonisation of the energy sector. He brings a wealth of global experience, primarily in energy, mining, business development and strategy from his previous roles at GE, Alstom and Imerys.Jérôme is committed to the energy transition and is focused on decarbonising our operations while growing our business to support new material needs for the future. Building a strong work culture around diversity and entrepreneurship, and forging partnerships with First Nations and Indigenous Peoples, communities and governments is fundamental to his approach.
Kellie ParkerChief Executive, Australia
Kellie was appointed Chief Executive, Australia in 2021, after a 20-year career at Rio Tinto. Before this, Kellie was Managing Director, Pacific Operations, Aluminium, a role she took after more than a decade of leadership, safety and operational roles across the Iron Ore and Aluminium businesses.Kellie represents our Australian interests with all stakeholders, and brings her operational experience and community values to listen, respond and set the direction for the business. Kellie also has responsibility for Health, Safety, Environment & Security (HSES) and Communities and Social Performance (CSP). She has a people-centric approach, with a strong commercial background, and she is an advocate for Indigenous Australians.
Simon TrottChief Executive, Iron Ore
As Chief Executive – Iron Ore, Simon leads the world’s largest and most innovative integrated bulk commodity producer, achieving exceptional financial performance by finding better ways to provide the materials the world needs. Drawing on 25 years’ mining industry experience across operating, commercial and business development roles, Simon is driving the Iron Ore business to develop a values-based performance culture and reach its vision to become the most valued resource business.He is focused on building the Iron Ore business we need for the future, by transforming its safe operating performance, leading the field in mine development, building valued partnerships, respecting, trusting and supporting self-determined outcomes for Traditional Owners, as well as positioning for a green future and decarbonising the Pilbara.
Former Executive Committee members Ivan Vella resigned from Rio Tinto in 2023 and ceased to be a member of the Executive Committee on 13 June 2023. He continued as Chief Executive, Aluminium until 23 October 2023, when Jérôme Pécresse succeeded him.Arnaud Soirat stepped down as Chief Operating Officer on 31 January 2024, ahead of his retirement from Rio Tinto.
| Our stakeholdersThis section, together with the information on pages 12-13, constitutes our Section 172(1) statement. The Board is required by the UK Companies Act 2006 to promote the success of the company for the benefit of our shareholders, and in doing so, take into account the interests of our wider stakeholders. Our key stakeholders are our workforce, the communities in which we operate, civil society organisations, governments, our investors, our customers, and our suppliers. | ||
|---|---|---|
| How we engage | ||
| WorkforceEngaged people are key to our success. | –Intranet, emails and newsletter updates on subjects such as safety and mental health shares, financial results and Group news. –Twice-yearly people surveys.–myVoice, our confidential reporting program. –Sessions with members of the Board and employees.–In-person and virtual town halls with the Board and Executive Committee members. | –The Board engaged with our workforce while visiting several sites and offices throughout the year, including in Mongolia, London, France, Perth and China. For more information about some of these visits, see page 101.–In May 2023, members of the Board met with three employee groups at our Perth office. Two groups included emerging talent, while the third was employees from our Development & Technology team. These sessions allowed Board members and our teams to exchange insights and reflections about the business. |
| CommunitiesThe communities where we live and work are fundamental to our business – without their support, we cannot operate. | We continue to strengthen our social performance structure, governance approach and processes. We have increased engagement between Indigenous Peoples and our senior operational leaders and teams. Our engagement activities include: –Community liaison teams.–Various meeting formats to reflect local expectations. –myVoice, our confidential whistleblower program, which provides a way for anyone, internal or external, to raise concerns about the Group. | –Executive members regularly meet with Indigenous communities as part of site visits. –Since 2021, we have asked Traditional Owner groups in the Pilbara to share yearly feedback on our progress on some of the commitments we made as part of the Rio Tinto Board Review in 2020 on cultural heritage management. In 2023, six out of ten Pilbara Traditional Owner entities chose to respond. The feedback is presented at riotinto.com/juukangorge. |
| Civil society organisations Civil society organisations (CSOs) play an important role in society. They hold us to account and help us understand societal expectations across ESG issues, identify risks and opportunities to collaborate. | –We engage regularly with a wide range of CSOs to understand and respond to areas of interest and concern, communicate progress, share challenges and advance common goals. In 2023, we expanded our outreach to CSOs in Argentina, Serbia, Guinea, the US and Canada.–We engage locally, nationally and globally on specific issues related to an operation.–We attend industry forums where CSOs are present to understand the latest trends and expectations on ESG issues. | –Since 2018, we have held annual roundtables with CSO leaders and members of the Board and Executive Committee. The roundtables provide a dedicated forum for our most senior leaders to engage directly with CSOs and discuss strategic issues.–We continue to have issue-specific conversations with CSOs to explore issues in depth and gain detailed insights to inform our approach to each topic. In 2023, these included two sessions on decarbonisation progress, three sessions about the Jadar project, and two sessions about the Resolution Copper project. |
| What was important in 2023 | How the Board has taken account of these interests |
|---|---|
| –Company culture and the Everyday Respect report–Training and career opportunities–Compensation and inflation–Health, safety and wellbeing–Business growth and operational performance–Societal issues | –Simon McKeon, our designated Non-Executive Director for workforce engagement, oversees our program of workforce engagement events.–An engaged and diverse workforce is imperative to the success of the business. The Board reviews the implementation activities and progress of the 26 recommendations of the Everyday Respect report quarterly. For more information about the Everyday Respect initiative and how the Board monitors our culture, see pages 100 and 101. –The health, safety and wellbeing of our people is a key priority for the Board. The Board considers this in all decisions to ensure we continually evolve our assets’ safety maturity and aim to create a physically and psychologically safe workplace. –The Board considers our workforce when making decisions on new ventures, projects and other growth opportunities, and aims to support job opportunities and fair work. For more information about how the Board engages with employees to understand their interests and concerns, see page 101. |
| –Job creation and procurement opportunities–Land access–Socioeconomic development projects–Environmental management, tailings storage facilities, operational impacts and potential site closures–Security | –The Board oversees and receives regular updates on many projects and the impact they have or will have on communities. Supporting economic opportunities for our host communities and regions is a key priority for us and, in addition to our social investment programs, we strive to employ local people and engage local services. –We have developed the Western Australian Indigenous Participation Strategy, designed to support a more collaborative approach to attracting and developing Indigenous employees. –We have undertaken independent cultural management audits to help us improve our cultural heritage management and performance, and our engagement with Indigenous communities. –The Australian Advisory Group guides us on current and emerging issues, which helps us better manage policies and positions important to Australian communities and our broader business.For more information about our work with communities, see page 66-70. |
| –Decarbonisation, offsets and Scope 3–Water management, biodiversity protection and nature-based solutions–Cultural heritage protection, Indigenous economic advancement, community consultation, consent and free, prior and informed consent (FPIC)–EU due diligence regulation–Transparency and anti-corruption–Advocacy on policy | –The Board and its sub-committees consider issues raised by CSOs throughout the year, particularly through the Sustainability Committee. The Board is represented at the CSO roundtables through the Chair and other Directors. –The Board considers ESG issues and our social licence to operate when making decisions on new ventures, projects and other growth opportunities. –The Chair and executives engaged extensively with investors on the topic of environment and water. In 2023, we published our transparent water data platform which was well received by CSOs and other stakeholders. |
| How we engage | ||
| GovernmentsGovernments – national, state and provincial, and local – are important stakeholders for our business. They provide the legal and policy framework that supports our businesses, and ensures that our communities and people are protected. | –We provide updates on issues relevant to our industry, either directly or as part of industry associations.–We participate in multi-stakeholder organisations, initiatives and roundtables, such as the Extractive Industry Transparency Initiative (EITI), and the ICMM. –We have innovative partnerships with governments, such as ELYSIS with the Governments of Canada and Quebec. We also partner with governments on projects, such as with the Government of Guinea on the Simandou iron ore deposit. –Government representatives regularly visit our sites. | –In Australia, we engage with governments on issues such as project approvals and cultural heritage protection. –In the US, we advocate on public policy related to the North American supply chain and alignment on climate change, critical minerals and materials, renewable energy, and trade. –In China, we partner and engage with a range of government and state-owned entities on issues related to climate change, innovation, training, procurement, and product supply.–We contribute to UK and EU public policy development. |
| InvestorsOur strategy and long-term success depend on the support of our investors. | –Regular calls, one-on-one meetings and group events, roadshows, presentations and attendance at investor conferences. –Webinars and online Q&A sessions. –Our corporate reporting suite and regular updates on our website and social media. –We held two annual general meetings (AGMs), one in Australia and one in the UK, where institutional and retail investors could engage directly with the Board and management, giving them the opportunity to ask questions and vote on our Remuneration Report. | –In 2023, our Chair, Dominic Barton, met with investors from the UK, the US and Australia to convey how our strategy integrates the net zero transition into our business, including our portfolio, capital investment decisions, and business planning. |
| CustomersThe needs of our customers are central to our operational decision-making. | –Our Commercial team engages with customers through direct engagements and via business and industry forums. –We periodically seek feedback from our customers through a customer survey, supplementary to the regular feedback we receive as part of ongoing customer interactions. The next customer survey will be conducted in 2024. Results from these surveys will be shared with the Board. | –Decarbonisation is one of our customers’ biggest challenges. We partner to find innovative solutions to help produce sustainable products that support their net zero ambitions. For example, in 2023 we signed a memorandum of understanding with the BMW Group to deliver low-carbon aluminium, while also enabling a more sustainable and traceable supply chain for aluminium products through our START blockchain technology.–In December 2023, the Board visited China and met with Chinalco, China Baowu and BYD. Board members visited their operations, demonstrating our commitment to continuing to strengthen our partnerships with China. |
| SuppliersOur suppliers are critical to our ability to run efficient and safe global operations. | –Our Commercial team manages contracts and engages with our suppliers in a range of ways, including regular meetings and site visits, supplier events, local and host community procurement forums, annual awards, and supplier capability development initiatives.–We partner with suppliers to co-develop technologies and applications, such as renewable diesel with Neste and Rolls-Royce. | –We periodically seek feedback from our suppliers through a supplier survey to improve our engagement and to strengthen our partnerships. The next supplier survey will be conducted in 2024. Results from these surveys are shared with the Board. |
Our stakeholders continued
| What was important in 2023 | How the Board has taken account of these interests |
|---|---|
| –Tax and royalty payments–Compliance with laws and regulations–Local employment, procurement, health and safety–ESG issues, decarbonisation opportunities and socioeconomic development projects–Operational environmental management–Transparency and human rights–Industrial policy–New technology–Security | –We engage with government officials to understand their expectations, concerns, and policies. This helps us align our activities with government interests. The Board receives regular updates regarding all our projects and, in doing so, oversees our engagement with governments.–Board meetings were held in Australia, Mongolia, US and China in 2023, with significant engagement with government stakeholders. –The Board oversees our financial management to ensure we comply with tax obligations and fair contribution to our host country's revenue. We comply with regulations and contribute positively to the economic and social development of the regions where we operate. |
| –Financial and operational performance. –Our ESG performance, including the impact of climate change and how we are decarbonising our business. –Compliance with laws and regulations. –Human rights. –Remuneration policy. | –With regard to capital allocation and shareholder returns, the Board is committed to maintaining an appropriate balance between cash returns to shareholders and investment in the business, with the intention of maximising long-term shareholder value. –Given investor interest in ESG issues, including climate change and our work with communities around the world, the Board considers these issues during its yearly strategy sessions when assessing our portfolio positions. –The Board’s engagement in CSO roundtables and some investor events provides a sounding board as we implement our strategy, respond to requisitioned resolutions and develop our reporting. –The People & Remuneration Committee Chair consulted extensively with shareholders and proxy advisers in 2023 to update them on proposals for the Remuneration Policy which is due for renewal at the 2024 AGMs, taking their feedback into consideration. |
| –Supply security. –Responsible sourcing and supply. –Transparency in the supply chain. –Human rights. –Compliance with laws and regulations. –Competitive pricing. –Product quality. –Strategic partnerships. –Evidence of ESG traceability. –Participation in responsible mining certification systems. | –The Chief Commercial Officer updates the Board annually on the key priorities and vision for Commercial, its role in supporting the Group strategy, and our customer engagement initiatives.–The Board approved a $700 million1 investment to acquire a 50% equity stake in Giampaolo Group’s wholly-owned Matalco business. For more information on the Board’s decision-making on the investment in Matalco, see page 100. |
| –Responsible sourcing and supply. –Transparency in the supply chain. –Human rights. –Compliance with laws and regulations. –Competitive pricing. –Performance. –Payment terms. –Strategic partnerships. | –The Chief Commercial Officer provides an annual update to the Board on the Group’s activities with suppliers, including metrics regarding how the Group has supported initiatives aimed at Indigenous groups. –With support from the Board, we facilitated a distribution deal between Wuxi Boton, one of our largest suppliers in China, and the entrepreneurial subsidiary of the Innu communities of Uashat mak Mani-utenam for the resale and after-sales service of industrial conveyors in Quebec, Canada. |
- Subject to closing adjustments.
How the Board has considered stakeholders in their decision-making
Our Board believes that we can only achieve long-term sustainable success if we consider relevant stakeholders in our decision-making and ensure that decisions align with our purpose and values. Below are three examples of how our Board has considered stakeholders in 2023.
Matalco joint venture
The Board reviewed and approved the
acquisition of a 50% stake in Giampaolo
Group’s Matalco business for $700 million 1.
The Matalco joint venture will manufacture and
market recycled aluminium products.
–Customers
ll
–We are committed to the low-carbon
transition and providing our customers with
materials enabling their energy transition.
As part of this strategy, a range of
aluminium recycling opportunities were
assessed. It was determined that the
Matalco joint venture met our strategic
objectives and criteria.
–After a rigorous internal approvals process,
including endorsement from our Investment
Committee, the proposal was reviewed and
approved by the Board in May 2023.
–The Board agreed that the proposal would
positively impact our stakeholders,
particularly our customers who are looking
to reduce their carbon footprint with low-
carbon aluminium products.
–The Board also considered the impact on
local communities, as part of its review.
–Delivering on our strategic objectives and
the low-carbon transition is also important to
our investors and workforce.
–The Matalco transaction was finalised
in November 2023 after receiving regulatory
approval.
- Subject to closing adjustments.
Seawater desalination plant
The Board reviewed and approved the $395
million investment in a seawater desalination
plant in the Pilbara, Western Australia to
support water supply for our coastal
operations and local communities.
–CSOs
–Suppliers
lll
–Ensuring our ports, operations and local
communities have a good water supply is
imperative to our business and license
to operate.
–Ahead of requesting Board approval, the
coastal water supply project went through
formal internal approvals, including
Investment Committee approval. The Board
reviewed and approved the project in May
–The project's impact on all associated
Traditional Owners and Custodians was top
of mind for the Board.
–The Board were satisfied that the project
benefitted all our stakeholders and achieves
our objective to Excel in Development.
Construction of the plant will create
approximately 300 jobs, and the plant has
the ability for future expansion.
–We continue to work with regulators in
Australia to ensure that all the required
approvals are in place for the project
to proceed.
For more informationabout how we manage water, see page 59.
Everyday Respect
The Board continued to monitor our progress
against the 26 Everyday Respect
recommendations and our commitment to
strengthen our culture.
–CSOs
–Customers
–Suppliers
lll
–In 2021, we initiated a comprehensive,
independent review of our workplace culture to
better understand, prevent and respond
to harmful behaviours in the workplace.
The Board and Executive Committee fully
endorsed the recommendations set out in the
report in 2022 and have supported all
initiatives that have been implemented so far
to meet the 26 recommendations.
–During 2023, the Board received quarterly
updates on progress against the Everyday
Respect report recommendations.
–The Board considers our culture in all
conversations with our people during site visits
and when visiting offices.
–The Board considers all our stakeholders
when monitoring the implementation of the
Everyday Respect recommendations and how
we are progressing our broader culture
journey, especially our workforce, communities
and our investors.
–To ensure we continue to progress the
Everyday Respect recommendations, the
Board has requested Elizabeth Broderick to
undertake a final independent progress report
in 2024.
For more information about our progress to implement the recommendations from the Everyday Respect Report see riotinto.com/everydayrespect.
Relevance to our four objectives key
| l | Best operator | l | Impeccable ESG | l | Excel in development | l | Social licence |
|---|
Our stakeholders continued
How the Board monitors culture
One of the Board’s focus areas is to
assess and monitor our culture to
make sure that our policies, practices
and behaviours throughout the
business are aligned with our
purpose, values and strategy.
It is important to the Board that they, together
with the leadership team, collectively set the
right tone from the top, and each Director
aspires to lead by example by living our values
of care, courage and curiosity. Our values
guide behaviour and the way we make
decisions, from small everyday choices to big
strategic decisions.
Since we released the Everyday Respect
report in 2022, the Board has supported
management to make targeted systemic
improvements aimed at eradicating harmful
disrespect including sexual harassment,
bullying and racism. We are committed to the
implementation of the 26 recommendations
listed in the report. In addition, Representation
targets, engagement programs and the
creation of Employee Resource Groups are
now in place.
These initiatives as well as systemic changes
to talent, performance and reward are
key enablers in creating an everyday
respect culture.
For more informationabout Everyday Respect see riotinto.com/everydayrespect.
The Board monitors and assesses the culture of
the Group by regularly receiving people updates
from the Executive Committee and management
and engaging directly with employees through
site visits. The Board also receives a quarterly
update on how the 26 recommendations from the
Everyday Respect report are progressing. This,
together with data from the myVoice confidential
whistleblower program, a quarterly update on the
culture journey, the employee engagement
survey, and data on retention, provide the Board
with a comprehensive view of how we are
progressing on our culture journey.
Although there is more to do, we believe that our
work to strengthen our culture has already had
an impact, with employee engagement,
retention and productivity improving in recent
years. As we redefined our culture, we have seen
a natural attrition of people with behaviours not
aligned with our values.
The Board places great importance on employee
engagement and regularly reviews its approach
to engaging with the workforce. Simon McKeon,
in his role as our designated Non-Executive
Director for engagement with the workforce, also
facilitates two-way dialogue between the Board
and wider workforce.
Employee engagement survey
The Board received and considered reports and
updates from the Chief People Officer on the
results of our twice-yearly People Survey in July
and December, which provided useful insights
into employee sentiment. In considering the
reports, the Board supported a number
of recommendations aimed at improving
communications from senior leadership to the
wider workforce, increasing opportunities for
career growth and learning, and supporting
psychological health and safety.
Western Australia town hall: celebrating 150 years Dominic Barton, Jakob Stausholm, Peter Cunningham and Kellie Parker, Chief Executive, Australia, had the opportunity to celebrate Rio Tinto’s 150 years during a Perth town hall, hosted by Simon Trott, Chief Executive, Iron Ore. More than 2,100 of our people attended the town hall, joining in-person and online. They had the opportunity to ask questions and hear the Board and Executive Committee members’ reflections, who, in turn, gained insight into what is top of mind for our people.
Site visits
In addition to the regular program of Board
meetings, the Board also visited several sites
and offices in 2023. These visits allow the Board
to observe the operations in action and deepen
their knowledge, while understanding the culture
of the business and how we are progressing
against our People Strategy.
Jakob Stausholm and Jennifer Nason share the
traditional Mongolian beverage "airag" (fermented
mare’s milk).
Oyu Tolgoi, Mongolia
The Board visited Mongolia in July. The Chair
and several Board members met with Prime
Minister Oyun-Erdene and government ministers
and participated in the Mongolian Economic
Forum in Ulaanbaatar, which focused on future
investment opportunities in Mongolia. While in
Ulaanbaatar, the Board experienced the annual
Naadam Festival, which offered a great
demonstration of the nation’s history and cultural
roots.
The Board visited Oyu Tolgoi and had the
opportunity to see the underground block cave
performing well. They were impressed by the
mine’s productivity and the management of
underground health and safety. They also viewed
trials of underground electric vehicles, which form
part of future plans to help decarbonise the mine.
While in Mongolia, Board members also visited a
herder family in the community, shared a
traditional meal, heard the education plans for
their children, and listened to herders’ concerns
about late seasonal rains to provide feed for their
camels.
The visit offered the Board a chance
to deepen their relationships with the
Mongolian Government, observe the culture
and leadership at our site, meet our frontline
leaders, partners and contractors, and
assess whether the business is meeting the
expectations of traditional herders and local
communities in Mongolia.
Le Thoronet, France
Our Chair, Dominic Barton, visited south east
France in October to see our Closure team in
action. Dominic visited the Gardanne alumina
refinery, the closed bauxite mine of Le Thoronet
and the closed bauxite residue disposal area
at St-Cyr. The former bauxite sites have been
fully rehabilitated and are now used by the
community for recreational activities. The visit
provided an opportunity to learn more about our
closure activities, stakeholder engagement and
how we work towards a shared vision for the
environment and community after mining ends.
The visit illustrated both the scale and the variety
of closure activity. Work to close assets and
remediate and repurpose land is critical
to our social licence and impeccable ESG
credentials objectives.
Board activities in 2023
The Board had seven scheduled meetings in
- At every Board meeting, the Chief
Executive and Chief Financial Officer report on
the safety, operating, and business
performance of the Group and people, culture
and values.
During the year, the Board reviewed its
forward agenda of matters to be discussed,
considered its constitution, composition,
and performance, and reviewed any new or
amended Group policies.
The Board has ultimate oversight of ESG
matters, but has delegated responsibility for
certain matters to the Sustainability Committee.
Set out below are some of the specific matters
that the Board considered during the year.
In February, the Board:
–Reviewed and approved the Group's 2022
full year results and final shareholder
returns, which had been considered by the
Audit & Risk Committee.
–Discussed a paper detailing a suggested
approach to succession planning for
Executive Committee positions.
–Approved the Group’s 2023 Annual Plan.
–Approved the 2022 Climate Change Report
and approach to industry associations.
–Received updates on Business Conduct
Office activities including material
compliance risks, compliance program
developments and effectiveness, and
business integrity myVoice insights.
In April, the Board:
–Received updates on the Group’s 150th
anniversary and associated stakeholder
engagement.
–Discussed a report covering the Group’s
progress on cultural change.
–Discussed Board succession planning.
–Approved two requests for funding to
develop and execute a growth and life
expansion pathway for Kennecott.
–Received an update on progress with the
Oyu Tolgoi project, which included cave
health metrics in relation to panel 0.
–Approved a proposal for the Group
to form a joint venture with Giampaolo
Group, by acquiring a 50% stake in
Giampaolo Group’s Matalco business
for $700 million (subject to
closing adjustments).
In May, the Board:
–Received an in-depth assessment of the
health of the Group’s Ore Reserves and
Mineral Resources, and considered the
trends and emerging risks and opportunities
of our Ore Reserves and Mineral
Resources.
–Reviewed an update on initiatives aimed at
simplifying the business.
–Approved the AP60 96-pot smelter
for expansion for capital expenditure
of $1.1 billion.
–Discussed an update and teach-in on the
Safe Production System deployment
program, reviewing its success, progress,
and impact on the business.
–Reviewed the Jadar project, covering the
country context, resource profile and
mineralogy of the asset, the major elements
of the project scope, and the project
economics and financials.
–Reviewed a technical update regarding the
Kennecott shutdown.
–Considered an update on the Group’s
aluminium business, focusing on progress
on the low-carbon strategy, and potential
opportunities for the business.
–Considered a paper regarding the
Group’s Modern Slavery Statement,
which was approved.
In July, the Board:
–Met in Mongolia and participated in a wide
range of events and engagements with
employees and key stakeholders and
visited the Oyu Tolgoi mine.
–Considered updates on culture, progress on
the Everyday Respect recommendations,
and the second quarter 2023 people survey.
–Reviewed a paper providing an update on
the results of a compliance program
perceptions study, material compliance
issues and risks, and Business Integrity
Compliance Program effectiveness.
–Reviewed and approved the Group’s 2023
half year results statement and interim
shareholder returns, which had been
considered by the Audit & Risk Committee.
–Reviewed and approved funding for the
Rincon lithium project.
In September, the Board:
–Met in Washington D.C. to deepen
understanding of our North American
business and strategy. The trip included a
valuable program of engagements with
stakeholders and business and political
leaders.
–Discussed an update on the status of the
proposed Simandou iron ore project, with
regards to the progress of negotiations, joint
venture partner engagements, and the
status of current capital approvals.
–Approved a request for funding to continue
the feasibility study, progress early works
and long lead procurement for a high-
density ore project at Robe River Iron Ore
Associations Joint Venture’s Cape Lambert.
–Approved a request for funding for
Resolution Copper to advance social
licensing and permitting initiatives,
operations and maintenance, and to close
the feasibility study.
In October, the Board:
–Approved the appointment of Joc O’Rourke
as a Non-Executive Director of Rio Tinto plc
and Rio Tinto Limited.
–Approved funding for sustaining capital for
the Oyu Tolgoi project.
–Reviewed a progress update regarding the
Simandou project.
–Reviewed an update on the Group’s
projects’ performance in 2023, including an
overview of the forward portfolio and
strategic priorities for 2024.
–Considered the Board evaluation results.
–Reviewed the Group’s risk scenarios and
mitigations of those risks.
–Considered and approved the Group’s
Tax Policy.
In December, the Board:
–Met in China, for the first time. This
important visit included a wide range of
engagements with stakeholders, partners
and government, culminating with a
celebratory event for key customers and
suppliers.
–Considered an update on Energy
Resources Australia Ltd’s rehabilitation
of the Ranger Project Area.
–Approved a number of requests for
sustaining capital for projects within
Rio Tinto Iron Ore’s Pilbara operations.
–Reviewed a post divestment review of the
Australian coal business.
–Considered an assessment of the Group’s
material risks, associated controls, and
management responses deployed in 2023.
–Approved the Group’s 2024 Annual Plan.
Strategy and risk
The Board holds dedicated two-day strategy
sessions in May and September each year.
The May discussions concentrate on the
external strategic environment and in
September the focus is on the Group’s
progress and future strategic direction. See
pages 14-19 for details of our strategy.
A high-level summary of the main themes
discussed is below:
May
–The shifting roles and importance of
governments and our customers’ customers
in metals and mining.
–The importance of partnerships.
–How to improve our social licence.
–The need to identify opportunities for the
Group to leverage its expertise in specific
areas of the value chain.
–How to maintain resilience while
creating value.
September
–Decarbonisation of the business.
–Our people, culture, and performance.
–Our portfolio, diversification, and
growth opportunities.
Governance framework
Good governance is about considering the right things, at the right time, with the right
people and insights. We have structured the way the Board works to support that objective,
to strengthen our strategic focus, and to facilitate the support that the Board provides to the
executive team. Here is a summary of the framework.
| Board of DirectorsWe are finding better ways to provide the materials the world needs.By doing so efficiently, effectively and sustainably, we aim to create long-term value for all stakeholders. Our purpose is supported by three core values – care, courage and curiosity. The Board is collectively responsible for pursuing this purpose and approves the strategy, budget and plans proposed by the Chief Executive to achieve this objective. | |
| Board CharterSee the Board Charter for more information on the role of the Board and the delegation to management. | |
| For more informationsee riotinto.com/corporategovernance. |
| Audit & Risk CommitteeHelps the Board to monitor decisions and processes designed to ensure the integrity of financial reporting, the independence and effectiveness of the external auditors, and robust systems of internal control and risk management. | Nominations CommitteeHelps the Board determine its composition, and that of its committees. They are regularly reviewed and refreshed, so they are able to operate effectively and have the right mixture of skills, experience and background. | People & Remuneration CommitteeHelps the Board ensure the Remuneration Policy and practices reward employees and executives fairly and responsibly, with a clear link to corporate and individual performance, and a focus on people and culture. | Sustainability CommitteeHelps the Board oversee the Group’s integrated approach to sustainability and strategies designed to manage health and safety, and social and environmental risks, including management processes and standards. | Chair’s CommitteeSupports the functioning of the Board and will consider urgent matters between Board meetings. | Chief ExecutiveHas delegated responsibility for the executive management of Rio Tinto, consistent with the Group’s purpose and strategy, and subject to matters reserved for the Board, as set out in the Schedule of Matters Reserved for the Board (available at riotinto.com), and in accordance with the Group’s delegation of authority framework. |
| See page 107 | See page 105 | See page 113 | See page 111 | ||
Executive Committee
The Executive Committee supports the Chief
Executive in the delivery of strategy, annual
plans and commercial objectives, and in
managing the financial and operational
performance of the Group.
The following management committees
support the Chief Executive in the
performance of his duties.
Investment Committee
Reviews proposals on investments,
acquisitions and disposals. Approves capital
decisions within delegated authority limits, and
otherwise recommends matters for approval to
the Board, where appropriate.
Risk Management Committee
Oversees the management and mitigation of
the material risks that could materially impact
the Group’s business objectives and exceed
its risk tolerances.
Ore Reserves Steering Committee
Responsible for standards and control
procedures in the Ore Reserves estimation
and disclosure process. Ensures that they are
effective in meeting internal objectives and
regulatory requirements.
Closure Steering Committee
Oversees the process and controls designed
to manage the material risks related to
rehabilitation, closure and legacy operations.
Disclosure Committee
Reviews and approves the release of all
significant public disclosures on behalf of the
Group. Oversees the Group’s compliance with
its disclosure obligations in accordance with all
relevant legal and regulatory requirements,
including processes to ensure such
disclosures are accurate and timely.
Evaluating our performance
We undertake a formal annual
evaluation of the effectiveness
of the Board and, every third
year, we engage a professional
external adviser to carry out an
independent evaluation.
In 2023, we appointed Jan Hall, of business
advisory company No 4, to conduct our
external evaluation. No 4 does not have any
other connection with Rio Tinto, and was
appointed following a formal tender process
overseen by the Chair, Senior Independent
Director, Rio Tinto plc and Group
Company Secretary.
Board review process
The external review comprised observations of
Board and Committee meetings and a series
of interviews with the Board members,
Executive Committee members, the Company
Secretary and certain advisors.
Conclusions of the evaluation
The Directors discussed the initial findings
from the evaluation at the October Board
meeting. The evaluation concluded overall that
the Board and its Committees were working
well, and that the performance of the Chair
and individual directors was effective.
In terms of areas for improvement, it was
agreed to explore ways of creating more time
for in-depth discussion of the most material
matters, to further sharpen the focus on
strategic execution and, to help enable those
improvements, to explore efficiencies related
to the arrangements of the Board including
scheduling, allocation of time and format of the
Board’s materials.
It was agreed that the Chair would lead further
discussion on how to progress these matters
and report back to the Board.
Actions
In February 2024, the Board reviewed a
number of proposed actions to progress
the improvement opportunities identified
by the evaluation. This included a high-level
summary of the most material matters for the
Board to focus on, phased over the short-,
medium- and longer-term of the Group’s
development. This document then informed
the Board forward agenda program,
a schedule of thematic “deep dives” on
material matters, and a revised template
for the Board papers.
The Board recognise that effectiveness
requires continuous improvement, and we
will gather feedback and reiterate these
actions on a regular basis.
Directors’ attendance at scheduled Board and committee meetings during 20231
| Committee Appointments | Board | Audit & Risk | Nominations | People & Remuneration | Sustainability | |
| Chair and Executive Directors | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Dominic Barton2 | 7/7 | 3/3 | 4/5 | 4/4 | ||
| Jakob Stausholm | 7/7 | |||||
| Peter Cunningham | 7/7 | |||||
| Non-Executive Directors | ||||||
| Megan Clark - retired 15 December 20233 | 7/7 | 3/3 | 5/5 | 4/4 | ||
| Dean Dalla Valle - joined 1 June 20234 | 4/4 | 2/2 | 1/1 | 2/2 | ||
| Simon Henry5 | 7/7 | 6/6 | 2/3 | |||
| Kaisa Hietala - joined 1 March 2023 | 6/6 | 2/2 | 3/3 | |||
| Sam Laidlaw6 | 7/7 | 3/3 | 5/5 | 4/4 | ||
| Susan Lloyd-Hurwitz - joined 1 June 2023 | 4/4 | 2/2 | 3/3 | |||
| Simon McKeon | 7/7 | 6/6 | 3/3 | 5/5 | ||
| Jennifer Nason | 7/7 | 3/3 | 5/5 | |||
| Joc O’Rourke - joined 25 October 2023 | 2/2 | |||||
| Ngaire Woods | 7/7 | 3/3 | 5/5 | 4/4 | ||
| Ben Wyatt | 7/7 | 6/6 | 3/3 | |||
- In addition to the scheduled meetings of the Board and Committees for 2023, in order to attend to urgent matters, one ad hoc meeting of the People & Remuneration Committee and one ad hoc
meeting of the Sustainability Committee were convened. Other than as expressly noted below, these meetings were attended by each member of those committees.
Dominic Barton was unable to attend a meeting of the People & Remuneration Committee in October due to meetings with key Rio Tinto customers in South Korea.
Megan Clark stepped down as Chair of the Sustainability Committee with effect from 1 October 2023.
Dean Dalla Valle became a member of the Sustainability Committee and the People & Remuneration Committee with effect from 1 June 2023 and 1 November 2023 respectively, and became
Chair of the Sustainability Committee with effect from 1 October 2023.
Simon Henry was unable to attend a meeting of the Nominations Committee in February due to a medical appointment.
Sam Laidlaw was unable to attend an ad hoc meeting of the Sustainability Committee due to the meeting having been convened with short notice, clashing with previously-arranged travel commitments.
Board committee membership key
| Committee Chair | Audit & Risk Committee |
| Nominations Committee | People & Remuneration Committee |
| Sustainability Committee |
Nominations Committee report
Our main priority as a Committee in 2023 was on refreshing the Board,
and I am pleased to report that, over the year, we have announced the
appointment of six new Non-Executive Directors.
We welcomed Kaisa Hietala, Susan Lloyd-
Hurwitz, Dean Dalla Valle and Joc O’Rourke to
the Board during the course of 2023 and, in
December, we announced the appointments
of Martina Merz, who joined the Board on
1 February 2024, and Sharon Thorne, who will
join in July 2024.
Megan Clark stepped down as a Non-Executive
Director on 15 December 2023, having served
for nine years on the Board. I would like to
express my sincere thanks to Megan for her
contribution to Rio Tinto. We will greatly miss her
insights and wise counsel.
As we have announced today, Simon McKeon
will step down as a Non-Executive Director
at the conclusion of our annual general
meetings in 2024. I am extremely grateful
to Simon for his invaluable contribution.
On behalf of the Board, I wish him well for
the future.
These changes mark the completion of the latest
phase of refreshing the Board, with the six newly
appointed Non-Executive Directors covering the
key areas of expertise we had identified in our
search criteria.
We have also enhanced the gender diversity of
our Board composition, with four of the six new
Directors being women. Our new Board will
comprise 14 Directors, six of whom (43%) are
women. Our new Board will peak at 14 directors
and then go back to a more optimal size. We
believe it is important to retain the expertise and
experience of our longer-serving Directors during
the transitional period as newer Directors
familiarise themselves with the Group. We also
acknowledge that, for the same reason, we do
not currently comply with the new UK Listing
Rules target that at least one of the senior board
positions (Chair, Chief Executive Officer, Chief
Financial Officer or
Senior Independent Director) should be a
woman. We are committed to achieving that
target and this will be a key consideration for
future appointments to these roles.
Nominations Committee Chair
Refreshing the Board
2023 was a busy and important year in terms
of refreshing the Board. As we set out in the
Annual Report last year, the Nominations
Committee identified a number of areas of
expertise to inform the candidate search and
strengthen the Board’s composition in mining,
operations and projects (preferably former or
current Chief Executives or other senior
leaders), renewables and the energy
transition, financial/accounting, and knowledge
of countries or regions of strategic relevance
to the Group.
During the year, and with the support of
executive search firm, Spencer Stuart, the
Committee oversaw the appointments of six new
Non-Executive Directors who were identified as
providing expertise in these areas.
We continue to work hard to enhance the
diversity of our Board composition. With four
of the six new directors being women, our new
Board will be 43% women (six out of 14
directors). The number of directors from an
ethnic background is one.
The external search diversity of the identified
areas of expertise was as follows:
| Mining, operations and projects | |
|---|---|
| 38%women | 13%ethnic background |
| Renewables and the energy transition | |
| 60%women | 9%ethnic background |
| Finance/accounting | |
| 74%women | 10%ethnic background |
Completed candidate searches within
identified expertise areas, were as follows:
Mining, operations and projects
Dean Dalla Valle and Joc O’Rourke were
appointed to the Board in June 2023
and October 2023, respectively. Dean has four
decades of operational and project
management experience as a senior leader
in the resources and infrastructure sectors and
Joc has more than 25 years’ experience in the
mining and minerals industry, for the last
decade as a Chief Executive. Dean has also
succeeded Megan Clark as Chair of the
Sustainability Committee.
Susan Lloyd-Hurwitz and Martina Merz were
appointed to the Board in June 2023 and
February 2024, respectively. Susan brings
extensive experience in Australia’s built
environment sector, for the last decade as a
Chief Executive. She is known for her
transformational leadership on cultural
change, gender equity, diversity and inclusion,
and sustainability. Martina brings leadership
and operational experience as a former Chief
Executive in industrial engineering and steel
production.
Renewables and the energy transition
Kaisa Hietala was appointed to the board in
March 2023. Kaisa brings a deep understanding
of renewables and sustainability from her
knowledge of the resources industry, as well as
commercial capability.
Finance/accounting
Sharon Thorne will join the Board from
July 2024 and will strengthen the composition
of our Audit & Risk Committee. Sharon is a
Chartered Accountant and spent 36 years with
Deloitte, holding a number of leadership
positions.
For more informationabout our new Non-Executive Directors, see the Board biographies on pages 92-93.
Nominations Committee members
| Dominic Barton (Chair) | Simon McKeon |
|---|---|
| Megan Clark1 | Martina Merz4 |
| Dean Dalla Valle2 | Jennifer Nason |
| Simon Henry | Joc O’Rourke5 |
| Kaisa Hietala3 | Ngaire Woods |
| Sam Laidlaw | Ben Wyatt |
| Susan Lloyd-Hurwitz2 | |
Until retirement from the Board on 15 December 2023.
Appointed 1 June 2023.
Appointed 1 March 2023.
Appointed 1 February 2024.
Appointed 25 October 2023.
Length of tenure of
Non-Executive Directors
| Appointments to the Board –our policyWe base our appointments to the Board on merit, and on objective selection criteria, with the aim of bringing a range of skills, knowledge and experience to Rio Tinto. This involves a formal and rigorous process to source strong candidates from diverse backgrounds and conducting appropriate background and reference checks on the shortlisted candidates. We aim to appoint people who will help us address the operational and strategic challenges and opportunities facing the company and ensure that our Board is diverse in terms of experience, gender, nationality, social background and cognitive style. As such, we engage only recruitment agencies that are signed up to the Voluntary Code of Conduct on diversity best practice. We believe that an effective Board combines a range of perspectives with strong oversight, combining the experience of Directors who have developed a deep understanding of our business over several years with the fresh insights of newer appointees. We aim for the Board’s composition to reflect the global nature of our business - we currently have eight different nationalities (including dual nationalities) on a Board of 14. The Committee engaged Spencer Stuart to support the search for our new Non-Executive Directors. The Committee is satisfied that Spencer Stuart does not have any connections with the company or individual Directors that may impair their independence.When recruiting government or former government officials to join the Rio Tinto Board, we comply with any restrictions and obligations existing pursuant to relevant laws and regulations, including with respect to confidentiality, lobbying and conflicts of interest. The key skills and experience of our Board are set out on this page of the report. Our key responsibilitiesThe purpose of the Nominations Committee is to review the composition of the Board. The Committee leads the process for appointments, making recommendations to the Board as part of succession planning for Non-Executive Directors. It also approves proposals for appointments to the Executive Committee. · Membership of the CommitteeAll Non-Executive Directors are currently members of the Nominations Committee.The Chief Executive and the Chief People Officer are invited to attend all or part of meetings, as appropriate. The Committee is chaired by the Chair of the Board, unless the matter under consideration relates to the role of the Chair. The Committee had three formal meetings in 2023 and received regular and detailed updates on the status of the various searches, as required. Attendance at the formal meetings is included in the table on page 104.DiversityThe Board recognises that it has a critical role to play in creating an environment in which all contributions are valued, different perspectives are embraced, and biases are acknowledged and overcome. The Board shares ownership with the Executive Committee of the Group’s Inclusion and Diversity Policy, which can be found at riotinto.com/policies. · The proportion of women on the Board is currently 36% (five women and nine men) and will be 43% following the commencement of Sharon Thorne’s appointment in July 2024. The Group has continued to set measurable gender diversity objectives for the composition of senior leadership and graduate intake and achievement of these targets contributes to the variable remuneration of senior executives. Progress on diversity is shown in the Our approach to ESG section on page 43, where we show a breakdown by seniority. The number of Directors who identify themselves as being from an ethnic background is one (Ben Wyatt). For further information on the gender and ethnic diversity of the Board and Executive Committee please see page 153 of the Compliance with governance codes and standards section. | |||
|---|---|---|---|
| Progress on diversity is shown in the Talent, diversity and inclusion sectionon pages 73-74. | |||
| Skills and experience of the Chair and Non-Executive Directors | |||
| Skills and Experience | Some experience | Extensive experience | Total |
| Chief Executive experienceChief Executive-level experience of a major corporation. | 3 | 5 | 8 |
| Chief Financial Officer & audit experience Experience in financial accounting and reporting, corporate finance, internal controls, treasury and associated risk management. | 3 | 2 | 5 |
| Mining and broader industrial operationsSenior executive experience in a large, global mining or industrial organisation. | 1 | 5 | 6 |
| Major projectsExperience in developing large-scale, long-cycle capital projects. | 5 | 5 | 10 |
| Corporate governanceExperience on the Board of a major quoted corporation subject to rigorous corporate governance standards. | 1 | 9 | 10 |
| Global experience, including multinational and geopolitical experienceExperience working in multiple global locations, exposed to a range of cultural, business, regulatory and political environments and/or in-depth understanding of public policy and government relations. | 1 | 9 | 10 |
| Relevant country/regional expertiseKnowledge of countries or regions of strategic relevance to the Group. | 7 | 1 | 8 |
| Downstream customer markets Understanding of value chain development, including consumers, customers and marketing demand drivers. | 5 | 3 | 8 |
| ESGExperience of issues associated with environmental and socialresponsibility, including communities and social performance, government relations, workplace health and safety and stakeholder engagement. | 6 | 6 | 12 |
| Energy transitionKnowledge and experience of managing climate-related threats and opportunities including climate science, the low-carbon transition and public policy. | 8 | 1 | 9 |
| Industrial technology & innovationExperience of nurturing and harnessing research, development and innovation, including digital technology and cybersecurity. | 5 | 2 | 7 |
| Mergers and acquisitions & private equity/investing Experience of mergers, acquisitions, disposals, joint ventures, private equity and investing. | 7 | 1 | 8 |
Nominations Committee report continued
Audit & Risk Committee report
I am pleased to present the Audit & Risk Committee (Committee) report for 2023. During the year, the
Committee continued to oversee the processes in place to monitor the Group’s risk management and
financial reporting. This included reviewing and considering the longer-term viability statement (LTVS)
and ensuring this Annual Report is fair, balanced, and understandable.
The Committee spent much of its time
discussing and overseeing the significant
issues of judgement relating to the financial
statements. In particular, this included
consideration of impairment charges and
reversals, exclusions, closure provisions,
climate change, tax and litigation.
We appraised and monitored the status
of the Group’s internal control of financial
reporting for the Sarbanes-Oxley Act
requirements. We have also overseen the
Group’s systems of internal control and
risk management, including the Group Internal
Audit (GIA) function.
This year, the Committee endorsed a GIA
development program to enhance the teams
quality, agility and speed of plan and
assurance delivery. This sees GIA working
more closely with the business to support and
assure critical activities, and ensure a
prioritised approach to managing
recommendations following audits. It will
simplify processes while maintaining strong
assurance activity. We believe this approach is
appropriate and will encourage cultural
change to support the Group’s objectives. We
also monitored and supported developments
in the risk management function and
processes targeted at a clearer articulation of
the three lines of defence model, in particular
the roles and accountabilities of the first and
second lines.
We continue to closely monitor the developing
regulatory requirements in the three
jurisdictions in which we are listed. Throughout
the year the Committee received updates on
the potential for UK corporate governance
reform. We aim to be a valued contributor to
positive developments in corporate
governance, and to adopt new requirements in
a timely way. I have worked with our team and
through the Audit Committee Chairs’
Independent Form (ACCIF) in formulating
responses to the Financial Reporting Council’s
UK Corporate Governance Code consultation.
Although many of the original proposals have
now been withdrawn, we intend to continue
working towards and developing an Audit and
Assurance Policy, which will show how we
receive assurance over the integrity of our
reporting, including both financial statements
and other components of the Annual Report,
and other external reporting requirements. I
also believe our current LTVS already meets
most of the requirements for the proposed
Resilience statement, and that Rio Tinto will
be well positioned to consider the new
requirement for a Board statement on the
effectiveness of internal controls.
In 2023, the Committee, together with the
Sustainability Committee, also closesly
followed the changing landscape of
reporting requirements. In the short term
the new climate-related requirements have
been disclosed on a voluntarily basis. The
Committee will continue to monitor ESG
reporting changes and make necessary
preparations to report against them as
required. I remain concerned about the
multiple emerging frameworks here and the
box ticking approach being taken by some
stakeholders, and will continue to contribute
wherever possible to development of common
global standards within the mining sector.
I would like to take this opportunity to thank
my fellow Committee members for their
continuing diligence, insight and challenge, as
well as our colleagues across the business
who support the work of the Committee.
I hope readers find this report of the
Committee’s work in 2023, set out on the
following pages, informative and interesting.
Simon Henry
Audit & Risk Committee Chair
Audit & Risk Committee members
Simon Henry (Chair)
Simon McKeon
Ben Wyatt
Membership
The members of the Committee are all
independent Non-Executive Directors, and
their biographies can be found on
pages 92-93. The Chair of the Board is not a
member of the Committee.
As Rio Tinto’s securities are listed in Australia,
the UK and the US, we follow the regulatory
requirements and best practice governance
recommendations for audit committees in
each of these markets.
Australian listing requirements
In Australia, the members, and the Committee
as a whole, meet the independence
requirements of the Australian Securities
Exchange (ASX) Principles. Specifically,
the Committee members between them
have the accounting and financial expertise
and a sufficient understanding of the industry
in which the company operates to be able to
discharge the Committee’s mandate
effectively.
UK listing requirements
In the UK, the members meet the
requirements of the Financial Conduct
Authority’s (FCA) Disclosure Guidance and
Transparency Rules, and the provisions of the
UK Corporate Governance Code relating to
audit committee composition. Simon Henry,
the Chair of the Committee, is considered by
the Board to have recent and relevant financial
experience.
Simon Henry has extensive experience in the
natural resources sector. Simon McKeon and
Ben Wyatt have gained experience in the
mining sector by serving on the Board and on
the Committee, and through regular site visits,
reports and presentations. The Committee as a
whole has competence relevant to the sector in
which the company operates.
The Committee complies with the Audit
Committees and the External Audit: Minimum
Standard.
US listing requirements
In the US, the requirements for the
Committee’s composition and role are set out
in Securities and Exchange Commission
(SEC) and New York Stock Exchange (NYSE)
rules. The members of the Committee meet
the independence requirements set out under
Rule 10A-3 of the US Exchange Act and under
Section 303A of the NYSE Listed Company
Manual. The Board has designated Simon
Henry as an “audit committee financial expert”.
The Board also believes that the other
members of the Committee are financially
literate by virtue of their wide business
experience.
Committee remit
The Committee’s objectives and
responsibilities are set out in our Terms of
Reference (see riotinto.com/
corporategovernance). These follow the
relevant best practice recommendations in
Australia, the UK and the US.
Our main duties
Financial reporting – we review the key
judgements needed to apply accounting
standards and to prepare the Group’s financial
statements. We also review the narrative
reporting that goes with them, with the aim of
maintaining integrity in the Group’s financial
reporting. We also monitor exclusions made in
deriving alternative (non-GAAP) (Generally
Accepted Accounting Principles) performance
measures such as underlying earnings.
External audit – we oversee the relationship
with the external auditors and review all the
non-audit services they provide and their fees,
to safeguard the auditors’ independence and
objectivity. We also assess the effectiveness
of the external audit and, when necessary,
carry out a formal tender process to select
new auditors.
Framework for internal control and risk
management – we monitor the effectiveness
of the Group’s internal controls, including
those over financial reporting. We also
oversee the Group’s risk management
framework.
Group Internal Audit (GIA) – we oversee the
work of GIA and its head, who reports
functionally to the Committee Chair.
Mineral Resources and Ore Reserves – we
oversee the reporting and assurance of
Mineral Resources and Ore Reserves, and
consider the impact on financial reporting.
Distributable reserves – we provide assurance
to the Board that distributable reserves are
sufficient, and in the correct corporate entities,
to support any dividend proposals.
These duties feed into an annual work plan
that ensures we consider issues on a timely
basis. The Committee has authority to
investigate any matters within its remit. We
have the power to use any Group resources
we may reasonably require, and we have
direct access to the external auditors. We can
also obtain independent professional advice at
the Group’s expense, where we deem
necessary. No such advice was required
during 2023.
The Committee Chair reports to the Board
after each meeting on the main items
discussed, and the minutes of Committee
meetings are circulated to the Board.
We had six Committee meetings in 2023.
Attendance at these meetings is included in
the table on page 104. The Committee has
met twice to date in 2024.
The Chair of the Board, the Chief Financial
Officer, the Group Financial Controller and the
heads of GIA and Risk regularly attend
Committee meetings, as do the Chief Legal
Officer, Governance & Corporate Affairs, and
the Group Company Secretary. Other senior
executives and subject-matter experts are
invited as needed.
The external auditors were present at all of the
Committee meetings during the year. The
auditors review all materials on accounting or
tax matters in advance of each meeting, and
their comments are included in the papers
circulated to Committee members. The audit
partners also meet with the Committee Chair
ahead of each meeting to discuss key issues
and raise any concerns.
The Committee meets regularly in private
sessions. We also hold regular private
discussions with the external auditors.
Management does not attend these sessions.
The Committee Chair also has regular contact
and discussions with these stakeholders
outside the formal meetings.
Use of Committee meeting time
in 2023
Other focus areas in 2023
In addition to the scheduled workload, the
Committee also:
–Received an update, at a joint session with
the Sustainability Committee, on regulatory
reform including potential changes to UK
corporate governance requirements and the
landscape for ESG reporting.
–Discussed an update on the OECD Pillar
One and Two proposals to implement a new
global tax framework involving a
reallocation of taxing rights to market
jurisdictions and application of a 15% global
minimum tax.
–After a robust process, in early 2024
recommended to the Board that the draft
2023 Annual Report should be taken as
whole, fair, balanced and understandable.
–Reviewed the quality and effectiveness of
the Group’s internal control and risk
management systems. This review included
the effectiveness of the Group’s internal
controls over financial reporting, and the
Group’s disclosure controls and procedures
in accordance with sections 404 and 302 of
the US Sarbanes-Oxley Act 2002. The
Committee also considered reports from
GIA and KPMG on their work in reviewing
and auditing the control environment.
Significant issues relating to financial statements
There were four significant issues considered by the Committee in relation to the financial statements.
| Matters considered | Conclusion |
|---|---|
| Review of carrying value of cash-generating units and impairment charges/reversals | The Committee assessed management’s determination of cash-generating units, review of impairment triggers, and consideration of potential impairment charges and reversals over the course of the year. In the first half of the year impairment triggers were identified at the Gladstone alumina refineries. The Committee considered the key judgements made by management, in particular the valuation sensitivity to the cost of carbon credits. In the second half of the year an impairment reversal trigger was identified at the Simandou iron ore project in Guinea. The key matters discussed with management were the timing of cost capitalisation and the perimeter of previously impaired assets that continue to be relevant to the project development. |
| Application of the policy for items excluded from underlying EBITDA | The Committee reviewed the Group’s policy for exclusion of certain items from underlying earnings and confirmed the consistent application of this policy year on year. The items excluded from underlying earnings comprised charges of US$2.1 billion and income of US$0.4 billion. A reconciliation of net earnings to underlying earnings is presented in the Alternative Performance Measures. |
| Estimate for provision for closure, restoration and environmental obligations | The Committee reviewed the significant changes in the estimated provision for closure, restoration and environmental obligations by product group and Rio Tinto Closure. The Committee received updates on the closure studies completed in the period and the significant reforecast of costs in relation to the Ranger mine by Energy Resources of Australia. The Committee reviewed economic assumptions assessed by management, including inflation during the period and supported changes to the discount rate. |
| Climate change | The Committee received an overview of the work that management is undertaking in relation to climate change and the potential financial reporting implications thereof. The Committee reviewed the climate change summary in the Financial Statements and the impacts of climate change throughout the notes, with particular emphasis on the impact to impairment charges and the related disclosure of sensitivities. |
Audit and Risk Committee report continued
Climate change-related
financial reporting
The Directors have considered the relevance
of the risks of climate change and transition
risks associated with achieving the goals of
the Paris Agreement when preparing and
signing off the Company’s accounts.
The narrative reporting on climate-related
matters is consistent with the accounting
assumptions and judgements made in this
report. The Audit & Risk Committee reviews
and approves all material accounting
estimates and judgements relating to financial
reporting, including those where climate
issues are relevant. The Group’s approach to
climate change is supported by strong
governance, processes and capabilities.
Our commodity price forecasts focus on two
core scenarios. They are used to generate a
central reference case for commodity
forecasts and valuations, used pervasively in
our financial processes, including impairment
testing, estimating remaining economic life,
and discounting closure and rehabilitation
provisions, as was the case in the prior year.
There is broad recognition that the pace of
decarbonisation across the global economy is
too slow to limit warming to 1.5°C and that
current climate policies in many countries are
not yet aligned with their stated ambitions.
Consequently, neither of our two core
scenarios, Fragmented Leadership and
Competitive Leadership, is consistent with the
expectation of climate policies required to
accelerate the global transition to meet the
stretch goal of the Paris Agreement. Although
our operational emissions reduction targets
align with the goals of the Paris Agreement,
our two core scenarios do not. Given this, we
also assess our sensitivity, and test the
economic performance of our business
against, the Aspirational Leadership scenario
we have developed that reflects our view of
the global actions required to meet the stretch
goal of the Paris Agreement of limiting
warming to 1.5°C.
Overall, based on our internally developed
pricing outlooks, we do not envisage an
adverse impact of the 1.5°C Paris Agreement-
aligned sensitivity on asset carrying values,
remaining useful life, closure and rehabilitation
provisions for our Group.
During the year, the assessment performed
under the Physical Resilience Programme,
together with our ongoing review processes,
including impairment assessments, did not
identify any material accounting impacts as a
consequence of the physical risks associated
with climate change.
For more information on climate change
impact on our Group, see our 2023 Climate
Change Report and page 44 in this report.
Contact with regulators during
During the year, the Company received
a letter from the SEC regarding the
Production, Mineral Reserves, Mineral
Resources and Operations disclosures
in our 2022 20-F.
External auditors
Engagement of the external auditors
For the 2023 financial year, KPMG are serving
as our auditors. The UK entity of KPMG audits
Rio Tinto plc, and the Australian entity audits
Rio Tinto Limited. The UK audit engagement
partner, Jonathan Downer, was appointed in
March 2021 and the Australian partner, Trevor
Hart, was appointed in 2020.
We agreed on the scope of the auditors’
review of the half-year accounts, and of their
audit of the full-year accounts, taking into
consideration the key risks and areas of
material judgement for the Group. We also
approved the fees for this work and the
engagement letters for the auditors.
The Group has fully complied with the
Statutory Audit Services Order.
Safeguarding independence and objectivity,
and maintaining effectiveness
In our relationship with the external auditors,
we need to ensure that they retain their
independence and objectivity, and are
effective in performing the external audit.
Use of the external auditors for
non-audit services
The external auditors have significant
knowledge of our business and of how we
apply our accounting policies. That means it is
sometimes cost-efficient for them to provide
non-audit services. There may also be
confidentiality reasons that make the external
auditors the preferred choice for a particular
task.
However, safeguarding the external auditors’
objectivity and independence is an overriding
priority. For this reason, and in line with the
Financial Reporting Council’s (FRC) Ethical
Standard and the SEC independence rules,
the Committee ensures that the external
auditors do not perform any functions of
management, undertake any work that they
may later need to audit or rely upon in the
audit, or serve in an advocacy role for
We have a policy governing the use of
the auditors to provide non-audit services. The
cap on the total fees that may be paid to the
external auditors for non-audit services in any
given year is 70% of the average of the audit
fees for the preceding three years. This is in
line with the FRC’s Ethical Standard. Non-
audit assignments fall into two
broad categories:
–Audit, audit-related or other
“pre-approved” services where we
believe there is no threat to auditors’
independence and objectivity, other than
through the fees payable.
–Other services approved under
delegated authority.
We apply different approval regimes to these
areas of work. Approval of “pre-approved”
services is as follows:
–Up to $50,000: subject to prior notification to
management, this work can be awarded.
–From $50,001 to $100,000: requires the
Chief Financial Officer’s approval.
–Over $100,000 and with a tender process: if
the external auditors are successful in the
tender, the appointment requires the Chief
Financial Officer’s approval.
–From $100,001 to $250,000 without a
tender process: requires the Chief Financial
Officer’s approval.
–Over $250,000 without a tender process:
requires the Committee’s or Committee
Chair’s approval.
In each case, the nature of the assignment
and the fees payable are reported to
the Committee.
The Chief Financial Officer can approve other
services up to the value of $50,000 and an
aggregate value of no more than $100,000.
Fees exceeding $100,000 in aggregate
require approval from the Committee or the
Committee Chair.
At the half-year and year-ends, the Chief
Financial Officer and the external auditors
report to the Committee on non-audit services
performed and the fees payable. Individual
services are also reported to the Committee at
each meeting that have either been approved
since the previous meeting, or that require
approval for commencement following the
meeting.
Non-audit services provided by KPMG in 2023
were either within the predetermined approval
levels or approved by the Committee and were
compatible with the general standard of
independence for auditors and the other
requirements of the relevant regulations in
Australia, the UK and the US regulations.
Fees for audit and non-audit services
The amounts payable to the external auditors,
in each of the past two years, were:
| 2023$m | 2022$m | |
|---|---|---|
| Audit fees | 26.6 | 25.7 |
| Non-audit service fees: | ||
| Assurance services | 4.1 | 3.3 |
| All other fees | 0.1 | 0.3 |
| Total non-audit service fees | 4.2 | 3.6 |
| Non-audit: audit fees (in-year) | 16% | 14% |
For further analysis of these fees, please see
note 38 on page 237.
None of the individual non-audit assignments
was significant, in terms of either the work
done or the fees payable. We have reviewed
the non-audit work in aggregate. We are
satisfied that neither the work done, nor the
fees payable, compromised the independence
or objectivity of KPMG as our external
auditors.
Independence of the external auditors
No person who served as an officer of
Rio Tinto during 2023 was a Director or
partner of KPMG at a time when they
conducted an audit of the Group.
Effectiveness of the external auditors
We review the effectiveness of the external
auditors annually. We consider the results of a
survey containing questions on the auditors’
objectivity, quality and efficiency. The survey,
conducted in June 2023, was completed by a
range of operational and corporate executives
across the business, and by Committee
members.
We are satisfied with the quality and objectivity
of KPMG’s 2022 audit.
Appointment of the auditors
The Committee has reviewed the
independence, objectivity and effectiveness of
KPMG as external auditors in 2023 and in the
year to date. We have recommended to the
Board that KPMG should be retained in this
role for 2024, which the Board supports.
KPMG have indicated that they are willing to
continue as auditors of Rio Tinto. A resolution
to reappoint them as auditors of Rio Tinto plc
will be proposed as a joint resolution at the
2024 AGMs, together with a separate
resolution seeking authority for the Committee
to determine the external auditors’
remuneration.
Subject to the approval of the above
resolution, KPMG will continue in office as
auditors of Rio Tinto Limited.
Risk management and internal controls
We review Rio Tinto’s internal control systems
and the risk management framework. We also
monitor risks falling within our remit, especially
those relating to the integrity of financial
reporting. A summary of the business’s
internal control and risk management systems,
and of the risk factors we face, is available in
the Strategic report on pages 78-88.
Importantly, responsibility for operating and
maintaining the internal control environment
and risk management systems sits at asset
level. Leaders of our businesses and functions
are required to confirm annually that adequate
internal controls are in place, that these are
operating effectively and are designed to
identify any failings and weaknesses that may
exist, and that any required actions are
taken promptly.
The Audit & Risk Committee also regularly
monitors our risk management and internal
control systems (including internal financial
controls). We aim to have appropriate policies,
standards and procedures in place, and
ensure that they operate effectively.
As part of considering the risk management
framework, the Committee receives regular
reports from the Group Financial Controller,
the Chief Legal Officer, Governance &
Corporate Affairs, and the Head of Tax on
material developments in the legal, regulatory
and fiscal landscape in which the
Group operates.
The Board, supported by the Audit & Risk
Committee, has completed its annual review
of the effectiveness of our risk management
and internal control systems. This review
included consideration of our material
financial, operational and compliance controls.
The Board concluded that the Group has an
effective system of risk management and
internal control.
Internal control over financial reporting
The main features of our internal control and
risk management systems in relation to
financial reporting are explained on page 151.
Internal audit program structure
GIA provides independent and objective
assurance of the adequacy and
effectiveness of risk management and internal
control systems. It may also recommend
improvements.
While the Head of GIA reports administratively
to the Chief Financial Officer, appointment to,
or removal from, this role requires the consent
of the Audit & Risk Committee Chair. The
Head of GIA is accountable to the Chairs of
the Audit & Risk and the Sustainability
Committees, and communicates regularly with
both.
Our GIA team therefore operates
independently of management. Its mandate is
set out in a written charter, approved by the
Audit & Risk Committee. GIA uses a formal
internal audit methodology that is consistent
with the Institute of Internal Auditors’ (IIA)
internationally recognised standards.
When needed, the team brings in external
partners to help achieve its goals. There is a
clear policy to address any conflicts of interest,
which complies with the IIA’s standards on
independence. This policy identifies a list of
services that need prior approval from the
Head of GIA.
Governance of the annual plan
Each year’s internal audit plan is approved
by the Audit & Risk Committee and the
Sustainability Committee. The plan is focused
on higher-risk areas and any specific areas or
processes chosen by the committees. It is
also aligned with any risks identified by the
external auditors. Both committees are given
regular updates on progress, including any
material findings, and can refine the plans,
as needed.
Effectiveness of the internal audit program
The Audit & Risk Committee monitors the
effectiveness of the GIA function throughout
the year, with updates on performance at
every meeting. In 2022, PwC’s assessment of
GIA provided some useful suggestions for
further improvement to mature GIA to “trusted
adviser” level. These suggested improvements
were actioned during 2023 and while the
transformation is ongoing, it will improve the
function’s effectiveness and speed of delivery,
while maintaining strong assurance activity.
We are satisfied that the quality, experience
and expertise of GIA are appropriate for the
business and that GIA was objective and
performed its role effectively. We also
monitored management’s response to internal
audits during the year. We are satisfied that
improvements are being implemented
promptly in response to GIA findings, and
believe that management supports the
effective working of the GIA function.
Committee effectiveness
The Committee reviews its effectiveness
annually. In 2023, this was accomplished
through an externally-facilitated evaluation of
the Board and its committees.
The performance of the Committee was highly
rated, with no areas of concern raised and no
significant changes recommended.
Audit and Risk Committee report continued
Sustainability Committee report
The Sustainability Committee supports the long-term strategy of Rio Tinto’s businesses by caring for
our people, overseeing our contribution to the sustainability of the environments and communities in
which we operate, and encouraging the business to find better ways to provide the materials that the
world needs.
I am pleased to present my first report on the
work of the Sustainability Committee, having
been appointed Chair of the Committee in
October 2023.
The Sustainability Committee’s activities
include overseeing Rio Tinto’s policies,
frameworks, and management systems that are
designed to maintain the health and safety of
our employees and contractors, to manage our
key social and environmental risks, to support
the communities in which we operate, and to
respect human rights in our business and value
chains. By maintaining our focus on these
important areas, we are also supporting Rio
Tinto’s social licence to operate.
While we have now experienced five years without
a fatality at our managed operations, tragically four
team members from our Diavik mine in Canada
lost their lives when a charter flight on its way to
the mine crashed in January 2024. This is a stark
reminder that safety hazards still exist in our
operations, and that we must remain eternally
vigilant and committed to managing them. A
critical item on the Committee’s agenda is tracking
our progress in analysing and learning from
incidents that have the potential to result in
Potential Fatal Incidents (PFIs) to prevent similar
incidents from happening across our operations.
In July, we investigated two process safety
incidents that had occurred within six weeks at Rio
Tinto Iron and Titanium Quebec Operations’
reduction plant in Sorel-Tracy, Canada. We
looked at the root causes of each of these events,
and the work being done to investigate what
further process controls should be implemented.
In 2023, the Group recorded an all-injury
frequency rate of 0.37 – an improvement on the
rate of 0.40 for the prior year. However, three
permanent damage injuries occurred: an operator
injured their hand at our Diavik diamond mine in
Canada; a driller lost four fingers at the Simandou
iron ore project in Guinea; and at our Kennecott
copper operations in Salt Lake City, Utah a
geotechnical engineer required a leg amputation.
We continue to encourage transparent reporting of
PFIs as they occur, and are focusing on the critical
risk areas indicated by these incidents - and in
particular on falling objects, working at heights,
and vehicles and driving. The overall number of
reported PFIs remained broadly consistent with
the prior year’s levels at 103.
In 2023, the Committee undertook deep dives into
selected key safety risks. This included an
assessment of the mass passenger transport risks
across the Group, during which we examined
compliance with our controls, and opportunities for
strengthening those controls. Other deep dives in
2023 examined process safety risks, and risks
associated with contact with electricity. The
Committee also reviewed the design of the
governance frameworks for health, safety,
security, environment and communities for our
joint venture arrangements at Simandou.
At our April meeting, the product group Chief
Executives and the Chief Commercial Officer
presented to the Committee on the key ESG and
operational risks and trends for each product
group and for Rio Tinto Marine, and the controls
for managing those risks. The Committee noted
the key sustainability risk themes across the
Group, and commended the collaboration across
the Group for managing these risks.
The Committee continues to review the
progress with our safety maturity model (SMM)
program, a key tool for developing and
enhancing our safety culture. In 2023, the
business incorporated a mid-year self-
assessment process in addition to the end of
year independent assessment, and key insights
were provided to the Committee. While no
material changes were made to the SMMin
2023, the Group’s safety maturity is steadily
advancing with an average score in 2023 of 5.2
(out of a scale of 0 to 9), which is an 11%
improvement on the prior year.
The Committee continued to monitor our progress
towards implementation of the Global Industry
Standard on Tailings Management (GISTM). In
August 2023, in accordance with GISTM Principle
15, we published information on our facilities with
Very High or Extreme consequence
classifications. The Committee also continues to
directly engage with executives having
accountability for the safety of tailings facilities
across the Group, and has received progress
updates from management on the pathway to full
conformance with the GISTM.
The Committee examined the independent
audit of Rio Tinto’s Cultural Heritage
Management program as part of the response
plan to the Rio Tinto Board Review of Cultural
Heritage Management, published August 2020.
It will monitor ongoing actions to advance
Cultural Heritage Management practices
globally.
The Committee reviewed the progress of Rio
Tinto’s program for managing its physical
resilience to climate change, and for the
Group’s compliance with the disclosure
requirements set out by the Task Force on
Climate-Related Financial Disclosure.
Sustainability risks cannot be considered in
isolation. As part of our governance and oversight
of sustainability as an integrated risk for the
business, the Committee receives annual updates
from our product group Chief Executives on their
integrated strategies for managing sustainability
risks and opportunities. The Committee examined
sustainability risk themes and trends identified for
the Group, including the impact of the Group’s
decarbonisation agenda on sustainability risks,
and the need for an interdisciplinary approach for
the management of increasingly interdependent
sustainability risks.
The Group’s Internal Audit (GIA) function
undertakes reviews and reports to the
Sustainability Committee on matters within the
Committee’s scope. In addition, the Group’s
auditors, KPMG, reported to the Committee on
their assurance procedures over our 2022
sustainable development reporting.
Other key areas of focus for the Committee in
2023 included:
–Human Rights: reviewing management of
human rights risks, tracking global trends in
human rights policy and regulation, and
overseeing our modern slavery reporting.
–Environment and biodiversity: received
reports on all areas of environmental risk
management (excluding decarbonisation and
climate change).
–Water: receiving an update on our progress
against our water stewardship targets.
–Health, Safety, Environment and Security
(HSES) performance: receiving regular
updates on HSES performance.
–Communities and Social Performance (CSP):
receiving a progress update on the Group’s
CSP strategy, including key activities
undertaken in 2023 and a forward-looking
view on priorities for 2024, in support of the
group objectives of Impeccable ESG and
Social Licence.
–Major hazards: receiving updates from
management on the implementation of the
GISTM and implementation of the Group’s
Process Safety Improvement plan 2023-25.
Site visits are an important element of the work
of the Committee, and this year in addition to a
full Board site visit to Oyu Tolgoi in Mongolia,
our Committee members made individual visits
to our Iron Ore operations in the Pilbara,
Western Australia; in the US, our operations at
Resolution Copper in Arizona, and our
Kennecott copper operations in Salt Lake City,
Utah; QIT Madagascar Minerals’ facilities in
Madagascar; our RTIT operations in Suzhou,
China; four Rio Tinto Alcan legacy sites at Le
Thoronet, Gardanne, St-Cyr and Montgrand in
France; and to our Technical Development
Centre in Bundoora, Victoria.
Finally, I would like to thank Megan Clark for
her leadership and guidance as Chair of this
Committee for the past seven years, and her
commitment and generosity of time in assisting
my transition into the role of Chair.
Dean Dalla Valle
Sustainability Committee Chair
Sustainability Committee members
| Dean Dalla Valle (Chair)1 | Sam Laidlaw |
|---|---|
| Megan Clark2 | Ngaire Woods |
| Dominic Barton | Joc O’Rourke4 |
| Kaisa Hietala3 | |
- Member of the Committee from 1 June 2023, Chair of the
Committee from 1 October 2023.
- Chair of the Committee until 30 September 2023, Member
of the Committee until retirement from the Board on 15
Member of the Committee from 1 March 2023.
Member of the Committee from 1 January 2024.
The role of the Committee
The Committee’s scope and responsibilities
are set out in its Terms of Reference, which
can be found at riotinto.com/corporate
governance.
Activities in 2023
The Committee met five times in 2023. During
these meetings, the Committee undertook the
following activities:
Health and safety
–Received updates on the Group’s
performance across key health and
safety metrics.
–Conducted regular reviews of PFIs
occurring across the Group.
–Conducted deep dives into key safety risks
and controls, including process safety risk,
mass passenger transport risks, and major
tailings and water storage facility failure.
–Reviewed the Group’s performance across
key environmental metrics.
–Received an update on progress against
the Group’s 2019 to 2023 water stewardship
targets.
–Conducted a deep dive into the Group’s
physical resilience to climate change and
compliance with the TCFD disclosure
requirements.
–Received updates on the Group’s
implementation of the GISTM, and engaged
with Accountable Executives in line with the
Standard’s requirements.
Communities and social performance
–Received a progress update on the Group’s
CSP strategy.
–Received a report from the Chair of the
Australian Advisory Group, an advisory
forum to provide a broad perspective on
emerging developments and specific
policies or initiatives that could impact our
business in Australia.
–Received a report on an independent audit
of the Group’s cultural heritage
management performance.
–Reviewed progress on development
of the Group’s 2022 Modern Slavery
Statement.
Assurance, risk management
and global sustainability trends
–Approved the external assurance plan for
the Group’s sustainability reporting, and for
the performance data supporting the safety
and environmental, social and governance
(ESG) performance outcomes under the
short-term incentive plan.
–Received presentations on the key
sustainability risks and trends for each
product group and for Rio Tinto Marine.
These were presented by product group
Chief Executives and the Chief Commercial
Officer (for Rio Tinto Marine).
–Received reports from GIA on their audits
relating to matters within the Committee’s
scope, including:
–The Group’s closure control framework.
–The water management control
frameworks at Boron in California, and at
Oyu Tolgoi.
–Progress on implementation of the
recommendations in the Everyday
Respect Report.
–Management of environmental
compliance at Gudai-Darri in the Pilbara.
–Caustic release risk management
processes at the Yarwun Alumina
Refinery in Queensland.
–Rio Tinto Iron Ore’s engagement and
interaction with Traditional Owners.
–Community and government obligations
at Diavik in Canada.
–Major slope geotechnical hazard risks,
including at Iron Ore Company of Canada
and at Kennecott.
–Major underground safety risks, including
at Kennecott and Diavik.
–Mass transportation risks at Winu in
Western Australia and at our Rincon
lithium project in Argentina.
–The design of the health, safety, security,
environment and communities joint
venture governance arrangements
at Simandou.
–Reviewed recommendations for the Group’s
2024 sustainable development internal
assurance plan.
Governance and disclosure
–Reviewed various sustainability disclosure
materials.
–Reviewed an assessment of the Group’s
most material sustainability topics to be
reported on in the 2023 Annual Report.
–Received an update, in a joint session with
the Audit & Risk Committee, on the global
governance and ESG reporting landscape,
Rio Tinto’s proposed approach to meet
relevant evolving requirements, and the
work underway in preparation for doing so.
Other (including closure and security)
–Received an update on the Group’s closure
strategy and work program.
–Received regular updates on security
issues across the Group and key insights
on risk assessments and controls.
The chart below represents the allocation of
the Committee’s meeting time during 2023:
| n | Health and safety |
|---|---|
| n | Environment, including tailings management, water, and biodiversity |
| n | Assurance, risk management, global sustainability trends |
| n | Communities and social performance (including cultural heritage and human rights) |
| n | Governance and disclosure |
| n | Other (including closure and remediation, and security) |
The Committee Chair reports to the Board
after each meeting and our minutes are tabled
before the Board. All Directors have access to
the Committee’s papers.
Sustainability disclosures
Our approach to ESG is described in detail on pages 40-77.
For more information and to access our 2023 Sustainability Fact Booksee riotinto.com/sustainability.
Our 2023 Climate Change Reportcan be found at riotinto.com/climatereport.
Our 2022 Communities and Social Performance Commitments Disclosurecan be found at riotinto.com/cspreport.
Our 2022 Modern Slavery Statementcan be found at riotinto.com/modernslavery.
Sustainability Committee report continued
Remuneration report
Annual statement by the People & Remuneration
Committee Chair
The Committee’s overarching
purpose is to ensure the people,
culture and remuneration policies,
frameworks and practices are aligned
with the Group’s strategy, objectives
and values.
Dear shareholders,
On behalf of the Board, I am pleased to
present our 2023 Directors’
Nothing is more important than the health,
safety and wellbeing of our people. While
we had zero fatalities at our managed
operations in 2023, tragically four colleagues
died in a plane crash while travelling to our
Diavik mine in January 2024.
2023 was another year of solid operational
performance. While the external environment
remains volatile and challenging, the
fundamentals of our business enable us to
continue delivering strong financial results. We
have a very resilient business with strong free
cashflows underpinned by the quality of our
assets, our people and strength of our balance
sheet. It allows us to systemically address
short term issues and build sustainable
growth.
Our operational performance has been
accompanied by progress towards our
strategic objectives of “impeccable
environment, social and governance (ESG)”,
“becoming the best operator”,“excelling in
development” and “strengthening our social
licence”. This has seen us accelerate our
decarbonisation strategy, improve our culture,
safely improve and stabilise production, and
diversify in materials enabling the global
energy transition.
The resilience of our business has allowed us
to continue to invest in 2023. We announced
an investment of $1.1 billion to expand our
AP60 aluminium smelter in Canada with low-
carbon technology. We entered into joint
ventures during the year, with First Quantum
Minerals at the La Granja copper project in
Peru, and with the Giampaolo Group through
which Rio Tinto acquired a 50% stake in
Matalco, to recycle aluminium products
throughout the US and Canada. Good
progress was made with our ELYSISTM
technology which has the potential to
transformatively decarbonise the way we
produce aluminium.
We continued to develop our existing portfolio,
particularly at Oyu Tolgoi where we saw the first
underground production in the first quarter of
2023, and at the world-class Simandou iron ore
project in Guinea, where key infrastructure
agreements were concluded during the year.
A pre-feasibility study to progress development of
the Rhodes Ridge project, one of the best
undeveloped iron ore deposits in Western
Australia, was approved at the end of the year.
Overview of performance
and strategic progress in
Short-term incentive plan
In 2023, we implemented our new Short-term
incentive plan (STIP) scorecard which has
collective goals at its core. Half of the
scorecard for 2023 was based on financial
measures of underlying earnings and STIP
free cash flow (flexed and unflexed), with the
flexed outcome measuring our progress
towards “best operator”. Outcomes against the
other half of the scorecard are linked to
strategic goals of “impeccable ESG” covering
safety performance, carbon reduction, and
diversity and inclusion, “progress on excel in
development”, and “strengthening our licence
to operate”. An individual multiplier is in place
to be used sparingly in cases of exceptional or
underperformance. The STIP scorecard
applies consistently across 26,000 eligible
employees including the Executive
Committee.
The Committee has assessed Group
performance against the STIP scorecard
and determined the overall outcome is 56%
For the financial component of the STIP
scorecard, we reported underlying earnings of
$10.9 billion and free cash flow of $10.8
billion. This is against a backdrop of higher
than planned iron ore and copper prices.
Operationally, we achieved slightly lower than
expected production, reflecting equipment
failures, extended downtime and safety-
related disruptions. We also had a build in our
working capital in 2023, impacting our cash
flow performance. Overall, our reported 2023
financial results were above plan, albeit below
target on a flexed basis, resulting in an
outcome of 45% of maximum.
The strategic component of the STIP scorecard
includes four separate measures. Progress has
been made in each area resulting in an overall
outcome of 67% of maximum. The outcome
against our “impeccable ESG” measure, which
includes safety, was above target for the year.
2023 was a fatality-free year, but we regrettably
recorded three permanent damage injuries
(PDIs) at our sites in Diavik, Guinea and
Kennecott. We continue to believe all incidents
and injuries are preventable and we remain
focused on identifying, managing and, where
possible, eliminating risks. As a result of these
PDIs, the result for the all-injury frequency rate
component has been capped at 50%
Progress on decarbonisation and the approval
of specific abatement projects accelerated
over the year as we continued to shape our
roadmap to our 2030 ambition. During the
year, we critically reviewed our project
portfolio, leading to project commitments
equivalent to a 1.9Mt reduction in our
expected 2030 emissions.
Our people and culture measures include a
gender diversity element and while we added
1,456 women to the workforce the outcome
was below the stretching target set for 2023,
with room for improvement in 2024. The
delivery of our everyday respect learning
reached more than 34,000 employees in 2023,
which is above our outstanding range.
Overall performance against the “excel in
development” measure was above target for
the year, reflecting exciting progress in
exploration and studies, and continued strong
delivery across several projects despite some
challenges during the year.
The social licence measure provides an
indication of how we are perceived by our
community of stakeholders. In 2023, our
global reputation score remained broadly
consistent with our 2022 baseline, resulting in
a target outcome.
The Committee did not apply the individual
multiplier for either of the Executive Directors
but it has been selectively applied to some
Executive Committee members. Further
details on each component of the STIP
scorecard outcomes, the individual
performance and STIP outcomes for the
Executive Directors can be found on pages
129-132.
Long-term incentive plan
The performance period for the 2019
Performance Share Award (PSA) concluded in
December 2023 and awards will vest on 22
February 2024. The vesting outcome of the
2019 PSAis 94.1% based on our total
shareholder return (TSR) of 103.4% over this
five-year cycle. This level of TSR performance
compares favourably against our mining peers
and broader global corporates. The Committee
considered the vesting outcome in the context of
underlying business performance and the
consequence management framework, and was
satisfied the outcome was fair and representative
of the shareholder experience.
Remuneration Policy
In accordance with the triennial policy cycle,
we will be submitting our 2024 Remuneration
Policy (the new Policy) to shareholders for
their approval at our 2024 annual general
meetings (AGMs). Changes being made to our
Remuneration Policy (the current Policy) are
summarised on page 115 with a full version of
the new Policy on pages 119-126.
The Committee fully understands stakeholder
expectations that the remuneration of
executives should be linked to balanced
financial and non‑financial performance
outcomes, appropriately governed and aligned
with delivery against our strategy, supported
by sustainable long‑term value creation.
With these elements in mind, the Committee
has undertaken a comprehensive review of
our current Policy with primary considerations
including:
–Competitive advantage: Responding to
climate change is critical to our long-term
competitive advantage and value creation.
There can be an inherent tension between
decarbonisation goals and short- to
medium-term financial performance. Our
intent is to balance this appropriately in how
we structure our long-term and short-term
incentives. Given the inherent uncertainty,
we believe three-year targets are most
appropriate for measuring progress against
our decarbonisation goals.
–The global talent market: Rio Tinto competes
for the best talent with the world’s largest
companies. We need to be competitive to
retain and secure the talent required to
execute our strategic ambitions.
–Simplify focus for our global team:
Over the last decade, the complexity of our
business has increased, placing greater
demands on our leaders. Clear, collective
targets that build alignment will reinforce the
STIP changes we made last year and help
our leaders maintain focus on the most
critical objectives.
I met with many of our shareholders and the key
UK and Australian advisory bodies to discuss our
proposals. I would like to thank those who took
part in this consultation.
While views inevitably vary across the
stakeholder group, I was pleased to find a
sizeable majority of those we met were broadly
supportive of the key changes. Following this
consultation, the Committee further refined and
adapted the proposals in response to feedback.
The main changes proposed to our current Policy
relate predominantly to the structure of future
long-term incentive plan (LTIP) awards.
As part of the 2021 Policy renewal, the maximum
LTIP award level was reduced
from 438% to 400% of base salary, while the on-
target STIP for the Chief Executive was also
reduced from 120% to 100% of base salary.
These reductions have impacted our market
positioning relative to peers in the talent market.
Given the scale of our strategic ambition and
our important role in global decarbonisation, it
is vital we secure and retain the talent required
to achieve our goals. Our senior executives
remain highly attractive to competitors and
despite this competition for talent, the
Committee is seeking to maintain a measured
approach to pay. US-style pay practices
continue to be materially higher than in other
jurisdictions and we are not seeking to match
these award levels in our new Policy. Instead,
we have focused on ensuring executives are
aligned with similarly sized and globally
complex FTSE 10 companies and mining
peers.
The Committee proposes future LTIP awards
to Executive Directors and other Executive
Committee members are capped at 500% of
base salary. This would position award levels
closer to FTSE 10 peers where the median
LTIP maximum award is in excess of 500% of
salary, yet still materially below US pay levels.
Shareholder alignment will also be enhanced
via increased shareholding requirements.
The additional LTIP increment will be directly
linked to the achievement of our value accretive
climate change strategy. Given the scale and
complexity of Rio Tinto’s emissions portfolio,
our decarbonisation ambitions and the
multi-year timeframe for this transition, we are
proposing a balanced scorecard approach
with four equally weighted elements. This will
include input and outcome metrics that
incentivise long-term value creation and
sustained medium-term performance across
multiple performance cycles. Both the
scorecard and relative TSR will be measured
over three years and awards will be subject to
a further two-year holding period. This means
that executives will continue to only realise
value from awards after five years, consistent
with the previous structure. The application of
leaver and recovery provisions (malus and
clawback) will remain unchanged. This time
horizon is consistent with mainstream FTSE
practices in the UK, where just under 80% of
the Group’s shares are listed and is also
aligned with the UK Corporate Governance
Code. While practice on the length of
performance periods is more mixed in
Australia, the overall time horizon of five years
remains towards the upper-end of broader
ASX practice.
Ultimately the Committee concluded that a
three-year performance period was more
appropriate as it enables the setting of more
robust and tangible targets for the
decarbonisation scorecard where immediate
action is required but long-term visibility is
limited. It also provides flexibility to cascade
the plan to less senior participants on more
consistent terms. Relative TSR performance
will be measured over the same period for
simplicity. Extensive modelling demonstrated
that the change in TSR performance did not
create a material difference in outcomes.
Overall we continue to have a remuneration
structure that is more heavily weighted to long-
term incentives than many of our peers.
Further details are set out on pages 134-135.
The Committee recognises the progress of our
decarbonisation strategy will need to be
closely monitored to inform how we set our
targets and assess performance under this
part of the LTIP award. To support this, the
Committee will ensure input is obtained from
subject matter experts within the business and
other Board committees. We also commit to
providing enhanced disclosure and
independent verification so shareholders
can fully understand the basis of any awards
vesting. 80% of our LTIP will be driven
by relative TSR to align with the interests
of shareholders.
The Committee strongly believes our
proposals will ensure our executive
remuneration arrangements incentivise the
delivery of our ambitious strategy with a
balanced focus on the short- and long-term.
This will also align our reward outcomes with
Group performance and shareholder
experience. I will continue to proactively
engage with shareholders on this subject.
Implementation for 2024
During 2023, the Committee considered
extensive benchmarking as part of our new
Policy, which shaped our remuneration decisions
for 2024. In the shareholder consultations we
illustrated material gaps which the Policy
changes are aimed at reducing.
The STIP structure introduced in 2023 will be
broadly maintained for 2024; however the financial
metrics have been refined by replacing earnings
with underlying earnings before interest, taxes,
depreciation, and amortisation (EBITDA). This is a
key measure of our underlying financial
performance and is well understood by both
internal and external stakeholders.
Executive changes
We welcomed Jérôme Pécresse to the role of
Chief Executive Aluminium in October 2023.
Jérôme was appointed on terms consistent
with our current Policy, and details of his terms
are included on page 138.
In June 2023, Ivan Vella resigned from his role as
Chief Executive Aluminium, stepping down from
the Executive Committee. Ivan was due to leave
Rio Tinto in December 2023; however his
employment was terminated on 15 November
2023 for actions that did not follow Rio Tinto’s
requirements for the acceptable management of
confidential information. The Committee is
continuing to review this matter and will apply the
consequence management framework as part of
its review.
People
From 2023, the remit of the Committee increased
to include talent, capability, and diversity and
culture, reflecting the ever-increasing importance
of these areas and our commitment to building a
more inclusive culture.
During the year, we worked with the Executive
Committee to set the direction and tone for a
workplace culture that aligns with our purpose,
reflects our values, and supports the delivery of
our strategy. To that end, we supported the
implementation of a new performance
management framework that places as much
emphasis on how results are delivered as it does
on what is achieved. This further builds on our
decision to change the STIP scorecard to apply
consistently across 26,000 colleagues.
The Committee monitored culture progression
through visits to our sites and offices, operational
deep-dives, and management presentations,
considering trends and findings from our biannual
engagement survey, succession and talent plans
for our most senior roles as well as our ability to
attract and retain a diverse workforce. The overall
representation of women in our business remains
a key aspect of our broader agenda on diversity
and inclusion and will continue to be an area of
focus in 2024.
Pay in the broader context
Our focus on pay equity is evident in our
gender pay metrics. We have made progress
toward eradicating any equal pay and gender
pay gap. Further details on equal pay, gender
pay gap, and a wider discussion on diversity
and inclusion, are provided in the ESG section
of this report on pages 73-74.
As always, I welcome shareholder feedback
and comments on our 2023 Directors’
Yours sincerely,
Sam Laidlaw
People & Remuneration Committee Chair
Remuneration at a glance - Policy changes
Our current Policy was approved by shareholders at our 2021 AGMs and has served us well. The changes for the 2024 Policy reflect the need to
ensure strategic alignment and remuneration competitiveness.
| Element | 2021 Policy summary | Proposed changes for 2024 and implementation |
|---|---|---|
| Base salary | –Base salaries are set to reflect broad alignment with comparable roles in the global external market and the executive’s qualifications, responsibilities and experience.–Base salaries are reviewed annually by the Committee, and any increase is normally aligned with the wider workforce, with a maximum individual annual increase of 5% plus Consumer Price Index (CPI). –An individual increase may be higher in specific circumstances, such as promotion, increased responsibilities or market competitiveness. | –Remove the cap on individual salary increases to better align with market practice where the use of salary caps is uncommon and to ensure the Policy provides sufficient flexibility where appropriate. –It is intended that salary increases remain in line with the wider workforce, and for any additional increases to continue to be in specific circumstances.–For 2024, salaries for the Executive Directors will be increased by 4% which aligns with the increase for UK employees. Salaries as at 1 March 2024 will be: –Chief Executive - £1,285k–Chief Financial Officer - £761k |
| Pension or superannuation | –Rio Tinto may choose to offer participation in a pension plan, superannuation fund, or a cash allowance in lieu.–The maximum annual benefit is set to reflect the pension arrangements for the wider employee population and is currently capped at 14% of base salary. | –No change. |
| Other benefits | –Executives are eligible to receive benefits which may include private healthcare cover, life and accident insurances, professional advice, and other minor benefits.–Secondment, relocation and localisation benefits may also be made to and on behalf of executives living outside their home country. | –No change. |
| STIP | –Measures and weightings for the scorecard are selected by the Committee for each financial year. At least 50% of the measures will relate to financial performance, and a significant component will relate to safety. Other strategic, environmental, social and governance (ESG) and individual business outcomes may be included.–For financial performance, threshold performance results in a nil award (25% of award pays out for threshold performance for non-financial measures) and outstanding performance results in maximum payout. The payout for specific metrics may be varied to reflect the stretch of the underlying target.–Maximum opportunity is capped at 200% of base salary for each executive.–Normally, 50% of the STIP is delivered in cash and the balance is delivered in shares that are deferred for three years as a Bonus Deferral Award (BDA).–Dividends (or equivalents) may accrue in respect of any BDA that vest.–The Committee retains the right to exercise discretion to ensure that the level of award payable is appropriate. –Malus, clawback and suspension provisions apply to the STIP and BDA. | –Replace the earnings-based measure with EBITDA, half of which is adjusted for commodity prices in the same way as the current earnings measure. |
| LTIP | –Performance is measured against TSR relative to the EMIX Global Mining Index and to the MSCI World Index.–The Committee will set performance conditions aligned with the Group’s long-term strategic objectives for each PSA grant. Relative TSR has been chosen as the predominant measure of long-term performance. The Committee retains the discretion to adjust the performance measures and weightings as appropriate.–Awards have a maximum face value of 400% of base salary. Threshold vesting is 22.5% of face value. Target is 50% of face value.–Dividends (or equivalents) may accrue in respect of any PSA that vest.–The Committee retains the right to exercise discretion and seeks to ensure that outcomes are fair and reflective of the overall performance of the company during the performance period.–Malus, clawback and suspension provisions apply to LTIP awards. | –Opportunity increased from 400% to 500% of base salary with the additional 100% of base salary linked to tangible decarbonisation targets.–Performance period reduced from five to three years, followed by a holding period of two years.–Following the decommissioning of the EMIX Global Mining Index in 2023, our TSR will be measured against the S&P Global Mining Index and the MSCI World Index.–Clawback provisions updated to comply with SEC requirements. |
| Shareholding requirements | –Over a five-year period, executives should reach a share ownership in Rio Tinto shares equivalent in value to:–Chief Executive: 400% of base salary.–Other executives: 300% of base salary.–Longer periods may be accepted for new appointments.–Executive Directors are required to retain a holding for two years after leaving the Group in line with the shareholding requirements. | –Requirement for all executives increased by 100% of base salary.–Requirement expressed as a fixed number of Rio Tinto shares, calibrated based on the existing requirement after applying the 100% increase of base salary to shareholding requirements.–Fixed number of shares subject to review every two years. |
When remuneration is delivered under current Policy
The following chart provides a timeline of when remuneration is delivered, using 2023 as an example.
| Year 12023 | Year 22024 | Year 32025 | Year 42026 | Year 52027 | Year 62028 | |||
| Base salary | Salary | |||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Benefits | Benefits, pension, etc. | |||||||
| STIP | 2023 performance year | 50%cash | 50% deferred shares (BDA) | |||||
| LTIP (PSA) | Five-year performance period | Vests February 2028 | ||||||
| Performance period starts | MarchPSA grant | MarchSTIP cash + BDA grant | DecemberBDA vest | December Performanceperiod ends | FebruaryPSA vest | |||
When remuneration is delivered under proposed 2024 Policy
The following chart provides a timeline of when remuneration is delivered under the proposed new Policy.
| Year 12024 | Year 22025 | Year 32026 | Year 42027 | Year 52028 | Year 62029 | |||
| Base salary | Salary | |||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Benefits | Benefits, pension, etc. | |||||||
| STIP | 2024 performance year | 50%cash | 50% deferred shares (BDA) | |||||
| LTIP (PSA) | Three-year performance period | Two-year holding period | Released February 2029 | |||||
| Performance period starts | MarchPSA grant | MarchSTIP cash + BDA grant | DecemberPerformanceperiod ends | DecemberBDA vest | FebruaryPSA released | |||
How are performance metrics for incentives aligned with the strategy?
In 2022, we moved to a much simpler STIP design, where the approximately 26,000 employees that participate in the STIP have one Group
scorecard rather than the diversified scorecards previously used. The metrics in the STIP design were chosen to drive the implementation of our
strategy and are based around our areas of focus: our four objectives together with the delivery of strong financial performance and accelerating our
culture change.
The PSA is targeted at our most senior leaders, with consistent metrics applied for all participants. The award is intended to capture how we create
sustainable value for our shareholders over the longer term. For many years, LTIP awards have been primarily based on relative TSR performance
against both sector peers and the wider market. For 2024, alongside TSR, we are introducing a scorecard linked to the Group’s long-term
decarbonisation agenda. We are aware of our responsibility in this area and the positive impact of decarbonisation. Given the scale and complexity
of our emissions portfolio, a balanced scorecard approach has been developed that focuses on input and outcome metrics.
| Incentive | Reflection in scorecard | |
| Strategic priorities | ||
|---|---|---|
| People and culture | STIP | Focuses on “how” we do things as well as “what” we achieve as a critical lever of accelerating our culture change and building an inclusive workplace environment. |
| Excel in development | STIP | Measures progress in relation to exploration, studies and project execution. |
| Impeccable ESG | STIP / LTIP | Safety in all its aspects remains a key priority alongside progressing the work on our decarbonisation pathways towards achieving our 2030 ambition.The new decarbonisation scorecard in the LTIP is structured around our multi-year and ambitious decarbonisation strategy, with a focus on a combination of offensive and defensive metrics to incentivise long-term competitive advantage. |
| Social licence | STIP | Measures our progress in building trust and meaningful relationships with our community of stakeholders. |
| Best operator – flexed financials | STIP | Focuses on achievement of financial plan commitments. |
| Shareholder experience | ||
| Unflexed financials | STIP | Aligned to market conditions for our commodities. |
| Total shareholder return | LTIP | Measures performance relative to sector peers and wider market. |
+
People & Remuneration Committee Chair Q&A
| How does the new Policy support Rio Tinto’s strategy? | Have the changes made to STIP last year been effective? |
|---|---|
| We have a clear strategy to build a stronger business by focusing on four objectives, which will help improve our productivity, reduce capital intensity and assist us in becoming a partner of choice for a range of stakeholders globally. Although our existing framework remains broadly fit for purpose, the Committee has identified a number of refinements to better align remuneration with these strategic priorities, including an increased focus on decarbonisation. The Committee is also proposing a range of simplifications to ensure our remuneration arrangements are appropriate and allow us to be competitive in the global talent market. | In 2022, we undertook a detailed review of incentives which resulted in the introduction of a much simpler STIP design for the approximately 26,000 employees that participate in the STIP, with clearer alignment to our strategy. The STIP targets help to make our goals relevant to day-to-day actions, and the level of engagement from participants over the past year has been encouraging. For 2024, we are maintaining this design and are taking the opportunity to refine the financial metrics by replacing the current earnings measure with EBITDA. This is a key measure of our underlying financial performance that is less subject to adjustment and well understood by both internal and external stakeholders. |
| How do incentives support Rio Tinto’s low-carbon transition agenda? | Why aren’t you including Scope 3 emissions? |
| Climate change and the low-carbon transition are at the heart of our strategy. The Committee recognises the importance of including ESG metrics in our incentives, alongside a continued focus on operational and financial performance to deliver long-term shareholder returns. Impeccable ESG is a significant part of our STIP scorecard, with an increased focus on achieving our decarbonisation ambitions while maintaining a material focus on continued safety performance. In recognition of the long-term nature of the carbon journey, the Committee believes now is the right time to introduce decarbonisation metrics into the long-term incentives, by linking the additional PSA opportunity to the execution of our value accretive climate change strategy. | Measuring and incentivising Scope 3 emissions is inevitably challenging. These emissions are primarily from our customers in Asia, processing our iron ore into steel, and bauxite into aluminium, so our level of control is limited. The best way to tackle these emissions is to work in partnerships to develop the technologies needed to produce low-carbon metals and minerals. While Scope 3 emissions are not within our direct control and are not specifically measured under the incentive schemes, the breadth of the decarbonisation scorecard for the PSA, particularly the focus on transition strategy and R&D, will ensure focus is given to developing new technologies that may support the longer-term reduction of Scope 3 emissions. |
| What is the rationale for increasing the PSA opportunity? | |
| In recent years we have reduced executive pay. Meanwhile, our UK and Australian competitors have increased pay for executives. Our target pay is no longer competitive and, after years of good retention, we are starting to lose executives and may be at risk of losing more after having significant invested in their development. Given the scale of our strategic ambition, it is vital that we secure, retain and attract the talent required to achieve our goals. Increasing the PSA opportunity moves us closer to our competitors’ pay levels, in a way that is only realised with sustained long-term performance, enabling a focus on our decarbonisation strategy for competitive advantage. Further, we are requiring that the increased opportunity be added to mandatory shareholding requirements, increasing it by 100% of base salary for all executives. | CEO total remuneration at target |
| Why are you moving to a three-year performance period for the PSA? | How do the Policy proposals align executives with the wider workforce? |
| The use of a three-year performance period aligns our approach with typical market practice in the UK and the US while in Australia this approach is used by around one-third of larger companies. The inclusion of a two-year holding period will mean awards will continue to be released only after five years subject to achievement of the relevant performance conditions. The combined five-year time horizon aligns with UK market practice and is longer than most US and Australian companies. Participants will also continue to be strongly aligned with shareholders via increased share ownership requirements.The PSA is a critical tool for retaining, incentivising and motivating staff at many levels of management. The Committee believe that a three-year time horizon will be more tangible to participants below the Executive Committee and will therefore increase the competitiveness of the package and maximise the effectiveness of the PSA. | The new Policy maintains the strong alignment of the current policy between executive reward and reward in the broader organisation. The approach to base salary is consistent across the organisation. No changes are proposed to benefits, keeping executive pensions in line with the broader employee population.The STIP applies in a consistent manner across a population of 26,000 eligible employees, while the PSA objectives ensure senior leaders are focused on creating sustainable long-term value for our shareholders. |
2023 remuneration outcomes
Executive Director remuneration (£’000)
The charts below set out the maximum and actual executive
remuneration, as calculated under the UK regulations. As explained
on page 127, there are differences in both the reporting and
methodology for measuring remuneration under the
Australian regulations.
| Chief Executive | ||
|---|---|---|
| Jakob Stausholm | ||
| 2023 Actual remuneration (percentage of maximum) | ||
| 100% | 56% | 94.1% |
| 2023 Threshold remuneration (percentage of maximum) | ||
|---|---|---|
| 100% | 25% | 22.5% |
| 2023 Maximum remuneration | ||
|---|---|---|
| 100% | 100% | 100% |
| n | Fixed | n | STIP | n | LTIP |
|---|
| Chief Financial Officer | ||
|---|---|---|
| Peter Cunningham | ||
| 2023 Actual remuneration (percentage of maximum) | ||
| 100% | 56% | 94.1% |
| 2023 Threshold remuneration (percentage of maximum) | ||
|---|---|---|
| 100% | 25% | 22.5% |
| 2023 Maximum remuneration | ||
|---|---|---|
| 100% | 100% | 100% |
| n | Fixed | n | STIP | n | LTIP |
|---|
2023 short-term incentive plan
| Group financial scorecard | ||
|---|---|---|
| n | Weighting | 50% |
| n | Weighted performance | 22.4% |
| Group strategic scorecard | ||
| n | Weighting | 50% |
| n | Weighted performance | 33.6% |
Strategic scorecard performance
In 2023, the Group strategic scorecard outcome was above target at 67.2%
Financial scorecard performance
In 2023, the Group financial STIP outcome was below target at 44.8%
Underlying earnings target range (threshold to outstanding) – US$(bn)
STIP free cash flow target range (threshold to outstanding) – US$(bn)
2019–2023 long-term incentive plan
| TSR relative to EMIX/S&P Global Mining Index | ||
|---|---|---|
| n | Weighting | 50% |
| n | Weighted performance | 44% |
| TSR relative to MSCI World Index | ||
| n | Weighting | 50% |
| n | Weighted performance | 50% |
LTIP
We outperformed the EMIX/S&P Global Mining Index by 5.1% per
annum resulting in 88% vesting of this component and the MSCI World
Index by 8.6% per annum resulting in maximum vesting of this
component. Overall vesting for the 2019 PSA was 94.1%.
Share ownership requirements
Appointed January 2021(multiple of gross base salary)
Appointed June 2022(multiple of gross base salary)
| Impeccable ESG 20% | 69% |
|---|
| Excel in development 10% | 75% |
|---|
| People and culture 10% | 73% |
|---|
| Social licence 10% | 50% |
|---|
Remuneration Policy
Remuneration Policy introduction
This Policy applies to our Executive and Non-Executive Directors and to
the Chair. In accordance with Australian law, it also sets out the broad
policy principles that apply to members of the Executive Committee who
are not directors.
Our Policy is binding only in so far as it relates to directors. Therefore,
implementing this Policy for executives who are not directors may vary
from that of the Executive Directors.
In determining the new Policy, the Committee followed a robust
process, which included multiple discussions and engagement with
investors and proxy advisers regarding the content of the Policy, taking
into account the needs of the business and evolving market and best
practice. The Committee considered input from both management and
our independent advisers while ensuring that conflicts of interest were
appropriately managed.
The overall structure of the new Policy remains broadly unchanged from the
Policy previously approved by shareholders in 2021. Updates to the Policy
largely reflect strategic focus, evolving corporate governance and market
practice, with changes being made to aid the operation of the Policy,
including refinements to incentive measures proposed for 2024. The key
changes to the Policy include increasing the LTIP maximum award to 500%
of salary (from 400%) to drive the decarbonisation agenda, and increasing
share ownership requirements.
Our remuneration policies, principles and practices
Our values of care, courage and curiosity reflect who we are and what
we stand for as a business. They guide the Committee in its decision-
making and are foundational to our remuneration-related policies,
principles and practices.
Our first priority is to allocate remuneration resources wisely. We want
our pay policies to be regarded as fair by employees and shareholders
alike to reward both short and long-term performance and to reinforce
the values and collective behaviours that drive sustainable
performance. Although we believe that our Policy is fit for purpose, the
Committee retains the discretion to override any unforeseen and
inappropriate formulaic outcomes.
People with high quality skillsets, who are capable of managing and
growing the business sustainably, are essential to delivering on our
strategic objectives. Rio Tinto operates in global markets where it
competes for talented executives in a limited pool. Our remuneration
strategy is therefore designed to attract and retain the people we need.
We recognise remuneration represents just one of the factors that
encourages the attraction and retention of talent. We also seek to
engage our employees over the long-term, to foster diversity, to offer a
caring and respectful work environment, to provide challenging work as
well as opportunities to build capability. Our people strategy is
underpinned by our commitment to safety and our core values.
Competitive remuneration linked to performance and
shareholder value creation
We link remuneration to performance targets over both the short- and
long-term, to ensure executive rewards align to both short-term priorities
and long-term sustainable growth in shareholder value. In order to
assess the competitiveness of the packages we offer, we benchmark
ourselves against other international mining and natural resources
companies, and companies in the FTSE 30 (excluding financial
services) and global industrials of comparable size, which typically have
similar global reach and complexity.
The outcomes of these benchmarking exercises form just part of our
consideration of the appropriate level of remuneration packages.
The actual outcome will depend on both business and individual
performance and behaviours.
We take salary increases in the broader employee population into
account in determining any change to the base salary of executives and
consult with shareholders on the design of our short- and long-term
incentive plans to ensure they are aligned with shareholder interests
and priorities. We do not formally consult with our employees on the
Policy, but approximately 60% of the workforce are shareholders
through participation in our employee share plans and therefore have
the right to vote on the Remuneration report. Employees are invited to
ask questions or express opinions through our normal employee
communication channels. Our employee engagement surveys in 2023
were completed by an average of 38,500 employees.
Performance under the STIP is measured over one year based on a
balanced scorecard including strategic and financial metrics. We
recognise the importance of ensuring targets are achieved in the right
way, aligned to our values and consider this when determining STIP
outcomes. 50% of the STIP is normally deferred into shares that vest
after three years.
Performance under the LTIP is measured over three years (for PSA
awards made from 2024) and awards are typically delivered in shares
together with cumulative dividends. Awards with a three-year
performance period are also subject to a holding period of a further two
years.
Our share ownership policy requires executives to build up and maintain
a material shareholding in the company as described in the
Implementation report.
| Alignment with the UK Corporate Governance CodeThe UK Corporate Governance Code principles for developing a remuneration policy have been addressed as follows: | |
| Principle | Focus |
| Clarity | Our Policy is set out in a fully transparent manner. Communications and engagement with stakeholders promotes clarity around all elements of the Policy. |
| Simplicity | Our Policy retains key features of transparency, alignment with our strategic objectives and simplicity to aid understanding. |
| Risk | The incentive arrangements have been structured to support effective risk management. This includes a strong focus on long-term success. Risks include non-financial risk, such as safety, the environment and heritage protection. Malus, clawback and suspension provisions apply to all variable remuneration, which allow for adjustment of rewards in the event of risk management failures. |
| Predictability | The remuneration outcomes under the different performance scenarios (threshold, target, and outstanding) are clearly set out with an estimate of potential maximum outcome if the share price increased by 50%. See charts on page 123. |
| Proportionality | The Policy maintains a strong link to strategy and performance. This is set out in the Policy table on page 116. The Committee also has discretion over all variable remuneration outcomes. |
| Alignment to culture | Our incentive plans are aligned with our strategic focus on long-term sustainable growth and a focus on values and behaviours. |
Executive remuneration structure – Policy table
The Policy set out on the following pages is designed to provide a total remuneration package that is appropriately balanced between fixed and
variable components, with an emphasis on long-term variable pay. The remuneration structure for executives, including the relationship between
each element of remuneration and Group performance, is summarised below.
Further details on the key performance indicators (KPIs) used to assess Group performance are provided in the Strategic report on pages 20-22.
Any commitment made before this Policy takes effect or before an executive became or becomes a director will be honoured even if it is not
consistent with this or any subsequent Policy.
Remuneration arrangements – Fixed
Base salary Link to Group performance and strategy–We pay competitive salaries to hire, motivate and retain highly competent executives from a global talent pool.Operation–Base salary is the main fixed element of the remuneration package.–Base salaries are reviewed annually. We determine any increases based on Group and individual performance, global economic conditions, role responsibilities, an assessment against relevant comparator groups and internal relativities. Any increase is generally aligned with the average base salary increases applying to the broader employee population unless there were significant changes to an individual’s role and/or responsibilities during the year. Such changes may include a promotion or increase in responsibility or where the executive’s base salary is significantly below market positioning.–Benchmarking is undertaken periodically but not annually, and our intention is to apply judgement in evaluating market data.
Pension or superannuationLink to Group performance and strategy–We provide competitive post-employment benefits in a cost-efficient manner in order to hire and retain.Operation–Employment benefits typically include participation in a pension plan, superannuation fund, or a cash allowance to contribute to a personal pension or superannuation fund, which are aligned with the arrangements for the broader workforce in the country of employment.–The maximum annual benefit is currently capped at 14% of base salary but may be adjusted to reflect changes in arrangements for the wider employee population.
Other benefitsLink to Group performance and strategy–We provide competitive other benefits in a cost-efficient manner in order to hire and retain.Operation–Other benefits may include, but are not limited to, private healthcare cover for the executive and their dependants, life insurance, accident insurance, professional advice, participation in local flexible benefit programs and certain other minor benefits (including modest retirement gifts in applicable circumstances, occasional spouse travel in support of the business, any Rio Tinto business expenses which are deemed to be taxable, and any resulting tax on the benefits).–Secondment, relocation and localisation benefits, including payment of transfer allowances, may also be made to and on behalf of executives living outside their home country.–Given the nature and variety of the items that make up benefits, there is no formal maximum level of company contribution.
Remuneration arrangements – Short-term performance-related (at risk)
Short-term incentive planLink to Group performance and strategy–STIP focuses participants on achieving demanding annual performance goals, which are based on the Group’s priorities, in pursuit of the creation of sustainable value for our stakeholders.–We require that sustainable business practices are adhered to, particularly in the context of safety and ESG. –We consider the individual performance of our executives against our values. The Way We Work outlines how we deliver both our purpose and strategy. It makes clear how all employees are expected to behave, in accordance with our values of care, courage and curiosity.Operation–The level of award for threshold performance is normally set at either nil or 25% of maximum, but may be adapted to reflect the stretch of the underlying targets. –The award is normally pro-rated on a straight-line basis between threshold, target and outstanding points.–The maximum award is capped at 200% of base salary for all executives. Any outcome from the formulaic STIP calculation is subject to discretion by the Committee.–A scorecard based on the Group’s priorities is established at the commencement of the financial year. The measures and the relative weightings are selected by the Committee in order to drive business performance for the current year, including the achievement of strategic and financial business outcomes that are priorities for the financial year in question. At least 50% of the measures will relate to financial performance, a significant component will relate to safety performance and any work-related fatality will have a material impact on the STIP result for all executives.–At the beginning of each year, we expect to disclose the measures and weightings only, with targets deemed commercially sensitive. We intend to disclose these targets and outcomes retrospectively. –An individual performance multiplier may be applied to the STIP outcome, but the final payout may not exceed 200% of salary.
Remuneration arrangements – Short-term performance-related (at risk) continued
Operation continued–In making its year-end determination of STIP awards, the Committee seeks to ensure that actual performance is directly comparable to the targets set at the beginning of the year. This may result in adjustments to the targets or to the assessed results being made by the Committee (in particular to take account of events outside management’s control), to ensure a like-for-like comparison. Both upward and downward adjustments can be made, with reference to principles agreed by the Committee, to ensure the outcomes are fair.–Malus, clawback and suspension provisions apply and are set out later in the Policy.
Bonus deferralLink to Group performance and strategy–Provides ongoing alignment between executives and shareholders through deferral of part of the STIP award into Rio Tinto shares.Operation–50% of the STIP will normally be delivered in deferred shares (known as Bonus Deferral Awards (BDA)) with the remainder delivered in cash.–BDA normally vest in the December of the third year after the end of the STIP performance year to which they relate.–Dividends (or equivalents) may accrue in respect of any BDA that vest.–Where permitted by the plan rules, and where the Committee so decides, awards may be made or satisfied in cash in lieu of shares. Awards are normally, but not exclusively, granted with an intention to settle in shares.–BDA vest on a change of control.–Malus, clawback and suspension provisions apply and are set out later in the Policy.
Remuneration arrangements – Long-term performance-related (at risk)
Performance share awards under the long-term incentive planLink to Group performance and strategy–Performance share awards (PSA) are designed to provide a simple and transparent mechanism for aligning executive reward with the execution of an effective business strategy and delivery of superior long-term shareholder returns.–Award levels are set to provide substantive focus on and reward long-term performance. PSA are the most significant component within the remuneration package and are calibrated so as to ensure the overall competitiveness of the remuneration package.Operation–PSA are conditional share awards (or economic equivalent) that vest subject to the achievement of stretching performance conditions and continued employment.–The Committee will set performance conditions aligned with the Group’s long-term strategic objectives for each PSA grant. –For the 2024 awards, relative TSR has been retained as the primary measure as it provides an objective external assessment over a sustained period on a basis that is familiar to shareholders. In addition, metrics linked to decarbonisation have been introduced to reflect the importance of climate change and low-carbon transition to the Group’s strategy. –While we expect TSR and decarbonisation will remain key performance metrics, the Committee retains the discretion to adjust the performance measures and weightings as appropriate. –PSA are normally only released five years after grant. From 2024, PSA are subject to a three-year performance period followed by a holding period of two years, with awards usually only released to executives five years after the award was granted.–Awards have a maximum face value of 500% of base salary when granted which is currently determined using the average share price of the prior financial year. Actual annual award levels may vary for each executive.–Threshold performance would result in the vesting of up to 22.5% of the award.–Dividends (or equivalents) may accrue in respect of any PSA that vest.–Where permitted by the plan rules, and where the Committee so decides, awards may be made or satisfied in cash in lieu of shares. Awards are normally, but not exclusively, granted with an intention to settle in shares.–Awards and performance conditions may be adjusted to take account of variations of share capital and other transactions. Subject to this Policy, performance conditions may also be amended in other circumstances if the Committee considers that a changed performance condition would be a fairer measure of performance.–If there is a change of control, awards will vest to the extent performance conditions are then satisfied. Unless the Committee determines otherwise, if the change of control happens prior to the vesting of the award, the number of shares that can vest will be reduced pro rata for the period from grant to change of control relative to the vesting period. The Committee may, alternatively, with agreement of an acquiring company, replace PSA with equivalent new awards over shares in the acquiring company. –The Committee retains the discretion, where circumstances warrant, to amend performance conditions under the relevant plan rules. The Committee will seek to ensure that outcomes are fair and that they take account of the overall performance of the company during the performance period.–Malus, clawback and suspension provisions apply and are set out later in the Policy.
Shareholding requirements
Link to Group performance and strategy–Shareholding requirements align executives’ interests with those of shareholders.Operation–The Group understands the importance of and expects executives to build up and maintain a material shareholding in Rio Tinto. –Executives should aim to reach a share ownership in Rio Tinto shares, which is set as a fixed number of shares with reference to the following levels: –Chief Executive: 5 x base salary–Chief Financial Officer: 4 x base salary –Other executives: 4 x base salary–From an operational perspective these requirements are converted into a fixed number of shares. For 2024, the required holdings are as follows: –Chief Executive: 120,000 Rio Tinto plc shares–Chief Financial Officer: 60,000 Rio Tinto plc shares –Other executives (requirement varies by individual): 46,000-54,000 Rio Tinto plc shares or 40,000-46,000 Rio Tinto Limited shares–The applicable number of shares will be reviewed at least every two years to account for salary and share price movements. –Executives are expected to build up their shareholding over a five-year period. Longer periods may be accepted for new appointments.–Shares are treated as “owned” once vested and where beneficial and/or legal ownership of the shares is held by the executive. A beneficial interest includes any shares for which an executive receives the benefit of ownership (such as a right to receive dividends) without directly owning the shares. Given the mandatory nature and absence of performance conditions, 50% of the unvested BDA will be treated as owned accounting for likely effects of taxation.–Executive Directors are expected to continue to meet the shareholding requirements for two years after ceasing to be an Executive Director (or if the holding requirement is not met at this date, the relevant holding at the time). When considered alongside the existing leaver provisions for share awards, this will ensure that Executive Directors will remain aligned with shareholders for an extended period.–The Committee retains the discretion to enforce shareholding requirements through the application of malus to unvested share awards and/or scale back of future grants.
Consequence management framework
In 2021, the consequence management framework was introduced as a framework to assist with the application of Committee discretion and the potential recovery of incentives in exceptional circumstances. Malus, clawback and suspension provisions will apply to all STIP and LTIP awards in cash or shares. Under both the malus and clawback provisions, where the Committee determines that exceptional circumstances exist, the Committee may, at its discretion, reduce the number of shares to be received on vesting of an award, or, for a period of two years after the vesting, the end of any holding period or payment of a share or cash award, the Committee can clawback value from a participant.The circumstances under which the Committee may exercise such discretion may include, inter alia:–any fraud or misconduct by a participant or an exceptional event which has had, or may have, a material effect on the value or reputation of any member of the Group (excluding an exceptional event or events which have a material adverse effect on global macroeconomic conditions).–an error in the Group’s financial statements, which requires a material downward restatement or is otherwise material, or where information has emerged since the award date, which would have affected the size of the award granted or vested.–where the Committee determines that the personal performance of a participant, of their product group or of the Group does not justify vesting or where the participant’s conduct or performance has been in breach of their employment contract, any laws, rules or codes of conduct applicable to them or the standards reasonably expected of a person in their position.–the performance of the company, business or undertaking in which a participant worked or works or for which they were or are directly or indirectly responsible for is found to have been misstated or subject to a material misrepresentation. Consequently, the award being granted and/or vesting has resulted in a greater number of shares than would otherwise have been the case.–where any team, business area, member of the Group or profit centre in which the participant works or worked has been found guilty in connection with any regulatory investigation or has been in breach of any laws, rules or codes of conduct applicable to it or the standards reasonably expected of it.–where the Committee determines that there has been material damage to the Group’s social licence to operate.–a catastrophic safety or environmental event or events occurring in any part of the Group.Under the suspension provisions, the Committee may suspend the vesting or payment of an award (for up to five years) until the outcome of any internal or external investigation is concluded and may then reduce or lapse the participant’s award based on the outcome of that investigation. Note that where suspension applies, the 24-month clawback period will not extend beyond the period commencing from the original vesting date or end of holding period.Remuneration delivered under this Policy is also subject to any additional malus and clawback provisions operated by the company, including but not limited to the Incentive-Based Compensation Clawback Policy adopted in compliance with the US SEC legislation requiring the clawback of incentives erroneously awarded as a result of material misstatements for up to three financial years.
Discretion
The Committee recognises the importance of ensuring that the outcomes of the Group’s executive pay arrangements described in this Policy, properly reflect the Group’s overall performance and risk appetite.The Committee therefore reserves the right to review all remuneration outcomes arising from mechanistic application of performance conditions and to exercise discretion to make adjustments where such outcomes do not properly reflect underlying performance or the experience of shareholders or other stakeholders. The Committee will also be mindful of broader diversity and inclusion ambitions.The Committee may, at its discretion, adjust and/or set different performance measures if events occur (such as a change in strategy, a material acquisition or divestment, a catastrophic safety or environmental incident, a change in control, or other unexpected event) which cause the Committee to determine that the measures are no longer appropriate or in the best interests of shareholders or other stakeholders, and that amendment is required so that the measures, as far as possible, achieve their original purpose. Such discretion will be exercised judiciously and clearly disclosed and explained in the Implementation report.Any discretionary adjustments for directors will be disclosed in the Implementation report for the relevant financial period.
2024 remuneration opportunity
The following charts provide an indication of the minimum, target and maximum total remuneration opportunity, subject to shareholder approval of
the Remuneration Policy for the Executive Directors, together with the proportion of the package delivered through fixed and variable remuneration.
The STIP and PSA are both performance-related remuneration.
(£’000)
| n | Fixed pay | n | STIP | n | PSA | n | 50% share price growth |
|---|
Chief Financial Officer
(£’000)
| n | Fixed pay | n | STIP | n | PSA | n | 50% share price growth |
|---|
The following table provides the basis for the values included in the charts above:
| Fixed pay (stated in £’000) | Base salary1 | Pension | Benefits2 | Total |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Jakob Stausholm | £1,285 | £180 | £110 | £1,575 |
| Peter Cunningham | £761 | £107 | £43 | £911 |
Base salary is the salary effective 1 March 2024.
The value of benefits is as per the 2023 benefits figure in the single total figure of remuneration table, as set out in the Implementation report.
| Performance-related pay | |
|---|---|
| Target STIP and LTIP performance | –A STIP award of 50% of the maximum award, equating to 100% of base salary–Expected value of 2024 PSA of 50% of face value, calculated as 250% of base salary |
| Maximum STIP and LTIP performance | –A maximum STIP award of 200% of base salary–Full vesting of 2024 PSA, calculated as 500% of base salary |
–PSAs granted under the LTIP are measured at 2024 face value. This does not constitute an estimate of the value of awards that may potentially
vest with respect to year-end 31 December 2026. An assumed 50% growth in share price has been included in the final illustration. No
assumption has been made for payment of dividends.
–Further details of the 2024 PSA are disclosed in the Implementation report.
Minimum
Target
Maximum
Maximum + 50% share price growth
100%
| 26% | 21% | 53% |
| 15% | 24% | 61% |
| 11% | 19% | 47% | 23% |
Minimum
Target
Maximum
Maximum + 50% share price growth
100%
| 26% | 21% | 53% |
| 15% | 24% | 61% |
| 11% | 19% | 47% | 23% |
Recruitment remuneration
The table below sets out the policy for both internal and external recruitment. No form of “golden hello” will be provided upon recruitment. In the case
of internal appointments, commitments preceding appointment will be honoured.
| Element | Recruitment policy |
|---|---|
| Base salary | We aim to position base salary at an appropriate level, taking into consideration a range of factors including the executive’s current remuneration and experience, internal relativities, an assessment against relevant comparator groups and cost. If a new Executive Director is initially appointed at a lower rate, the Committee retains the ability to award larger increases in subsequent years in order to realign the salary over time as the individual develops in the role. |
| Pension or superannuation | Consistent with Policy table. |
| Other benefits | Consistent with Policy table. |
| STIP | Eligible to take part in our STIP with maximum opportunity capped at 200% of base salary. |
| PSA under LTIP | Maximum face value of 500% of base salary in line with our Policy. |
| Buy-out awards | Any compensation provided to an executive recruited from outside the Group, for the forfeiture of remuneration arrangements on joining, is considered separately to the establishment of forward-looking annual remuneration arrangements. Our approach with respect to such “buy-outs” is to determine a reasonable level of award, on a like-for-like basis, consisting primarily of equity-based awards, but also potentially cash, taking into consideration the quantum of forfeited awards, their performance conditions and vesting schedules. The Committee will obtain an independent external assessment of the value of awards proposed to be bought out and retains discretion, subject to the considerations noted above, to make such compensation arrangements as it deems necessary and appropriate to secure the relevant executive’s employment. The Committee’s intention is that buy-out compensation should include, where appropriate, performance conditions and equivalent timeframes for release. |
| Relocation-related support | If the Committee concludes that it is necessary and appropriate to secure an appointment, relocation-related support and international mobility benefits may be provided, depending on the circumstances and in line with the Group’s broader approach. Any relocation arrangements will be set out in the Implementation report. |
Executives’ service contracts and termination
Under normal circumstances, Executive Directors will be offered service contracts that can be terminated by either party with up to 12 months’ notice
in writing. In exceptional circumstances, an initial notice period of up to 24 months during the first two years of employment, reducing to up to 12
months thereafter, may be necessary to secure an external appointment. In some circumstances, it may also be appropriate to use fixed-term
contracts for Executive Directors.
Other executives are offered service contracts which can be terminated by the company with up to 12 months’ notice in writing, and by the executive
with up to 12 months’ notice in writing.
The contracts for executives include appropriate non-compete and restrictive covenants.
The current contract terms of directors and the other executives are included in the Implementation report. The letters of appointment are available
for inspection at Rio Tinto plc’s registered office, and at our AGMs.
Executives may be required to go on “Garden leave” during all or part of their notice period and may receive their base salary, STIP and other
benefits during the notice period (or the cash equivalent). Where applicable, tax equalisation and other expatriate benefits will continue in
accordance with the executive’s prevailing terms and conditions.
If termination is a result of redundancy, the terms of the relevant local policy or practice will apply in the same way as for other employees hired in
the same location.
The STIP and LTIP rules govern the entitlements that executives may have under those plans upon termination of employment, which is dependent
on whether they are considered an eligible leaver or not. In general terms, an eligible leaver is an executive who leaves the Group by reason of ill-
health, injury, disability (as determined by the executive’s employer), retirement with company consent, redundancy, transfer of the undertaking in
which the executive works, change of control of the executive’s employing company, or death in service. In addition, the plan rules afford discretion
to the Committee to award eligible leaver status in other circumstances.
In the case of dismissal for cause, the company can terminate employment without notice and without payment of any salary or compensation in lieu
of notice. The Committee will apply the consequence management framework, and outstanding awards under any of the Group’s incentive plans
may be forfeited and previous awards clawed back.
| Element | Termination policy |
|---|---|
| Base salary, pension and other benefits | Base salary will be paid in lieu of any unexpired notice and may be paid progressively in instalments over the notice period. For Executive Directors the Committee will (to the extent permitted by relevant law) have regard to the Executive Director’s ability to mitigate their loss in assessing the payment to be made.Executive Directors and their dependants may also be eligible for post-retirement benefits such as medical and life insurance. The company may also agree to continue certain other benefits for a period following termination where the arrangements are provided under term contracts or in accordance with the terms of the service contract, for example, payment for financial advice, tax advice and preparation of tax returns for a tax year. In some cases, they may receive a modest leaving gift. |
| Short-term incentive plan (STIP) | If an eligible leaver leaves the Group during a performance year, the Committee may determine in its absolute discretion to award a pro rata portion of the STIP based on the amount of the year served and based on actual assessment of performance against the scorecard targets. Any cash payment will be made at the normal STIP payment date and no portion of the award will be deferred into shares. If an executive provides the company notice of their resignation during the performance year, but does not leave the Group until after the end of the performance year, the Committee may determine in its absolute discretion to make an award under the STIP. In these circumstances, the executive will only be eligible to receive the cash portion of the award and will forfeit any deferred shares portion. Any cash payment will be made at the normal STIP payment date.No STIP award will be made where an executive who is not an eligible leaver leaves the Group, resigns or is terminated for cause prior to the end of the performance year. |
| Bonus deferral awards (BDA) | BDA will normally vest on the scheduled vesting date. There will be no pro-rating of BDA. Termination as an ineligible leaver at any point during the vesting period will result in forfeiture of BDA. |
| Performance share awards (PSA) | PSA will normally vest on the scheduled vesting date, subject to performance conditions. PSA will be reduced pro rata to reflect the period of employment between the date of grant of the award and the normal vesting date (in February following end of the three-year performance period). Leaver provisions apply until the release date of the awards at the end of the holding period. Termination as an ineligible leaver at any point during the five-year time horizon will therefore result in forfeiture of PSA. |
| Management share awards (MSA) | Any MSA granted prior to appointment will normally be retained, and vest, at the Committee’s discretion, at the scheduled vesting date (although awards for US taxpayers may vest on leaving).MSA will be reduced pro rata to reflect the period of employment between the date of grant of the award and the normal vesting date. Termination as an ineligible leaver at any point during the vesting period will result in forfeiture of MSA. |
| All-employee share plans | All-employee share awards will normally vest on or shortly after leaving. There will be no pro rata reduction of awards. Termination as an ineligible leaver at any point during the vesting period will result in forfeiture of awards. |
| Dividend shares | Any dividend equivalent shares will be calculated on the vesting of all share awards. |
| Repatriation | On termination, the company will pay relocation or expatriation benefits as agreed at the time of the original expatriation and/or in accordance with applicable legislation and internal policies on travel and relocation. |
| Accrued but untaken leave | Accrued but untaken annual leave and any long service leave will be paid out on termination, in accordance with the relevant country legislation and practice applicable to all employees. |
| Legal expenses | The company may pay reasonable legal and other professional fees (including outplacement support) to, or in respect of, an executive concerning the termination of their employment. |
| Settlement claims | Subject to the approval of the Committee, the company may pay such amount as it determines is reasonable to settle any claims that an executive may have in connection with the termination of their employment. |
| Restrictive covenants | While our employment agreements include appropriate restrictive covenants as a matter of practice, the Policy provides additional flexibility to make payments in respect of expanding or enhancing existing covenants to protect Rio Tinto and its shareholders. The amount of such payment will be determined by the Committee based on the content and duration of the covenant. |
Chair and Non-Executive Directors’ remuneration
The table below summarises how the fees are set and our Policy for the Chair and Non-Executive Directors:
| Area | Chair | Non-Executive Directors |
|---|---|---|
| Setting of fees | The Committee (excluding the Chair, if they are a member) determines the terms of service and remuneration of the Chair. | The Non-Executive Directors’ fees and other terms are set by the Board upon the recommendation of the Chair’s Committee (which includes the Chair, Chief Executive and Chief Financial Officer). |
| Fees | It is Rio Tinto’s policy that the Chair should be remunerated on a competitive basis and at a level that reflects the complexity of the business and their contribution to the Group, as assessed by the Board.The Chair receives a fixed annual fee and does not receive any additional fee or allowance either for committee membership or being a committee chair, or for travel. The Chair does not participate in the Group’s incentive plans. | Non-Executive Directors receive a base fee with additional fees paid for further Board responsibilities such as committee membership, being a committee chair or taking on the senior independent director role. Allowances may be paid for attending meetings that involve medium or long-distance air travel.They do not participate in any of the Group’s incentive plans.Fees paid to Non-Executive Directors reflect their respective duties and responsibilities, and the time required for them to make a meaningful and effective contribution to Rio Tinto affairs. |
| Pension and superannuation | Rio Tinto does not pay retirement or post-employment benefits to the Chair. | Where the payment of statutory minimum superannuation contributions for Australian Non-Executive Directors is required by Australian superannuation law, these contributions are deducted from the director’s overall fee entitlements. |
| Benefits | The Chair may on occasion receive reimbursement for costs incurred in relation to the provision of professional advice.Other benefits include accident insurance (note this is neither contractual nor a taxable benefit), other minor benefits (including modest retirement gifts in applicable circumstances), occasional spouse travel in support of the business, any Rio Tinto business-related expenses that are deemed to be taxable and any tax the company has paid on their behalf. | Non-Executive Directors may on occasion receive reimbursement for costs incurred in relation to the provision of professional advice.Other benefits provided include accident insurance (note this is neither contractual nor a taxable benefit), other minor benefits (including modest retirement gifts in applicable circumstances), occasional spouse travel in support of the business and any Rio Tinto business-related expenses that are deemed to be taxable and any tax the company has paid on their behalf. |
Appointment
The appointment of Non-Executive Directors (including the Chair) is
handled through the Nominations Committee and Board processes. The
Chair’s letter of appointment from the company stipulates their duties as
Chair of the Group and appointment may be terminated without liability
on the part of Rio Tinto in accordance with the Group’s constitutional
documents dealing with retirement, disqualification from office or other
vacation from office. Otherwise, their appointment may be terminated by
giving 12 months’ notice. Accrued fees will be paid up to the termination
date with the exception of dismissal for cause. The Committee has the
discretion to make a payment in lieu of notice if the Chair is not required
to serve their full 12 months’ notice. Should the Chair’s appointment be
terminated by reason of their removal as a director pursuant to a
resolution of shareholders at the AGM, the company shall be liable to
pay any fees accrued up to the date of any such removal.
The Non-Executive Directors’ letters of appointment from the company
stipulate their duties and responsibilities as directors. Each Non-
Executive Director is appointed subject to their election and annual re-
election by shareholders. Non-Executive Directors’ appointments may
be terminated by either party giving three months’ notice. There are no
provisions for compensation payable on termination of their
appointment. The letters of appointment are available for inspection at
Rio Tinto plc’s registered office and at the AGM.
The current fee levels are set out in the Implementation report.
As provided for in the Rio Tinto plc Articles of Association and Rio Tinto
Limited Constitution, the current maximum aggregate fees payable
annually to the Non-Executive Directors (including the Chair) for serving
on the Board and any committees is £3 million. This current maximum
aggregate amount of £3 million per annum was approved by
shareholders at the 2009 AGMs and it has remained unchanged during
the past 15 years, during which time the size of the Board has also
increased. An ordinary resolution will be proposed at the 2024 AGMs
seeking shareholder approval to increase the maximum aggregate
amount to £4 million per annum with effect from 1 March 2024. In the
event the resolution is not approved by the shareholders at the 2024
AGMs, the current maximum aggregate amount of £3 million per annum
will continue to apply.
Implementation report
This Implementation report is presented to shareholders
for approval at our AGMs. It outlines how our Policy was
implemented in 2023 and the intended operation in 2024.
About our reporting
As our shares are listed on both the Australian
Securities Exchange and London Stock
Exchange, the information provided within our
Remuneration report must comply with the
reporting requirements of both countries.
Our regulatory responsibilities impact the
volume of information we provide, as well as
the complexity. In Australia, we need to report
on a wider group of executives, as described
in the following paragraph. In addition, as set
out in the summary table below, the two
reporting regimes follow different
methodologies for calculating remuneration.
In the UK, disclosure is required for the
Board, including the Executive Directors.
The Australian legislation requires disclosures
in respect of “key management
personnel” (KMP), being those persons having
authority and responsibility for planning,
directing and controlling the activities of the
Group. Accordingly, our KMP comprise the
Board, all product group Chief Executives and
the Chief Commercial Officer.
Throughout this Remuneration report, KMP
are collectively referred to as “executives”.
They are listed on page 137, with details of the
positions held during the year and dates of
appointment to those roles.
The single total figure of remuneration table on
page 129 shows remuneration for our
Executive Directors, gross of tax and in the
relevant currency of award or payment.
In table 1a on page 141, we report information
regarding executives in accordance with
Australian statutory disclosure requirements.
The information is shown gross of tax and in
US dollars. The remuneration details in table
1a include accounting values relating to
various parts of the remuneration package,
most notably LTIP awards, and require a
different methodology for calculating the
pension value. The figures in the single total
figure of remuneration table are therefore not
directly comparable with those in table 1a.
Where applicable, amounts have been
converted using the relevant average
exchange rates included in the notes to
table 1a.
In table 1b on page 142, we report the
remuneration of the Chair and the Non-
Executive Directors.
Shareholder voting
As required under UK legislation, the new
Policy will be subject to a binding vote at our
2024 AGMs. The Implementation report,
together with the annual statement by the
People & Remuneration Committee Chair, is
subject to an advisory vote each year as
required by UK legislation. Under Australian
legislation, the Remuneration report as a
whole is subject to an advisory vote. All
remuneration-related resolutions will be voted
on at the AGMs as Joint Decision Matters by
Rio Tinto plc and Rio Tinto Limited
shareholders. An additional resolution is being
put forward at the AGMs to increase the
annual maximum aggregate fees payable to
Non-Executive Directors from £3 million to
£4 million.
The differing approaches explained
As well as the difference in methodology for
measuring remuneration, there are also key
differences in how remuneration is reported in
the UK and Australia.
UK
–For reporting purposes, remuneration is
divided into fixed and variable elements.
–We report remuneration in the currency it is
paid; for example, where a UK executive is
paid in pounds sterling, remuneration is
reported in pounds sterling.
–For reporting purposes, remuneration is
divided into short- and long-term elements.
–All remuneration is reported in US dollars,
so using the previous example, the UK
executives’ remuneration would be
converted to US dollars using the average
exchange rate for the financial year (except
STIP, which is converted at the year-end
exchange rate).
The table below summarises the elements of
each component of remuneration, as well as
the significant differences in the approaches to
measurement.
People & Remuneration
Committee
Responsibilities
The Committee’s responsibilities are
set out in our Terms of Reference, which
is reviewed annually, and published at
Our responsibilities include:
People
–Reviewing strategic workforce planning
including talent, succession and
development planning within the Group.
–Developing leaders’ skills.
–Overseeing and implementing the Board’s
workforce engagement plan and
implementation.
Culture
–Developing strategies to implement the
Group’s values and to progress
implementation of the Everyday Respect
Report recommendations and the
monitoring of broader cultural change.
–Developing strategies, initiatives and
performance measures around
organisational culture and desired
behaviours.
–Assessing the effectiveness of diversity and
inclusion policies.
Remuneration
–Determining the Group’s remuneration
strategy, policy and framework.
–Determining the remuneration of the Chair,
Executive Directors and other members of
the Executive Committee.
–Determining the mix and operation of the
Group’s STIP and LTIP, ensuring alignment
with the company’s strategic objectives.
–Overseeing the operation of the Group’s
STIP and LTIP for executives, including
approving awards, setting performance
criteria, and determining any vesting, and
where necessary applying the consequence
management framework to current and
prior awards.
–Determining contractual notice periods and
termination commitments, and setting
retention and termination arrangements
for executives.
–Overseeing awards under the Group’s
all-employee share plans.
–Responsible for the Annual Remuneration
report, shareholder engagement on the
Remuneration Policy including its
implementation, and other related matters
including gender pay.
–Reviewing workforce remuneration and
related policies and the alignment of
incentives and rewards with culture, taking
these into account when setting the Policy
for Executive Director remuneration.
–Engaging independent external
remuneration advisers.
We consider the level of pay and conditions
for all employees across the Group when
determining executive remuneration.
Committee membership
The members of the Committee during the
year and to the date of this report were:
| Sam Laidlaw (Committee Chair) | Dominic Barton |
|---|---|
| Megan Clark(to 15 December 2023) | Dean Dalla Valle(from 1 November 2023) |
| Susan Lloyd-Hurwitz(from 1 June 2023) | Simon McKeon |
| Jennifer Nason | Ngaire Woods |
How we work
The Group Company Secretary (or their
delegate) attends meetings as secretary to the
Committee. The Chief Executive, Chief People
Officer, Head of Reward and Head of Talent
attend appropriate parts of the meetings at the
invitation of the Committee Chair. No
individual is in attendance during discussions
about their own remuneration.
Independent advisers
The Committee has a protocol for engaging
and working with remuneration consultants to
ensure that “remuneration
recommendations” (being advice relating to
the elements of remuneration for KMP, as
defined under the Australian Corporations Act
- are made free from undue influence by
KMP to whom they may relate. We monitored
compliance with these requirements
throughout 2023. Deloitte, the appointed
advisers to the Committee, gave declarations
to the effect that any remuneration
recommendations were made free from undue
influence by KMP to whom they related, and
the Board has received assurance from the
Committee and is satisfied that this was
the case.
Deloitte are members of the Remuneration
Consultants’ Group, and voluntarily operate
under its Code of Conduct (the Code) in
relation to executive remuneration consulting
in the UK. The Code is based upon principles
of transparency, integrity, objectivity,
competence, due care and confidentiality.
Deloitte has confirmed that they adhered to
the Code throughout 2023 for all remuneration
services provided to Rio Tinto. The Code is
available online at
remunerationconsultantsgroup.com.
The Committee is satisfied that the Deloitte
team is independent. During 2023, Deloitte’s
services also included attending Committee
meetings, providing support on the 2024
Remuneration Policy and giving advice in
relation to management proposals and
shareholder consultations.
Deloitte was paid $504,507 (2022: $545,620)
for these services. Fees were charged on the
basis of time and expenses incurred.
We received other services and publications
relating to remuneration data from a range of
sources. During the year, Deloitte also
provided internal audit, tax compliance and
other non-audit advisory services. These
services were provided under separate
engagement terms and the Committee is
satisfied that there were no conflicts
of interest.
How the Committee spent its time
in 2023
During 2023, the Committee met six times.
We fulfilled our responsibilities as set out in
our terms of reference including the expanded
scope on the broader People agenda.
Our work in 2023 included:
–Reviewing culture maturity metrics.
–Reviewing people development and
talent management.
–Determining any base salary adjustments
and LTIP grants for executives.
–Determining the targets for the 2023 STIP.
–Reviewing performance of the accountable
executives for Global Industry Standard on
Tailings Management (GISTM)
implementation.
–Reviewing performance against the 2022
STIP and 2018 PSA targets, including
assessing applicable adjustments.
–Considering shareholder feedback on the
remuneration-related resolutions for the
2023 AGMs.
–Transitioning from EMIX Global Mining
Index to the S&P Global Mining Index as a
relative performance comparator group
for PSA.
–Considering, reviewing and refining the
alternate structures for the new Policy.
–Consulting with shareholders and proxy
advisers on our new Policy proposals.
–Setting terms of appointment of Jérôme
Pécresse, Chief Executive, Aluminium.
–Terminating the employment of Ivan Vella,
Chief Executive, Aluminium.
–Further refining the consequence
management framework.
–Reviewing executives’ progress towards the
Group’s share ownership requirements.
–Reviewing the strategy and annual reports
on the Group’s global benefit plans.
Performance review process
for executives
We conduct annual performance reviews for
all executives. Our key objectives for the
performance review process are to:
–Improve organisational effectiveness by
creating alignment between the executive’s
objectives, Rio Tinto’s strategy, the
individual’s leadership behaviours and
the company’s values.
–Provide a consistent, transparent and
balanced approach to measure, recognise
and reward executive performance.
The Chief Executive conducts the review for
members of the Executive Committee and
recommends the performance outcomes to
the Committee. The Chief Executive’s
performance is assessed by the Chair of the
Board and it is discussed and considered with
the Committee and the Board. Performance
reviews for all executives took place in 2023
and early 2024.
Executive Directors
Single total figure of remuneration (£’000)
| Incentive - STIP payment · Value of LTIP awards vesting1 | |||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Executive Director | Year | Base salary | Benefits | Pension | Total fixed | Cash | Deferred shares | Face value | Share price appreciation | Total variable | Single total figure |
| Jakob Stausholm (Chief Executive) | 2023 | 1,227 | 110 | 172 | 1,509 | 692 | 692 | 4,425 | 1,132 | 6,941 | 8,450 |
| Jakob Stausholm (Chief Executive) | 2022 | 1,177 | 130 | 165 | 1,472 | 575 | 576 | 1,360 | 1,027 | 3,538 | 5,010 |
| Peter Cunningham (Chief Financial Officer) | 2023 | 726 | 43 | 102 | 871 | 409 | 410 | 361 | 92 | 1,272 | 2,143 |
| Peter Cunningham (Chief Financial Officer) | 2022 | 700 | 39 | 98 | 837 | 320 | 320 | 333 | 251 | 1,224 | 2,061 |
- Dividend equivalent shares are applied on the vesting of the LTIP awards, are valued at the grant price for the LTIP awards and included in the face-value figure. The impact of share price change
for LTIP awards vesting is included under share price appreciation. The value of the 2022 LTIP awards vesting is restated to reflect the actual vested value.
The LTIP face value for 2023 is based on the number of PSA shares due to vest for the performance period ending 31 December 2023 (including
notional dividends accrued throughout the vesting period), valued at the share price on the grant date. Any impact of share price movement over the
vesting period is shown under the share price appreciation column. The increase in values for LTIP award vesting for the Chief Executive reflects a
full year grant in 2019 compared to a pro-rated grant in 2018.
The 2023 face value and the share price appreciation figures shown above are estimates of both the number of shares that will ultimately vest and
the share price on vesting. Once actual values are known these estimates will be restated in the following year. Refer to page 134 for further detail.
Fixed remuneration
Base salary
Consistent with prior practice, Executive Director base salary increases are in line with that awarded to the wider UK employee population.
The general salary increase for UK employees in 2024 will be 4%. Base salaries are reviewed with a 1 March effective date.
| Executive Director | Annual base salary 1 March 2023 £'000 | Annual base salary 1 March 2024 £'000 | % change |
|---|---|---|---|
| Jakob Stausholm | 1,235 | 1,285 | 4% |
| Peter Cunningham | 732 | 761 | 4% |
Benefits (2023)
Includes healthcare, allowance for professional tax compliance services, occasional spouse travel in support of the business which is deemed to be
taxable to the individual, and non-performance based awards under the all-employee share plans.
Pension (2023)
Pension benefits can either be paid as contributions to Rio Tinto’s company pension fund and/or as a cash allowance.
| Executive Director | Pension contributions paid tothe Rio Tinto pension fund £'000 | Cash in lieu of pension contributions paid £'000 | Total £'000 | Pension provision (% of base salary) |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Jakob Stausholm | 8.4 | 163.4 | 172 | 14% |
| Peter Cunningham | 8.4 | 93.3 | 102 | 14% |
Short-term incentive plan (2023)
2023 outcome
For an executive’s STIP outcome, the weighted STIP financial and strategic scorecard results are added to determine the total result.
The resulting STIP is delivered equally in cash and deferred shares.
| Executive Director · Weighted result (out of 100%) · Fatality deduction (%) · STIP (% of base salary) · Base salary £’000 · STIP outcome £’000 · Delivered in: · Percentage of: | ||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Financial (50%)1 · Strategic(50%)2 · Group Scorecard result % · Cash £’000 · Deferred shares £’000 · Max awarded · Max forfeited · Target awarded | ||||||||||||
| Jakob Stausholm | 22.4% | 33.6% | 56% | —% | 112% | 1,235 | 1,384 | 692 | 692 | 56% | 44% | 112% |
| Peter Cunningham | 22.4% | 33.6% | 56% | —% | 112% | 732 | 819 | 409 | 410 | 56% | 44% | 112% |
- The Financial scorecard includes flexed financials (underlying earnings and free cash flow), focusing on the achievement of financial plan commitments and unflexed financials (underlying
earnings and free cash flow) aligned to market conditions for our commodities.
- The Strategic scorecard includes Excel in development (exploration progression, studies progression and project execution metrics), impeccable ESG (safety and decarbonisation metrics),
people and culture (gender diversity and Everyday respect metrics) and social licence (reputation metric).
Maximum STIP award is capped at 200% of base salary. Target performance represents of 50% of maximum and outstanding performance
represents 100% of maximum.
Half of the STIP award will be paid in cash in March 2024, and the remainder will be delivered in deferred shares as a BDA, vesting in
December 2026. On cessation of employment, any unvested deferred shares will lapse unless the Committee decides the executive is an
eligible leaver.
2023 short-term incentive plan measures
| Performance categories | Weighting | Commentary |
|---|---|---|
| Financial | 50% | For 2023, the financial measures were STIP underlying earnings and STIP free cash flow. The first, STIP underlying earnings, gives insight to cost management, production and performance efficiency. This is calculated as underlying earnings of $11.7 billion adjusted for items not reflective of performance in the year as described on page 131. A reconciliation of underlying earnings to net earnings is provided on pages 290-291.STIP free cash flow demonstrates how we convert underlying earnings to cash and provides further insight into how we are managing costs, efficiency and productivity. STIP free cash flow comprises free cash flow (as reported on page 293), adjusted to exclude dividends paid to holders of non-controlling interests in subsidiaries ($0.5 billion) and development capital expenditure, to include development capital expenditure on decarbonisation ($2.7 billion). This adjusted metric excludes the impact of those components of free cash flow that are not directly related to performance in the year and therefore better represents underlying business performance. |
| Strategic | 50% | Impeccable ESG (20%) aims to promote safety in all its aspects and progress decarbonisation efforts as we work towards achieving our ambition to reduce Scope 1 and 2 emissions by 2030.Safety measures a combination of our safety maturity model (SMM) and all injury frequency rate (AIFR). The safety outcome is underpinned by an assessment of conformance with the GISTM for “very high” and “extreme” classification tailings facilities.Decarbonisation measures progress of carbon abatement projects against incremental stages of development.People and culture (10%) aims to improve diversity, create an inclusive work environment in which people can thrive, accelerate our culture change, and reinforce our values. It encompasses gender diversity and Everyday Respect metrics. Gender diversity measures the year-on-year increase in representation of women in our organisation.Everyday Respect reflects the completion rate of the “Building Everyday Respect” employee training program.Excel in development (10%) aims to incentivise a growth mindset by focusing on exploring new opportunities, prospecting new sites, technology, and innovation. It measures performance in exploration, studies and project execution.Exploration focuses on the opportunities coming out of the exploration pipeline and moving into formal studies. Studies assesses the number of studies approved to progress to project execution phase. Project delivery measures our execution progress in creating growth opportunities and closure projects across the Rio Tinto portfolio. Social licence (10%) is included as an indicator of our ability to build trust and acceptance of Rio Tinto with our external community of stakeholders. The general public perception in key countries is reflected by a reputation score currently measured via a third-party survey provider, RepTrak. |
Calculation of 2023 short-term incentive plan award
The following table summarise the calculation of the 2023 short-term incentive plan (STIP) award for the Executive Directors. Threshold payout is nil on
financial measures and social licence and 25% of maximum for other strategic measures. Below threshold payout is nil on all other measures.
Group scorecard outcomes
| Weighting(out of 100%) · 2023 performance1 · Outcome · Result(% of maximum) · Weighted result(out of 100%) | ||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Threshold · Target · Outstanding | ||||||||
| STIP Underlying earnings | Unflexed | 12.5% | $6.4 billion | $9.1 billion | $11.9 billion | 10.9 | 83.1% | 10.4% |
| Flexed | 12.5% | $8.4 billion | $12.0 billion | $15.6 billion | 34.7% | 4.3% | ||
| STIP Free cash flow | Unflexed | 12.5% | $7.5 billion | $10.7 billion | $14.0 billion | 10.8 | 50.9% | 6.4% |
| Flexed | 12.5% | $9.9 billion | $14.2 billion | $18.4 billion | 10.4% | 1.3% | ||
| Total Financials | 50% | 44.8% | 22.4% | |||||
| Impeccable ESG | AIFR2 | 3.3% | 0.46 | 0.40 | 0.32 | 0.37 | 50% | 1.7% |
| SMM3 | 6.7% | 4.6 | 5.1 | 6.1 | 5.2 | 55% | 3.7% | |
| Decarbonisation4 | 10.0% | 7Mt CO2e | 10Mt CO2e | 13Mt CO2e | 12 | 83.5% | 8.4% | |
| People and culture | Everyday Respect | 5.0% | 30% of employees | 40% of employees | 50% of employees | 83.5% | 100% | 5.0% |
| Gender diversity | 5.0% | 1% improvement | 1.5% improvement | 2% improvement | 1.4% | 45% | 2.3% | |
| Excel in development | Exploration progression5 | 2.5% | 1 | 2 | 3 | 3 | 100% | 2.5% |
| Project execution | 5.0% | 25% | 50% | 75% | 50% | 50% | 2.5% | |
| Studies progression | 2.5% | 1 study | 2 studies | 3 studies | 6 | 100% | 2.5% | |
| Social licence | Reputation | 10.0% | 55.9 or below | 57.9 to 59.9 (inclusive) | 60.9 or above | 58.8 | 50% | 5.0% |
| Total Strategic | 50% | 67.2% | 33.6% | |||||
| Total Group | 100% | 56% | ||||||
- No payout below threshold. Threshold payout is nil for financial measures and social licence and 25% of maximum for the other strategic measures. Payout for achieving target corresponds to
50% of maximum, going up in a straight line to outstanding, which represents 100% of maximum.
- AIFR assesses the number of injuries per 200,000 hours worked by employees and contractors at managed operations. It includes medical treatment cases, restricted workday and lost-day
injuries. AIFR improved from 0.40 in 2022 to 0.37 in 2023, surpassing the target. The AIFR component of the STIP result is however capped at target, which represents 50% of maximum, due to
three permanent damage injuries (PDIs). The PDIs occurred at our Diavik Diamond Mine in Canada, in Guinea and at Kennecott Underground, Integrated Skarns Project respectively.
The Group SMM STIP result is the average of the SMM scores achieved by the individual assets included in the Safety Maturity program.
For Decarbonisation, the progress of carbon abatement projects against incremental stages of development is calculated as the expected 2030 carbon reduction, measured in tonnes of CO 2 e,
contributed by each abatement project that passes a stage-gate during the calendar year. The scope is restricted to direct abatement initiatives under the global “6+1” decarbonisation program,
including approved renewable energy, abatement and energy efficiency projects. Nature-based solution (NbS) offset projects are not in scope.
- Six projects progressed from Projects of Merit (PoM) to Conceptual Study (CS) phase. Each project has been assigned a value of 0.5 points for the PoM to CS transition, resulting in a weighted
outcome of 3.
Commentary on financial measures
Unflexed performance for our financial
performance is above target at 67%.
Above-plan commodity prices have continued
to provide us with an uplift in financial
performance: the iron ore realised price of
$100 per wet metric tonne (wmt) being 11%
higher than plan; the copper price 4% higher
than plan.
Flexed performance to remove the impact of
commodity prices and foreign exchange rates
gives us an indication of underlying business
performance. Key drivers of flexed
performance are reflected in lower than
planned production volumes as a result of the
overland conveyor belt failure and extended
smelter shut down at Kennecott, the two
furnaces that remain offline following the two
process safety incidents at Rio Tinto Iron and
Titanium Quebec Operations (RTIT) in June
and July, and the disruptions caused from the
forest fires at Iron Ore Company of Canada
(IOC) in June.
Our earnings performance benefited from
a number of one-off events and non-cash
impacts. Conversely, our cash flow performance
was impacted by a build in working capital in
2023 of $0.9 billion which was not in the plan.
This mainly related to a build in inventory at
Kennecott following the extended smelter
rebuild and higher working capital at RTIT,
reflective of weaker market conditions.
Based on these factors, the flexed component
is below target for earnings (at 34.7%) and
cash flow (at 10.4%).
In line with our standard STIP principles, two
downward adjustments were approved by the
Committee to ensure the outcome was a fair
reflection of underlying performance. These
related to benefits to underlying earnings that
were not reflective of performance during the
year. The two adjustments were in connection
with the Group's share of net interest on
shareholder loans following the acquisition of
the minority interest in Turquoise Hill
Resources in 2022 and the update of the
Group's discount rate and inflation
assumptions applied to closure and other
provisions, along with a resulting lower
amortisation charge in the period.
Outcome for financials (unflexed and flexed):
below target (at 44.8%)
Commentary on Strategic measures
Safety is our number one priority, and while we
had zero fatalities at our managed operations
in 2023, tragically four colleagues died in a
plane crash while travelling to our Diavik mine
in January 2024. These fatalities will be
considered further when reviewing 2024
performance. In 2023, we improved our all-
injury frequency rate (AIFR) performance from
0.4 to 0.37, exceeding the annual target of 0.4.
Regrettably, we had three permanent damage
injuries (PDIs) in Canada at Diavik, in Guinea
and in the US at Kennecott. Acknowledging
the PDIs, the result for the AIFR component
has been capped at target.
As part of our continual improvement, we have
also seen an uplift of 0.6 in our safety maturity
model (SMM) assessments score, against a
target improvement of 0.5, resulting in a SMM
global score of 5.2. We have also
exceeded the target for our GISTM
implementation plans for “extreme” and “very
high” consequence tailings facilities in 2023.
We have had no incidents with off-lease
tailings releases at any of our facilities.
Decarbonisation measures the progress
of carbon abatement projects against
incremental stages of development. Climate
change and the low-carbon transition is at the
heart of our strategy. We have set ambitious
commitments to reduce carbon emissions
(CO 2 e) from our business by 50% relative to
2018 levels in 2030 and achieve net zero
Scope 1 and 2 emissions by 2050.
The carbon abatement target set for 2023 was
10Mt of CO 2 e. A total of 29 projects
progressed through a development stage
during the year, leading to an above target
performance of 12Mt CO2e abatement
expected by 2030.
Outcome for Impeccable ESG: Above target
Excel in development encompasses goals
focusing on exploration progression, studies
progression and project execution.
Exploration progression develops a dynamic
portfolio of projects that are rigorously
prioritised and rapidly tested. Exploration
progression focuses on the opportunities
coming out of the exploration pipeline and
moving into formal studies, including
Conceptual Studies completed with a decision
to hold, divest or advance to Order of
Magnitude (OoM), studies advancing from
Projects of Merit (PoM) to Conceptual Study
(CS) phase, and studies advancing from
Target Testing (TT) to PoM.
Six projects in the exploration portfolio pipeline
advanced from PoM to CS phase in 2023,
across a large variety of ore deposits. Each
project has been assigned a value of 0.5
points for the PoM to CS transition, resulting in
an outstanding weighted score of three.
Studies progression of six studies, significantly
exceeding the target of two, obtained approval
from the Investment Committee (IC) to
progress from feasibility study to execution
project, including North Rim Skarns Stage 1 at
Kennecott Copper, AP60 smelter expansion at
Aluminium, West Angelas Deposit A-West,
Parker Point Stockyard Sustaining, Hope
Downs 1 Sustaining and Coastal Water
Supply Sustaining at Iron Ore. We have also
made significant progress towards the full
approval of the Simandou project in Guinea.
This is the highest number of studies to
progress to execution in a single year since
- This outstanding result provides
diversified growth opportunities across
commodities of Copper, Aluminium and
Iron Ore.
Projects execution refers to the percentage of
in flight and completed projects on track
against the IC plan. Throughout 2023, we
made strong progress on a range of projects.
Four out of eight projects finished the year
within three months of the approved IC
schedule, achieving the “on track” project
target of 50%, including Integrated Skarns
Underground Characterisation, Western
Range, Oyu Tolgoi underground and the Gove
Refinery Closure projects. At the Oyu Tolgoi
copper mine, the construction of the
conveyor to surface works is approaching
90%, with critical path maintained and the
mine schedule optimisation work completed.
Both shafts 3 and 4 are expected to be
commissioned in the second half of 2024.
At Western Range, we made progress on bulk
earthworks and on the primary crusher pad
construction, and the 5-month Coarse Ore
Stockpile shutdown is underway.
Outcome for Excel in development:
Above target
People and culture
Our People and culture scorecard focuses on
building everyday respect and improving
gender diversity.
Building everyday respect progressed in 2023,
with deployment of the Everyday Respect
training program (Building Everyday Respect
through care, courage and curiosity) across
our organisation. The goal of the program is to
set the foundational elements of psychological
safety at a Group level and to emphasise the
role everyone plays in creating a
psychologically safe, respectful, and inclusive
work environment. Over 34,000 of our in-
scope employees completed the program
either through a self-paced module or face-to-
face sessions. Our training completion rate
target has been significantly exceeded,
reaching 83.5%.
Gender diversity in 2023 was focused on both
increasing the number of women and
changing the culture to become more
inclusive, the representation of women across
our business remains a challenge. It will
continue to be an area of high focus in 2024.
The year-on-year average global increase was
1.4 percentage points, landing below our 1.5
percentage points target. The increase is
distributed across all levels of the organisation
with women representation amongst senior
leaders increasing year on year from 28.3% to
30.1%, and representation in operations and
general support functions increasing by 1.5
percentage points, from 16.2% to 17.7%.
Outcome for People and culture: Above target
Reputation as the social licence metric
focuses on building trust and acceptance of
Rio Tinto with our community of external
stakeholders. The general public perception in
key countries is reflected by a reputation score
measured by RepTrak. The 2023 result was
58.8, within the target range of 57.9 to 59.9.
This score is a weighted, global aggregate
made up of results from Australia, Canada,
Mongolia, New Zealand, South Africa, United
Kingdom, and the US.
Outcome for Social licence: At target
Commentary on Individual
performance
Individual multiplier outcome: Not applied
| Strategic objectives | Assessment |
|---|---|
| Impeccable ESG | –Substantial efforts to progress our decarbonisation commitments, with two sites transitioning to renewable diesel (Boron complete and Kennecott to commence in early 2024), with continued focus on progressing new technologies including BlueSmelting at Sorel-Tracy, Nuton and BioIronTM. Key to achieving our 2030 decarbonisation target is the repowering of our Gladstone operations and, with substantial effort made in 2023, this has resulted in driving the development of the largest solar farm in Australia, announced in early 2024.–Publishing of our Water Data platform, delivering market-leading transparency and disclosure at the asset level. Water discharges are monitored at the vast majority of our operations, with a number of sites already undertaking significant water monitoring programs as part of regulatory processes.–Progress on safety marred by three permanent damage injuries. |
| Excel in development | –Significant progress of the Simandou project, to unlock the largest known undeveloped, high-grade iron ore resource globally.–Successful completion of the Matalco recycling joint venture, strengthening the ability for our North American business to meet the growing demand for low-carbon materials. –Commenced early works on the $1.1 billion expansion of our AP60 smelter in Quebec. –Strengthened the future of our Pilbara iron ore portfolio with Western Range construction on schedule, Rhodes Ridge moving to pre-feasibility phase and productivity improvements at Gudai Darri resulting in an expected uplift in capacity. These steps are pivotal to us meeting our mid-term capacity target of 345–360 million tonnes.–Development of lithium business behind plan. |
| People and culture | –Strong leadership continues to develop and is focussed on culture. Employee satisfaction (eSat) and recommend scores exceeded 2022 levels. –Implementation of the 26 recommendations from the Everyday Respect report remain on track, and, in line with these recommendations, we are completing an independent progress review in 2024. –Establishment of the global leadership collective for our most senior employees to further drive cultural change.–Improvement in representation of women at all levels of the organisation, but further work required on gender diversity across the workforce. |
| Social licence | –The Pilbara renewables MoU was signed with Yindjibarndi Energy, an important step to mark a change from the past in our engagement with Traditional Owners. Co-management of replacement mines in the Pilbara remains a key focus for the Group.–Iron Ore Company of Canada signed an agreement to establish a mutually beneficial relationship with the Naskapi Nation of Kawawachikamach.–Relationships with government and civil society continue to improve and deepen. Regular roundtables with global civil society organisation (CSO) in each of our key regions continue to improve transparency and trust and our understanding of society’s needs. |
| Best operator | –The Group’s total copper equivalent production increased by over 3% from 2022 despite extended shutdown at Kennecott.–Delivered the second highest year of shipments from the Pilbara, driven by the ramp up of Gudai-Darri and the implementation of the Rio Tinto Safe Production System.–Achieved first sustainable production at our Oyu Tolgoi underground mine in March 2023, with strong performance throughout the year as the underground mine continues through a ramp up phase.–Completed the largest rebuild of the smelter and refinery in Kennecott’s history, demonstrating continued investment in our existing assets to enhance resilience.–Exceeded the deployment targets set for the Safe Production System, driving forward operational improvements across the Group. –Production volumes impacted by equipment reliability and furnace shutdowns. |
Individual multiplier outcome: Not applied
| Strategic objectives | Assessment |
|---|---|
| Impeccable ESG | –Strengthened investment approach to carbon abatement. This led to a significant increase in the number of projects that we were able to progress.–Supported the simplification of decarbonisation investment pathways resulting in greater use of commercial solutions and partnerships, easing capital expenditure requirements this decade.–Supported investments in renewable energy (Australia, South Africa), renewables diesel (Kennecott, Boron), research and development investment in hard to abate processing emissions, as well as nature-based solutions partnerships generating high quality carbon credits to complement our decarbonisation efforts. |
| Excel in development | –Key contributor to the formation of the Matalco recycling joint venture through leadership of the Business Development, Treasury and Evaluation teams. –Played a critical role in the execution of strategy and shaping the portfolio, including progressing the high-grade iron ore Simandou project and studies for Pilbara replacement mines, investing in AP60 expansion, partnering to develop the La Granja copper mine, and progressing Kennecott underground.–Maintained financial strength with consistent capital allocation, balancing essential capital expenditure with shareholder returns and growth. |
| People and culture | –The performance management framework was improved during the year, with more comprehensive and integrated reporting but further work needed to fully embed across the organisation. –Has been a strong advocate for simplification and standardisation, as well as removing complexity through rule changes, technology and innovation, system interventions and in-sourcing of some key activities. –Has promoted an owner’s mindset, with comprehensive communications throughout the year, focused on the performance of our STIP scorecard. |
| Social licence | –Further developed a comprehensive capital allocation processes to promote investment decisions and further build partnerships and capabilities.–Supported investment for creating growth options and social licence through targeted exploration and evaluation, communities and social performance (CSP) and social investment, decarbonisation, and research and development. |
| Best operator | –Led the simplification and continuous improvement with a strong focus on the transformation of business productivity through increased use of digital.–Continued to streamline the investment approval process to dedicate time to the most complex decisions.–Supported investments that improved asset discipline and performance management, resulting in 3% copper equivalent production growth at the Group level. |
2024 short-term incentive plan
This section outlines the operation of the 2024 short-term incentive plan (STIP).
2024 short-term incentive plan measures and weightings
| Financial scorecard dimension | Weighting | What does it measure? | Commentary |
|---|---|---|---|
| Underlying EBITDA –Unflexed | 12.5% | Underlying EBITDA is a segmental performancemeasure and represents profit before tax, netfinance items, depreciation and amortisation. | Underlying EBITDA is the prominent financial measure of underlying business performance on an income statement basis. The core objectives of robust operational performance and careful cost management are well reflected in Underlying EBITDA. The EBITDA target for STIP purposes equates to the EBITDA of the Group’s annual plan. |
| Underlying EBITDA –Flexed | 12.5% | Underlying EBITDA, adjusted for the impact of commodity prices and foreign exchange rates. | Removing the impact of commodity prices and foreign exchange rates gives us a stronger indication of the EBITDA outcome of our underlying business performance, aligned to the core objective of Best Operator. |
| STIP free cash flow –Unflexed | 12.5% | STIP free cash flow comprises free cash flow adjusted to exclude dividends paid to holders of non-controlling interests in subsidiaries and development capital expenditure. | STIP free cash flow demonstrates how we convert underlying EBITDA to cash and provides further insight into how we are managing efficiency and productivity, including working capital and sustaining capital.The STIP free cash flow target for STIP purposes equates to the same measure of the Group’s annual plan. |
| STIP free cash flow –Flexed | 12.5% | STIP free cash flow, adjusted for the impact of commodity prices and foreign exchange rates. | Removing the impact of commodity prices and foreign exchange rates gives us a stronger indication of the free cash flow outcome of our underlying business performance, aligned to the core objective of Best Operator. |
| Total weighting | 50% | ||
| Strategic scorecard dimension | Weighting | What does it measure? | Commentary |
|---|---|---|---|
| Impeccable ESG | |||
| Decarbonisation | 10% | Progress of moving carbon abatement projects through the various stages of development all the way to execution to meet our decarbonisation ambition. | Provides focus on progressing at pace and optimising resources deployment of decarbonisation projects. |
| Safety index | 10% | AIFR as a lag indicator and SMM at our assets as a lead indicator, which includes maturity of safety leadership, including psychological safety. Conformance to GISTM is set as an underpin. | Safety is at the heart of everything we do. The safety index provides focus on the importance of continuing to embed and strengthen our safety culture. |
| People and culture | |||
| Diversity | 5% | Improving representation of women at Rio Tinto. | The ongoing focus on improving gender representation is an important contributor to advancing our culture change agenda. |
| Culture | 5% | Measuring progress in our culture change journey. | Using trends in responses and scores to our engagement surveys to demonstrate to what extent our culture is changing. |
| Excel in development | |||
| Exploration, studies and project execution | 10% | Performance in exploration, studies and project delivery. | Exploration, studies and project execution identifies opportunities for growth and enhancing orebody reserves across our portfolio while keeping focus on the importance of executing to time and budget. |
| Social licence | |||
| Reputation | 10% | Indicators of progress made in building acceptance and trust with our community of external stakeholders, including but not only communities, governments, customers, suppliers, and civil society. General public perception in key countries is measured by a reputation score. | Assesses trust and acceptance of us by a broad community of stakeholders. We are developing further tools to assess social licence beyond 2024. |
| Total weighting | 50% | ||
A fatality deduction of 10% will be applied to the overall scorecard outcome in the event of work-related fatalities. This 10% deduction combined with
the 10% weighting of the safety index maintains the prominence of safety in the STIP structure.
The specific targets for the 2024 STIP are considered by the Board to be commercially sensitive. These will be disclosed alongside the outturn
retrospectively in the 2024 Implementation report.
Long-term incentive plan
PSAs granted in 2019 were based on two performance conditions,
both measured over a five-year performance period:
–TSR relative to the EMIX Global Mining Index – 50%
–TSR relative to the MSCI World Index – 50%
The TSR performance condition against the MSCI World Index has
been met in full. The performance outcome against the EMIX Global
Mining Index was 88.2% resulting in an overall vesting of 94.1%.
The value of the shares vesting included in the single total figure of
remuneration table for 2023 is an estimate, as the actual value can only
be determined once the share price and final application of dividend
equivalents on vesting are known.
The disclosed value is based on:
–The approved TSR outcome relative to the EMIX Global Mining Index
(transitioned to S&P Global Mining Index from 1 August 2023
following the decommissioning of the EMIX on 31 July 2023) and
MSCI World Index (with associated dividend equivalent shares)
–The average share prices for Rio Tinto plc and Rio Tinto Limited over
the last quarter of the five-year performance period (Q4 2023).
The actual value associated with the 2019 PSA vesting will be disclosed
in the 2024 Remuneration report.
Calculation of 2019 PSA vesting
Our independent remuneration consultants, Deloitte, calculated performance against the TSR measures. The dual TSR measures recognise
that the company competes in the global market for investors as well as within the mining sector, and rewards executives for returns over the long-
term that outperform both the broader market and the mining sector.
| Index | Threshold(22.5% of maximum) | Maximum(100% of maximum) | Actual TSRoutperformance | Weighting | Vestingoutcome |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| S&P Global Mining Index1 | Equal to Index | Index + 6% p.a. | Index + 5.1% p.a. | 50% | 88.2% |
| MSCI World Index | Equal to Index | Index + 6% p.a. | Index + 8.6% p.a. | 50% | 100% |
- The EMIX Global Mining Index was decommissioned on 31 July 2023 and therefore it was necessary to identify a replacement index for the remainder of the performance period. The Committee
considered a range of alternative indices and determined that S&P’s replacement index (the S&P Global Mining Index) was the most suitable, given the overlap in constituents and close
correlation in performance. TSR performance was calculated by our independent remuneration consultants tracking the EMIX Global Mining Index to 31 July 2023 and the S&P Global Mining
Index thereafter. This methodology will apply to all outstanding PSA.
| Executive Director | Yearincludedin single figure | Award | Overallvesting % | Dividendequivalents | Dividendequivalents(% of shares vesting) | Shares(includingdividendequivalents) | Shareprice | PSA outcome(£’000)1 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Jakob Stausholm | 2023 | 2019 PSA | 94.1% | 28,796 | 38% | 103,708 | £53.59 | £5,558 |
| Peter Cunningham | 2023 | 2019 PSA | 94.1% | 2,347 | 38% | 8,453 | £53.59 | £453 |
- The PSA outcome is an estimate based on the average share price over the last quarter of 2023.
For reference, the 2018 PSA vested in full on 23 February 2023 with Rio Tinto plc and Rio Tinto Limited share prices of £59.83 and A$125.51
respectively (closing share price on the day prior to vesting). Dividend equivalents were equal to 33.5% for Jakob Stausholm and 35.1% for Peter
Cunningham of the vested awards.
Long-term incentive plan awards granted in 2023
These awards are subject to TSR performance relative to the S&P Global Mining Index and MSCI World Index (equal weighting). Targets for
threshold and maximum performance are unchanged from prior years.
| Executive Director | Type of award | Grant date | Face valueof award(% of base salary) | Face value ofaward(£’000) | % of vestingat thresholdperformance | Grant price1 | Conditionalsharesawarded | End of the periodover which the performanceconditions have tobe fulfilled | Vestingmonth |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Jakob Stausholm | PSA | 22 March 2023 | 400% | 4,942 | 22.5% | £53.07 | 93,114 | 31 December 2027 | February 2028 |
| Peter Cunningham | PSA | 22 March 2023 | 400% | 2,926 | 22.5% | £53.07 | 55,134 | 31 December 2027 | February 2028 |
- In line with the Policy, the grant price for PSA is determined by reference to the average share price for the calendar year prior to year of grant. The grant price of £53.07 represents the Rio Tinto
plc average share price for 2022.
Long-term incentive plan due to be granted in 2024
| Executive Director | Type of award | Face valueof award(% of base salary) | Face valueof award(£’000) | % of vestingat thresholdperformance | Grant price1 | Conditionalshares to beawarded | End of the periodover which the performanceconditions have tobe fulfilled | End of holding period |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Jakob Stausholm | PSA | 500% | 6,424 | 22.5% | £53.43 | 120,232 | 31 December 2026 | February 2029 |
| Peter Cunningham | PSA | 500% | 3,804 | 22.5% | £53.43 | 71,195 | 31 December 2026 | February 2029 |
- In line with Policy, the grant price for PSA is determined by reference to the average share price for the calendar year prior to year of grant. The grant price of £53.43 represents the Rio Tinto plc
average share price for 2023.
Performance measures
The Committee intends to grant 2024 PSAs with performance metrics, weightings and targets in line with the approach set out in the new Policy.
80% of the award will be based on relative TSR measured on a weighted ranked basis against a sector and a broader market index. For the 2024
award, the weighting has been re-balanced so that two-thirds of the TSR element will be measured relative to sector peers and the remaining one-
third measured against a broader market reference point. The remaining 20% of the award will be based on strategic measures linked to
decarbonisation.
| Performance measures | Threshold(22.5% of maximum) | Maximum(100% of maximum) | Weighting |
|---|---|---|---|
| Relative TSR vs S&P Global Mining Index | Median | Upper Quartile | 53.3% |
| Relative TSR vs MSCI World Index | Median | Upper Quartile | 26.7% |
| Decarbonisation scorecard | see below | see below | 20% |
Decarbonisation
Given the scale and complexity of our emissions portfolio and our decarbonisation ambitions as well as the multi-year timeframe for this transition,
performance and progress will be assessed using a balanced scorecard. The decarbonisation scorecard includes a combination of metrics that
address opportunities and risks from the energy transition to incentivise long-term competitive advantage. The balanced scorecard includes the
following four equally weighted elements assessed over the three-year performance period:
| Objective | Details |
|---|---|
| Residual emissions | –This provides a measure of actual reduction in Scope 1 and 2 emissions with targets set taking into account the Group’s stated ambition of a 50% reduction by 2030 (relative to our 2018 baseline). Achieving the maximum outcome would be consistent with the linear trajectory required to achieve the 2030 ambition.–The Committee will take into account the relative contribution of nature-based offsets directly associated with Rio Tinto landholdings or those of its joint ventures when assessing performance. The contribution will be capped at 10% and for any outcome above target the contribution from offsets will be ignored. |
| Project delivery | –The successful delivery of abatement projects will be fundamental to achieving our stretching decarbonisation objectives.–Working with the Decarbonisation Office the Committee have identified a number of priority decarbonisation projects for which investment approval has been granted, or is expected to be granted in 2024. Examples of projects to be included for 2024 - 2026 performance period are the commissioning of a BioIronTM continuous pilot plant and an electric boiler at IOC, both of which have been noted at previous investor seminars and are further defined in our 2023 Climate Change Report. The projects included will be planned for execution within the performance period and will typically have a duration of 1-3 years. These will be physical projects, potentially including renewable energy project delivery, alumina process heat reductions, minerals processing solutions or projects that support our partners with Scope 3 emissions reductions. Commercial solutions such as power purchase agreements or procuring biofuels would not be considered in this metric.–At the end of the three-year performance period, there will be a qualitative assessment of project delivery measuring conformance to plan for both spend and schedule. Using a pre-determined framework, each project will be assigned a score out of ten and vesting will be determined based on the average score of the projects. |
| Technology development | –Progressing towards net zero will require technology advancement and research and development breakthroughs that convert into implemented projects.–This metric assesses Group spend committed to research and development and the successful implementation of projects that have a meaningful impact on the abatement of emissions (including spend associated with reducing Scope 3 emissions). |
| Transition strategy | –This measure will align decarbonisation activity with our value creation strategy, specifically in building new capabilities or commitments towards new growth assets.–Three transition strategy outcomes have been identified that are significant to Group value, namely, Pacific Operations (PacOps) decarbonisation, ELYSISTM implementation, and aluminium and copper recycling. Working with the Chief Scientist, each project has been assigned a bespoke scorecard that enables a qualitative assessment of progress and performance.–At the end of the three-year performance period, each transition strategy will be assigned a score out of ten using a predetermined framework and vesting will be determined based on the average score of the transition objectives. |
While the Committee have spent considerable time ensuring that the targets are robust, challenging and in line with our strategy, it is recognised that
this is a complex and evolving area. Assessment of the scorecard will inevitably require a degree of judgement to ensure that outturns are an
appropriate reflection of performance. To support the Committee with their assessment, additional processes have been introduced including input
from subject matter experts within the business, as well as other Board Committees, and development of a framework to scoring results. The targets
under each element of the scorecard are summarised below:
| Objective | LTIP weighting | Threshold(22.5% of maximum) | Target(50% of maximum) | Maximum(100% of maximum) |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Residual emissionsReduction in residual emissions relative to 2018 baseline | 5% | 3.6Mt CO2e | 5.1Mt CO2e | 6.6Mt CO2e |
| Project deliveryConformance to plan for priority decarbonisation projects | 5% | Average score of at least six out of ten being a maximum deviation of 25% from planned cost and schedule | Average score of at least eight out of ten being a maximum deviation of 15% from planned cost and schedule | Average score of at least nine out of ten being less than 10% deviation from planned cost and schedule |
| Technology developmentTechnology advancements and research and development breakthroughs that convert into implemented projects | 5% | 0.2% of Group revenue on decarbonisation research and development spendAt least one project into implementation totalling 250kt annual abatement | 0.4% of Group revenue on decarbonisation research and development spendAt least one project into implementation totalling 500kt annual abatement | 0.5% of Group revenue on decarbonisation research and development spendAt least two projects into implementation totalling 750kt annual abatement |
| Transition strategyAlignment of decarbonisation activity with value creation | 5% | Average score of at least six out of ten representing more limited progress | Average score of at least eight out of ten representing good progress towards strategic goals, some areas of outperformance, substantially achieved or on track to deliver major objectives, or progress with no major failures or impacts on broader performance of the Group | Average score of at least nine out of ten representing significant outperformance of expectations, implementation achieved or a major new advancement with scope for material benefits |
In disclosing the above information the Committee has sought to provide transparency of the metrics, targets and how different outcomes will be
rewarded, noting that certain details within the scorecard, such as those relating to activity addressing project delivery and technology development
outcomes, are considered commercially sensitive. However, further detail on the targets and outcomes will be disclosed at vesting. The Committee
also recognises that, although long-term in nature, the decarbonisation strategy will inevitably evolve over time and it is in shareholders’ interests for
the business to remain suitably agile (eg responding to technological advancements).
In setting the above measures and targets, the Committee has been mindful to use quantitative measures where possible to ensure the targets can
be assessed through formulaic vesting outcomes. This approach also provides for straight-line vesting between threshold, target and maximum
outcomes, where appropriate. The Committee will retain discretion in determining vesting outcomes and where required will adjust targets or
baselines in relation to any material changes to the portfolio, such as following acquisitions, divestments or closure. The use of offsets towards any
measure will be limited, and in the case of the residual emissions targets, will be capped and used only towards any outcome up to target.
Executive Directors’ shareholding
In line with our share ownership policy, Executive Directors’ shareholdings are calculated using the closing price of Rio Tinto shares on
31 December 2023.
| Executive Director · Multiple of base salary · Holding of ordinary shares | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 31 December 2023 · Requirement · Year requirementneeds to be met · 31 December 2023 · 31 December 2022 | |||||
| Jakob Stausholm | 5.1 | 4.0 | 2024 | 95,363 | 56,337 |
| Peter Cunningham | 5.5 | 3.0 | 2026 | 63,053 | 52,815 |
The multiple of base salary shown above includes 50% of the value of unvested BDA.
We operate a post-employment holding requirement for Executive Directors, but no former Executive Directors are currently subject to a holding
requirement.
| Executive Director | Position held during 2023 | Date of appointment to position | Notice period |
|---|---|---|---|
| Jakob Stausholm | Chief Executive | 1 January 2021 | 12 months |
| Peter Cunningham | Chief Financial Officer | 17 June 2021 | 12 months |
Either party can terminate their contract with notice in writing, or immediately by the company by paying the base salary only in lieu of any unexpired notice.
Executives’ external and other appointments
Neither of the Executive Directors currently has an external directorship.
Past director payments
There were no payments to past directors in excess of the de-minimis threshold of £15,000.
Chief Executive’s remuneration over time
| Year | Chief Executive | Single total figureof remuneration(’000) | Annual STIPaward againstmaximum opportunity | Long-term incentivevesting against maximumopportunity (PSA) |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2014 | Sam Walsh | A$10,476 | 88.4% | 49% |
| 2015 | Sam Walsh | A$9,141 | 81.9% | 43.6% |
| 2016 | Sam Walsh1 | A$5,772 | 68.2% | 50.5% |
| 2016 | Jean-Sébastien Jacques | £3,116 | 82.4% | 50.5% |
| 2017 | Jean-Sébastien Jacques | £3,821 | 73.4% | 66.7% |
| 2018 | Jean-Sébastien Jacques | £4,551 | 70.1% | 43% |
| 2019 | Jean-Sébastien Jacques | £5,999 | 74.8% | 76% |
| 2020 | Jean-Sébastien Jacques | £8,670 | 0% | 66.7% |
| 2021 | Jakob Stausholm2 | £2,788 | 61.3% | – |
| 2022 | Jakob Stausholm3 | £5,010 | 48.7% | 100% |
| 2023 | Jakob Stausholm | £8,450 | 56% | 94.1% |
STIP award and PSA vesting percentages restated following release from the deed of deferral as described in prior Remuneration reports.
Jakob Stausholm joined Rio Tinto in September 2018 and became Chief Executive on 1 January 2021. Therefore, he did not participate in the 2017 LTIP which vested at 66.7% of maximum.
The 2022 single total figure of remuneration for Jakob Stausholm reported in the 2022 Remuneration report was £4.8 million based on the estimated value of the 2018 PSA which vested at 100%.
The single total figure of remuneration for 2022 shown above is restated and based on the actual vesting share price of £59.83.
The effect of performance on the value of shareholdings, as measured by TSR delivered over the past five years, based on the sum of dividends
paid and share price movements during each calendar year, is detailed in the table below.
| Year · Underlying earnings · Underlying EBITDA · Dividends paid per share · Share price –Rio Tinto plc pence · Share price –Rio Tinto Limited A$ · TSR | ||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| $ millions · $ millions · $ cents · 1 Jan · 31 Dec · 1 Jan · 31 Dec · Group % | ||||||||
| 2019 | 10,373 | 21,197 | 635 | 3,730 | 4,503 | 78.47 | 100.40 | 38.7% |
| 2020 | 12,448 | 23,902 | 386 | 4,503 | 5,470 | 100.40 | 113.83 | 34.0% |
| 2021 | 21,401 | 37,720 | 963 | 5,470 | 4,892 | 113.83 | 100.11 | (3.8)% |
| 2022 | 13,359 | 26,272 | 746 | 4,892 | 5,798 | 100.11 | 116.41 | 18.3% |
| 2023 | 11,755 | 23,892 | 402 | 5,798 | 5,842 | 116.41 | 135.66 | 15.8% |
The data presented in this table reflects the dual corporate structure of Rio Tinto. We weight the two Rio Tinto listings to produce a Group total
shareholder return (TSR) figure in line with the methodology used for the 2019 PSA.
TSR has been calculated using spot Return Index data as at the last trading day for the year sourced from DataStream.
The vesting of the PSA granted in 2019 was subject to relative TSR
against the S&P Global Mining Index (transitioned from the EMIX Global
Mining Index following its decommissioning in July 2023) and the MSCI
World Index.
The graph below shows Rio Tinto’s TSR performance for the 2019 PSA.
It uses the same methodology as that used to calculate the vesting for
the PSA granted in 2019 with a performance period that ended on 31
- TSR has been calculated using 12 month average Return Index data for the year sourced
from DataStream.
- TSR for Rio Tinto Group has been calculated using a weighted average for Rio Tinto plc and
Rio Tinto Limited. The weighting is based on the free-float market capitalisation of each entity
at the start of the period.
The following graph illustrates the TSR performance of the Group
against the S&P Global Mining Index (and for periods to 31 July 2023
against the EMIX Global Mining Index) and the MSCI World Index over
the ten years to the end of 2023.
The graph meets the requirements of Schedule 8 of the UK Large and
Medium-sized Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports)
Regulations 2008 (as amended) and is not an indication of the vesting
of PSA granted in 2019.
- TSR has been calculated using spot Return Index data as at the last trading day for the year
sourced from DataStream.
- TSR for Rio Tinto Group has been calculated using a weighted average for Rio Tinto plc and
Rio Tinto Limited. The weighting is based on the free-float market capitalisation of each entity
at the start of the period.
Other executive key management personnel
This section sets out remuneration information pertaining to executive
key management personnel (KMP) excluding the Chief Executive and
the Chief Financial Officer. The Remuneration Policy applicable to the
Executive Directors is also applicable to the other executive KMP with
variances specified in this section.
The remuneration mix for other executive KMP under this Policy is set
out in the chart below.
2023 Remuneration mix
Maximum
Target
| n | Fixed pay | n | STIP – Cash | n | STIP – BDA | n | LTIP |
|---|
2023 Assumptions
The value of benefits is estimated at 11% of base salary.
| Performance-related (at risk) | |
|---|---|
| Target STIP and LTIP performance | –STIP award of 50% of the maximum award(equates to 100% of base salary)–PSA expected value of 50% of face value, calculated as 200% of base salary |
| Maximum STIP and LTIP performance | –Maximum STIP award of 200% of base salary–Maximum PSA face value of 400% of base salary |
No assumption has been made for growth in share price and payment
of dividend equivalents.
The table below outlines the positions held by the other executive KMP and the respective dates of appointment:
| Name | Position(s) held during 2023 | Date of appointment to position |
|---|---|---|
| Bold Baatar | Chief Executive Copper | 1 February 2021 |
| Alfredo Barrios | Chief Commercial Officer | 1 March 2021 |
| Sinead Kaufman | Chief Executive Minerals | 1 March 2021 |
| Jérôme Pécresse | Chief Executive Aluminium | 23 October 2023 |
| Simon Trott | Chief Executive Iron Ore | 1 March 2021 |
| Ivan Vella1 | Chief Executive Aluminium | 1 March 2021 |
- Ivan Vella ceased to be a KMP on 23 October 2023 and his employment terminated on 15 November 2023.
Base salary
Base salaries for Executive Committee members are reviewed annually by the Committee with increases generally aligned with the wider employee
population in the relevant jurisdiction. Variations may occur in instances in which an individual has changed position, or the position’s duties and
responsibilities have been enlarged, for example as a result of a reorganisation or acquisition, or where an individual’s remuneration has fallen
below comparable positions in the market. As disclosed last year, Bold Baatar and Simon Trott received a higher salary increase in 2023 to reflect
their market positioning.
Short-term incentive plan
Overview of 2023 short-term incentive plan weightings and measures
The measures and weightings used to determine short-term incentive plan (STIP) awards for executives in 2023 are set out on page 130.
The 2023 STIP awards are detailed in the table below.
| Percentage of: | ||||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2023 STIP award (% of salary) | 2023 STIP award ('000) | Maximum STIPawarded | Maximum STIPforfeited | |
| Bold Baatar | 140% | £941 | 70% | 30% |
| Alfredo Barrios | 84% | SGD981 | 42% | 58% |
| Sinead Kaufman | 112% | A$1,188 | 56% | 44% |
| Jérôme Pécresse | 112% | C$258 | 56% | 44% |
| Simon Trott | 140% | A$1,650 | 70% | 30% |
Share ownership
The following table shows the share ownership level for other KMP as a
multiple of base salary.
| Share ownership level at 31 December 2023 as a multiple of base salary | |
|---|---|
| Bold Baatar | 5.9 |
| Alfredo Barrios | 4.5 |
| Sinead Kaufman | 6.2 |
| Jérôme Pécresse | 0.4 |
| Simon Trott | 5.4 |
Share ownership level is calculated using the market price of Rio Tinto
shares on 31 December 2023, and we define “share ownership” in
our Policy.
Alongside the new Policy, any newly signed service contracts can be
terminated by the company or executive with 12 months’ notice in
writing, or immediately by the company by paying base salary only in
lieu of any unexpired notice.
Other KMP appointments
All newly appointed executives have received a remuneration package
that is aligned with our Policy and is comprised of base salary in line
with market benchmarks; target STIP opportunity of 100% of base
salary (with maximum opportunity of 200% of base salary); LTIP awards
of up to 400% of base salary; company pension contributions of 14% of
base salary; and other benefits such as company-provided healthcare
coverage, and continued eligibility to participate in the all-employee
share plans. A minimum shareholding requirement of 300% of base
salary applies on appointment to be built up over subsequent years.
Executive departures
Ivan Vella ceased to be a KMP on 23 October 2023 and his
employment was terminated on 15 November 2023 as an ineligible
leaver. All subsisting variable remuneration was therefore lapsed
and only statutory payments for accrued leave were made
following termination.
Broader employee disclosures
Chief Executive pay ratio
The ratio of the single total figure of remuneration for the Chief
Executive to the lower quartile, median and upper quartile Rio Tinto
Australian employee population for 2023 is set out in the table below.
| Lower quartile · Median · Upper quartile | |||
|---|---|---|---|
| 2023 | 116 | 97 | 81 |
| 2022 1 | 76 | 52 | 42 |
- The 2022 pay ratio data has been restated based on actual pay outcomes for the Chief
Executive in 2022.
The median CEO pay ratio of 97:1 is higher than last year, primarily due
to the vesting of Jakob’s first full LTIP award from 2019 which vested at
94.1% at the end of the 2023 performance year. The Committee
continues to be mindful of the relationship between executive
remuneration and that of our broader workforce. The Committee’s
decision-making will continue to be supported by regular and detailed
reporting on these matters.
Relative spend on remuneration
The table below shows our relative spend on remuneration across our
global employee population and distributions to shareholders in the
year. We have also shown other significant disbursements of the
company’s funds for comparison.
| Stated in US$m | 2023 | 2022 | Differencein spend |
|---|---|---|---|
| Remuneration paid1 | 6,636 | 6,002 | 634 |
| Distributions to shareholders2 | 6,470 | 11,727 | (5,257) |
| Purchase of property, plant and equipment, and intangible assets3 | 7,086 | 6,750 | 336 |
| Corporate income tax paid3 | 4,627 | 6,909 | (2,282) |
Total employment costs for the financial year as per note 26 to the financial statements.
Distributions to shareholders include equity dividends paid to owners of Rio Tinto shares as
per the Group cash flow statement.
- Purchase of property, plant and equipment, and intangible assets, and corporate income tax
paid during the financial year are as per the Group cash flow statement.
Change in director and employee pay
In the table below, we compare the annual changes in salary, benefits and annual incentives of the directors for the past four years, to that of the
Australian employee population. Column ‘a’ represents the percentage change in salary and fees; values in column ‘b’ represent the percentage
change in taxable benefits; and values in column ‘c’ represents the percentage change in bonus outcomes for performance periods in respect of
each financial year.
| 2019 to 2020 · 2020 to 2021 · 2021 to 2022 · 2022 to 2023 | ||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| a1 · b · c · a1 · b · c · a1 · b · c · a1 · b2 · c3 | ||||||||||||
| Executive Directors | ||||||||||||
| Jakob Stausholm | 2% | 34% | 29% | 46% | (19)% | 25% | 2% | 94% | (18)% | 4% | (15)% | 20% |
| Peter Cunningham | – | – | – | – | – | – | – | 18% | 47% | 4% | 10% | 28% |
| Non-Executive Directors | ||||||||||||
| Dominic Barton4 | – | – | – | – | – | – | – | – | – | 50% | (84)% | –% |
| Megan Clark | 1% | (54)% | –% | (3)% | (93)% | –% | (1)% | 1,651% | –% | (1)% | 52% | –% |
| Simon Henry | 3% | (88)% | –% | –% | 64% | –% | (6)% | 98% | –% | (7)% | 189% | –% |
| Sam Laidlaw | 8% | (87)% | –% | –% | (51)% | –% | –% | 779% | –% | –% | 242% | –% |
| Simon McKeon | 9% | (72)% | –% | 15% | (91)% | –% | (6)% | 1,487% | –% | 6% | 78% | –% |
| Jennifer Nason | – | – | – | – | – | – | (6)% | 58% | –% | (8)% | 59% | –% |
| Ngaire Woods | – | – | – | – | – | – | –% | 273% | –% | –% | 201% | –% |
| Ben Wyatt | – | – | – | – | – | – | 12% | –% | –% | –% | 52% | –% |
| Kaisa Hietala5 | – | – | – | – | – | – | – | – | – | – | – | – |
| Susan Lloyd-Hurwitz5 | – | – | – | – | – | – | – | – | – | – | – | – |
| Dean Dalla Valle5 | – | – | – | – | – | – | – | – | – | – | – | – |
| Joc O’Rourke5 | – | – | – | – | – | – | – | – | – | – | – | – |
| Australian workforce6 | 4% | 5% | 19% | 4% | –% | (18)% | 7% | 6% | 15% | 8% | (1)% | 16% |
Change in salary and fees compared on an annualised basis to smooth the impact of part-year appointments.
Changes in director benefits are primarily driven by variances in business travel during the year.
The percentage change in annual incentive compares the incentive outcomes for the 2022 performance year to those for the 2023 performance year.
Increase in fees are representative of 2023 being the first full year post appointment in 2022 and reduction in benefits reflective of non-recurring benefits from appointment in 2022.
No prior year data as appointed as a Non-Executive Director in 2023.
Since Rio Tinto plc, the statutory entity for which this disclosure is required, does not have any employees, we have included voluntary disclosure of the change in employee pay for our Australian
employees who make up more than 40% of our employee population.
“–” in the table signifies no reported change as a result of the absence of comparable data.
Non-Executive Directors
What we paid our Chair and Non-Executive Directors
Positions held
We list the Non-Executive Directors who held office during 2023 below.
Each held office for the whole of 2023 unless otherwise indicated.
Their years of appointment are reported in “Board of Directors” on
pages 92-93.
| Name | Title |
|---|---|
| Dominic Barton | Chair |
| Megan Clark | Non-Executive Director (to 15 December 2023) |
| Dean Dalla Valle | Non-Executive Director (from 1 June 2023) |
| Simon Henry | Non-Executive Director |
| Kaisa Hietala | Non-Executive Director (from 1 March 2023) |
| Sam Laidlaw | Non-Executive Director |
| Susan Lloyd-Hurwitz | Non-Executive Director (from 1 June 2023) |
| Simon McKeon | Non-Executive Director |
| Jennifer Nason | Non-Executive Director |
| Joc O’Rourke | Non-Executive Director (from 25 October 2023) |
| Ngaire Woods | Non-Executive Director |
| Ben Wyatt | Non-Executive Director |
The Chair and Non-Executive Directors’ letters of appointment from the
company stipulate their terms of appointment, including their duties and
responsibilities as Directors. Each Non-Executive Director is appointed
subject to their election and annual re-election by shareholders. The
Chair’s appointment may be terminated by either party giving 12
months’ notice and Non-Executive Directors’ appointments may be
terminated by either party giving three months’ notice.
Annual fees payable
The Chair’s fee is determined by the Committee and was increased in
December 2023 with effect from 1 March 2024. Prior to this increase,
the Chair’s fee had remained unchanged since the increase in July 2013.
All other fees are subject to review by the Board on the
recommendation of the Committee.
A review of Non-Executive Director fees was undertaken in 2023.
The review supported an increase in Non-Executive Director fees
effective 1 March 2024 reflecting the significant increase in complexity
and time commitment of the Non-Executive Director roles, as well as
accounting for inflation after a freeze in fees for an extended period of
time.
The table below shows the annual fees paid in 2023 and to be paid in
2024 to the Chair and Non-Executive Directors.
| 2024 | 2023 | |
|---|---|---|
| Director fees | ||
| Chair’s fee | £800,000 | £730,000 |
| Non-Executive Director base fee | £115,000 | £95,000 |
| Non-Executive Director base fee for Australian residents | £115,000 | £105,000 |
| Senior Independent Director | £45,000 | £45,000 |
| Committee fees | ||
| Audit & Risk Committee Chair | £50,000 | £40,000 |
| Audit & Risk Committee member | £30,000 | £25,000 |
| People & Remuneration Committee Chair | £45,000 | £35,000 |
| People & Remuneration Committee member | £25,000 | £20,000 |
| Sustainability Committee Chair | £45,000 | £35,000 |
| Sustainability Committee member | £25,000 | £20,000 |
| Nominations Committee member | £8,000 | £7,500 |
| Meeting allowances | ||
| Long distance (flights over 10 hours per journey) | £10,000 | £10,000 |
| Medium distance (flights of 5-10 hours per journey) | £5,000 | £5,000 |
We set out details of each element of remuneration, and the single total
figure of remuneration, paid to the Chair and Non-Executive Directors
during 2023 and 2022 in US dollars in table 1b on page 142. No post-
employment, termination or share-based payments were made.
Statutory minimum superannuation contributions for Non-Executive
Directors are deducted from the Director’s overall fee entitlements when
these are required by Australian superannuation law.
The total fee and allowance payments made to the Chair and
Non-Executive Directors in 2023 were within the current maximum
aggregate annual amount of £3 million set out in the Group’s
constitutional documents, approved by shareholders at the 2009 AGMs.
An ordinary resolution will be proposed at the 2024 AGMs seeking
shareholder approval to increase the maximum aggregate annual
amount to £4 million with effect from 1 March 2024.
Share ownership policy for Non-Executive Directors
Rio Tinto has a policy that encourages Non-Executive Directors to build
up a shareholding equal in value to one year’s base fee within three
years of their appointment. Details of Non-Executive Directors’ share
interests in the Group, including total holdings, are set out in table 2 on
page 142.
Non-Executive Directors’ share ownership
The Non-Executive Directors’ shareholdings are calculated using the
market price of Rio Tinto shares on 31 December 2023:
| Director | Share ownership level at31 December 2023as a multiple of base fee | Share ownership level at31 December 2022as a multiple of base fee |
|---|---|---|
| Dominic Barton | 1.2 | 1.1 |
| Megan Clark1 | 4.4 | 3.9 |
| Dean Dalla Valle2 | 0.0 | N/A |
| Simon Henry | 1.2 | 0.9 |
| Kaisa Hietala3 | 0.3 | N/A |
| Sam Laidlaw | 4.6 | 4.6 |
| Susan Lloyd-Hurwitz2 | 1.0 | N/A |
| Simon McKeon | 7.7 | 6.8 |
| Jennifer Nason | 1.1 | 1.1 |
| Joc O’Rourke4 | 0.0 | N/A |
| Ben Wyatt | 0.3 | 0.2 |
| Ngaire Woods | 0.9 | 0.3 |
Megan Clark left the Board on 15 December 2023.
Dean Dalla Valle and Susan Lloyd-Hurwitz joined the Board on 1 June 2023.
Kaisa Hietala joined the Board on 1 March 2023.
Joc O’Rourke joined the Board on 25 October 2023.
Other statutory disclosures
Other share plans
All-employee share plans
The Committee believes that all employees should be given the
opportunity to become shareholders in our business, and that share
plans help engage, retain and motivate employees over the long term.
Rio Tinto’s share plans are therefore part of its standard remuneration
practice, to encourage employee share ownership and create alignment
with the shareholder experience. Executives may participate in broad-
based share plans that are available to Group employees generally and
to which performance conditions do not apply.
A global employee share purchase plan is normally offered to all
eligible employees unless there are local jurisdictional restrictions.
Under the plan, employees may acquire shares up to the value of
$5,250 (or equivalent in other currencies) per year or capped at 15% of
their base salary if lower. Each share purchased will be matched by the
company, providing the participant holds the shares, and is still
employed, at the end of the three-year vesting period.
Approximately 34,000 of our employees (63% of those eligible) are
shareholders as a result of participating in these plans. In the UK, these
arrangements are partially delivered through the UK Share Plan which
is a UK tax approved arrangement. Under this plan, eligible participants
may also receive an annual award of Free Shares up to the limits
prescribed under UK tax legislation.
Management Share Awards
The Management Share Awards (MSA) are designed to help the Group
attract the best staff in a competitive labour market, and to retain key
individuals as we deliver our long-term strategy. MSA are conditional
awards that are not subject to a performance condition. They vest at the
end of three years subject to continued employment. Shares to satisfy
the awards are bought in the market or reissued from Treasury.
Executive Committee members are not eligible to be granted MSA after
appointment.
Shareholder voting
In the table below, we set out the results of the remuneration-related
resolutions voted on at the Group’s 2023 AGMs.
| Resolution | Votesfor | Votesagainst | Voteswithheld1 |
|---|---|---|---|
| Approval of the Directors Remuneration report: Implementation report | 96% | 4% | 21,075,873 |
| Approval of theRemuneration Policy (2021) | 97% | 3% | 22,272,424 |
| Approval of the Directors’Remuneration report | 96% | 4% | 21,100,383 |
- A vote “withheld” is not a vote in law and is not counted in the calculation of the proportion of
votes for and against the resolution.
Table 1a – Executives’ remuneration
| Stated in US$‘0001 | Short-term benefits | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Base salary · Cash bonus2 · Other cash-basedbenefits3 · Non-monetarybenefits4 · Totalshort-term benefits | ||||||
| Executive Directors | ||||||
| Jakob Stausholm | 2023 | 1,525 | 860 | 203 | 129 | 2,717 |
| 2022 | 1,456 | 694 | 199 | 153 | 2,502 | |
| Peter Cunningham | 2023 | 903 | 523 | 116 | 47 | 1,589 |
| 2022 | 866 | 386 | 151 | 41 | 1,444 | |
| Other executives | ||||||
| Bold Baatar | 2023 | 824 | 601 | 105 | 79 | 1,609 |
| 2022 | 760 | 361 | 114 | 34 | 1,269 | |
| Alfredo Barrios | 2023 | 864 | 373 | 43 | 98 | 1,378 |
| 2022 | 811 | 368 | 47 | 112 | 1,338 | |
| Sinead Kaufman | 2023 | 700 | 408 | 80 | 91 | 1,279 |
| 2022 | 707 | 340 | 86 | 52 | 1,185 | |
| Jérôme Pécresse | 2023 | 170 | 98 | 537 | 6 | 811 |
| Simon Trott | 2023 | 772 | 566 | 90 | 56 | 1,484 |
| 2022 | 749 | 372 | 93 | 106 | 1,320 | |
| Ivan Vella8 | 2023 | 616 | – | 70 | 129 | 815 |
| 2022 | 765 | 286 | 94 | 102 | 1,247 | |
| Stated in US$’0001 · Long-term benefits: Value of shared-based awards5 · Post-employment benefits9 | ||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| BDA6 · PSA · MSA · Others7 · Pension and superannuation · Other post-employment benefits · Termination benefits · Total remuneration10 · Currency of actual payment | ||||||||||
| Executive Directors | ||||||||||
| Jakob Stausholm | 2023 | 783 | 2,556 | – | 8 | 10 | – | – | 6,074 | £ |
| 2022 | 701 | 2,020 | – | 7 | 5 | – | – | 5,235 | £ | |
| Peter Cunningham | 2023 | 338 | 691 | 132 | 7 | 10 | – | – | 2,767 | £ |
| 2022 | 224 | 342 | 192 | 6 | 5 | – | – | 2,213 | £ | |
| Other executives | ||||||||||
| Bold Baatar | 2023 | 473 | 1,531 | – | 8 | 10 | – | – | 3,631 | £ |
| 2022 | 419 | 1,360 | – | 7 | 5 | – | – | 3,060 | £ | |
| Alfredo Barrios | 2023 | 428 | 1,578 | – | 4 | 43 | – | – | 3,431 | S$ |
| 2022 | 423 | 1,404 | – | 3 | 97 | – | – | 3,265 | S$ | |
| Sinead Kaufman | 2023 | 293 | 856 | 13 | 3 | 18 | – | – | 2,462 | A$ |
| 2022 | 227 | 557 | 126 | 3 | 19 | – | – | 2,117 | A$ | |
| Jérôme Pécresse | 2023 | 22 | – | – | – | 23 | – | – | 856 | C$ |
| Simon Trott | 2023 | 436 | 1,465 | – | – | 18 | – | – | 3,403 | A$ |
| 2022 | 408 | 1,461 | – | 1 | 19 | – | – | 3,209 | A$ | |
| Ivan Vella8 | 2023 | (323) | (1,003) | 6 | (1) | 23 | – | 155 | (328) | C$ |
| 2022 | 204 | 695 | 52 | 4 | 24 | – | – | 2,226 | C$ | |
Notes to table 1a – Executives’ remuneration
1.“Table 1a – Executives’ remuneration” is reported in US$ using A$1 = US$0.66441; £1 = US$1.24329; C$1 = US$0.7410; S$1 = US$0.74464 which are year-to-date average rates, except for
cash bonuses which use A$1 = US$0.68605; £1 = US$1.2770; C$1 = US$0.75835; S$1 = US$0.75956 31 December 2023 year-end rates.
2.“Cash bonus” relates to the cash portion of the 2023 STIP award to be paid in March 2024.
3.“Other cash-based benefits” typically include cash in lieu of company pension or superannuation contributions. For Jérôme Pécresse this also includes the international transfer allowance paid as
per the company standards upon Jérôme's relocation from France to Canada.
4.“Non-monetary benefits” for executives typically include healthcare coverage, professional tax compliance services/advice, flexible perquisites and, where applicable, leave accruals and mobility
related benefits.
- The “Value of share-based awards” has been determined in accordance with the recognition and measurement requirements of IFRS2 "Share-based Payment". The fair value of awards granted
as MSA, BDA and PSA have been calculated at their dates of grant using valuation models provided by external consultants, Lane Clark and Peacock LLP, including an independent Monte Carlo
valuation model, which take into account the constraints on vesting attached to these awards. Further details of the valuation methods and assumptions used for these awards are included in
note 27 (Share-based Payments) in the financial statements. The fair value of other share-based awards is measured at the purchase cost of the shares from the market. The share-based values
disclosed in this table do not reflect amounts actually paid in 2023 or the value of shares that will ultimately vest.
6.“BDA” represents the portion of the 2020–2023 STIP awards deferred into Rio Tinto shares.
7.“Others” includes the Global Employee Share Plan (myShare) and the UK Share Plan.
- The figures for Ivan Vella reflect his remuneration up until he ceased to be a KMP on 23 October 2023. His total remuneration up until his employment termination date of 15 November 2023 was
($268,000). The negative values for his remuneration reflect the reversal of accounting costs in relation to the lapse of share awards as a result of the termination of his employment.
- Any costs related to defined benefit pension plans and post-retirement medical benefits are the service costs attributable to the individual, calculated in accordance with IAS 19. The cost for
defined contribution pension plans is the amount contributed in the year by the company.
10.“Total remuneration” represents the disclosure of total emoluments and compensation required under the Australian Corporations Act 2001 and applicable accounting standards.
Further details in relation to aggregate compensation for executives, including directors, are included in note 29 (Directors’ and key
management remuneration).
Table 1b – Non-Executive Directors’ remuneration
| Stated in US$’0001 · Fees and allowances2 · Non-monetary benefits3 · Post-employment benefits · Single total figure of remuneration4 · Currency of actual payment · 1.Remuneration is reported in US$. The amounts have been converted using the 2023 annual average exchange rates of £1 = US$1.24329 and A$1 = US$0.66441.2.“Fees and allowances” comprises the total fees for the Chair and all Non-Executive Directors (NED), and travel allowances for the NED. The statutory minimum superannuation contributions required by the Australian superannuation law and paid for the Australia based NED are included in “Fees and allowances”. 3.“Non-monetary benefits” include, as in previous years, amounts that are deemed by the UK tax authorities to be benefits in kind relating largely to the costs of directors’ expenses in attending Board meetings held at the company’s UK registered office (including associated accommodation and subsistence expenses) and professional tax compliance services/advice. Given these expenses are incurred by directors in the fulfilment of their duties, the company pays the tax on them.4.Represents disclosure of the single total figure of remuneration under Schedule 8 of the Large- and Medium-sized Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) Regulations 2008 (as amended) and total remuneration under the Australian Corporations Act 2001 and applicable accounting standards.5.The amounts reported for Dean Dalla Valle and Susan Lloyd-Hurwitz reflect the period of active Board memberships from 1 June 2023 to 31 December 2023.6.The amounts reported for Kaisa Hietala reflect the period of active Board memberships from 1 March 2023 to 31 December 2023.7.The amounts reported for Joc O’Rourke reflect the period of active Board memberships from 25 October 2023 to 31 December 2023. | |||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Chair | |||||||
| Dominic Barton | 2023 | 908 | 30 | – | 938 | £ | |
| 2022 | 600 | 192 | 792 | £ | |||
| Non-Executive Directors | |||||||
| Megan Clark | 2023 | 222 | 8 | 24 | 254 | A$ | |
| 2022 | 221 | 2 | 23 | 246 | A$ | ||
| Dean Dalla Valle5 | 2023 | 109 | 6 | 10 | 125 | A$ | |
| Simon Henry | 2023 | 221 | 3 | – | 224 | £ | |
| 2022 | 202 | 4 | – | 206 | £ | ||
| Kaisa Hietala6 | 2023 | 163 | 18 | – | 181 | £ | |
| Sam Laidlaw | 2023 | 308 | 5 | – | 313 | £ | |
| 2022 | 263 | 5 | – | 268 | £ | ||
| Susan Lloyd-Hurwitz5 | 2023 | 114 | 3 | 9 | 126 | A$ | |
| Simon McKeon | 2023 | 302 | 7 | – | 309 | A$ | |
| 2022 | 275 | 3 | – | 278 | A$ | ||
| Jennifer Nason | 2023 | 202 | 6 | – | 208 | £ | |
| 2022 | 196 | 4 | – | 200 | £ | ||
| Joc O’Rourke7 | 2023 | 23 | – | – | 23 | £ | |
| Ngaire Woods | 2023 | 221 | 5 | – | 226 | £ | For more informationfurther details in relation to aggregate compensation for executives, including directors, are included in note 29 (Directors’ and key management remuneration). |
| 2022 | 188 | 9 | – | 197 | £ | ||
| Ben Wyatt | 2023 | 220 | 10 | – | 230 | A$ | |
| 2022 | 203 | 4 | 4 | 211 | A$ | ||
Table 2 – Directors’ and executives’ beneficial interests in Rio Tinto shares
| Rio Tinto plc1 · Rio Tinto Limited · Movements | ||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 1 Jan20232 · 31 Dec20233 · 7 Feb20244 · 1 Jan20232 · 31 Dec20233 · 7 Feb20244 · Compensation5 · Other6 | ||||||||
| Directors | ||||||||
| Dominic Barton | – | – | – | 11,900 | 11,900 | 11,900 | – | – |
| Megan Clark7 | – | – | N/A | 6,370 | 6,370 | N/A | – | – |
| Peter Cunningham | 52,815 | 63,053 | 63,065 | – | – | – | 16,173 | (5,923) |
| Dean Dalla Valle8 | – | – | – | – | – | – | – | – |
| Simon Henry | 1,500 | 2,000 | 2,000 | – | – | – | – | 500 |
| Kaisa Hietala8 | – | 500 | 500 | – | – | – | – | 500 |
| Sam Laidlaw | 7,500 | 7,500 | 7,500 | – | – | – | – | – |
| Susan Lloyd-Hurwitz8 | – | – | – | – | 1,380 | 1,380 | – | 1,380 |
| Simon McKeon | – | – | – | 10,000 | 10,000 | 10,000 | – | – |
| Jennifer Nason | 1,765 | 1,765 | 1,765 | – | – | – | – | – |
| Joc O'Rourke8 | – | – | – | – | – | – | – | – |
| Jakob Stausholm | 56,337 | 95,363 | 95,389 | – | – | – | 52,047 | (12,995) |
| Ngaire Woods | 572 | 1,482 | 1,482 | – | – | – | – | 910 |
| Ben Wyatt | – | – | – | 300 | 400 | 400 | – | 100 |
| Executives | ||||||||
| Bold Baatar | 76,111 | 61,216 | 61,242 | – | – | – | 93,458 | (108,327) |
| Alfredo Barrios | 62,392 | 47,888 | 47,922 | – | – | – | 98,601 | (113,071) |
| Sinead Kaufman | – | – | – | 39,511 | 43,633 | 43,633 | 15,232 | (11,109) |
| Jérôme Pécresse | – | 5,000 | 5,000 | – | – | – | – | 5,000 |
| Simon Trott | 9,780 | 19,338 | 19,338 | 26,006 | 26,090 | 26,090 | 85,161 | (75,519) |
| Ivan Vella7 | 94 | 160 | N/A | 17,569 | 23,986 | N/A | 19,997 | (13,513) |
Rio Tinto plc ordinary shares or American depositary receipts.
Or date of appointment, if later.
Or date of cessation as director or KMP, if earlier.
Latest practicable date prior to the publication of the 2023 Annual Report, in accordance with LR 9.8.6 R(1).
Shares obtained through awards under the Rio Tinto UK Share Plan, the Global Employee Share Plan and/or vesting of PSA, MSA and BDA granted under the Group’s LTIP and STIP deferral
arrangements.
Share movements due to the sale or purchase of shares, or shares received under dividend reinvestment plans.
Ivan Vella ceased to be a KMP effective 23 October 2023 and Megan Clark ceased to be a Non-Executive Director on 15 December 2023.
Kaisa Hietala was appointed Non-Executive Director on 1 March 2023, Dean Dalla Valle and Susan Lloyd-Hurwitz were appointed Non-Executive Director on 1 June 2023 and Joc O’Rourke was
appointed Non-Executive Director on 25 October 2023.
Interests in outstanding BDA, MSA and PSA, and UK Share Plan and the Global Employee Share Plan are set out in table 3 and 3a
(see pages 143-145).
Table 3 – Plan interests (awards of shares under long-term incentive plans)
| Name | Award/grant date | Market price at award1,2 | 1 January 2023 | Awarded | Lapsed/ cancelled | Dividend units | Vested | 31 December 2023 | 7 February 2024 | Vesting period concludes | Date of release | Market price at release | Market value of awardat releaseUS$3 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Bold Baatar | |||||||||||||
| Bonus Deferral Awards | 18 Mar 2021 | £55.58 | 6,583 | – | – | 1,575 | (8,158) | – | – | 1 Dec 2023 | 1 Dec 2023 | £55.57 | 563,631 |
| 23 Mar 2022 | £58.00 | 6,956 | – | – | – | – | 6,956 | 6,956 | 1 Dec 2024 | – | – | – | |
| 22 Mar 2023 | £53.19 | – | 5,463 | – | – | – | 5,463 | 5,463 | 1 Dec 2025 | – | – | – | |
| Performance Share Awards4 | 15 May 2018 | £42.30 | 63,039 | – | – | 22,104 | (85,143) | – | – | 31 Dec 2022 | 23 Feb 2023 | £59.22 | 6,268,859 |
| 18 Mar 2019 | £42.67 | 51,752 | – | – | – | – | 51,752 | 51,752 | 31 Dec 2023 | – | – | – | |
| 16 Mar 2020 | £33.58 | 53,272 | – | – | – | – | 53,272 | 53,272 | 31 Dec 2024 | – | – | – | |
| 18 Mar 2021 | £55.58 | 54,005 | – | – | – | – | 54,005 | 54,005 | 31 Dec 2025 | – | – | – | |
| 23 Mar 2022 | £58.00 | 44,414 | – | – | – | – | 44,414 | 44,414 | 31 Dec 2026 | – | – | – | |
| 22 Mar 2023 | £53.19 | – | 50,672 | – | – | – | 50,672 | 50,672 | 31 Dec 2027 | – | – | – | |
| Alfredo Barrios | |||||||||||||
| Bonus Deferral Awards | 18 Mar 2021 | £55.58 | 7,497 | – | – | 1,794 | (9,291) | – | – | 1 Dec 2023 | 1 Dec 2023 | £55.57 | 641,910 |
| 23 Mar 2022 | £58.00 | 6,466 | – | – | – | – | 6,466 | 6,466 | 1 Dec 2024 | – | – | – | |
| 22 Mar 2023 | £53.19 | – | 5,549 | – | – | – | 5,549 | 5,549 | 1 Dec 2025 | – | – | – | |
| Performance Share Awards4 | 15 May 2018 | £42.30 | 66,050 | – | – | 23,159 | (89,209) | – | – | 31 Dec 2022 | 23 Feb 2023 | £59.22 | 6,568,228 |
| 18 Mar 2019 | £42.67 | 57,011 | – | – | – | – | 57,011 | 57,011 | 31 Dec 2023 | – | – | – | |
| 16 Mar 2020 | £33.58 | 53,236 | – | – | – | – | 53,236 | 53,236 | 31 Dec 2024 | – | – | – | |
| 18 Mar 2021 | £55.58 | 54,652 | – | – | – | – | 54,652 | 54,652 | 31 Dec 2025 | – | – | – | |
| 23 Mar 2022 | £58.00 | 43,707 | – | – | – | – | 43,707 | 43,707 | 31 Dec 2026 | – | – | – | |
| 22 Mar 2023 | £53.19 | – | 51,626 | – | – | – | 51,626 | 51,626 | 31 Dec 2027 | – | – | – | |
| Peter Cunningham | |||||||||||||
| Bonus Deferral Awards | 18 Mar 2021 | £55.58 | 1,402 | – | – | 335 | (1,737) | – | – | 1 Dec 2023 | 1 Dec 2023 | £55.57 | 120,008 |
| 23 Mar 2022 | £58.00 | 5,203 | – | – | – | – | 5,203 | 5,203 | 1 Dec 2024 | – | – | – | |
| 22 Mar 2023 | £53.19 | – | 5,827 | – | – | – | 5,827 | 5,827 | 1 Dec 2025 | – | – | – | |
| Management Share Awards | 16 Mar 2020 | £33.58 | 3,713 | – | – | 838 | (4,551) | – | – | 23 Feb 2023 | 23 Feb 2023 | £59.22 | 335,078 |
| 18 Mar 2021 | £55.58 | 4,781 | – | – | – | – | 4,781 | 4,781 | 22 Feb 2024 | – | – | – | |
| Performance Share Awards4 | 15 May 2018 | £42.30 | 7,229 | – | – | 2,534 | (9,763) | – | – | 31 Dec 2022 | 23 Feb 2023 | £59.22 | 718,824 |
| 18 Mar 2019 | £42.67 | 6,489 | – | – | – | – | 6,489 | 6,489 | 31 Dec 2023 | – | – | – | |
| 16 Mar 2020 | £33.58 | 7,426 | – | – | – | – | 7,426 | 7,426 | 31 Dec 2024 | – | – | – | |
| 18 Mar 2021 | £55.58 | 9,564 | – | – | – | – | 9,564 | 9,564 | 31 Dec 2025 | – | – | – | |
| 23 Mar 2022 | £58.00 | 50,405 | – | – | – | – | 50,405 | 50,405 | 31 Dec 2026 | – | – | – | |
| 22 Mar 2023 | £53.19 | – | 55,134 | – | – | – | 55,134 | 55,134 | 31 Dec 2027 | – | – | – | |
| Sinead Kaufman | |||||||||||||
| Bonus Deferral Awards | 18 Mar 2021 | A$110.80 | 1,408 | – | – | 269 | (1,677) | – | – | 1 Dec 2023 | 1 Dec 2023 | A$124.69 | 138,932 |
| 23 Mar 2022 | A$113.68 | 4,711 | – | – | – | – | 4,711 | 4,711 | 1 Dec 2024 | – | – | – | |
| 22 Mar 2023 | A$115.45 | – | 4,278 | – | – | – | 4,278 | 4,278 | 1 Dec 2025 | – | – | – | |
| Management Share Awards | 16 Mar 2020 | A$77.65 | 4,289 | – | – | 871 | (5,160) | – | – | 23 Feb 2023 | 23 Feb 2023 | A$122.58 | 420,249 |
| Performance Share Awards4 | 15 May 2018 | A$83.61 | 6,322 | – | – | 2,002 | (8,324) | – | – | 31 Dec 2022 | 23 Feb 2023 | A$122.58 | 677,937 |
| 18 Mar 2019 | A$93.32 | 6,291 | – | – | – | – | 6,291 | 6,291 | 31 Dec 2023 | – | – | – | |
| 16 Mar 2020 | A$77.65 | 8,579 | – | – | – | – | 8,579 | 8,579 | 31 Dec 2024 | – | – | – | |
| 18 Mar 2021 | A$110.80 | 41,207 | – | – | – | – | 41,207 | 41,207 | 31 Dec 2025 | – | – | – | |
| 23 Mar 2022 | A$113.68 | 36,042 | – | – | – | – | 36,042 | 36,042 | 31 Dec 2026 | – | – | – | |
| 22 Mar 2023 | A$115.45 | – | 40,045 | – | – | – | 40,045 | 40,045 | 31 Dec 2027 | – | – | – | |
| Name | Award/grant date | Market price at award1,2 | 1 January 2023 | Awarded | Lapsed/ cancelled | Dividend units | Vested | 31 December 2023 | 7 February 2024 | Vesting period concludes | Date of release | Market price at release | Market value of awardat releaseUS$3 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Jakob Stausholm | |||||||||||||
| Bonus Deferral Awards | 18 Mar 2021 | £55.58 | 9,680 | – | – | 2,316 | (11,996) | – | – | 1 Dec 2023 | 1 Dec 2023 | £55.57 | 828,797 |
| 23 Mar 2022 | £58.00 | 13,017 | – | – | – | – | 13,017 | 13,017 | 1 Dec 2024 | – | £– | – | |
| 22 Mar 2023 | £53.19 | – | 10,488 | – | – | – | 10,488 | 10,488 | 1 Dec 2025 | – | £– | – | |
| Performance Share Awards4 | 10 Sep 2018 | £35.16 | 29,886 | – | – | 10,008 | (39,894) | – | – | 31 Dec 2022 | 23 Feb 2023 | £59.22 | 2,937,292 |
| 18 Mar 2019 | £42.67 | 79,609 | – | – | – | – | 79,609 | 79,609 | 31 Dec 2023 | – | – | – | |
| 16 Mar 2020 | £33.58 | 74,711 | – | – | – | – | 74,711 | 74,711 | 31 Dec 2024 | – | – | – | |
| 18 Mar 2021 | £55.58 | 103,510 | – | – | – | – | 103,510 | 103,510 | 31 Dec 2025 | – | – | – | |
| 23 Mar 2022 | £58.00 | 85,126 | – | – | – | – | 85,126 | 85,126 | 31 Dec 2026 | – | – | – | |
| 22 Mar 2023 | £53.19 | – | 93,114 | – | – | – | 93,114 | 93,114 | 31 Dec 2027 | – | – | – | |
| Simon Trott | |||||||||||||
| Bonus Deferral Awards | 18 Mar 2021 | £55.58 | 6,392 | – | – | 1,529 | (7,921) | – | – | 1 Dec 2023 | 1 Dec 2023 | £55.57 | 547,257 |
| 23 Mar 2022 | A$113.68 | 5,494 | – | – | – | – | 5,494 | 5,494 | 1 Dec 2024 | – | – | – | |
| 22 Mar 2023 | A$115.45 | – | 4,683 | – | – | – | 4,683 | 4,683 | 1 Dec 2025 | – | – | – | |
| Performance Share Awards4 | 15 May 2018 | £42.30 | 57,188 | – | – | 20,052 | (77,240) | – | – | 31 Dec 2022 | 23 Feb 2023 | £59.22 | 5,686,981 |
| 18 Mar 2019 | £42.67 | 50,598 | – | – | – | – | 50,598 | 50,598 | 31 Dec 2023 | – | – | – | |
| 16 Mar 2020 | £33.58 | 52,838 | – | – | – | – | 52,838 | 52,838 | 31 Dec 2024 | – | – | – | |
| 18 Mar 2021 | £55.58 | 49,571 | – | – | – | – | 49,571 | 49,571 | 31 Dec 2025 | – | – | – | |
| 23 Mar 2022 | A$113.68 | 38,204 | – | – | – | – | 38,204 | 38,204 | 31 Dec 2026 | – | – | – | |
| 22 Mar 2023 | A$115.45 | – | 44,488 | – | – | – | 44,488 | 44,488 | 31 Dec 2027 | – | – | – | |
| Ivan Vella5 | |||||||||||||
| Bonus Deferral Awards | 18 Mar 2021 | £55.58 | 1,525 | – | (1,525) | – | – | – | – | 1 Dec 2023 | – | – | – |
| 23 Mar 2022 | £58.00 | 5,288 | – | (5,288) | – | – | – | – | 1 Dec 2024 | – | – | – | |
| 22 Mar 2023 | £53.19 | – | 4,261 | (4,261) | – | – | – | – | 1 Dec 2025 | – | – | – | |
| Management Share Awards | 16 Mar 2020 | A$77.65 | 1,931 | – | – | 392 | (2,323) | – | – | 23 Feb 2023 | 23 Feb 2023 | A$122.58 | 189,194 |
| Performance Share Awards4 | 15 May 2018 | A$83.61 | 13,376 | – | – | 4,237 | (17,613) | – | – | 31 Dec 2022 | 23 Feb 2023 | A$122.58 | 1,434,467 |
| 18 Mar 2019 | A$93.32 | 8,570 | – | (8,570) | – | – | – | – | 31 Dec 2023 | – | – | – | |
| 16 Mar 2020 | A$77.65 | 3,862 | – | (3,862) | – | – | – | – | 31 Dec 2024 | – | – | – | |
| 18 Mar 2021 | £55.58 | 51,025 | – | (51,025) | – | – | – | – | 31 Dec 2025 | – | – | – | |
| 23 Mar 2022 | £58.00 | 41,731 | – | (41,731) | – | – | – | – | 31 Dec 2026 | – | – | – | |
| 22 Mar 2023 | £53.19 | – | 48,648 | (48,648) | – | – | – | – | 31 Dec 2027 | – | – | – | |
- Awards denominated in pounds sterling were for Rio Tinto plc ordinary shares of 10 pence each and awards denominated in Australian dollars were for Rio Tinto Limited shares. All awards are
granted over ordinary shares.
- The weighted fair value per share of BDA and MSA granted in March 2023 was £52.85 and £52.80 respectively for Rio Tinto plc and A$114.28 and A$114.17 for Rio Tinto Limited and for PSA was
£28.41 for Rio Tinto plc and A$61.66 for Rio Tinto Limited. Conditional awards are awarded at no cost to the recipient and no amount remains unpaid on any shares awarded.
The amount in US dollars has been converted at the rate of US$0.80432 = £1 and US$1.50509 = A$1, being the average exchange rates for 2023.
For the PSA granted on 18 March 2019 with a performance period that concluded on 31 December 2023, 94.1% of the award vested.
Ivan Vella ceased to be a KMP effective 23 October 2023 and his employment with Rio Tinto terminated on 15 November 2023. All unvested awards held were lapsed.
The closing price at 31 December 2023 was £58.42 for Rio Tinto plc shares and was A$135.66 for Rio Tinto Limited shares. The high and low prices during 2023 of Rio Tinto plc and Rio Tinto
Limited shares were £64.06 and £45.09 and A$136.65 and A$102.51 respectively.
- As of 7 February 2024, the above members of the Executive Committee held 1,530,214 shares awarded and not vested under the LTIP and STIP deferral arrangements. No Executive Committee
member held any options.
Table 3a – Plan interests (award of shares under all-employee share arrangements)
| myShare · UK Share Plan · Total activity in 2023 | ||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Planinterests at1 January20231 · Value of Matching shares awarded in year2(U$‘000) · Value of Matching sharesvested in year3 (U$‘000) · Value of Matching shares awarded in year2(U$‘000) · Value of Matching sharesvested in year3(U$‘000) · Value of Free shares awardedin year4(U$‘000) · Value of Free shares vested in year4(U$‘000) · Grants in year(U$‘000) · Vesting in year(U$‘000) · Planinterests at31 December20231 | ||||||||||
| Bold Baatar | 388.5 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 4 | 6 | 8 | 11 | 357.6 |
| Alfredo Barrios | 196.4 | 5 | 6 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 5 | 6 | 205.4 |
| Peter Cunningham | 300.5 | 2 | 3 | 0 | 0 | 4 | 6 | 6 | 9 | 274.6 |
| Sinead Kaufman | 158.7 | 4 | 6 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 4 | 6 | 148.8 |
| Jakob Stausholm | 388.5 | 2 | 3 | 2 | 2 | 4 | 6 | 8 | 11 | 357.6 |
| Simon Trott5 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0.0 |
| Ivan Vella | 152.9 | 4 | 5 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 4 | 5 | 0.0 |
All shares shown are Rio Tinto plc shares except in the case of Sinead Kaufman which are Rio Tinto Limited shares. Ivan Vella held a combination of Rio Tinto plc and Rio Tinto Limited shares.
myShare and UK Share Plan Matching share awards are granted on a quarterly basis (in January, April, July and October) throughout the year.
The vesting of a Matching share is dependent on continued employment with Rio Tinto and the retention of the associated Investment share purchased by the participant for three years.
UK Share Plan Free shares vest after three years.
Simon Trott suspended participation in myShare effective October 2019, resulting in no activity during 2023.
UK Share Plan awards shown above and the vested Matching shares under myShare are included, where relevant, in the executive’s share interests in table 2.
The value of shares is rounded.
This Directors’ Remuneration report is delivered in accordance
with a resolution of the Board, and has been signed on behalf of
the Board by:
Sam Laidlaw
People & Remuneration Committee Chair
Additional statutory disclosure
The Directors present their report and audited consolidated financial
statements for the year ended 31 December 2023.
Scope of this report
For the purposes of UK company law and the
Australian Corporations Act 2001:
–The additional disclosures under the
heading ”Shareholder information” on pages
347-353 are hereby incorporated by
reference to, and form part of, this Directors’
report.
–The Strategic report on pages 1-89 provides
a comprehensive review of Rio Tinto’s
operations, its financial position and its
business strategies and prospects, and is
incorporated by reference into, and forms
part of, this Directors’ report.
–Certain items that would ordinarily need to
be included in this Directors’ report
(including an indication of likely future
developments in the business of the
company and the Group) have, as
permitted, instead been discussed in the
Strategic report, while details of the Group’s
policy on addressing financial risks and
details about financial instruments are
shown in note 24 to the Group financial
statements.
–Taken together, the Strategic report
and this Directors’ report are intended
to provide a fair, balanced and
understandable assessment of the
development and performance of the
Group’s business during the year and its
position at the end of the year; its strategy;
likely developments; and any principal or
emerging risks and uncertainties associated
with the Group’s business.
For the purposes of compliance with DTR
4.1.5R(2) and DTR 4.1.8R, the required
content of the “Management report” can be
found in the Strategic report or this Directors’
report, including the material incorporated by
reference.
A full report on Director and executive
remuneration and shareholdings can be found
in the Remuneration report on pages 113-145,
which, for the purposes of the Australian
Corporations Act 2001, forms part of this
Directors’ report.
Dual-listed structure and
constitutional documents
The dual-listed companies (DLC) structure of
Rio Tinto plc and Rio Tinto Limited, and their
constitutional provisions and voting
arrangements – including restrictions that may
apply to the shares of either company under
specified circumstances – are described on
pages 347-348.
Operating and financial review
Rio Tinto’s principal activities during 2023
were mining minerals and metals throughout
the lifecycle from exploration, development,
mining and processing, marketing, and
repurposing and renewing our assets to create
a positive legacy.
Subsidiaries, joint operations, joint ventures
and associated undertakings, principally
affecting the profits or net assets of the Group
in the year, are listed in notes 30-32 to the
financial statements.
The following significant changes and events
affected the Group during 2023 and up to the
date of this report:
–In February 2023, we released our 2022
Climate Change Report, including our
Climate Action Plan, to the Australian
Securities Exchange.
–In February 2023, we announced changes
to the estimates of Mineral Reserves at
Rio Tinto Kennecott copper operations’
Bingham Canyon deposit in Utah; Mineral
Resources at Winu copper project in
Western Australia; Mineral Resources at
QIT Madagascar Minerals’ Petriky mineral
sands deposit in Madagascar; and Mineral
Reserves at Richards Bay’s Minerals Zulti
South mineral sands deposit in
South Africa.
–In March 2023, we resolved a previously
self-disclosed investigation by the U.S.
Security Exchange Commission (SEC) into
certain contractual payments made to a
former consultant in 2011, relating to the
Simandou project in the Republic of Guinea.
Without admitting to or denying the SEC's
findings, Rio Tinto paid a $15 million civil
penalty for violations of the books and
records and internal controls provisions of
the USForeign Corrupt Practices Act. This
payment did not have a significant effect on
Rio Tinto's financial position or profitability.
–In March 2023, we priced US$650 million of
ten-year fixed rate SEC-registered debt
securities and US$1.1 billion of 30-year
fixed rate SEC-registered debt securities.
The bonds were issued by Rio Tinto
Finance (USA) plc and are fully and
unconditionally guaranteed by Rio Tinto plc
and Rio Tinto Limited. The ten-year notes
will pay a coupon of 5.000% and will mature
on 9 March 2033 and the 30-year notes will
pay a coupon of 5.125% and will mature on
9 March 2053.
–In March 2023, we announced the
appointment of Dean Dalla Valle and
Susan Lloyd-Hurwitz to the Board as
Non-Executive Directors. Mr Dalla Valle and
Ms Lloyd-Hurwitz, both Australian citizens,
joined the Board on 1 June 2023.
–In March 2023, we announced that we and
First Quantum Minerals entered into an
agreement to form a joint venture that
will work to unlock the development of
the La Granja copper project in Peru.
The transaction was expected to be
completed by Q3 of 2023.
–In April 2023, we announced we supported
Energy Resources of Australia Ltd's (ERA)
plans for an Interim Entitlement Offer (IEO),
which seeks to raise up to A$369 million to
address funding requirements for the
Ranger Rehabilitation Project in Australia's
Northern Territory to the end of Q2 2024.
Rio Tinto, which owns 86.3% of ERA's
shares, pre-committed to subscribe for its
full entitlements under the terms of the IEO,
at a cost of A$319 million.
–In May 2023, we announced that we had
published our report on payments to
governments made by Rio Tinto plc and its
subsidiary undertakings for the year ended
31 December 2022, as required under the
UK’s Report on Payments to Governments
Regulations 2014 (as amended in
December 2015), and it had been filed at
Companies House. We paid US$10.8 billion
of taxes and royalties and a further
US$1.6 billion on behalf of our employees
during 2022.
–In June 2023, we announced we will invest
$1.1 billion to expand our state-of-the-art
AP60 aluminium smelter equipped with low-
carbon technology at Complexe Jonquière
in Canada. The total investment includes up
to $113 million of financial support from the
Quebec government. This expansion, which
will coincide with the gradual closure of
potrooms at the Arvida smelter on the same
site, will enable Rio Tinto to continue to
meet customers’ demands for low-carbon,
high-quality aluminium for use in
transportation, construction, electrical
and consumer goods.
–In June 2023, we announced that we had
an approved investment of $498 million to
deliver underground development and
infrastructure for an area known as the
North Rim Skarn at our Kennecott operation
in Utah. Production will commence in 2024
and is expected to ramp up over two years,
to deliver around 250 thousand tonnes 1 of
additional mined copper over the next ten
years alongside open cut operations. This
investment will strengthen the supply of
copper in the US by increasing production
from underground mining and improving the
health of key assets.
- The production target of around 250 thousand tonnes of additional mined copper over the next ten years (2023 to 2033) at Kennecott was previously reported in a release to the Australian
Securities Exchange (ASX) dated 20 June 2023 titled “Rio Tinto invests to strengthen copper supply in US”. Rio Tinto confirms that all material assumptions underpinning that production target
–In July 2023, we announced that we
had entered into an agreement with
Giampaolo Group to form a joint venture to
manufacture and market recycled
aluminium products with Rio Tinto acquiring
a 50% equity stake in Matalco business for
$700 million 1.
–In July 2023, we hosted an investor visit to
the Oyu Tolgoi copper mine in Mongolia, set
to be the world’s fourth largest mine
by 2030.
–In August 2023, we announced that we and
the Simfer joint venture had reached an
important milestone by concluding key
agreements with the Republic of Guinea
and Winning Consortium Simandou on the
trans-Guinean infrastructure for the world
class Simandou iron ore project.
–In August 2023, we announced that we and
First Quantum Minerals completed the
transaction to form a joint venture that will
work to unlock the development of the La
Granja project in Peru, one of the largest
undeveloped copper deposits in the world.
First Quantum acquired a 55% stake in the
project for $105 million, and committed to
further invest up to $546 million into the joint
venture to solely fund capital and
operational costs to take the project through
a feasibility study and toward development.
–In October 2023, we hosted an investor tour
to our Pilbara iron ore operations in Western
Australia. We showcased our world class
ports, autonomous rail network and 17
mines, including our newest mine Gudai-
Darri, and the Rhodes Ridge project, one of
the world’s largest and highest quality
undeveloped iron ore deposits.
–In October 2023, we announced the
appointment of Joc O’Rourke to the Board
as Non-Executive Director. Mr O’Rourke, a
dual Canadian/Australian national, joined
the Board on 25 October 2023.
–In November 2023, we reached a court
approved settlement with SEC related to the
disclosure of the impairment of Rio Tinto
Coal Mozambique reflected in the 2012
year-end accounts.
–In December 2023, we announced completion
of the Matalco joint venture, combining the
strengths of North America's largest primary
and secondary aluminium producers to meet
the growing demand from manufacturers for
low carbon materials. Following the receipt of
all regulatory approvals, Rio Tinto has
acquired a 50% equity stake in the Matalco
business from Giampaolo Group for $738
million.
–In December 2023, we provided an update
on the Simandou project, which is being
progressed through the Simfer joint venture
in partnership with Chalco Iron Ore
Holdings (CIOH), a Chinalco-led consortium
and the Republic of Guinea. First production
from the Simfer mine is expected in 2025,
ramping up over three months to an
annualised capacity of 60 million tonnes
per year.2
–In December 2023, we hosted an investor
seminar in Sydney where we gave an
update on progress in our long-term
strategy of investing. Executives also
outlined the progress that was made in
2023, which has been a pivotal year in the
Group’s copper production.
–In December 2023, Megan Clark stepped
down as Non-Executive Director.
–In December 2023, Martina Merz and
Sharon Thorne were appointed as Non-
Executive Directors. Martina Merz joined
the Board on 1 February 2024 and Sharon
Thorne will join on 1 July 2024.
–In December 2023 we published our
Country by Country Report for 2022,
supplementing the comprehensive
disclosures in our 2022 Taxes and Royalties
Paid Report to disclose associated financial
information on a country by country basis
for all countries where we had a taxable
presence in 2022.
For more information visit riotinto.com/invest.
In 2023 and 2022, the Group did not receive
any public takeover offers from third parties in
respect of Rio Tinto plc shares or Rio Tinto
Limited shares. In 2022, Rio Tinto made, had
accepted and completed a takeover offer for
all of the remaining shares of Turquoise Hill
Resources (TRQ) that we did not own.
Details of events that took place after the
balance sheet date are further described in
note 39 to the financial statements.
Risk identification, assessment
and management
The Group’s risk factors are listed on pages
81-88. The Group’s approach to risk
management is discussed on pages 79-80.
Share capital
Details of the Group’s share capital as at
31 December 2023 are described in note 34 to
the financial statements. Details of the rights
and obligations attached to each class of
shares are covered on pages 347-348, under
the heading “Voting arrangements”.
Details of certain restrictions on holding
shares in Rio Tinto and certain consequences
triggered by a change of control are described
on page 348 under the heading “Limitations on
ownership of shares and merger obligations”.
There are no other restrictions on the transfer
of ordinary Rio Tinto shares, save for:
–Restrictions that may from time to time be
imposed by laws, regulations or Rio Tinto
policy (for example, relating to market
abuse, insider dealing, share trading or an
Australian foreign investment).
–Restrictions on the transfer of shares that may
be imposed following a failure to supply
information required to be disclosed, or where
registration of the transfer may breach a court
order or a law, or in relation to unmarketable
parcels of shares.
–Restrictions on the transfer of shares held
under certain employee share plans while
they remain subject to the plan.
At the AGMs held in 2023, shareholders
authorised:
–The on-market purchase by Rio Tinto plc or
Rio Tinto Limited or its subsidiaries of up to
125,083,217 Rio Tinto plc shares
(representing approximately 10% of
Rio Tinto plc’s issued share capital,
excluding Rio Tinto plc shares held in
Treasury at that time).
–The off-market purchase by Rio Tinto plc of
up to 125,083,217 Rio Tinto plc shares
acquired by Rio Tinto Limited or its
subsidiaries under the above authority.
–The off-market and/or on-market
buy-back by Rio Tinto Limited of up
to 55.6 million Rio Tinto Limited shares
(representing approximately 15% of
Rio Tinto Limited’s issued share capital
at that time).
Substantial shareholders
Details of substantial shareholders are
included on page 349.
Dividends
Details of dividends paid and declared for
payment, together with the company’s
shareholder returns policy, can be found on
page 29.
Directors and executives
The names of Directors and their periods of
appointment are listed on pages 92-93,
together with details of each Director’s
qualifications, experience and responsibilities,
and current directorships.
There are no family relationships between any
of our Directors or executives. None of our
Directors or Executive Committee members
are elected or appointed under any
arrangement or understanding with any major
shareholder, customer, supplier or otherwise.
A table of Directors’ attendance at Board
and committee meetings during 2023 is on
Previous listed directorships
Details of each Director’s previous
directorships of other listed companies (where
relevant) held in the past three years are set
out below:
Martina Merz: thyssenkrupp AG (February
2019-June 2023)
Directors’ and executives’ beneficial interests
A table of Directors’ and executives’ beneficial
interests in Rio Tinto shares is on page 142.
Secretaries
Andy Hodges is Group Company Secretary
and Company Secretary of Rio Tinto plc. Tim
Paine is the Company Secretary of Rio Tinto
Limited. Andy’s and Tim’s qualifications and
experience are described on page 93.
This figure is subject to closing adjustments.
The estimated annualised capacity of approximately 60 million dry tonnes per annum iron ore for the Simandou life of mine schedule was previously reported in a release to the Australian
Indemnities and insurance
The Articles of Association of Rio Tinto plc and
the Constitution of Rio Tinto Limited provide
for them to indemnify, to the extent permitted
by law, Directors and officers of the
companies, including officers of certain
subsidiaries, against liabilities arising from
the conduct of the Group’s business. The
Directors, Group Company Secretary and
Company Secretary of Rio Tinto Limited,
together with employees serving as Directors
of eligible subsidiaries at the Group’s request,
have also received similar direct indemnities.
Former Directors also received indemnities for
the period in which they were Directors. These
are qualifying third-party indemnity provisions
for the purposes of the UKCompanies Act
2006, in force during the financial year ended
31 December 2023 and up to the date of this
report. During 2023, Rio Tinto paid legal costs
under the terms of those indemnities for
certain former Directors and officers totalling
$1,878,654.
Qualifying pension scheme indemnity
provisions (as defined by section 235 of the
UK Companies Act 2006 and other applicable
legal jurisdictions) were in force during the
course of the financial year ended 31
December 2023 and up to the date of this
Directors’ report, for the benefit of trustees of
the Rio Tinto Group pension and
superannuation funds across various
jurisdictions. No amount has been paid under
any of these indemnities during the year.
The Group has agreed to pay a premium for
Directors’ and officers’ insurance. Disclosure
of the nature of the liability covered by the
insurance and premium paid is subject to
confidentiality requirements under the contract
of insurance.
Labour relations
We also work together with our employees
and their unions, and we seek constructive
dialogue and fair solutions while maintaining
the competitiveness of our managed
operations. In 2023, we had no union
industrial actions.
Employment of people with a disability
We acknowledge the systemic barriers
facing people with disabilities in attaining
meaningful employment. We further
acknowledge the efforts necessary to
fully support people with disabilities and
we seek to implement the accommodations
they need to fulfil their role, or an alternative
role if required.
Our Inclusion and Diversity Policy sets out our
expectations around the behaviours needed
for an inclusive and diverse workplace, where
we embrace different perspectives, valuing
diversity as a strength.
Our Employment Policy outlines how we
are committed to preventing discrimination
and that we employ on the basis of job
requirements and do not discriminate on
grounds of disability or any other protected
characteristic. It also explains how we ensure
our people are trained to perform their roles.
More information can be found atriotinto.com/
policies.
We remain a member of the IncludeAbility
Employer Network, which was set up by the
Australian Human Rights Commission and
aims to increase access to meaningful
employment opportunities for people
with a disability. We will continue to seek ways
to improve how we provide meaningful
opportunities for people with a disability
and are also working to reduce these
barriers as part of our response to the
recommendations in the Everyday
Respect Report.
Engagement with UK employees
Our statement on engagement with UK
employees is on page 96-97.
Engagement with suppliers, customers
and others in a business relationship with
the company
Our statement on engagement with suppliers,
customers and others in a business
relationship with the company is on
page 98-99.
Waived dividends
The number of shares on which Rio Tinto plc
dividends are based excludes those held as
treasury shares and those held by employee
share trusts that waived the right to dividends.
Employee share trusts waived dividends on
110,774 Rio Tinto plc ordinary shares and
31,831 American depository receipts (ADRs)
for the 2022 final dividend, and on 99,016
Rio Tinto plc ordinary shares and 35,066
ADRs for the 2023 interim dividend. (2021: on
194,321 Rio Tinto plc ordinary shares and
30,162 ADRs for the 2021 final dividend and
on 111,443 Rio Tinto plc ordinary shares and
35,132 ADRs for the 2023 interim dividend;
2021: on 101,752 Rio Tinto plc ordinary
shares and 27,873 ADRs for the 2020 final
dividend and on 91,008 Rio Tinto plc ordinary
shares and 27,501 ADRs for the 2021 interim
dividend). In 2023, 2022 and 2021, no
Rio Tinto Limited shares were held by
Rio Tinto plc.
The number of shares on which Rio Tinto
Limited dividends are based, excludes those
held by shareholders who have waived the
rights to dividends. Employee share trusts
waived dividends on 35,010 Rio Tinto Limited
ordinary shares for the 2022 final dividend and
on 34,607 shares for the 2023 interim dividend
(2022: on 36,517 shares for the 2021 final
dividend and 31,368 shares for the 2022
interim dividend; 2021: on 45,250 shares for
the 2020 final dividend and 33,531 shares for
the 2021 interim dividend).
Purchases
Rio Tinto plc shares of 10p each and Rio Tinto plc American Depositary Receipts (ADRs)
| Total number of shares purchased1 | Average price pershare US$2 | Total number of shares purchased to satisfy company dividend reinvestment plans | Total number of shares purchased to satisfy employee share plans | Total number of shares purchased as part of publicly announced plans or programs3 | Maximum number of shares that may be purchased under plans or programs | |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 1 to 31 Jan | – | – | – | – | – | 124,921,5735 |
| 1 to 28 Feb | – | – | – | – | – | 124,921,5735 |
| 1 to 31 Mar | – | – | – | – | – | 124,921,5735 |
| 1 to 30 Apr | 586,662 | 67.61 | 393,248 | 193,414 | – | 125,083,2176 |
| 1 to 31 May | 56,348 | 61.77 | – | 56,348 | – | 125,083,2176 |
| 1 to 30 Jun | – | – | – | – | – | 125,083,2176 |
| 1 to 31 Jul | – | – | – | – | – | 125,083,2176 |
| 1 to 31 Aug | – | – | – | – | – | 125,083,2176 |
| 1 to 30 Sep | 503,079 | 63.37 | 342,910 | 160,169 | – | 125,083,2176 |
| 1 to 31 Oct | 28,991 | 61.54 | – | 28,991 | – | 125,083,2176 |
| 1 to 30 Nov | – | – | – | – | – | 125,083,2176 |
| 1 to 31 Dec | – | – | – | – | – | 125,083,2176 |
| Total | 1,175,0804 | 65.36 | 736,158 | 438,922 | – | – |
| 1 to 31 Jan | – | – | – | – | – | 125,083,2176 |
| 1 to 07 Feb | – | – | – | – | – | 125,083,2176 |
Rio Tinto Limited shares
| Total number of shares purchased1 | Average price pershare $2 | Total number of shares purchased to satisfy company dividend reinvestment plans | Total number of shares purchased to satisfy employee share plans7 | Total number of shares purchased as part of publicly announced plans or programs3 | Maximum number of shares that may be purchased under plans or programs | |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 1 to 31 Jan | – | – | – | – | – | 55,600,0008 |
| 1 to 28 Feb | – | – | – | – | – | 55,600,0008 |
| 1 to 31 Mar | – | – | – | – | – | 55,600,0008 |
| 1 to 30 Apr | 733,797 | 77.39 | 572,918 | 160,879 | – | 55,600,0008 |
| 1 to 31 May | 41,021 | 71.54 | – | 41,021 | – | 55,600,0009 |
| 1 to 30 Jun | – | – | – | – | – | 55,600,0009 |
| 1 to 31 Jul | – | – | – | – | – | 55,600,0009 |
| 1 to 31 Aug | – | – | – | – | – | 55,600,0009 |
| 1 to 30 Sep | 595,223 | 73.31 | 459,671 | 135,552 | – | 55,600,0009 |
| 1 to 31 Oct | 167,043 | 71.79 | – | 167,043 | – | 55,600,0009 |
| 1 to 30 Nov | – | – | – | – | – | 55,600,0009 |
| 1 to 31 Dec | 705,351 | 90.06 | – | 705,351 | – | 55,600,0009 |
| Total | 2,242,436 | 79.77 | 1,032,589 | 1,209,847 | – | – |
| 1 to 31 Jan | – | – | – | – | – | 55,600,0009 |
| 1 to 07 Feb | – | – | – | – | – | 55,600,0009 |
Monthly totals of purchases are based on the settlement date.
The shares were purchased in the currency of the stock exchange on which the purchases took place and the sale price has been converted into US dollars at the exchange rate on the date
of settlement.
Shares purchased in connection with the dividend reinvestment plans and employee share plans are not deemed to form any part of any publicly announced plan or program.
This figure represents 0.0936% of Rio Tinto plc issued share capital at 31 December 2023.
At the Rio Tinto plc AGM held in 2022, shareholders authorised the on-market purchase by Rio Tinto plc, and Rio Tinto Limited and its subsidiaries of up to 124,921,573 Rio Tinto plc shares.
This authorisation expired at the 2023 AGM on 6 April 2023.
- At the Rio Tinto plc AGM held in 2023, shareholders authorised the on-market purchase by Rio Tinto plc, and Rio Tinto Limited and its subsidiaries of up to 125,083,217 Rio Tinto plc shares.
This authorisation will expire on the later of 5 July 2024 or the date of the 2024 AGM.
The average price of shares purchased on-market by the trustee of Rio Tinto Limited’s employee share trust during 2023 was $82.77.
At the Rio Tinto Limited AGM held in 2022, shareholders authorised the off-market and/or on-market buy-back of up to 55.6 million Rio Tinto Limited shares.
At the Rio Tinto Limited AGM held in 2023, shareholders authorised the off-market and/or on-market buy-back of up to 55.6 million Rio Tinto Limited shares.
Political donations
Rio Tinto prohibits the use of its funds to support
political candidates or parties. No donations were
made by the Group to parties or political
candidates during the year. At Rio Tinto, we
respect every country’s political process and do
not get involved in political matters, nor do we
make any type of payments to political parties or
political candidates. In the US, in accordance
with the Federal Election Campaign Act, we
provide administrative support for the Rio Tinto
America Political Action Committee (PAC), which
was created in 1990 and encourages voluntary
employee participation in the political process. All
Rio Tinto America PAC employee contributions
are reviewed for compliance with federal and
state laws and are publicly reported in
accordance with US election laws. The PAC is
controlled by neither Rio Tinto nor any of its
subsidiaries, but instead by a governing board of
five employee members on a voluntary basis. In
2023, contributions to Rio Tinto America PAC by
12 employees amounted to $10,425 and
Rio Tinto America PAC donated $17,500 in
political contributions in 2023.
Government regulations
Our operations around the world are subject to
extensive laws and regulations imposed
by local, state, provincial and federal
governments. In addition to these laws,
several of our operations are governed by
specific agreements made with governments,
some of which are enshrined in legislation.
The geographic and product diversity of our
operations reduces the likelihood of any single
law or government regulation having a material
effect on the Group’s business as a whole.
Environmental regulations
Rio Tinto is subject to various environmental
laws and regulations in the countries where it
has operations. We measure our performance
against environmental regulation by tracking
and rating incidents according to their actual
environmental and compliance impacts using
five severity categories (very low, low,
moderate, high or very high). Incidents with a
consequence rating of high or very high are of
a severity that requires notification to the
relevant product group head and the Rio Tinto
Chief Executive immediately after the incident
occurring. In 2023, there wereone
environmental incidents at managed
operations with a high impact.
During 2023, eight managed operations
incurred fines amounting to $986,968 (2022:
$109,782). Details of these fines are reported
in the Our approach to ESG section on
page 63.
Australian corporations that exceed specific
greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions or energy
use thresholds have obligations under the
Australian The National Greenhouse and
Energy Reporting Act 2007 (NGER). All
Rio Tinto entities covered under this Act have
submitted their annual NGER reports by the
required 31 October 2023 deadline.
Further information on the Group’s environmental
performance is included in the Our approach to
ESG section on pages 44-58, and atriotinto.com/
sustainabilityreporting.
Energy efficiency action
Details of the measures taken to increase the
company’s energy efficiency are reported on
pages 45-58.
Energy consumption 1, 2, 3
| Energy consumption in GWh | 2023 | 20225 |
|---|---|---|
| From activities including the combustion of fuel and the operation of facilities | 85,463 | 84,619 |
| From the net purchase of electricity, heat, steam or cooling | 27,421 | 25,065 |
| Total energy consumed4 | 112,884 | 109,684 |
- Rio Tinto does not report on the proportion of energy
consumption associated with the UK and offshore area
since it has no producing assets in the UK, only offices,
and consequently falls below Rio Tinto’s threshold level of
reporting.
- Our approach and methodology used for the determination
of measuring energy consumption is available at
riotinto.com.
- Data reported is 100% managed basis, without adjustment
for equity interest. Includes total energy less export to
others..
- Rio Tinto exports electricity and steam to others and
exports are netted from our purchases.
- Numbers restated from those originally published to
ensure comparability over time.
Greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions
(in million tonnes CO 2 e)6, 7, 8
| 2023 | 202213 | |
| Scope 19 | 23.3 | 22.7 |
|---|---|---|
| Scope 210 | 9.3 | 9.6 |
| Net GHG emissions11 | 32.6 | 32.314 |
| Operational emissions intensity (tCO2e/t Cu-eq)(equity)12 | 6.8 | 7.0 |
- Rio Tinto’s GHG emissions for our operations (RT share:
equity basis) are reported in accordance with the
requirements under Part 7 of the UK Companies Act 2006
(Strategic report and Directors’ report) Regulations 2013.
This GHG data represents Scope 1 and market-based
Scope 2 data on equity basis. Our approach and
methodology used for the determination of these
emissions are available at riotinto.com.
- Rio Tinto’s GHG emissions inventory is based on
definitions provided by The World Resource Institute/World
Business Council for Sustainable Development
Greenhouse Gas Protocol: A Carbon Reporting and
Accounting Standard (Revised Edition) (2015).
- Rio Tinto does not report on the proportion of CO 2
emissions associated with the UK and offshore area since
it has no producing assets in the UK, only offices, and
consequently falls below Rio Tinto’s threshold level
of reporting.
- Scope 1 GHG emissions are direct GHG emissions from
facilities fully or partially owned or controlled by Rio Tinto
(equity share basis). They include fuel use, on-site
electricity generation, anode and reductant use, process
emissions, land management and livestock.
- In 2023, Rio Tinto reviewed all Scope 2 emissions sources
and transitioned to a dual Scope 2 reporting method.
Location-based method reflects the emissions grid
intensity of the location which the operation is located and
includes the percentage of renewables that make up the
total unadjusted grid intensity. Market-based method
counts commercial decisions to purchase the unique rights
to renewable energy as zero emissions and applies a
residual mix factor (or similar) to the remaining MWh
purchased. The residual mix factor is typically equivalent to
the grid intensity with renewable attributes that have been
sold removed from the factor. Scope 2 GHG emissions are
GHG emissions from the electricity, heat or steam brought
in from third parties (indirect emissions). Scope 2 emission
factors are consistent with the Australian National
Greenhouse and Energy Reporting Measurement
Determination 2008 for Australian operations location-
based reporting. For non-Australian operations, where
possible, factors are sourced from public grid level data or
electricity retailers. Scope 2 emissions are presented on
equity share basis, for market-based reporting Scope 2
includes the use of renewable electricity certificates.
- Total emissions are the sum of Scope 1 and Scope 2
emissions. These emissions exclude indirect emissions
associated with transportation and use of our products
reported under Scope 3 emissions atriotinto.com.
- Historical information for copper equivalent intensity has
been restated in line with the 2023 review of commodity
pricing to allow comparability over time.
- Numbers restated from those originally published to
ensure comparability over time using market-based
method for Scope 2 reporting.
- Actual 2022 emissions. To evaluate our progress against our
targets, we also disclose adjusted 2022 Scope 1 and 2
emissions on a baseline equivalent basis of 32.7Mt CO 2 e.
Exploration, research and development
The Group carries out exploration, research
and development as described in the product
group pages on pages 32-39. Exploration and
evaluation costs, net of any gains and losses
on disposal, generated a net loss before tax of
$1,230 million (2022: $896 million). Research
and development costs were $245 million
(2022: $76 million).
Financial instruments
Details of the Group’s financial risk
management objectives and policies, and
exposure to risk, are described in note 24 to
the financial statements.
Dealing in Rio Tinto securities
Rio Tinto securities dealing policy restricts
dealing in Rio Tinto securities by Directors and
employees who may be in possession of
inside information. These individuals must
seek clearance before any proposed dealing
takes place.
Our policy also prohibits such persons from
engaging in hedging or other arrangements
that limit the economic risk in connection to
Rio Tinto securities issued, or otherwise
allocated, as remuneration that are either
unvested, or that have vested but remain
subject to a holding period. We also impose
restrictions on a broader group of employees,
requiring them to seek clearance before
engaging in similar arrangements over any
Rio Tinto securities.
Financial reporting
The Directors are required to prepare financial
statements for each financial period that give a
true and fair view of the state of the Group at
the end of the financial period, together with
profit or loss and cash flows for that period.
This includes preparing financial statements in
accordance with UK-adopted international
accounting standards, applicable UK law
(Companies Act 2006), Australian law
(Corporations Act 2001) as amended by the
ASIC class order and preparing a
Remuneration report that includes the
information required by Regulation 11,
Schedule 8 of the Large and Medium-sized
Companies and Groups (Accounts and
Reports) Regulations 2008(as amended) and
the Australian Corporations Act 2001.
In addition, the UK Corporate Governance
Code recommends that the Board provide a
fair, balanced and understandable assessment
of the company’s position and prospects in its
external reporting.
Rio Tinto’s management conducts extensive
review and challenge in support of the Board’s
obligations, aiming to strike a balance
between positive and negative statements and
provide good linkages throughout this Form
20-F.
The Directors were responsible for the
preparation and approval of the Annual Report
for the year ended 31 December 2023. They
consider the Annual Report, taken as a whole,
to be fair, balanced and understandable, and
that it provides the information necessary for
shareholders to assess the Group’s position,
performance, business model and strategy.
The Directors are responsible for maintaining
proper accounting records, in accordance with
UK and Australian legislation. They have a
general responsibility to safeguard the assets
of the Group, and to prevent and detect fraud
and other irregularities. The Directors are also
responsible for ensuring that appropriate
systems are in place to maintain and preserve
the integrity of the Group’s website.
Legislation in the UK governing the
preparation and dissemination of financial
statements may differ from current and future
legislation in other jurisdictions. The work
carried out by the Group’s external auditors
does not take into account such legislation
and, accordingly, the external auditors accept
no responsibility for any changes to the
financial statements after they are made
available on the Group’s website.
The Directors, senior executives, senior
financial managers and other members of staff
who are required to exercise judgement while
preparing the Group’s financial statements,
are required to conduct themselves with
integrity and honesty, and in accordance with
the highest ethical standards, as are all Group
employees.
The Directors consider that the 2023 Annual
Report presents a true and fair view and has
been prepared in accordance with applicable
accounting standards, using the most
appropriate accounting policies for Rio Tinto’s
business, and supported by reasonable
judgements and estimates. The accounting
policies have been consistently applied as
described on pages 158-167, and Directors
have received a written statement from the
Chief Executive and the Chief Financial Officer
to this effect. In accordance with the internal
control requirements of the Code and the ASX
Principles, this written statement confirms that
the declarations in the statement are founded
on a sound system of risk management and
internal controls, and that the system is
operating effectively in all material respects in
relation to financial reporting risks.
Disclosure controls and procedures
The Group maintains disclosure controls and
procedures, as defined in USSecurities
Exchange Act of 1934 (Exchange Act) Rule
13a-15(e). Management, with the participation
of the Chief Executive and Chief Financial
Officer, has evaluated the effectiveness of the
Group’s disclosure controls and procedures in
relation to US Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(b),
as of the end of the period covered by this
report, and has concluded that the Group’s
disclosure controls and procedures were
effective at a reasonable assurance level.
Management’s report on internal control over
financial reporting
Management is responsible for establishing
and maintaining adequate internal controls
over financial reporting. These controls,
designed under the supervision of the Chief
Executive and Chief Financial Officer, provide
reasonable assurance regarding the reliability
of the Group’s financial reporting and the
preparation and presentation of financial
statements for external reporting purposes, in
accordance with International Financial
Reporting Standards (IFRS) as defined on
page 158.
The Group’s internal controls over financial
reporting include policies and procedures
designed to ensure the maintenance of
records that:
–accurately and fairly reflect transactions and
dispositions of assets,
–provide reasonable assurances that
transactions are recorded as necessary,
enabling the preparation of financial
statements in accordance with IFRS, and
that receipts and expenditures are made
with the authorisation of management and
Directors of each of the companies, and
–provide reasonable assurance regarding the
prevention or timely detection of
unauthorised acquisition, use or disposition
of the Group’s assets that could have a
material effect on its financial statements.
Due to inherent limitations, internal controls
over financial reporting cannot provide
absolute assurance. Similarly, these controls
may not prevent or detect all misstatements,
whether caused by error or fraud, within each
of Rio Tinto plc and Rio Tinto Limited.
There were no changes to internal controls
over financial reporting during the relevant
period that have materially affected, or were
reasonably likely to materially affect, the
internal control over financial reporting of
Rio Tinto plc and Rio Tinto Limited.
Management’s evaluation of the effectiveness
of the company’s internal controls over
financial reporting was based on criteria
established in the Internal Control-Integrated
Framework (2013), issued by the Committee
of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway
Commission. Following this evaluation,
management concluded that our internal
controls over financial reporting were effective
as at 31 December 2023.
Non-audit services and auditor independence
Details of the non-audit services and a
statement of independence regarding the
provision of non-audit services undertaken by
our external auditor, including the amounts
paid for non-audit services, are set out on
pages 109-110 of the Directors’ report.
Going concern
The Directors, having made appropriate
enquiries, have satisfied themselves that it is
appropriate to adopt the going concern basis
of accounting in preparing the financial
statements. Additionally, the Directors have
considered longer-term viability, as described
in their statement on page 80.
2024 annual general meetings
The 2024 AGMs will be held on 4 April in
London, UK and 2 May in Brisbane, Australia.
Separate notices of the 2024 AGMs will be
produced for the shareholders of
each company.
The Directors’ report is delivered in
accordance with a resolution of the Board.
Chair
Compliance with governance codes and standards
Application of and compliance with
governance codes and standards
This section sets out our compliance with the
applicable governance codes and standards.
As our shares are listed on both the Australian
Securities Exchange (ASX) and the London
Stock Exchange (LSE), we set out how we
have complied with the codes and standards
of those bodies on the following pages:
London Stock Exchange –UK Corporate
Governance Code (2018 version) (the UK
Code), see pages 152-154.
Australian Securities Exchange –ASX
Corporate Governance Council’s Corporate
Governance Principles and Recommendations
(4th edition) (the ASX Principles), see pages
154-156.
In addition, as explained below, as a foreign
private issuer (FPI) with American depositary
receipts (ADRs) listed on the New York Stock
Exchange (NYSE), we need to report any
significant corporate governance differences
from the NYSE listing standards (NYSE
Standards) followed by US companies.
Statement of compliance with the UK
Code and ASX Principles
Throughout 2023 and as at the date of this
report, the Group has complied with all the
Principles of the UK Code and the ASX
Principles, and all the relevant provisions.
The UK Code is available at frc.org.uk, and
the ASX Principles at asx.com.au. For the
purposes of ASX Listing Rule 4.10.3 and the
ASX Principles, pages 91-112 of this report
form our “Corporate Governance Statement”.
This statement is current as at 21 February
2024, unless otherwise indicated, and has
been approved by the Board. Corporate
governance documents and policies
referenced can be found on our website at
Difference from NYSE Standards
We have reviewed the NYSE Standards and
consider that our practices are broadly
consistent with them, with the following
exceptions where the literal requirements of
the NYSE Standards are not met due to
differences in corporate governance between
the US, UK and Australia:
–The NYSE Standards state that US
companies must have a nominating/
corporate governance committee which,
in addition to identifying individuals qualified
to become board members, develops and
recommends to the
Board a set of corporate governance
principles applicable to the company.
Our Nominations Committee does not
develop corporate governance principles for
the Board’s approval. The Board
itself develops such principles.
–Under US securities law and the NYSE
Standards, the company is required
to have an audit committee that is
directly responsible for the appointment,
compensation, retention and oversight of the
work of external auditors. While our Audit &
Risk Committee makes recommendations to
the Board on these matters, and is subject to
legal and regulatory requirements on oversight
of audit tenders, the ultimate responsibility for
the appointment and retention of the external
auditors of Rio Tinto rests with
the shareholders.
–Under US securities law and the NYSE
Standards, an audit committee is required to
establish procedures for the receipt, retentionand
treatment of complaints regarding accounting,
internal accounting controls andaudit matters.
The whistleblowing program(myVoice)
enables employees to raise any concerns
confidentially or anonymously. The Board
has responsibility to ensure that the
program is in place and to review the
reports arising from its operations.
The UK Code
Board leadership and company
purpose
A. Making the Board effective
Our Board provides effective and
entrepreneurial leadership. It is collectively
responsible for the stewardship and long-term
success of the Group. There is a framework of
prudent and effective controls that enable risk
to be assessed and managed. In the Our
approach to ESG section on pages 40-77 we
set out how we assess our impact on wider
society. See page 102 for the key activities
undertaken by the Board during the year and
the factors that were considered when making
decisions.
B. The company’s purpose, values and
strategy, and alignment with culture
Through our Code of Conduct –The Way We
Work, the Board sets the company’s purpose,
values, and standards for the Group’s employees.
Our values are set out on page 8. The Board is
committed to acting in accordance with these
values, championing and embedding these in the
organisation. The Board also seeks to ensure that
the culture of the company is aligned with these
values and standards.
C. Company performance and
risk management
The Board leads the development of long-term
investment plans for the company. It aims to
make good quality decisions at the right time, to
achieve the company’s objectives, in alignment
with our purpose, values and strategy. The role of
the Board in establishing and monitoring the
internal control environment is set out in the Audit
& Risk Committee report on pages 107-110. The
way in which the company manages risk is set
out on pages 78-88. For information on the
delegation of business to management, please
refer to pages 94-95.
The formal schedule of matters reserved
for the Board’s decision, available at
riotinto.com/corporategovernance, covers
areas including: setting the Group’s purpose
and strategic vision;
monitoring performance of the delivery of the
approved strategy; approving major
investments, acquisitions and divestments; the
oversight of risk and the setting of the Group’s
risk appetite; and reviewing the Group’s
governance framework.
D. Stakeholder engagement
The Chair undertakes regular engagement with
our major shareholders, in addition to that carried
out by the Chief Executive, the Chief Financial
Officer and the investor relations team. The
committee Chairs also engage with their relevant
stakeholders on any significant matters and
details of any engagement are provided in the
committee reports. We have mapped our key
stakeholders and continually work to understand
their views, and we take account of our
responsibilities to our stakeholders when making
business decisions. We explain more about this
in our section 172(1) statement, set out on pages
96-100. We also discuss stakeholders in the
Strategic report on pages 12-13 and in
Our approach to ESG in this report.
Simon McKeon is the designated Non-Executive
Director for workforce engagement. An overview
of workforce engagement during 2023 is set out
on pages 96-97.
At Rio Tinto plc’s AGM on 6 April 2023,
Resolution 21 (“Authority to purchase
Rio Tinto plc shares”) was passed with less
than 80% of votes in favour, and Shining
Prospect (a subsidiary of the Aluminium
Corporation of China (Chinalco)) voted
against. Chinalco has not sold any Rio Tinto
plc shares and now has a holding of over
14%, given its non-participation in Rio Tinto’s
significant share buyback programs. This
places Chinalco close to the 14.99% holding
threshold agreed with the Australian
Government at the time of Chinalco’s original
investment in 2008.
E. Our workforce policies and practices
Group workforce policies are approved by the
Board. All the policies relating to our workforce take
account of the global nature of our company. Our
whistleblowing process is overseen by the Board.
Every member of the workforce has access to the
whistleblower program (myVoice); details of this
program are on page 77.
Division of responsibilities
F. The role of the Chair
The Chair leads the Board and is responsible
for its overall effectiveness. He was
independent on the date of his appointment
and we consider he remains independent
for the purposes of the Code. The Chair
recognises the importance of creating a
boardroom culture that encourages openness
and debate and ensures constructive relations
between executive and Non-Executive
Directors.
The Chair is responsible for the management
of the Board and its committees, Director
performance, induction, training and
development, succession planning, engagement
with external stakeholders, and attendance by
the Board at shareholder meetings.
The Chair is supported by the Senior
Independent Directors, the Group Company
Secretary and the Chief Executive. In line with
the UK Code, the Senior Independent Director,
Rio Tinto plc is responsible for acting as a
sounding board for the Chair and engages
with shareholders to develop a balanced
understanding of their interests and concerns.
For further details, please see our Board Charter
on our website, which sets out the role,
responsibilities, structure, compositions and
conduct of the Board, as well as the role of the
Chair, the Senior Independent Director, Rio Tinto
plc and the Senior Independent Director,
G. Composition of the Board
As at the date of this report, the Board
comprises 14 members: 11 independent
Non-Executive Directors, the Chair, the Chief
Executive, and the Chief Financial Officer.
As detailed in the Nominations Committee report,
we engaged Spencer Stuart to support the
search for six new Non-Executive Directors as
set out on page 105 of the Nominations
Committee report. The Committee is satisfied
that Spencer Stuart does not have any
connections with the company or individual
Directors that may impair their independence.
The Board is satisfied that it has the appropriate
balance of skills, experience, independence, and
knowledge of the company to enable its
members to discharge their respective duties and
responsibilities effectively, and that no individual
or group can dominate the Board’s decision-
making. There is a clear division of
responsibilities between the leadership of the
Board and the executive leadership of our
business. The Chief Executive is responsible for
the day-to-day management of the business and,
under a Group delegation of authority framework,
delegates to other members of the Executive
Committee.
H. Role of Non-Executive Directors
We list all of the Non-Executive Directors that
we consider to be independent on
pages 92-93. Over 50% of the Board
(excluding the Chair) are Non-Executive
Directors. The Non-Executive Directors
constructively challenge and help develop
proposals on strategy. They are also
responsible for scrutinising management
performance and ensuring that financial
information, risks and controls, and systems of
risk management are robust.
Each Director has undertaken to allocate
sufficient time to the Group in order to
discharge their responsibilities effectively, and
this is kept under review by the Nominations
Committee. The Directors’ other appointments
are listed on pages 92-93.
I. Board processes and role of the
Company Secretary
The governance framework on page 103
explains the governance structure of the Board
and sets out the relationship with the Chief
Executive. The roles and responsibilities of each
committee are explained. On pages 100 and 102
we provide some examples of the decision-
making process of the Board and the steps it
takes to function effectively, including how it
considers stakeholders in this process.
The Group Company Secretary is the trusted
interlocutor within the Board and its committees,
and between senior leadership and the Non-
Executive Directors. He is responsible for
advising the Board, through the Chair, on all
governance matters. He supports the Chair in
ensuring that the information provided to the
Board is of sufficient quality and appropriate
detail in order for the Board to function effectively
and efficiently.
Composition, succession and
evaluation
J. Appointments to the Board
The Nominations Committee ensures a formal,
rigorous and transparent procedure for the
appointment of new Directors. It is also
responsible for Board succession planning,
regularly assessing the balance of skills,
experience, diversity and capacity required to
oversee the delivery of Rio Tinto’s strategy.
This year, the Nominations Committee
oversaw the appointment of six new Non-
Executive Directors. Details of this process are
provided in the Nominations Committee report
on page 105.
The Nominations Committee also reviews
proposed appointments to the Executive
Committee. The Board has responsibility for the
process and monitoring of Executive Committee
succession planning. The Board
oversees a longer-term succession planning
process for the Executive Committee, including
the roles of the Chief Executive and the Chief
Financial Officer.
All Non-Executive Directors are members of
the Nominations Committee. The Committee
is chaired by the Chair, apart from when the
Committee is dealing with the appointment of
his or her successor. Only the Chair and
Committee members have the right to attend
the meetings of the Nominations Committee;
attendance by all other individuals is by
invitation only. The Nominations Committee
report sets out the Board’s approach to
succession planning and how this supports the
development of a diverse pipeline, at all levels.
All Directors are subject to annual
re-election at the AGMs.
Details of external search consultancies used
for Board appointments can be found in the
Nominations Committee report on page 105.
K. Skills, experience and knowledge of the
Board and its committees
In our succession planning, we aim to bring a
diverse and complementary range of skills,
knowledge and experience to the Board, so that
we are equipped to navigate the operational,
social, regulatory and geopolitical complexity in
which our business operates. Achieving the right
blend of skills and diversity to support effective
decision-making is a continuing process. Further
details of tenure and experience of the Board are
set out in the Nominations Committee report on
pages 105-106. The Board biographies set out
the specific skills and experience that each
Director brings to the Board (pages 92-93).
L. Board evaluation
The performance of the Board, its committees
and individual Directors is evaluated annually.
In accordance with Code Provision 21, every
third year, an external adviser is engaged to
carry out a formal independent evaluation of
the Board and its committees. In 2023, we
appointed No 4 to conduct our external
evaluation. No 4 is a business advisory
company which does not have any other
connection with Rio Tinto.
For more informationsee page 104.
Our disclosure on Board and executive management diversity in line with UK Listing Rules (LR9.8.6R(10)) is set out below.
Gender reporting categories as at 31 December 2023
| Gender | Number of Board members | % of Board | Number of senior positions on the board (e.g. CEO/CFO, SID & Chair) | Number in executive management | % of executive management |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Men | 9 | 69% | 4 | 9 | 75% |
| Women | 4 | 31%¹ | – | 3 | 25% |
| Non-binary | – | – | – | – | – |
| Not specified/prefer not to say | – | – | – | – | – |
- As at 21 February 2024, the percentage of women on the Board is 36% and will be 43% from 1 July 2024.
Ethnicity reporting categories as at 31 December 2023
| ONS ethnicity category | Number of Board members | % of Board | Number of senior positions on the board (e.g. CEO/CFO, SID & Chair) | Number in executive management | % of executive management |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| White British or White Other | 12 | 92% | 4 | 7 | 58% |
| Mixed/Multiple Ethnic Groups | – | – | – | 1 | 8% |
| Asian/Asian British | – | – | – | – | – |
| Black/African/Caribbean/Black British | – | – | – | – | – |
| Other Ethnic Group | 1 | 8% | – | – | – |
| Not specified/prefer not to say | – | – | – | 4 | 33% |
Audit, risk and internal control
M. Internal and external audit
The Audit & Risk Committee monitors the
independence and effectiveness of the Internal
Audit function and external auditors. The
Committee is responsible for reviewing key
judgements within the Group’s financial
statements and narrative reporting, with the aim
of maintaining the integrity of the Group’s
financial reporting. For further detail, please refer
to the Audit & Risk Committee report on pages
107-110.
The appointment of KPMG as external auditor
for the 2023 financial year was approved by
shareholders at our AGMs in 2023.
N. Fair, balanced and
understandable assessment
The Board is responsible for the presentation
of a fair, balanced and understandable
assessment of the company’s position and
prospects, not only in this Form 20-F. We have
a robust process in place, including through
the Disclosure Committee, to ensure that this
is the case.
O. Risk management and internal
control framework
The Board is ultimately responsible for
aligning our long-term strategic objectives with
the risk appetite of the company, taking into
account the principal and emerging risks faced
by the company. Please refer to pages 78-88
for further details of our business planning
cycle and risk management framework and
how these support our longer-term viability
statement.
Remuneration
P. Remuneration policies and practices
The People & Remuneration Committee
supports the Board by setting our
Remuneration Policy. Through long-term and
short-term incentives, our Remuneration
Policy is designed to help drive a performance
culture that incentivises executives to deliver
the Group’s long-term strategy and create
superior shareholder value over the short,
medium and long term. The overarching aim is
to ensure our remuneration structure and
policies reward fairly and responsibly with a
clear link to corporate and individual
performance, and to the company’s long-term
strategy and values. We have worked to
ensure that we have a clear policy that can be
understood by shareholders and stakeholders.
Q. Procedure for developing
remuneration policy
We have a formal and transparent procedure
for developing our Remuneration Policy, and
no Director is involved in deciding their own
remuneration. Executive remuneration is set
with regard to the wider workforce and through
market benchmarking. For further detail,
please refer to the People & Remuneration
Committee report on pages 113-145. The
Committee is supported by remuneration
consultant Deloitte. The Board received
assurance from the Committee and from
Deloitte that Deloitte did not have any
connections with Rio Tinto or the Board that
would have impaired its independence. Please
refer to page 128 for further detail.
R. Exercising independent judgement
The People & Remuneration Committee
comprises seven Non-Executive Directors to
ensure independent judgement with regard to
remuneration outcomes. The Committee
considers remuneration on an annual basis
and determines outcomes by assessing
executive performance against performance
criteria, details of which can be found in the
People & Remuneration Committee report on
pages 113-145. This states how our
Remuneration Policy has been applied and
sets out details of any adjustments made or
discretions exercised.
ASX Principles
Principle 1: Lay solid foundations for
management and oversight
Recommendation 1.1
Rio Tinto plc and Rio Tinto Limited have a
common Board of Directors. The principal role
of the Board is to set the Group’s strategy and
to review its strategic direction regularly. The
Board also has responsibility for corporate
governance. A Board Charter setting out the
role of the Board and management and
matters reserved for the Board is available on
The Board delegates responsibility for
day-to-day management of the business
to the Chief Executive and other members
of the Executive Committee. A number of
management committees support the
Chief Executive and the Executive Committee.
The structure of these committees is set out
on page 103.
Recommendation 1.2
The Nominations Committee, on behalf of
the Board, ensures a formal, rigorous and
transparent procedure for the appointment of
new Directors. A similar process is followed
with the Executive Committee and senior
executive appointments, including a formal
and rigorous process to source strong
candidates from diverse backgrounds and
conducting appropriate background and
reference checks on the shortlisted
candidates. In 2023, the Nominations
Committee oversaw the appointment of six
new Non-Executive Directors, Kaisa Hietala
Dean Dalla Valle, Susan Lloyd-Hurwitz, Joc
O’Rourke, Martina Merz and Sharon Thorne.
Details of this process are provided in the
Nominations Committee report on page 105.
The notice of AGM provides all material
information in Rio Tinto’s possession relevant
to decisions on election and re-election of
Directors, including a statement from the
Board that it considers all Directors continue to
perform effectively and demonstrate
appropriate levels of commitment. It also
provides reasons why each Director is
recommended for re-election, highlighting their
relevant skills and experience. Further
information on the skills and experience of
each Director is set out on pages 92-93.
Recommendation 1.3
The company has written agreements setting
out the terms of appointment for each Director
and senior executive. Non-Executive Directors
are appointed by letters of appointment.
Executive Directors and other senior
executives are employed through employment
service contracts. Further information is set
out on page 124, 136, 138 and 139 in the
Recommendation 1.4
The Group Company Secretary is accountable
to the Board and advises the Chair, and,
through the Chair, the Board on all
governance matters. The appointment and
removal of the Group Company Secretary is a
matter reserved for the Board.
Recommendation 1.5
Rio Tinto has a Group-wide, Board-endorsed
Inclusion and Diversity Policy. The policy is
available atriotinto.com/policies. The Board
sets objectives for achieving diversity for the
Board, senior executives and the workforce,
and annually reviews the Group’s performance
against them. Page 43 sets out the
measurable objectives and our performance
against them. The respective proportions of
men and women on the Board, in senior
executive positions and across the whole
organisation, are reported on pages 43, 106
and 153 of this Form 20-F.
Recommendation 1.6
The performance of the Board, its committees
and individual Directors is evaluated annually.
Every third year, an external adviser is
engaged to carry out a formal independent
evaluation of the Board and its committees. In
2023, we appointed No 4 to conduct our
external evaluation. No 4 is an independent
business advisory company which does not
have any other connection with Rio Tinto.
For further information, please refer to
Recommendation 1.7
The performance of Executive Committee
members, including Directors, is continually
evaluated as part of the Group’s performance
evaluation cycle. Further details are set out in
the Remuneration report on pages 113-145.
Principle 2: Structure the Board to be
effective and add value
Recommendation 2.1
The Nominations Committee includes all Non-
Executive Directors and is chaired by the
Chair of the Board. The Board is satisfied that
all Non-Executive Directors, including the
Chair, continue to meet the test for
independence under the ASX Principles.
The Nominations Committee’s terms of
reference are available at riotinto.com/
corporategovernance. The Nominations
Committee report on pages 105-106 provides
further details on its role and responsibilities.
Details on membership, the number of times
the Committee met, and the attendance of
members are set out on page 104.
Recommendation 2.2
A Board skills matrix showing key attributes in
terms of skills, experience and diversity that
are relevant to the Board is set out on
page 106.
Recommendations 2.3, 2.4, 2.5
The Nominations Committee is responsible for
assessing the independence of each Non-
Executive Director against an independence
framework that combines the requirements of
the UK Code, the ASX Principles and the
NYSE Standards. The Committee reviews and
approves this framework each year.
The Board is satisfied that all of its
Non-Executive Directors are independent
in character and judgement, and are
free from any relationships (material or
otherwise) or circumstances that could create
a conflict of interest.
The Chair was considered independent upon
his appointment and, in the Board’s view, he
continues to satisfy the tests for independence
under the ASX Principles and the NYSE
Standards.
The name, skills and experience of each
Director, together with their terms in office, are
shown in the biographical details on pages
92-93.
Recommendation 2.6
On joining Rio Tinto, all Directors receive a
full, formal induction program. It is delivered
over a number of months, and tailored to their
specific requirements, taking into account their
respective committee responsibilities.
All Directors are expected to commit to
continuing their development during their
tenure. This is supported through a
combination of site visits, teach-ins, deep
dives, and internal business and operational
briefings provided in or around scheduled
Board and committee meetings.
In addition, the Group Company Secretary
provides regular updates on corporate
governance developments in the UK, Australia
and the US.
Principle 3: Instil a culture of acting
lawfully, ethically and responsibly
Recommendations 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4
Through our Code of Conduct –The Way We
Work, the Board sets the company’s purpose,
values, and standards for the Group’s
employees. Our values are set out on page 8.
The Board is committed to acting in
accordance with these values, championing,
and embedding them in the organisation.
Our Code of Conduct is available at
riotinto.com/ethics.
Rio Tinto’s confidential and independently
operated whistleblowing program (myVoice)
offers an avenue through which our
employees, contractors, suppliers and
customers can report concerns anonymously,
subject to local law. These may include
concerns about the business, or behaviour of
individuals, including suspicion of violations of
financial reporting, safety or environmental
procedures or other business integrity issues.
The program features telephone and web
submissions, a case management tool, and a
reporting tool to allow for better analysis of
case statistics.
The myVoice procedure explains how
concerns regarding matters relating to
Rio Tinto, its business and its people can be
raised, in confidence and without fear of
retaliation. The procedure also sets out
who can make a report and what they can
expect from us if they do report a concern.
The procedure is available on our website.
Further details on myVoice are set out on
page 77. Rio Tinto’s business integrity
standard sets out the Group’s position on
issues relating to bribery and corruption. This
is also available on our website.
Further information is set out on page 76.
Oversight of the Group’s ethics, integrity and
compliance program now falls within the remit
of the Board.
Principle 4: Safeguard integrity in
corporate reports
Recommendation 4.1
The Audit & Risk Committee report on
pages 107-110 provides details of
the role and responsibilities of the Committee.
The Committee’s terms of reference are
available at riotinto.com/corporategovernance.
Further details on membership, the number of
times the Committee met during 2023 and the
attendance of members are set out on
Recommendation 4.2
Details on compliance with the financial
reporting requirements contemplated under
this recommendation are set out on
pages 150-151.
Recommendation 4.3
We have a thorough and rigorous review
process in place to ensure integrity of the
periodic reports we release to the market. We
communicate with the market through
accurate, clear, concise and effective
reporting, and contents of periodic reports are
verified by the subject matter experts and
reviewed by the relevant Group functions.
Such reports are then reviewed and
considered by the Group Disclosure
Committee for release to the market.
Principle 5: Make timely and
balanced disclosure
Recommendation 5.1
We recognise the importance of effective and
timely communication with shareholders and
the wider investment community.
It is our policy to make sure that all information
disclosed or released by the Group is
accurate, complete and timely, and complies
with all continuous and other disclosure
obligations under applicable listing rules and
other relevant legislation.
To ensure that trading in our securities takes
place in an informed and orderly market, we
have established a Disclosure Committee to
oversee compliance with our continuous
disclosure obligations. The Group Disclosure
and Communications Policy, and the terms of
reference of our Disclosure Committee,
together with our adopted procedures in
relation to disclosure and management of
relevant information, support compliance with
our disclosure obligations. A copy of the Group
Disclosure and Communications Policy is
available on the website.
The Disclosure Committee is responsible for
determining whether information relating to
Rio Tinto may require disclosure to the
markets under the continuous disclosure
requirements in the jurisdictions in which
Rio Tinto is listed. In accordance with its terms
of reference, the specific focus of the
Committee is to consider and determine on a
timely basis whether information would, to the
extent that the information is not public and
relates directly or indirectly to Rio Tinto, be
likely to have a material effect on the price of
Rio Tinto securities if that information was
generally available.
The members of the Committee are the Chief
Executive; the Chief Financial Officer; the
Group Company Secretary; the Chief Legal
Officer, Governance & Corporate Affairs; the
Head of Strategy & Investor Relations; and the
Chief Executive Australia.
Recommendation 5.2
Consistent with the Group’s disclosure
protocols, the Board is provided with copies of
all material market announcements promptly
after they are released to the market.
Recommendation 5.3
As a matter of practice, all our new or
substantive investor presentations are
released to the market via ASX and LSE
market announcement platforms.
Principle 6: Respect the rights of
security holders
Recommendation 6.1
Our website includes pages dedicated to
corporate governance, providing information
on compliance with governance codes and
standards (the UK Code, the ASX Principles
and the NYSE Standards); the terms of
reference of the committees; risk management
and financial reporting; and Board
governance, including selection, appointment
and re-election of Directors, Directors’
independence, and Board performance
evaluation.
All information released to the markets is
posted in the media section of our website.
Our website also provides general investor
information. Annual and half-year results, as
well as any major presentations, are webcast
and the materials are available at our website,
which also contains presentation material from
investor seminars.
Recommendation 6.2
Our main channels of communication with the
investment community are through the Chair,
Chief Executive and Chief Financial Officer,
who have regular meetings with the Group’s
major shareholders. The Senior Independent
Director, Rio Tinto plc, and the Senior
Independent Director, Rio Tinto Limited, have
a specific responsibility under the UK Code
and the Board Charter to be available to
shareholders who have concerns that have
not been resolved through contact with the
Chair, Chief Executive or Chief Financial
Officer, or for whom such contact is
inappropriate. We have a number of
processes and initiatives to ensure that
members of the Board understand the views
of major shareholders. The Chief Financial
Officer reports to the Board at each meeting,
and provides regular investor updates. In
addition, the Head of Strategy & Investor
Relations reports regularly to the Board, and
an annual survey of major shareholders’
opinions is presented to the Board by the
Group’s investor relations advisers. Further
information on engagement with shareholders
and investors during 2023 is set out on pages
98-99.
Recommendations 6.3, 6.4
The AGMs present an opportunity to provide a
summary business presentation, to inform
shareholders of recent developments, and to
give them the opportunity to ask questions.
Generally, the Chairs of all Board committees
are available to answer questions raised by
shareholders, and all Directors are expected
to attend where possible. The AGMs are
generally webcast and transcripts of the
Chair’s and Chief Executive’s speeches are
made available on our website. A summary of
the proceedings at the meetings, and the
results of voting on resolutions, are made
available as soon as practicable after the
meetings. At Rio Tinto AGMs, all resolutions
are decided by poll and not by show of hands.
In 2023, the Rio Tinto Limited AGM was held
in Perth as a hybrid meeting. With the use of
technology, shareholders who could not attend
in person were offered the opportunity to
virtually participate at the AGM, ask questions
and vote on the resolutions.
Recommendation 6.5
Shareholders can choose to communicate
electronically with the companies and the
share registrars. Contact details for the
registrars are set out on page 382 and on our
website.
Principle 7: Recognise and manage
risk
Recommendations 7.1, 7.2
The Board is ultimately responsible for risk
management and internal controls, and for
ensuring that the systems in place are robust
and take into account the material risks faced
by the Group. The Board delegates certain
matters relating to the Group’s risk
management framework to the Audit & Risk
Committee, which provides updates to the
Board on matters discussed at each meeting.
The Sustainability Committee advises the
Board on risk appetite tolerance and strategy
with respect to sustainable development risks.
Further information about the Sustainability
Committee is set out on pages 111-112. Terms
of reference for the Sustainability Committee
are available on our website. Further details
on the Group’s governance framework for risk
management and internal control are set out
on pages 78-88 and 110.
Recommendation 7.3
Further information on Rio Tinto’s Group
Internal Audit function is set out on page 110.
Recommendation 7.4
A description of the risk factors that could
affect Rio Tinto (including economic,
environmental and social sustainability risks),
and of the Group’s governance framework for
risk management and internal control, is set
on pages 78-88. Further information on
sustainability is available on pages 40-77.
Principle 8: Remunerate fairly
and responsibly
Recommendation 8.1
The Remuneration report on pages 113-145
provides details on the role and
responsibilities of the People & Remuneration
Committee. The Committee’s terms of
reference are available on our website.
Further details on membership, the number of
times the Committee met during 2023, and the
attendance of members are set out on
pages 92-93 and 104.
Recommendation 8.2
Rio Tinto’s policies and practices regarding
remuneration of Non-Executive Directors,
Directors and senior executives are set out on
pages 113-145 in the Remuneration report.
Recommendation 8.3
Rio Tinto’s approach on participating in equity-
based remuneration schemes is set out on
page 150. This is also addressed in the
Rio Tinto Securities Dealing Policy, which is
available on our website.
| 2023 Financial Statements | ||||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| About Rio Tinto | 158 | Our people | ||
| About the presentation of our financial statements | 158 | Note 25 Average number of employees | 215 | |
| Note 26 Employment costs and provisions | 215 | |||
| Group primary statements | Note 27 Share-based payments | 216 | ||
| Group Income Statement | 168 | Note 28 Post-retirement benefits | 218 | |
| Group Statement of Comprehensive Income | 169 | Note 29 Directors’ and key management remuneration | 225 | |
| Group Cash Flow Statement | 170 | |||
| Group Balance Sheet | 171 | Our group structure | ||
| Group Statement of Changes in Equity | 172 | Note 30 Principal subsidiaries | 226 | |
| Note 31 Principal joint operations | 228 | |||
| Notes to the 2023 financial statements | Note 32 Principal joint ventures and associates | 229 | ||
| Our financial performance | Note 33 Related-party transactions | 231 | ||
| Note 1 Our financial performance by segment | 173 | |||
| Note 2 Earnings per ordinary share | 175 | Our equity | ||
| Note 3 Dividends | 176 | Note 34 Share capital | 232 | |
| Note 4 Impairment charges net of reversals | 177 | Note 35 Other reserves and retained earnings | 233 | |
| Note 5 Acquisitions and disposals | 181 | |||
| Note 6 Revenue by destination and product | 182 | Other notes | ||
| Note 7 Net operating costs (excluding items disclosed separately) | 184 | Note 36 Other provisions | 234 | |
| Note 37 Contingencies and commitments | 234 | |||
| Note 8 Exploration and evaluation expenditure | 184 | Note 38 Auditors’ remuneration | 237 | |
| Note 9 Finance income and finance costs | 185 | Note 39 Events after the balance sheet date | 237 | |
| Note 10 Taxation | 185 | Note 40 New standards issued but not yet effective | 237 | |
| Our operating assets | Other information outside of the consolidated financial statements | |||
| Note 11 Goodwill | 188 | |||
| Note 12 Intangible assets | 189 | Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firms | 267 | |
| Note 13 Property, plant and equipment | 191 | Rio Tinto Financial Information by Business Unit | 286 | |
| Note 14 Close-down and restoration provisions | 196 | Alternative Performance Measures | 289 | |
| Note 15 Deferred taxation | 200 | |||
| Note 16 Inventories | 202 | |||
| Note 17 Receivables and other assets | 203 | |||
| Note 18 Trade and other payables | 203 | |||
| Our capital and liquidity | ||||
| Note 19 Net debt | 205 | |||
| Note 20 Borrowings | 206 | |||
| Note 21 Leases | 207 | |||
| Note 22 Cash and cash equivalents | 208 | |||
| Note 23 Other financial assets and liabilities | 209 | |||
| Note 24 Financial instruments and risk management | 209 | |||
Simandou iron ore project, Guinea
About Rio Tinto
In 1995, Rio Tinto plc, incorporated in the UK and listed on the London
and New York Stock Exchanges, and Rio Tinto Limited, incorporated in
Australia and listed on the Australian Securities Exchange, formed a
dual-listed companies structure (DLC). Under the DLC, Rio Tinto plc
and Rio Tinto Limited are viewed as a single economic enterprise, with
common boards of directors, and the shareholders of both companies
have a common economic interest in the DLC. International Financial
Reporting Standards (IFRS)-compliant consolidated financial
statements of the Rio Tinto Group are prepared on this basis, with the
interests of shareholders of both companies presented as the equity
interests of shareholders in the Rio Tinto Group. This is in accordance
with the principles and requirements of IFRS.
Rio Tinto’s business is finding, mining, and processing mineral
resources. Major products are iron ore, aluminium, copper, industrial
minerals (borates, titanium dioxide and salt) and diamonds. Activities
span the world and are strongly represented in Australia and North
America, with significant businesses in Asia, Europe, Africa and South
America.
Rio Tinto plc’s registered office is at 6 St James’s Square, London
SW1Y 4AD, UK. Rio Tinto Limited’s registered office is at Level 43, 120
Collins Street, Melbourne VIC 3000, Australia.
The text of this filing, as the company filed it with the SEC, without its images or exhibits. This is not investment advice.